TW200426656A

TW200426656A - Separation of validated information and functions in a healthcare system

Info

Publication number: TW200426656A
Application number: TW093102145A
Authority: TW
Inventors: Dan M Mihai; James P Martucci; Laura M Letellier; Kenneth Kohler
Original assignee: Baxter Int
Priority date: 2003-02-01
Filing date: 2004-01-30
Publication date: 2004-12-01

Abstract

A healthcare system is provided for a care-giving facility. The healthcare system has a medical device (120), a user interface (118), a first central computer (109), and a second central computer (108a). The first central computer (109) has a first database and a first functional feature set associated with the data and functions related to the medical device (120) and the user interface (118). The medical device (120) and user interface (118) communicate directly with first central computer (109). The second central computer (108a) has a second database and a second functional feature set. The first central computer (109) is securely connected to the second computer (108a), and the medical device (120) and the user interface (118) do not communicate directly with the second central computer (108a). The user interface (118) can receive data from the second database relating to the second functional feature set of the second central computer (108a) through the first central computer (109).

Description

200426656 玖、發明說明：納入的參考項目本申請案明確地納入以下所列者作為參考並且構成本申請案的一部分：美國專利申請案序號：2002年1月7曰申請之 1〇/〇40,887; 2002年1月7曰申請之1〇/〇4〇,908並且在 2003年7月10日公開於公開號US-2003-0130624-A1; 2002年1月29日申請之1〇/〇59,929並且在2003年7月 31 日公開於公開號 US-2003-0141981-A1 ; 2002 年 4 月 30 曰申請之10/135，180 ; 2003年4月28日申請之 10/424,553 ; 2003 年 9 月 10 日中請之 1〇/659,760 ; 2003 年12月30曰申請之1〇/749，101 ; 2003年12月30曰申請之 10/749,102 ; 2003 年 12 月 30 日申請之 1〇/748,762 ; 2003年12月30曰申請之10/748,750 ; 2003年12月30曰申請之 10/748,749 ; 2003 年 12 月 30 日申請之 10/749,099 ;2003年12月30曰申請之10/748,593 ;以及2003年12 月30曰申請之1〇/748,589 ; 美國臨時專利申請案序號：2002年4月30曰申請之 60/377,027 ; 2002 年 4 月 30 日中請之 60/376,625 ; 2002 年4月30曰申請之60/376,655 ; 2003年2月1曰申請之 60/444,3 50 ; 2003 年 7 月 18 日申請之 60/488，273 ;以及 2003年12月8曰申請之60/528,106 ;以及美國專利號5,842,841。 [發明所屬之技術領域] 200426656 本毛月大致係有關於醫療保健/藥物傳送系統以及醫療資訊技術系統。更明確地說’本發明係有關於資訊及功能的分尚隹至個別的中參雷日您/ θ日g $ 夹電細/伺服益，以便於此種資訊及功能的確認及安全。 [先前技術] 病患照顧系統典型地包含電腦網路、用於治療病患的醫療器材以及對於醫療器材的控制。僮管病患照顧系統已經透過電腦的自動化系統及方法之使用而有所改良，但是病患照顧: 系統對於醫療器材與醫療器材的控制仍舊倚重人 =的^官理程序。，在現代化的醫院中，護士站典引疋連接至包細網路，但是電腦網路延伸至病患的病房。、見％網路係提供在治療點有機會對於包含醫療 :契對醫療器材的控制之操作與監視之自動化的 :理。儘管有在此領域中的進步M旦是自動化的資料管直未被充分利用於治療點的用途上，這是由於缺 =效率的系統及方法之緣故。隨著對於自動化的技術 =賴性的成長，在提供此種系統以及/或是次系統的組件 b刀離、但為整合的資訊與功能上於是產生了需求。 [發明内容] 出肖於一個提供治療的設施之醫療保健系統係被提姑。_一個實施例中，該醫療保健系統係具有-個醫療器 :使用者介面、-個第-中央電腦、以及一個第二個血：::瘆该第一中央電腦係具有-個第-資料庫以及-^賡裔材以及使用者介面有關的資料及功能相關之 ♦ 9 200426656 第一功能特徵集。該第二中央電細知具有一個第二資料庫以及一個第二功能特徵集。該卜災用考介面可以透過該第一中央電腦，以從相關於該第二中 # 一 Τ呎冤細的第二功能特徵集之弟一貧料庫來接收資料。200426656 发明 Description of the invention: Included reference items This application explicitly incorporates the following list as a reference and forms a part of this application: US patent application serial number: January 7, 2002 application 10 / 〇40,887; Application No. 10 / 〇4,908 of January 7, 2002 and published under publication number US-2003-0130624-A1 on July 10, 2003; application No. 10 / 〇59,929 of January 29, 2002 and Published on July 31, 2003 in Publication No. US-2003-0141981-A1; Application No. 10 / 135,180 of April 30, 2002; Application No. 10 / 424,553 of April 28, 2003; September 10, 2003 10 / 659,760 requested by Japan and China; 10 / 749,101 filed on December 30, 2003; 10 / 749,102 filed on December 30, 2003; 10 / 748,762 filed on December 30, 2003; 2003 10 / 748,750 of December 30, 2003; 10 / 748,749 of December 30, 2003; 10 / 749,099 of December 30, 2003; 10 / 748,593 of December 30, 2003; and 2003 Application No. 10 / 748,589 on December 30; US Provisional Patent Application Serial Number: Application No. 60 / 377,027 on April 30, 2002; April 30, 2002 60 / 376,625 requested; 60 / 376,655 filed on April 30, 2002; 60 / 444,3 50 filed on February 1, 2003; 60 / 488,273 filed on July 18, 2003; and 2003 60 / 528,106, filed Dec. 8; and U.S. Patent No. 5,842,841. [Technical Field to which the Invention belongs] 200426656 This month is roughly related to healthcare / drug delivery systems and medical information technology systems. To be more specific, the present invention relates to the information and functions of the present invention to individual Zhongshen Lei date you / θ day g $ clip electricity / servo benefits, in order to facilitate the confirmation and security of such information and functions. [Previous Technology] Patient care systems typically include computer networks, medical equipment for treating patients, and control over medical equipment. The child care patient care system has been improved through the use of computerized automated systems and methods, but patient care: The system's control of medical devices and medical devices still relies on the official procedures of humans. In modern hospitals, nurse stations are connected to the packet network, but the computer network extends to the patient's ward. See the Internet Department to provide opportunities at the treatment site for the operation and monitoring of medical equipment including medical treatment and medical equipment. Despite advances in this field, the use of automated data management has not been fully utilized for the purpose of the treatment site. This is due to the lack of efficient systems and methods. As the technology for automation grows, there is a need to provide components and systems for such systems and / or sub-systems, but for integrated information and functionality. [Summary of the Invention] The health care system of a facility providing treatment was introduced. _In one embodiment, the healthcare system has a medical device: a user interface, a second central computer, and a second blood :: The first central computer system has a first data Database and related data and functions related to the database and user interface ♦ 9 200426656 The first feature set. The second central computer has a second database and a second functional feature set. The disaster assessment test interface can receive data from the poor central bank of the second functional feature set related to the second middle school through the first central computer.

在另一實施例中，該醫瘆伴綠多W 西縻保健糸統、醫療器材以及使用者介面係直接和第一中央電腦通訊。在另一實施例中，該第一中央雷斤、电細係女全地連接至該弟二電腦，並且該醫療器材以及使 # l 丨义用有"面並未直接和該弟二中央電腦通訊。在另—實施例中，該第-中央電腦是—個中央確認電腦，其係具有-個確認資料庫以及一個與該醫療器材以及使用者介面有關的資料及功能相關之第一功能特徵集。在另一實施例中，該第一中本帝躐尨h人，+ T天迅細係安全地連接至哕第二電腦。 Μ 隹乃一實施例叫 < 〜口及示甲央^電腦中的第二資料庫接收第二資料以用於—個藉由該第_中央電腦所執行的確認程序。㈣—中央電腦係接收一低 XML文件並且判斷預期將從該XML文件接收到的資料是否被接收到。該第一中央電腦可以進一步從該使用者介: 以及醫療器材中之至少一個接收該第一資料，並且判斷驾第一資料是否符合該第二資料。其它的實施例、特點、觀點以及優點都將從以下的圖式、洋細的說明以及申請專利範圍而變為明顯的。回 [實施方式] 200426656 儘管本發明可以具有許多不同形式的實施例，但是在圖式中被展不且將會在此被詳細地描述的只有本發明的— 個較佳實施例而已。本揭露内容係欲被視為本發明的原理之一個範例，而非打算要限制本發明之廣泛的特點至明的貫施例。第1圖是一種病患照顧系統的圖形表示。在一個實施例中。亥病患妝顧系統1 〇〇係包含藉由網路1 〇2所連鈐的藥局（Pharmacy)電腦1〇4、中央系統1〇8以及治療位置。如第2圖中所示，該病患照顧系統1〇〇 φ包含輸液系統 210，其亦被稱為醫療保健（healthcare)系統。輸液系統21〇是種用藥系統，其較佳地被實施成一個電腦程式，並且 =其是被實施成一個模組或是應用程式（亦即，被設計用於田、使用者的-個私式或是一組程式），常駐在病患照顧系 j 1〇〇之内的一或多個電子計算裝置上。如同在此進一步评細所述者，該輸液系統21〇係以一種各科間的病患照顧方式來連結例如是醫師、藥劑師（pharmacisi)以及護士的醫 ϋ蔓人員（clinician)。整體的系統喷翏考第3圖，該病患照顧系統1 〇〇可以包含複數個醫療器材12〇。在一個實施例中，該醫療器材是輸液泵 120。再者’在另一實施例中，該醫療器材是用於輸液泵 ^控制器。為了便於參照，此揭露内容大致上都將會把系統的醫療器材視為輸液泵，然而，可瞭解到的是，該整體系統100可以包含任意之一或多個各種的醫療器材。於是 10 200426656 ，如同第3圖中所示，複數個輪液栗12。係連接至—個集線器或是介面1〇7。如同在此所進一步詳細地解說者，輸液泵120可以是由習知的設計所製成，其中每個輸液泵 120係與-位病患相連。然而’如同具有在此項技術中之 -般技能者所將會體認到的’即使該些輸液泵是連接至相同的集線器H)7,在第3圖中所示的輪液泵12〇並不須要和同-病患或是治療位置相連。再者，每個輸液泵12〇可以是單-通道泵或是多個通道泵，例如，三通道（tnpie channel)泵。典型地，該些泵係在週期性的基礎上傳送包含泵狀態資訊的訊息至集線器1〇7。為了成本效益以及/或是為了讓目前並未與該中央電腦系統1〇8通訊之現有的醫療器材能夠翻新改進（retrofitting)，以使得每個此種醫療器材都可以和該中央電腦系統1〇8通訊，一個別的集線器 107可以和醫療器材12〇分開地使用，以便於集中通訊。整體系統的通訊集線器在一個實施例中，輸液泵12〇的串列埠或是其它的 I/O係利用傳統之非無線的傳輸介質105，例如，雙絞線、同軸電纜線、光纖電纜線或類似者來連接至集線器107。較佳地m 1G7可以透過—條單向的串列通訊键路 105而連接至複數個輸液泵12〇或只連接至單一泵。集線器107係準備從連線的泵接收信號並且再生所接收到的信號。尤其，從泵120所接收到的信號係被集線器1〇7轉換成為一種適合用於經由無線通訊路徑或是鏈路丨28以及電纜線通訊系統1 1〇，而在系統網路1〇2上傳輸的袼式。典 11 200426656 型地’集線器1 07係傳送泵資料至系統網路1 02。集線器 1 07也可以過濾從泵丨2〇進入的資訊以去除重複的訊息。此外’集線器1 07係容許泵狀態資訊能夠遠端地在醫護人員Π 6的數位助理丨丨8上被觀看。典型地，每當集線器 107連接至泵120並且該集線器1〇7與該泵丨20都被開機犄，孩集線杰1 07係傳送泵資料。如同在此所詳細解說者木、、泉印1 07亦提供藥局輸入的指令（〇r(jer)與泵的設定之比較。在一個較佳實施例中，集線器丨〇7係連接至支承泵 120的IV柱，或者是集線器1〇7係納入到輸液泵丨2〇之中参，以產生一個如上所指明之整合的醫療/通訊的器材。集線器107的一個實施例係被展示在第叼圖中。在此In another embodiment, the medical assistant, Luduo Wishi Health Care System, medical equipment, and user interface communicate directly with the first central computer. In another embodiment, the first central thunderbolt and the electric girl are all connected to the younger two computer, and the medical device and the face are not directly connected with the younger two central Computer communication. In another embodiment, the first central computer is a central confirmation computer, which has a confirmation database and a first functional feature set related to data and functions related to the medical device and the user interface. In another embodiment, the first Chinese local 躐尨 h person, + T Tian Xun is securely connected to the 哕 second computer. Μ 隹 is an embodiment called < ~~ and the second database in the computer to receive the second data for a confirmation process performed by the first central computer. ㈣—The central computer department receives a low XML file and determines whether the data expected to be received from the XML file is received. The first central computer may further receive the first data from the user interface and at least one of the medical equipment, and determine whether the first data matches the second data. Other embodiments, features, viewpoints, and advantages will become apparent from the following drawings, detailed description, and scope of patent application. [Embodiments] 200426656 Although the present invention may have many different forms of embodiments, only the present invention—a preferred embodiment—is not shown in the drawings and will be described in detail herein. This disclosure is intended to be regarded as an example of the principles of the invention, and is not intended to limit the broad features of the invention to the exemplified embodiments. Figure 1 is a graphical representation of a patient care system. In one embodiment. The Haigu disease makeup care system 100 includes a Pharmacy computer 104 connected to the Internet 102, a central system 108, and a treatment location. As shown in FIG. 2, the patient care system 100φ includes an infusion system 210, which is also referred to as a healthcare system. The infusion system 21 is a medication system, which is preferably implemented as a computer program, and = is implemented as a module or application program (that is, a personal computer designed for use by users and users). Formula or a set of programs), resident on one or more electronic computing devices within the patient care department j 100. As described further in this review, the infusion system 21 is connected to medical clinicians such as physicians, pharmacists, and nurses in a patient care manner across departments. The overall system is shown in Figure 3. The patient care system 100 can include multiple medical devices 120. In one embodiment, the medical device is an infusion pump 120. Furthermore, in another embodiment, the medical device is a controller for an infusion pump. For ease of reference, the disclosure generally regards the system's medical equipment as an infusion pump. However, it can be understood that the overall system 100 can include any one or more various medical equipment. So 10 200426656, as shown in Figure 3, a plurality of liquid chestnuts 12. Connect to a hub or interface 107. As explained in further detail herein, the infusion pump 120 may be made from a conventional design, where each infusion pump 120 is connected to a patient. However, 'as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art', even though the infusion pumps are connected to the same hub PD7, the wheel fluid pump 12 shown in Figure 3 It does not need to be connected to the same patient or treatment location. Furthermore, each infusion pump 120 may be a single-channel pump or a multi-channel pump, for example, a tnpie channel pump. Typically, these pumps send a message containing the pump status information to the hub 107 on a periodic basis. For cost-effectiveness and / or for retrofitting existing medical equipment that is not currently in communication with the central computer system 108, so that each such medical device can communicate with the central computer system 1 8 communication, another hub 107 can be used separately from the medical equipment 120 to facilitate centralized communication. The communication hub of the overall system. In one embodiment, the serial port of the infusion pump 120 or other I / O systems use traditional non-wireless transmission media 105, such as twisted pair, coaxial cable, and fiber optic cable Or the like to connect to the hub 107. Preferably, m 1G7 can be connected to a plurality of infusion pumps 120 through a one-way serial communication keyway 105 or only to a single pump. The hub 107 is ready to receive signals from the connected pump and reproduce the received signals. In particular, the signal received from the pump 120 is converted by the hub 107 into a type suitable for use via a wireless communication path or link 28 and a cable communication system 1 10, and on the system network 102 Transmission mode. Code 11 200426656 Ground 'Hub 1 07 Series transmits pump data to the system network 102. Hub 1 07 can also filter incoming information from pumps 20 to remove duplicate messages. In addition, the 'hub 1 07' allows the pump status information to be viewed remotely on the digital assistant 丨 8 of the medical staff Π 6. Typically, whenever the hub 107 is connected to the pump 120 and the hub 107 and the pump 20 are turned on, the child hub line 107 transfers pump information. As explained in detail here, Mu Yi, Quan Yin 1 07 also provides instructions from the pharmacy (0r (jer) and pump settings. In a preferred embodiment, the hub is connected to the support The IV column of the pump 120, or the hub 107, is incorporated into the infusion pump 丨 20 to produce an integrated medical / communication device as indicated above. An embodiment of the hub 107 is shown at叼 Picture. Here

12 200426656 取、、、傳輪至醫護人員1 1 6。該警告靜音按鍵4 1 7係容許醫哎人員116能夠從集線器1〇7暫時靜音所有聽覺的警告。 k汛术線為之替代的實施例係包含實際在泵之内的單一專勺…線杈組、或是一個利用無線通訊以傳到泵與伺服器之個別的模組。此外，在—個替代的實施例中，集線器107可以選配口口内入到輪液粟12〇之中，以產生_個整合的醫療/通訊的為'材。該組合的集線器/醫療器材仍將同樣彼此相關地運作12 200426656 Take the round to the medical staff 1 1 6. The warning mute button 4 1 7 allows the doctor 116 to temporarily mute all audible warnings from the hub 107. An alternative embodiment of the k flood line is a single special ... wire branch set that is actually inside the pump, or a separate module that uses wireless communication to transmit to the pump and server. In addition, in an alternative embodiment, the hub 107 can be optionally inserted into the liquid millet 120 to produce an integrated medical / communication device. The combined hub / medical device will still operate in relation to each other

整體系統的存取點 ^目中所不’在醫療保健設施内的複數個存 1 m係提供—個介面在無線通訊路徑以及i線通訊系車乂 <土地，當系統網路i 02無法利用的隹儲存從泵12。接收到的信號，並且接著在該Π 在路…利用時，傳送轉換後的信號至系統網路102。The access points of the overall system are not provided in the medical system. Multiple interfaces are provided in the health care facility. One interface is provided in the wireless communication path and the i-line communication system. 乂 Land, when the system network i 02 cannot The used erbium is stored from the pump 12. The received signal is then used to transmit the converted signal to the system network 102 when it is in use.

==施例中’在集線器，與存取點114之間的 I汛疋早向的從該集線器107至存取# 114 . 該網路1〇2。因⑧存取點並且最終到次袓在本貫施例_，輸液泵120可以傳送貝二’：至網路1(j2 ;然而，該網路盔 · 泵120。然而，可 [“貝科主輪液 „ 一亦在此被揭露之替代的者 &歹1 ，在集線器107與存取點J 14之間的只。於是，在這些實施例中，資料 /孔疋又向的 102被傳送至輸液泵120。在任攸、同路與集線器丨。7之間傳送的資訊係：在…。2 係為了文全性之目的而被編 13 200426656 碼。整體系統的中央系統伺服器/電腦== In the example, I was in the hub, and the access point 114 from the hub 107 to the access # 114. The network 102. Because of the access point and finally to the second embodiment, the infusion pump 120 can transmit the second frame: to the network 1 (j2; however, the network helmet pump 120. However, it can be ["Beco The main fluid is a replacement & 歹 1 which is also disclosed here, between the hub 107 and the access point J 14. Therefore, in these embodiments, the data / hole 疋 102 is again Transmission to the infusion pump 120. Information transmitted between Renyou, Tonglu and the hub 丨 .7: in ... 2 is coded for the purpose of cultural integrity 13 200426656. The central system server / computer of the overall system

現在請參考第1與3圖，中央系統1〇8 可以包含一或多個祠服器或是電腦。儘管此揭露内容大致上是指伺服器 1 09、1 〇8a，但可瞭解到的是，這些組件玎以是非伺服器的電腦。較佳地（但非必要的），該中央系統丨〇8可以包含一個第一中央伺服器或電腦1 09以及一個第二中央伺服器或兒腦108a。在一個實施例中，一個別的通訊系統1 03可以被设置以用於在該第一中央伺服器丨〇9以及第二中央伺服為1 〇8a之間通訊。在一個較佳實施例中，該個別的通訊系統1 03是一個獨立之點至點的纜線通訊乙太網路。因為此通訊系統1 03是一個獨立之點對點的系統連線，因此在該兩個伺服器1 09、1 〇8a之間傳遞的資料典型地並未被加密 (encrypted)。典型地，在該兩個伺服器1〇9與1〇8a之間的通訊系統係容許雙向的通訊。Referring now to Figures 1 and 3, the central system 108 can contain one or more temple servers or computers. Although this disclosure generally refers to servers 1 09, 108a, it can be understood that these components are not server-based computers. Preferably (but not necessarily), the central system 08 may include a first central server or computer 109 and a second central server or child brain 108a. In one embodiment, another communication system 103 may be provided for communication between the first central server 109 and the second central server 108a. In a preferred embodiment, the individual communication system 103 is an independent point-to-point cable communication Ethernet network. Because the communication system 103 is an independent point-to-point system connection, the data transmitted between the two servers 1009 and 108a is typically not encrypted. Typically, the communication system between the two servers 109 and 108a allows two-way communication.

如同在此所洋細解說者，該第一中央伺服器或電 1 0 9 ‘具有相關於醫療器材及使用者介面的資料與功能一個第一資料庫以及一個第一功能特徵集（feature set)。晉療器材120及使用者介面118大致上是直接與第一中電腦109通訊。再者，如同在此所詳細解說者，該第二央伺服器或電腦108a係具有一個第二資料庫以及一個第，功能特徵集。該第一中央電腦1〇9係固接地連接至第二^ 腦l〇8a，而該醫療器材120以及使用者介面ιΐ8並未:名與第二中央電腦l〇8a通訊。使用者介面118可以透過該》 14 -中央電腦H)9,從相關 .. 能特徵集之第-次Μ & 弟一中央電腦108a的第二功木之弟一貝枓庫接收資料。该第二中央伺服器1〇8&以一個筚月备μ八夂其車人體次系統典型地係與们耒局糸統介面連接，以且提供護士及S5 祆仏有關樂品、病患的資訊並叉士及具匕的醫護人員。該第二中央飼服τ 、“ 1的工作流程（workflow) 、伺服态1 〇8a亦和今笛連接，以提供有關广虫 4弟一中央伺服器109介面捉彳八有關病患、護士、較位助理118以A s 西濩人貝、指令以及在數伺服器咖中的某:l人=rr聯之資訊。該第二中央理、設施管理、訊息傳送、報：：：病患管理、物品管其它系統的介面。口圖表的表示、以及各種至尤其，病患管理係指右之一般的資訊。此次e e 母位進到醫院或設施的病患、此負訊是和每-女钟上入持，並且其大致包含 ^人“相關的資訊一起被維期、初次吟斷广戶土貝；斗、過敏、人院日期、出院日々人％断、病房、病床、經被開處方、預6、， ^寺寺。此外，有關每一種已、疋亚且給藥的藥物 — 服器108a所維姓 ^ 貝Λ係由弟一中央伺、准持。该病患管理功能亦包的檢查、藥物交互作用的檢查 ^ 查、劑量的檢查以及ρ .Λ “ 療（therapy)之檢。、°口妖納示忌症（contraindication) 《理係指有關在設施中可利。此資訊传祜技 *又鈿中叮利用的每種藥品之資訊貝凡係破官理及維持在此種資訊係包含藥…， T央柯服為1〇8a之内。等。再者，今从1、 *、強度、治療分類、製造商、等以弟二中央飼服器1G8a係在即時的基礎上維持 15 200426656 ::储滅處以及其它的智慧型儲存位置之物品内容的永續凰存巧咖⑽entory)。該第二中央飼服器购係有助於使仔當儲職處被補充以及當劑量被投藥或是拋棄時之進行更新成為可能的。设施官理係指描述整體設施的資訊。此資訊係被管理隹持在系、冼2 1 〇的第二中央伺服器} 〇8a之内。此資訊係匕含·设施之實體的解析成為建築物、樓層、單位、病房以及病床’·所提供的方案與服務以及何處提供該些方案與As explained in detail here, the first central server or electronic device has data and functions related to medical devices and user interfaces, a first database, and a first feature set. . The Jinji equipment 120 and the user interface 118 are generally in direct communication with the first computer 109. Furthermore, as explained in detail herein, the second central server or computer 108a has a second database and a first, feature set. The first central computer 109 is fixedly connected to the second brain 108a, and the medical device 120 and the user interface 8a communicate with the second central computer 108a. The user interface 118 can receive data from the "14th-central computer H9", the second-time M & the second computer of the central computer 108a of the feature set capable of receiving data. The second central server 108 and its one-month system are typically connected to the local system interface, and provide nurses, S5, and other related products and patients. Information fighters and daggers and paramedics. The second central feeding service τ, "1" workflow, servo state 108a is also connected to Jindi, to provide information about the wide-bodied 4 brothers, a central server 109 interface to catch eight related patients, nurses, The assistant assistant 118 uses the information of A s Xichengren shellfish, instructions, and some in the server: 1 person = rr link information. The second central management, facility management, message transmission, reporting ::: patient management The interface of other systems of the item management. The presentation of the mouth chart, and all kinds of, especially, the patient management refers to the general information on the right. This time the ee mother enters the patient in the hospital or facility, this negative information is and every- The female bell was held on hold, and it roughly contained the information related to ^ person ", which was held together for the first time, and the first time was about Hiroto Tobe; fighting, allergies, the date of the hospital, the percentage of people who were discharged on the day of discharge, the ward, the bed, Prescription, Pre-6, ^ Temple Temple. In addition, the surname ^ Bei ^ for each drug that has been administered, administered, and administered to the patient 108a, is held and held by the brother Yizhong. The patient management function also includes examinations, examinations of drug interactions, examinations, doses, and inspections of ρ.Λ "therapy." Contraindication. It is profitable in the facility. This information transmission technology * and the information of each medicine used by Zhong Ding is unreasonable and maintained in this information system including medicine ..., Tyangke service is within 108a. Etc. Furthermore, today, from 1, *, intensity, treatment category, manufacturer, etc., the second central feeding device 1G8a is maintained on an instant basis 15 200426656 :: storage and other intelligent storage locations The contents of the product are sustainable. The purchase of this second central feeding device helps make it possible to renew the puppets when they are stored in the store and when the dose is administered or discarded. Facilities Officer Management refers to the information describing the overall facility. This information is managed and held by the system, the second central server of 2 1 0} 〇8a. This information is the analysis of the entity that contains the facility into a building, Floors, units, wards and beds' · mentioned Programs and services, and where those programs and provide the

矛力之表列，儲存藥品與補給物品的儲存單元以及該些藥品與補給物品將會供應的位置之指明。一- 訊息傳送係指該第二中央伺服器1〇8a的功能，其中第 =中央伺服器l〇8a係提供一條通訊鏈路在藥劑師與醫護人貝之間。該第二中央伺服器108a係使得劑量與特殊的給藥心:之I準化成為可能，並且其係自動地傳送對於缺少的剡里之通知。報告與圖表的表示係指可得到一些經營與管The list of spears, the storage unit for storing medicines and supplies, and the location where the medicines and supplies will be supplied. -Message transmission refers to the function of the second central server 108a, where the first central server 108a provides a communication link between the pharmacist and the nurse. The second central server 108a makes it possible to standardize doses and special dosing centers, and it automatically sends notifications of missing miles. The presentation of reports and charts means that some operations and management are available

理報告人其可以隨請求地或是在預定的基礎上藉由系:統 2 1 0之被授權的使用者加以執行。 4第一中央伺服器丨08a亦具有各種的介面，例如·· ADT ;|面、開帳單（bUling)介面、離散的結果介面、文件結果介面、處方（formulary)介面、藥局指令介面、治療點給樂介面以及存貨介而古仔貝；丨面 k些介面係在以下更加詳細地被解况，然而，概要的解說係立即在以下被提出。該ADT介面係指設施的入院、轉院及出院系統（ADT)。此系統典型地亦運作有入院前以及門診病人（___)的掛號。該離 16 200426656The management reporter can execute it on request or on a predetermined basis by an authorized user of the system: system 2 10. 4First central server 丨 08a also has various interfaces, such as ADT; | surface, billing interface (bUling) interface, discrete results interface, document results interface, prescription interface, pharmacy order interface, The treatment points are given to the Lei interface and the inventory interface; the interface is explained in more detail below, however, the brief explanation is immediately presented below. The ADT interface refers to the facility's admission, transfer, and discharge system (ADT). This system also typically operates with pre-hospital and outpatient registration (___). The off 16 200426656

散的結果介面係指有關實驗室結果的介面。一般而言，在驗室結果以及補充的指令被輸入到外部的實驗室資訊系、'先之後，纟HL7引擎内之離散的結果介面或是實驗室介面係轉移此資料至第二中央伺服器购。一旦該實驗室結果、者存在第—中央伺服益1〇8&中，使用者可以從手持式震置^18、電腦化的醫師（physician)指令輪入（c_)系統以及:二中央電腦l〇8a的主要應用程式來查看該實驗室結果。貫驗室介面係可利用於至少四種介面：放射線醫學 (l〇gy)只驗至介面、微生物學（microbiology)實驗室介面、生物化學（bi〇chemistry)實驗室介面以及病理學 (p thology) Λ驗至介面。這些介面可以被配置以運作在四個不同的埠之上或是在相同的淳之上。該文件結果介面大致係指接受放射線醫學與病理學報告的第二中央伺服器 1 。該處方介面大致係指能夠接受主控檔案通知The scattered results interface is the interface to the laboratory results. Generally speaking, after the laboratory results and supplementary instructions are input to the external laboratory information system, 'first, the discrete results interface in the HL7 engine or the laboratory interface transfers this data to the second central server. purchase. Once the laboratory results are stored in the first-central servo server 108, the user can set the system from a hand-held vibration device, a computerized physician (physician) command rotation (c_), and 〇8a's main application to view the laboratory results. The laboratory interface system can be used in at least four interfaces: radiology-only interface, microbiology laboratory interface, biochemistry laboratory interface, and pathology. ) Check to the interface. These interfaces can be configured to operate on four different ports or on the same port. The result interface of this document is generally referred to as a second central server receiving radiological and pathology reports 1. The prescription interface roughly refers to the ability to accept master file notifications

以同步化外部的系統藥品播案之第二中央健器⑽&。對於一個處方的改變將會從該伺服器1〇8a觸發一項向外的交易至外部的第三者系統。該藥局指令介面係使得用藥指令能夠被傳送至外部的第三者系統。該存貨介面係使得接受來自外部的第三者系統之藥局存貨的改變成為可能的。此外推車（cart)儲藏處介面是本系統1 〇〇可利用的。該第二中央飼服器1 G8a係儲存指令及藥品播案的改變在飼服器資料庫中，其接著傳送此資訊至任何第三者的推車介面。在 HL7引擎内之第二者的推車介面係處理此資訊成為肌7的 MFN以及RDE訊息。言亥MFN訊息係包含藥品槽案㈣， 17 200426656 而RDE係包含病患指令資此貝成。_ HL7引擎係接著傳送這一 Λ心至弟二者的推車伺服器。哕的推車伺服器接收HL7格式二引擎亦從該第三者係包含用於給藥的開悟單^ 机息。該耐訊息永曰7開帳早貝矾。該HL7 亚且接著傳送其至第二中乂貝0 器1〇8a接著可以將此次Λ服"i〇8a’f亥第二中央飼服哕門恪DD的m 、貝运至一個開帳單的應用程式。嶋程式接著可以計算病患的費用並且開***The second central fitness device & is used to synchronize the external system drug broadcast. Changes to a prescription will trigger an outward transaction from the server 108a to an external third party system. The pharmacy instruction interface enables medication instructions to be transmitted to external third-party systems. This inventory interface makes it possible to accept changes in pharmacy inventory from external third-party systems. This cart storage interface is available for this system. The second central feeding device 1 G8a is stored in the feeding device database in accordance with changes in storage instructions and medicines, which then sends this information to the cart interface of any third party. The second cart interface in the HL7 engine processes this information into the MFN and RDE messages for Muscle 7. Yan Hai MFN message contains the drug tank case, 17 200426656, and RDE contains the patient's instruction information. _ The HL7 engine then transmits this cart server to the younger brother.哕 The cart server receives the HL7 format II engine and also contains the enlightenment note ^ from the third party. The resistant message Yong Yue 7 opened early belum. The HL7 is then transmitted to the second middle shellfish 108a, which can then transport the Λ service " i〇8a'fhai second central feeding shell door DD m, shellfish to a drive Billing app. The program can then calculate the patient's cost and invoice

面=。她單介面係指-個有關病患費用軟體的介帳單介面係支援選擇性地使用開帳單的演算法以 =用。該開帳單介面係處理内部的交易以及來自第三統之外部的向内⑽嶋d)交易。該開帳單介面係提供二:…在該第二中央飼服一及醫院的S'Face =. Her single interface refers to an interface for patient expense software. The billing interface supports the selective use of billing algorithms to = use. The billing interface deals with internal transactions and inbound transactions from outside the tertiary system d) transactions. The billing interface provides two: ... at the second central feeding facility and the hospital's S '

的：：：統之間。帳早的金額可以直接被傳送、或是病患可以藉由該開帳單介面而被計算出，以傳送至該醫院的:三者金融系統。該資訊係經由如訊息即時地^ 运。。治療點介面係由整合有關對於非輸液相關的資料之 >士台療點給藥的資訊之網路服務通訊所組成。這些資料係即時地被傳遞’以便使得該使用者介面可以整合對於輸液相關的Μ及非輸液相關的藥物之給藥。相反地’該第一中央祠服器1〇9係具有軟體被載入且配置用於傳送與接收資料往返於多個集線器1〇7、多個數位助理或使用者介面118以及第二中央伺服器购之間。如同以下所詳細解說者，該第—中央伺服器、iq9可以執行數们功月b ’其包含(但不限於)：比較從伺服器刚a所接收 18 200426656::: system. The early amount of the account can be transmitted directly, or the patient can be calculated through the billing interface to transmit to the hospital: the three financial system. This information is delivered in real time via messages. . The treatment site interface consists of a web service communication that integrates information about non-infusion-related data > drug treatment site administration. These data are transmitted immediately 'so that the user interface can integrate the administration of infusion-related M and non-infusion-related drugs. Conversely, the first central temple server 109 has software loaded and configured to send and receive data to and from multiple hubs 107, multiple digital assistants or user interfaces 118, and a second central servo. Between purchases. As explained in detail below, the first-central server, iq9 can perform several months b 'which includes (but is not limited to): compare received from the server just a 18 200426656

到的處方（1^^^11^1011)參數與從集線器1〇7系統所接收到的可應用之規劃後的泵設定；傳遞通知及訊息至數位助理 118’·傳遞從集線器107系統所接收到的警報叫及警告⑽咖K至適當的數位助理118;傳遞從伺服器i〇8a 所傳來的藥局及病患資訊至適當的數位助理丨丨8，·以及編澤泵狀㊣及警報監視資料並且在週期性基料至饲服器购。若必要時，由飼服器109所執二係符合1996年（U 21日）的健康保險可攜性法案⑽㈣ Insurance P〇rtability Act)’ 公共法 1〇419i。典型地常駐在該第-中央電腦或祠服器-1〇9中的資料是一個與常駐在該第二中央電腦或祠服器108a中的資料之交集處。祠服器109係包含執行其功能所需之内含在伺服器中的資料之一個子集合。伺服器、⑽亦包含執行其功能所需之相關於系統網路102、集線器107以及輪液泵12〇的資料。如上所解說者’此種資料大致上是用於數位助理n8以及醫療器材1 20的功能或實施所需之資料。在一個實施例中以及第一與第二中央Parameters (1 ^^^ 11 ^ 1011) and applicable pump settings received from the hub 107 system; delivery of notifications and messages to the digital assistant 118 '· delivery from hub 107 system The alarm is called and warned to the appropriate digital assistant 118; to pass the information of the pharmacy and patient from the server i〇8a to the appropriate digital assistant 丨丨 8, and the pump and pump; and Alarms monitor data and purchase at feeders on a periodic basis. If necessary, the second unit administered by the feeder 109 is in compliance with the Health Insurance Portability Act of 1996 (U 21) ⑽㈣ Insurance Potability Act (Public Law 10419i). The data typically resident in the second central computer or temple server-109 is an intersection with the data resident in the second central computer or temple server 108a. The shrine server 109 is a subset of the information contained in the server needed to perform its functions. The server and the server also contain information about the system network 102, the hub 107, and the wheel fluid pump 120 required to perform its functions. As explained above, this kind of data is roughly used for the function or implementation of the digital assistant n8 and the medical device 120. In one embodiment, and the first and second centers

，醫療裔材1 20或其它的器材與功能電腦109' l〇8a巾的醫院資訊系統之 -種合乎成本效益的整合係被提岀，其係藉由隔離上述的總資料之一個子集纟，例如，特別有關病患安全的資訊，並且設置此種資訊及功能在該系統之—個被確認的/被驗證的（vandated/venned)部分中。在此背景巾，亦即fda規定的背景中，“被驗證的，，係表示提供所有的要件都被測試過之客觀的證據，而“被確認的，，係表示提供該產品符合客 19 200426656 M t 戶需求之客觀的證據。在本實施例中，該系統之被確認的部分係位在該第一中央電腦丨〇9之内。在一個實施例中，该子集合可以包含輸液泵所產生的警報及/或警告、以及/ 或疋醫療裔材120/輸液泵12〇/控制器12〇之規劃或是操作的蒼數貝汛。此子集合係被隔離並且設置於系統之被確認的邛刀亦即在第一中央電腦109之内，而該整體資料之 ”餘的邛知係被維持在該系統之未被確認的部份之資料庫中’亦即在第二中央電腦1〇8a之内。位在該第一中央電腦 1 09之被確„心的貝料庫以及位在該第二中央電腦1術之未被確認的資料庫係利用網路服務備援㈣而被保持為同y的即如同具有該項技術之通常技能者從以下所提供勒節將會更加瞭解者。一個替代的實施例可以包含存在於早一電腦上的系轉夕^由2：士 Μ a , 乐、、死之被確涊的以及未被確認的部份， JL且在功此上藉由一個軟體防火牆(例如’作業系統的特點或‘是其它的OTS軟體）加以隔開。如同將在以下描述者，該“同步（syncing)，，可以根據時間間隔而週期性地、在其它預設的時間以及/夺县杏^丨丄A , 次疋田例如發生病患登記狀態之重要的資料改變而有需要時被執行。在、 ,_ 隹間隔之下，一份全新的備援的貢料係被傳送至另一中央雷 * p+ 丫天冤，並且被確認的第一中電腦109係用該份新的資料、 4的貝枓取代其本地的資料。當關鍵性的（cmlcal)資訊改變時，夂係立即被傳遞至該被確認的弟一中央電腦1〇9，破處理成一項改變，而不是對於現有的資訊之取代。因此、二欠位在忒弟一中央電腦109之料庫的子集合之一部次疋王部亦存在於該第二中央電 20 200426656 腦1 08a，即如同將會從在此所矢去ci πτ & α 么、的細郎而瞭解到者。請爹考以下所提供的細節，此過程將者藉由將該資料庫的一個子隼：更此被理解。因此，的m 千集口 ’例如，特別有關病患安全的貝枓局部化在該第_中央雷 “文太在、隹▲ “之處’至少系統開發的成本係進一步被最佳化，並與，、币一者未被確認的车絲乃直中之個別的資料與資訊之整合 ’、、’ /、地被完成。乎更為约且合乎成本效益在一個實施例中，該第一中央 ^ 丁六电細109可以包括一個A cost-effective integration of hospital information systems, medical equipment 1, 20 or other equipment and functional computers 109 '108a, was introduced by isolating a subset of the total data described above. For example, information specific to patient safety, and such information and functions are set in a validated / venned part of the system. In this background towel, that is, the background specified by the fda, "verified, means to provide objective evidence that all elements have been tested, and" confirmed, means to provide the product in accordance with customer 19 200426656. M t objective evidence of household demand. In this embodiment, the confirmed part of the system is located within the first central computer 09. In one embodiment, the sub-collection may include alarms and / or warnings generated by the infusion pump, and / or planning or operation of the medical material 120 / infusion pump 120 / controller 120. . This sub-collection is isolated and set in the confirmed trowel of the system, that is, in the first central computer 109, and the remaining cognition system of the overall data is maintained in the unconfirmed part of the system In the database, that is, within the second central computer 108a. The identified shell database located at the first central computer 10 09 and the unidentified operation located at the second central computer 1 The database is kept the same by using network service backup, that is, those who have the usual skills of the technology will know more from the following section. An alternative embodiment may include a system that exists on a previous computer ^ by 2: Shi M a, music, confirmed and dead parts, JL and by A software firewall (such as' the characteristics of the operating system 'or' is another OTS software). As will be described below, the "syncing" can be periodically, according to the time interval, at other preset times and / or the county, such as the occurrence of patient registration status. The data is changed and executed when necessary. Under the interval of,, _ ，, a new backup tribute system is transmitted to another central mine * p + yatian injustice, and the first computer confirmed The 109 series replaced the local data with the new data and the 4 枓. When the critical (cmlcal) information changed, the 夂 system was immediately transferred to the confirmed brother-central computer 1109, and the processing was broken. It is a change, not a replacement for the existing information. Therefore, the second prince is also a part of the sub-collection of the sibling of the central computer 109, and the second prince also exists in the second central telecom. 08a, as will be learned from the ci πτ & α, Xilang here. Please test the details provided below, this process will be a child of the database : More understandable. Therefore, m thousand "For example, the localization of Behr, which is particularly relevant to patient safety, is at least the cost of system development. The confirmed car wire is the integration of the individual data and information in the straight line, and the ground is completed. More compact and cost-effective In one embodiment, the first center ^ 丁六电细 109 Can include a

被確魂的伺服器，例如，有 /、肩視固2003伺服器〇S的司《DLG·380，其係執行用於使用者及裝置確 =動態目錄（Active Direct〇ry)，，、用於伺服器以及客戶的發出之“憑證認證中心（Certificate Authority)，，、用於暫時的資料儲存之SQL伺服器2〇〇〇、用於應用程式代管 (PPlicati〇n h〇sting)(網路服務及網頁）之網際網路資訊伺服叩（ns)。該第二中央電腦1〇8a可以包括一個未被確認的祠服器，例如，外部的醫院資訊系統（ms)伺服器，其係透The server that has been identified is, for example, DLG · 380, a company that has a shoulder-to-shoulder 2003 server, which is implemented for users and devices. Active Directory, Certificate authority issued by the server and customers, SQL server 2000 for temporary data storage, PPlicati〇nhsting (network) Service and web page) Internet information server (ns). The second central computer 108a may include an unidentified server, such as an external hospital information system (ms) server, which is transparent

過一條專用的乙太網路TCP/IP連線1 〇3以連接存取藉由在°亥專用的連線之另一端處之被確認的伺服器所顯示出之貝料備援網路服務。或者，該第二中央電腦1 08a可以包括Via a dedicated Ethernet TCP / IP connection 1 03 to connect to access the backup network service shown by the server identified at the other end of the dedicated connection . Alternatively, the second central computer 108a may include

> JQ4L 人月立以用於執行在此一般所述之各種功能中的一或多種功 Μ ’例如’藥局及其它的系統。因此，該第二中央電腦可以包括這些類型的功能並且具有一個連到其它系統的介面 ’例如’外部的醫院資訊系統（HIS)伺服器。 °亥第~中央電腦（亦即，伺服器1 09)係包含一個内含一 21 200426656 套資料儲存之資料庫或是第一資料庫。在一個實施例中，该第—資料庫可以是在第一中央電腦1〇9的外部或是内部 “而較佳地是只有如第54圖中所示的載入到該第一中央電腦之上的應用程式5412之使用者才可使用。在該第一資料庫内之資料表係被使用於在此進一步所述的使用例子中車乂佳地’該資料表係包含有關醫療器材、數位助理、集線器、病患、醫護人員、處方、滴定（titrati〇n)、比較資口孔、警報、以及提昇警訊（escalati〇n)之表。再者，醫療器材表可包含有關泵、泵通道、泵次通道之表。再者，警報表可包含有關集線器警報、泵警報、通道警報、警報歷史曰諸、與類似者之表。在一個實施例中，每個表可包含一個關鍵號（key)，其中在該表内之資料係回應於該關鍵號。例如，對應於一個有關泵通道資訊記錄（1〇g)之表的一個關鍵號可以是一個泵通道記錄的識別，其中回應於該關键號，有關通道識別、泵速率、劑量模式、劑量、剩餘量、主要的輸液量、與類似者之表資料係被提供。再者，該表可以是連結式的鲁 (linked)。譬如，一個具有病患資訊的病患表可以被連結至一個醫護人員表，該醫護人員表可以被連結至_個數位助理表。第3圖的病患照顧系統100可以被區分為集線器次系統、第一中央電腦或是伺服器次系統、醫療器材或是泵次系統、第一中央電腦或是伺服器次系統以及個人數位助理 (PDA)次系統。該集線器次系統以及第一中央電腦次系統 22 200426656 係在此進一步詳細地加以敘述。現在轉而談到該醫療器材次系統，此次系統較佳地係包含—或多個醫療器材12〇, 例如，用於容許藥物能夠傳送至病患的輸液襄置，其中每個輸液裝置的狀態及輸液資訊係週期性地從每個裝置相關的通訊埠被傳送。般而。6玄第一中央電腦次系統是一個具有電腦硬體及軟體用於與藥局系統介面連接的飼服器i〇8a，以提供有關於藥品、病患及典型的護士工作流程之資訊。該祠服器叫可以具有如在此先前所述之各種其它的應用程式，例如，連到醫院資訊系統（HIS)的介面。較佳地’該第二中央電腦介面係與第一中丰雷 ”弟以電月“糸統介面連接，以提供理亥二中央電腦有關病患、護士、指令以及在個人數位助里人蠖士或醫護人員之間的關連之資訊。 • ^個/施财，—個中央電腦係具有至少兩個環境的;：=的環境以及一個未被確認的環境。該被確認庫二…具有—個帶有-組應用程式以及-個第-資料 =弟—作業系統。該第—資料庫可以具有一個盘^的某二貝枓相關之第一功能特徵能44料隹目丄、 # 男轭例中，此功介目關醫療器材以及用於該醫療器材的使用者環境直接且安入±“ 幻吏用“面係與該被確認的帶有—組=通訊。該未被確認的環境可以具有-個該第二資=式以及-個第二資料庫的第二作業系統。功能特徵隼。血：：有一個與其中的某些資料相關之第二 /…、型地’在該被確認的環境以及未被確認的 23 邏輯上的區隔。該使用者介面可以透過該系統的部份接二目關於該第二功能特徵的資料庫之未確認可用Z貝枓。在—個實施例中，該確認的部份係藉由部份^體做成的邏輯上的區隔或是防火牆來和該未確認的刀刀W開。例如是VMware以及虛擬的（Vimai)PC之各，是在相同的饲服器之上模擬多個環境的模擬軟體 ::。在另一實施例中’該確認的部份可以是在第一中央屯如109 _L ’並且該未確認的部份可以是在第二中央電腦> JQ4L is used to perform one or more of the various functions generally described herein, such as pharmacy and other systems. Thus, the second central computer may include these types of functions and have an interface to other systems, such as an external hospital information system (HIS) server. The central computer (that is, the server 10) includes a database or a first database containing a set of 21 200426656 data stores. In one embodiment, the first database may be external or internal to the first central computer 109, and is preferably only loaded into the first central computer as shown in FIG. 54. This application can only be used by users of the application 5412. The data tables in the first database are used in the use examples described further herein. The data table contains relevant medical equipment, digital Tables of assistants, hubs, patients, medical staff, prescriptions, titrations, comparisons, alerts, and escalations. Furthermore, the medical equipment list may include pumps, pumps Channel, pump secondary channel table. Furthermore, the alarm table may contain tables related to hub alarms, pump alarms, channel alarms, alarm history, and the like. In one embodiment, each table may contain a key number (Key), in which the data in the table is responded to the key number. For example, a key number corresponding to a table of the pump channel information record (10g) may be the identification of a pump channel record, in which the response This key number is provided with table information on channel identification, pump rate, dose mode, dose, remaining amount, main infusion volume, and the like. Furthermore, the table may be linked. For example, a patient table with patient information can be linked to a medical staff table, which can be linked to _ digital assistant tables. The patient care system 100 in Figure 3 can be divided into hub subsystems , The first central computer or server sub-system, medical equipment or pump sub-system, the first central computer or server sub-system, and the personal digital assistant (PDA) sub-system. The hub sub-system and the first central computer sub-system System 22 200426656 is described in further detail here. Turning now to the medical device subsystem, this time the system preferably includes—or multiple medical devices 120—for example, to allow drugs to be delivered to the disease. The patient's infusion is set up, in which the status and infusion information of each infusion device are periodically transmitted from the communication port associated with each device. The computer sub-system is a feeding device i08a with computer hardware and software for connecting with the pharmacy system interface to provide information about medicines, patients and typical nurses' workflow. The shrine server can be called Has various other applications as previously described herein, for example, an interface to a hospital information system (HIS). Preferably, 'the second central computer interface is related to the first Zhongfeng Lei " System interface connection to provide information about patients, nurses, instructions, and connections between personal digital helpers or medical staff. • ^ / Shicai, a central computer department An environment with at least two ;; = and an unconfirmed environment. The confirmed library two ... has a -group application and a -data-brother-operating system. The first database may have a first functional feature related to a certain second shell. In the example of male yoke, this function refers to medical equipment and users of the medical equipment. The environment is direct and settled in. "The magician uses the" face "to communicate with the identified belt—group =. The unconfirmed environment may have a second operating system and a second operating system of a second database. Functional characteristics 隼. Blood: There is a second / ..., type 'related to some of these materials in the identified environment and the unidentified 23 logical distinction. The user interface can be connected to the unconfirmed available Z database of the second functional feature database through part of the system. In one embodiment, the confirmed part is separated from the unconfirmed knife by a logical partition or firewall made of a part. For example, each of VMware and a virtual (Vimai) PC is simulation software :: that simulates multiple environments on the same feeder. In another embodiment, ‘the confirmed portion may be at the first central computer such as 109 _L’ and the unconfirmed portion may be at the second central computer

1〇8&上。在另—實施例中’該中央電腦係包括-個第-伺服器以及一個第二個別的伺服器。該第一與第二伺服器係藉由防火牆而被分^ ’並且該中央電腦之中央確認的部份係存在於該第-伺服器，而該中央電腦之第二未確認的部伤係存在於該第二伺服器。10 & In another embodiment, the central computer system includes a first server and a second individual server. The first and second servers are divided by a firewall ^ 'and the centrally-confirmed part of the central computer exists in the first-server, and the second unconfirmed part of the central computer exists in The second server.

車乂佺地，如同在此說明書的別處所詳細解說的，該個人數位助理次系統係包含一或多個小型可攜式的裝置Η 8 ，其係提供醫護人員及護士 116(第丨圖）有關其病患、包含警報與警告貧訊的傳遞之輸液的狀態、以及輸液比較結果之遠端的資訊。如同在此所論述者，該第一中央電腦係運作地連接至該PDA次系統之内的一或多個個人數位助理 11 8。在一個實施例中’個人數位助理是以視窗CE net為基礎的，並且被使用作為醫護人員的終端裝置。尤其，該個人數位助理可以透過保密的PKI認證的（authenticated)無線LAN(802· lx)連線而運作地連接至該第一中央電腦，即如在此更詳細所解說者。 24 200426656 σ亥集線器次系統較佳地係包含例如是一或多個集線器 107的組件用於從醫療器材120接收資料、傳送泵資料至第中央電腦次系統1 〇9、以及偵測可能會與一或多個集線器進行資料通訊的情況。如先前所指的，在一個實施例中，該集線器次系統内之木線器1 07係透過單向的串列通訊鏈路丨〇5與多達四個輸液衣置12〇介面連接，其中該些輸液裝置係在週期性的基礎上傳送包含泵狀態資訊的訊息（亦即，資料封包）至該集線為。或者是，該封包可以根據使用者定義的標準，例如’定期的時間間隔、事件的發生、時間間隔與事件發生的組合、或類似者來加以傳送。在一個實施例中，該集線器次系統之内的每個集線器 107係利用一個内建的無線網路收發機來過濾進入的資訊乂去除重複的訊息、儲存並且接著傳遞泵資訊至第一中央迅細次系統。在一個實施例中，該泵資訊並未被傳遞，除非從該醫療器材所接收的資料已經改變。内建於集線器107的收發機係指定路由給該離開的 (utg01ng)資汛至一個無線存取點^ μ，於是該無線存取點 n 4係利用該連線的乙太網路次系統1 1 q來指定路由給該貝汛至第一中央電腦丨〇9。此離開的資訊較佳地係包含 XML編碼的資料，其係被格式化成特別被設計以藉由網路服務類型的軟體介面接收之Soap訊息·。如同具有在此項技術中之一般技能者將會體認到的，忒名同“XML”係指—種用於組織及附加⑽幻網路文件的單 25 200426656 g糸統，其中，在利用XML之下，客製的㈣t。麗ed) 標戴可被產生以用於使得在應用程式之間以及在系統或是次糸統之間的資料之定義、傳輸、確認、以及解譯 ⑽即咖_)成為可能的。再者，如同在此所用者，該名列網路服務，，係指利用XML以及s〇Ap之整合的網路為基礎的服務，其中該名詞“S0AP”是—種訊息傳送的協定，其係被用以在網路或是通訊路徑上傳送網路服務請求訊息及回應訊息之前’編碼在網路服務請求訊息及回應訊息中之資訊。该弟-中央電腦次系統較佳地由一個帶有軟體應用程式的伺服器、H)9所組成，該軟體應用程式係被載入且配置用於傳送與接收資料往返於多個集線器1〇7、多個數位助理"8、以及包括飼服器1〇8a的第二中央電腦次系統與第一中央電腦次系統之間。The car, as explained in detail elsewhere in this specification, the personal digital assistant system includes one or more small portable devices Η 8 that provide medical staff and nurses 116 (Figure 丨) Information about his patient, the status of the infusion including the delivery of alarms and warnings, and the remoteness of the infusion comparison results. As discussed herein, the first central computer system is operatively connected to one or more personal digital assistants within the PDA subsystem 118. In one embodiment, the 'Personal Digital Assistant' is based on the Windows CE net and is used as a terminal device for medical personnel. In particular, the personal digital assistant may be operatively connected to the first central computer through a confidential PKI-authenticated wireless LAN (802. lx) connection, as explained in more detail herein. 24 200426656 The sigma hub sub-system preferably includes components such as one or more hubs 107 for receiving data from the medical device 120, transmitting pump data to the central computer sub-system 10, and detecting that the Data communication with one or more hubs. As previously indicated, in one embodiment, the wooden connector 107 in the hub subsystem is connected to up to four infusion sets 12 interfaces through a unidirectional serial communication link. The infusion devices send a message (ie, a data packet) containing pump status information to the hub on a periodic basis. Alternatively, the packet may be transmitted according to a user-defined standard, such as a 'regular time interval, the occurrence of an event, a combination of a time interval and an event, or the like. In one embodiment, each hub 107 in the hub subsystem uses a built-in wireless network transceiver to filter incoming information, remove duplicate messages, store and then pass pump information to the first central fast Sub-system. In one embodiment, the pump information is not transmitted unless the data received from the medical device has changed. The transceiver built into the hub 107 is designed to route the outgoing (utg01ng) data to a wireless access point ^ μ, so the wireless access point n 4 is an Ethernet secondary system using the connection 1 1 q to specify the route to the Besun to the first central computer. This leaving information preferably contains XML-encoded data, which is formatted as Soap messages specially designed to be received via a software interface of the web service type. As will be appreciated by those with ordinary skills in this technology, the name "XML" refers to a single system for organizing and attaching fantasy web files. 25 200426656 g system, in which the use of Under XML, custom ㈣t. Eded) tags can be generated to enable the definition, transmission, confirmation, and interpretation of data between applications and between systems or subsystems. Moreover, as used herein, the listed network service refers to an integrated network-based service using XML and s0Ap. The term "SOAP" is a protocol for message transmission. It is used to 'encode the information in the network service request message and response message before sending the network service request message and response message over the network or communication path. The brother-central computer subsystem is preferably composed of a server with software applications, which are loaded and configured to send and receive data to and from multiple hubs. 7. A plurality of digital assistants " 8, and a second central computer subsystem including a feeder 108a, and a first central computer subsystem.

現在轉而談到第54圖，伺服器109較佳地是具有微軟公司的視窗2003伺服器作業系統5414之c〇MpAQ 380。在一個實施例中，被載入到第一中央電腦ι〇9的記憶體之内的軟體組件係包含在一個·NET架構 (Framework)5416之内的一個第一中央電腦或是伺服器應用程式5412、一個用於使用者以及裝置的確認之動態目錄網域（Domain)服務5418、一個用於暫時的資料儲存之SQ]L 伺服為5420(被展示為一個資料庫）、以及用於應用程式代管的網際網路資訊伺服器5422(IIS)。該.NET架構5416較佳地是微軟公司的.NET架構1 · 1或是更新版本，其中該 26 200426656 •NET架構係連接該第—中央電腦應用程式54i2至該作業系統、網際網路資訊飼服器5422、SQL資料庫542〇、以及動態目錄網域服矛务5418等組件。如同具有在此項技術中之叙技能者將會體認到的，該動態目錄網域服務M j 8 係提供由該視窗伺服器作業系統5414以及第一中央電腦應用私S 5412所利用的服務，以幫助確保只有真正的 (authentic)且被授權的集線器次系統、第二中央電腦次系、’先以及個人數位助理次系統的使用者對於該第一中央電腦以及因而為對於該第一中央電腦的應用程式MU具有使用的權利。。广個實施例中，該第一中央電腦(亦即，f 3圖的飼服裔1〇9)係執行數個功能，其係包含：丨）比較如同從該第二中央電腦次系統所接收之處方參數與從集線器次系、统及/ 或=劃該栗所收到之可應用的規劃後之泵設^ ; 2)傳遞從該集線器:欠系統帛收到的警報及警告資訊至適當的個人數位助理118(第3圖）；3)提供栗狀態及流速（flow rate)歷史貝汛至適當的個人數位助理118 ; 4)傳遞如同從該第二中央私驷108a(第3圖）所傳送的藥局及病患資訊至適當的個人數位助理1 1 8，以及5)在週期性的基礎上編譯泵及尊報監視資料並且傳遞此資料至第二中央電腦1〇心。 ° 該第一中央電腦較佳地係包含複數個外部的軟體組件 ;ι面°在一個實施例中’這些介面中的三個介面可以被分員成進入的；|面’，進入的介面是接收進入的ΗτΤρ請求訊息並且接著發出離開的HTTP回應訊息。其餘的兩個介 27 200426656 面可以被分類成“離開的介面，，，其係傳送Ηττρ請求訊息或是XML格式化的回應訊息，即如以下所解說者。如同在此所用者’該五個軟體介面係被稱為 DatabaseRefreshUstener進入的以及離開的介面、 RoutePDA進入的以及離開的介面、以及pumpDataListener 進入的介面。在一個實施例中，該些外部的軟體組件介面中的四個Turning now to FIG. 54, the server 109 is preferably a coMpAQ 380 with a Microsoft Windows 2003 server operating system 5414. In one embodiment, the software component loaded into the memory of the first central computer 107 is a first central computer or server application included in a .NET Framework 5416. 5412, a Dynamic Directory Domain service for user and device confirmation 5418, an SQ for temporary data storage] L Servo 5420 (shown as a database), and for applications Hosted Internet Information Server 5422 (IIS). The .NET framework 5416 is preferably Microsoft Corporation's .NET framework 1.1 or a newer version, of which 26 200426656. The NET framework connects the first-central computer application 54i2 to the operating system, Internet information feed. Server 5422, SQL database 5420, and Active Directory Domain Services 5418 and other components. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art of this technology, the Active Directory Domain Service M j 8 provides services utilized by the Windows Server Operating System 5414 and the first central computer application private S 5412 To help ensure that only authentic and authorized users of the Hub Central System, the Second Central Computer Secondary System, the First and Personal Digital Assistant Subsystems have access to the first central computer and thus to the first central computer. The computer application MU has the right to use. . In a wide range of embodiments, the first central computer (ie, the feeding server 10 of FIG. 3) performs several functions, which includes: 丨) compares as received from the second central computer subsystem Prescription parameters and applicable planning pump settings received from the hub subsystem, system, and / or = ^; 2) Pass the alarm and warning information received from the hub: system to the appropriate Personal digital assistant 118 (picture 3); 3) providing chestnut status and flow rate history to the appropriate personal digital assistant 118; 4) passing as if from the second central private office 108a (picture 3) The pharmacy and patient information transmitted to the appropriate personal digital assistant 1 1 8 and 5) compile pump and respect report monitoring data on a periodic basis and pass this data to the second central computer 10 heart. ° The first central computer preferably includes a plurality of external software components; ι face ° In one embodiment, 'three of these interfaces can be divided into and entered; | face', the entered interface is Receive an incoming ΗτΤρ request message and then send an outgoing HTTP response message. The remaining two interfaces 27 200426656 can be classified as "leaving interfaces," which send 系 ττρ request messages or XML formatted response messages, as explained below. As used here, the five The software interface is referred to as the DatabaseRefreshUstener entry and exit interface, the RoutePDA entry and exit interface, and the pumpDataListener entry interface. In one embodiment, four of the external software component interfaces

介面是成對的，以在第3圖的第—中央電腦1〇9以及第二中央電腦108a之間產生兩個不同之雙向的通訊通道。第一通逞係包含一起成對的DatabaseRefreshListener進入的以及離開的介面。於是，該第一通道在此係被稱為 ‘‘DatabaseRefreshLlstener，，，並且其係被第二中央電腦 W8a利用於其資料庫表中的資料與位在該第一中央電腦的資料庫表中的資料之週期性的同步化。The interfaces are paired to create two different two-way communication channels between the central computer 109 and the second central computer 108a in FIG. 3. The first pass consists of a pair of DatabaseRefreshListener entry and exit interfaces. Therefore, the first channel is called `` DatabaseRefreshLlstener '' here, and it is used by the second central computer W8a for the data in its database table and the data in the database table of the first central computer. Periodic synchronization of data.

利用該DatabaseRefreshUstener通道，第二中央電腦 1 〇8&係藉由傳送被格式化為S〇AP訊息之XML編碼的資料至第一中央電腦的網路服務類型的介面來更新該第一中央電腦的資料庫表。類似地，該第二中央電腦l〇8a係藉由傳送對於資料之XML編碼的請求至第一中央電腦的網路服務類型的介於是該請求係觸發該第-中央電腦1〇9 以XML編碼的資料來做回應，以更新該第二中央電腦本上所指出地，該DatabaseRefreshListener通道之進、η面份係被該第二中央電腦利用，以使用來自第一 28 200426656 中央電腦的資料庫表之資料來更新位在該第一中央電腦中資料庫表。再者’該DatabaseRefreshListener通道之離開的部份係被該第二中央電腦利用，以使用來自該第一中央電腦的資料庫表之資料來更新該第二中央電腦本身的資料庫。、較仏地’ 5亥DatabaseRefreshListener進入的介面係包 3數種名稱為“Refreshxxx”的網路服務方法，其中“χχχ，，係對應於被轉移的資料類型。在一個實施例中，這些方法二接收包g根據SOAP協定格式化的XML·編碼的資料之 · 進入的HTTP請求訊息。該XML編碼的資料係被建構成一種形式為對應於在一個資料庫表中的列。例如，該方法 RefVeshUsers”係接收由對應於在一個資料庫表中的列之一 1使用者名稱以及使用者密碼（passw〇rd)所組成的資料結構，该貧料庫表係包含使用者名稱以及使用者密碼的行。如同在第54圖中所示，該進入的訊息係被指定路由為經由該網際網路資訊伺服器以及· N E τ架構的組件至該被載入在第一中央電腦（亦即，第3圖的伺服器1〇9)之上的應鲁用私式54 1 2。該第一中央電腦應用程式54丨2係利用該動心目錄網域服務54丨8以驗證該第二中央電腦訊息是否為真正的、處理該内容、並且接著儲存結果資料在該SQL伺服裔資料庫組件5 4 2 0中。被載入在第一中央電腦之上的應用程式54丨2係接著藉由發出一個HTTP回應方法以回應於該第二中央電腦，其係被指定路由為經由該·NET架構組件5416以及網際網路 29 426656 此回應訊息係 =訊伺服器組件5422至該第二中央電腦。指出資料傳輸及處理是成功或是失敗的。Using the DatabaseRefreshUstener channel, the second central computer 108 and the first central computer update the first central computer's network service type interface by transmitting XML-encoded data formatted as SOAP messages to the first central computer. Database table. Similarly, the second central computer 108a sends an XML-encoded request for data to the first central computer's network service type between the request and triggers the first-central computer 109 to be XML-encoded. To respond to update the second central computer as indicated in the book, the databaseRefreshListener channel entry and η face are used by the second central computer to use the database table from the first 28 200426656 central computer To update the database table in the first central computer. Furthermore, the separated part of the DatabaseRefreshListener channel is used by the second central computer to update the database of the second central computer itself with the data from the database table of the first central computer. The interface entered by the DatabaseRefreshListener includes three types of web service methods named "Refreshxxx", where "χχχ," corresponds to the type of data being transferred. In one embodiment, these methods two The received packet g is XML-encoded data formatted according to the SOAP protocol. The incoming HTTP request message. The XML-encoded data is constructed into a form corresponding to the columns in a database table. For example, the method RefVeshUsers "Receives a data structure consisting of one user name and user password (password) corresponding to one of the columns in a database table. The lean database table contains the user name and user password. Row. As shown in Figure 54, the incoming message is designated to be routed via the Internet Information Server and the components of the NE τ framework to the first central computer (ie, Figure 3) Ying Lu uses the private 54 1 2 on the server 10.9). The first central computer application 54 丨 2 utilizes the Ambitious Directory Domain Service 54 丨 8 to verify whether the second central computer message is authentic, processes the content, and then stores the result data in the SQL server database. Assembly 5 4 2 0. The application 54 loaded on the first central computer then responds to the second central computer by sending an HTTP response method, which is designated to be routed via the .NET framework component 5416 and the Internet Lu 29 426656 This response message = the message server component 5422 to the second central computer. Indicate whether the data transmission and processing was successful or failed.

交L地°亥DatabaseRefreshListener進入的介面本質 ^疋非同步的，因此將該第二中央電腦與第一中央電腦分】貝除可行的私度。此種分離（decoupling)係容許第二中央電腦被程式化以用於連續的資料處理而同時等待回應，亚且用於以一種在程式控制之下的方式回應於失去通訊。再者，該DatabaSeRefreShLlstener進入的介面也可以包含種、、罔路方法，以供第二中央電腦使用來週期性地發出該第二中央電腦正在運作的信號給該第一中央電腦。相對於该DatabaseRefreshListener進入的介面，該 DatabaseRefreshListener離開的介面係被該第二中央電腦利用，以使用來自該第一中央電腦的資料庫表之資料來更新其本身的資料庫。為了確保該資料在從該第一中央電腦中永久被移除之前已經被該第二中央電腦捕捉， DatabaseRefreshListenei*離開的介面係利用一種用於資料The nature of the interface entered by the DatabaseRefreshListener is not synchronized, so the second central computer is separated from the first central computer. This decoupling allows the second central computer to be programmed for continuous data processing while waiting for a response, and used to respond to loss of communication in a program-controlled manner. Furthermore, the interface entered by the DatabaSeRefreShLlstener may also include a method, a loophole method, for use by the second central computer to periodically send a signal that the second central computer is operating to the first central computer. Relative to the interface entered by the DatabaseRefreshListener, the interface exited by the DatabaseRefreshListener is used by the second central computer to use the data from the database table of the first central computer to update its own database. To ensure that the data was captured by the second central computer before being permanently removed from the first central computer, the databaseRefreshListenei * exit interface uses a

傳輪之多步驟的方式’其係如下：丨）該第二中央電腦係檢查該資料是否為可利用的；2)該第二中央電腦係請求第一中央電腦傳送該資料；3)該第二中央電腦係確認該資料已接收到；4)该弟一中央電腦係確認該資料已正確地儲存在其資料庫表中。為了檢查資料是否為可利用的，該第二中央電腦首先傳送給該DatabaseRefreshListener離開的介面之可應用的網路方法的疋一個根據该SOAP協定格式化的xml編碼 30 200426656 佳地，該所利用之胜a 特疋的網路方法是為 I Δ r r» Vi 1 Θ ” 厶A 一L· 的請求訊息。較The multi-step method of passing rounds is as follows: 丨) The second central computer system checks whether the data is available; 2) the second central computer system requests the first central computer to transmit the data; 3) the first The second central computer department confirms that the data has been received; 4) The younger one central computer department confirms that the data has been correctly stored in its database table. In order to check whether the data is available, the second central computer first sends the applicable network method of the interface left by the DatabaseRefreshListener, an XML code formatted according to the SOAP protocol. 30 200426656 The network method of winning a feature is a request message for I Δ rr »Vi 1 Θ” 厶 A-L ·.

......〜付疋的網路方法是J “BegmGetXXXTo A—”的形式，苴 "τ XXX係對應於戶) 請求的資料類型。似如，該方分 “BeginGetChannelDataToArchive，，伤咬冬、^ 係峋求利用藉由該第一寸央電腦透過集線器次系統而從泵系所接收之時間戳記白( (stamped)泵通道記錄。該請求訊息係透過該網際網路資吩貝也叼服器組件5422 j 及.NET架構組件5416傳遞至被載入在執八在5亥弟一中央電腦：内的應用程式。被載入在該第一 5 4 1 2係解碼内含在該請求訊息中中央電腦所請求的是何種資料。...... ~ The network method of payment is in the form of J "BegmGetXXXTo A—", "" τ XXX corresponds to the type of data requested by the user). It seems that the party is divided into "BeginGetChannelDataToArchive," and "Dong bite winter", and it is necessary to use the timestamp of the pump channel record received from the pump system by the first central computer through the hub subsystem. The request message is passed through the Internet server component 5422 j and the .NET framework component 5416 to the application loaded in a central computer: The first 5 4 1 2 decodes what kind of data is requested by the central computer included in the request message.

中央電腦之内的應用程式的XML ’以判斷該第二被載入在該第一中央電腦之内的應用程式54 Μ係檢查在該SQL祠服器資料庫542〇中是否可得該被請求的資料。若該資料是可得的，則該應用程式係準備—個指出資料是可得的XML編碼的回應訊息。若無法獲得該資料時，該應用程式5412係準備一個指出資料是不可得的xml編XML 'of the application in the central computer to determine whether the second application loaded in the first central computer 54 M checks whether the requested request is available in the SQL server database 542. data of. If the data is available, the application prepares an XML-encoded response message indicating that the data is available. If the information is not available, the application 5412 prepares an xml code indicating that the data is not available

碼的回應訊息。若該貢料是不可得的，則第二中央電腦可以再嘗試或是進行另外一次符合其處理規則之傳輸。若該資料是可得的，則該第二中央電腦係藉由傳送一個第二XML編碼的請求訊息給DatabaseRefreshListener離開的介面之可應用的網路方法來起始資料傳輸。較佳地，該被利用之特定的網路方法是具有 “EndGetXXXToAcrchive，，的形式，其中“XXX，，係相同於以 31 200426656 上所利用者。 )&在該第一中央電腦之内的應用程式5412係解碼内含在。亥明求訊息中& XMl以判斷是何種資料要傳回到第二中 f電腦’並且將該資料置人-個適當㈣XML編碼的回應訊息中，該訊息係以—種對應於在一個資料庫表中的列之形式被建構，該形式係與該對應之進人的介面所利用的方式一致〇加在一個實施例中，該資料係被指定路由為經由該·ΝΕΤ 架構組件541 6以及網際網路資訊伺服器組件5422至第二中央电。若6亥資料未被正確地接收時，則該第二中央電腦可以再f試或是進行另外—次符合其處理規則之傳輸。若該資料被正確地接收時，該第二中央電腦於是傳送一個第三請求訊息至此介面之可應用的網路方法。較佳地，該被利用之特定的網路方法是具有 “BegmDeleteArcMvedxxx，，的形式，其中“χχχ，，係相同於以上所利用者。在收到此訊息之際，被載入在該第一中央電腦之内的應用程式5412係標示（mark)在該SQL伺服器資料庫組件中之相關的資料為被傳送至第二中央電腦用於存構 (arching)，並且其係發出一項應答（ackn〇wledging)該資料已被標示的回應訊息。為了發出信號表示將該資料儲存在該第二中央電腦資料庫中的成功或疋失敗’邊弟一中央電腦係傳送一個第四請求訊息至此介面之可應用的網路方法。該被利用之特定 32 200426656 的網路方法是具有“EndDeleteArchlvedxxx，，的形 “XXX”係相同於以上所利用者。工、其中若該第二中央電腦指出該傳輸是不成功的、經過了足夠長的時間後，且該第一中央電腦判斷為：：: 失去通料，則該相關的資料係'被保留在該第—中央電腦的貝科庫中，以供該第：中央電腦請求時之再次傳輪用若該第二中央電腦指出該傳輸是成功的，則該：Response message. If the tribute is not available, the second central computer may try again or make another transmission that complies with its processing rules. If the data is available, the second central computer initiates data transmission by transmitting a second XML-encoded request message to the applicable network method of the databaseRefreshListener's departure interface. Preferably, the specific network method used is in the form of "EndGetXXXToAcrchive,", where "XXX" is the same as the one used on 31 200426656. ) & The application 5412 in the first central computer decodes the embedded in. Hai Ming asks for & XMl in the message to determine what kind of data is to be returned to the second computer, and puts this data in a proper XML-encoded response message, which corresponds to a The form of the columns in the database table is constructed, and the form is consistent with the way used by the corresponding access interface. In one embodiment, the data is designated to be routed through the NET architecture component 541 6 And the Internet information server component 5422 to the second central unit. If the data is not received correctly, the second central computer may try again or perform another transmission in accordance with its processing rules. If the data is received correctly, the second central computer then sends a third request message to the applicable network method of this interface. Preferably, the specific network method being used is in the form of "BegmDeleteArcMvedxxx,", where "χχχ," is the same as the one used above. Upon receiving this message, the application program 5412 loaded into the first central computer marks the relevant data in the SQL server database component for transmission to the second central computer. In arching, and it sends a response (acknwledging) response information that the data has been marked. In order to send a signal indicating the success or failure of storing the data in the second central computer database, a central computer system sends a fourth request message to the applicable network method of this interface. The particular 32 200426656 network method being used has the form "XXX" with "EndDeleteArchlvedxxx," which is the same as the one used above. If the second central computer indicates that the transmission was unsuccessful, it has passed enough After a long period of time, and the first central computer judges that :: the loss of the material, the relevant data is' retained in the Bekoku of the first-central computer for the request of the first-central computer If the second central computer indicates that the transmission is successful, then:

貧料係從該第一中央電腦資料庫被清除，並且該被載入在該第一中央電腦之内的應用程式5412係發出一x項確=此傳輸之最後步驟已完成之回應訊息。較佳地，該DatabaseRefreshListener離開的介面本質上是非同步的，因此將該第二中央電腦資料庫與該第一中央電腦分離到實際可行的程度。The lean material is cleared from the database of the first central computer, and the application program 5412 loaded in the first central computer sends out an x message that the final step of this transmission is complete. Preferably, the interface left by the DatabaseRefreshListener is asynchronous in nature, so the second central computer database is separated from the first central computer to a practically feasible level.

在該第一中央電腦109以及第二中央電腦1〇心之間的第二雙向的通道在此係被稱為“R〇utePDA”，並且其係包含在一起成對之RoutePDA進入的以及離開的介面。該 RoutePDA通道係被第一中央電腦1〇9使用於指定路由給源自於該PDA次系統的HTTP請求訊息至第二中央電腦 1 08a，接著接收來自該第二中央電腦之對應的Ηττρ回應訊息、處理（若可應用的話）並且接著指定路由回到該來源的個人數位助理11 8。在该第二通道（亦即，RoutepD Α)中，從個人數位助理 11 8接收的訊息或是被傳送至個人數位助理丨丨8的訊息較佳地是經由醫院或是醫療保健設施之連線的乙太網路系統 33 200426656 110、無線存取點114、以及内建於每部個人數位助理118 中的無線收电機，而往返於該第一中央電腦1 〇 9地被傳送車乂仫地，HTTP請求訊息是在沒有處理下，就透過該第中央電腦1〇9被傳送至第二中央電腦108a。該第二中央電腦1〇8a係接著發出内含XML或是HTML格式化的資訊之HTTP回應訊息。HTML格式化的回應訊息是在沒有The second two-way passageway between the first central computer 109 and the second central computer 10 is referred to herein as "RoutePDA", and it includes the pair of RoutePDA entering and leaving together. interface. The RoutePDA channel is used by the first central computer 1009 to route the HTTP request message originating from the PDA secondary system to the second central computer 108a, and then receives the corresponding Ηττρ response message from the second central computer , Processing (if applicable), and then assigning a personal digital assistant to route back to the source 11 8. In this second channel (ie, RoutepD Α), the message received from the personal digital assistant 11 8 or the message transmitted to the personal digital assistant 丨丨 8 is preferably connected through a hospital or a healthcare facility Ethernet system 33 200426656 110, wireless access point 114, and wireless radio receiver built into each personal digital assistant 118, and are transferred to and from the first central computer 109 The HTTP request message is transmitted to the second central computer 108a through the first central computer 109 without being processed. The second central computer 108a then sends an HTTP response message containing XML or HTML formatted messages. HTML formatted response message

、V的處理下，被^曰定路由為透過該第一中央電腦1 〇 9 至個人數位助理1 1 8。 xml格式化的回應訊息係被該第二中央電腦丨〇8a ^ 用來發出使用I 116(第1圖）已經請求該第-中央電腦1C 所產生的網頁之信號給該第一中央電月餐⑽，例如，處; 比較結果頁或是泵監視頁。該第一中央電％ ι〇9係檢查言舰回應、適當地處理並且發出—個HTML或是皿木式化的回應訊息至該發送的個人數位助理118。Under the processing of V and V, it is scheduled to pass through the first central computer 10 9 to the personal digital assistant 1 1 8. The XML-formatted response message is used by the second central computer 丨〇8a ^ to send a signal to the first central electronic monthly meal using the webpage generated by the first-central computer 1C using I 116 (Figure 1) ⑽, for example, Department; Compare results page or Pump monitoring page. The first central electronic communication system checks that the ship responds, processes it appropriately, and sends an HTML or wooden-formatted response message to the sending personal digital assistant 118.

如先前所指的，該R〇utePDA通道係被該第一中央喝驗用於指定路由給從PDA 118所接收的Ηττρ請求訊肩至弟一中央電腦，並且技其拉丨；r丄#斤 , 卫儿接者接收由该弟二中央電腦所傳回之對應的HTTP回應、處理（若可制的話）並且接著指定路由回到傳送的PDA。方、疋，该R0utePDA進入的介面係被利用來和位在 PDA U"的網路劉覽器通訊。此介面係接收進入的As previously mentioned, the RoutePDA channel is used by the first central authority to route the 接收 ττρ request message received from the PDA 118 to a central computer, and it is used to pull it; The Weier receiver receives the corresponding HTTP response returned by the second central computer, processes it (if it can be controlled), and then specifies a route back to the transmitting PDA. Fang and Ai, the interface that the RoutePad enters is used to communicate with the network browser located on PDA U ". This interface accepts incoming

HTTP請求訊息，該訊息係包含被編碼為相符於HTTP “GET” 以及 “p〇 τ” + 及— 疋之名稱-值的對之資料。該進入的訊 34 200426656 。係被扎疋路由為經由該網際網路資訊伺服器以及·ΝΕΤ架構組件至該被載入在該第一中央電腦之内的應用程式5412 、χ下所淪述的，該被載入在該第一中央電腦上之應用 =式5412係利用該·ΝΕΤ架構5416以及R〇utepDA離開的 ”面再次指定路由給該進入的訊息至第二中央電腦。士當一項HTTP回應在RoutePDA離開的介面之處被接 ^時，該被載入在第一中央電腦上之應用程式5412係判斷该回應是利用HTHL或是XML而被格式化的。html 格式化的回應係在無進一步處理下，藉由該第一中央電腦再次指定路由為經由該·ΝΕΤ架構組件5416以及網際網路資訊伺服器組件5422至該PDA。然而，XML格式化的回應係被該第二中央電腦使用來發出信號給第一中央電腦，告知使用者已經請求一個第一中央電腦所產生的網頁，例如，處方比較結果頁或是泵監視的頁。該第一中央電腦係檢查來自第二中央電腦的xml 回應、適當地處理、並且發出一個HTML或是XML格式化的回應而經由ό亥·net架構以及網際網路資訊伺服器組件至適當的PDA。較佳地，該RoutePDA介面在本質上是同步的，這是由於内含在PDA中的網路瀏覽器之固有的同步性質之緣故。相對於该RoutePDA進入的介面，該R〇utepDA離開的介面係被利用於指定路由給藉由該被載入在第一中央電腦上之應用程式5412從該個人數位助理次系統收到的 HTTP請求訊息至第二中央電腦用於處理，並且其係接著 35 200426656 接收由該第二中央電腦傳回之對應的HTTP回應。在該 DatabaseRefreshListener 通道以及 R〇utePDA 通道中，該第一中央電腦109係透過一個獨立的點對點乙太網路次系統103(較佳地是專用於此用途而已）傳送與接收來自该弟一中央電腦108a的資訊。如上所指出地，在利用該DatabaseRefreshUstena通道中，該第一中央電腦係在該專用的鏈路1〇3上提供一項特別的網路服務，該服務係被該第二中央電腦使用來週期性地以及當該第一中央電腦有需要時，備援新的以及更新過的資料庫資訊（例如，病患資訊、醫護人員資訊、藥局資訊、與類似者）。再者，資料係從該第二中央電腦被提供至第一中央電腦。再者在w 5蔓人員的終端裝置端（end)之處利用嗜 RcnUePDA通道中，該第一中央電腦1〇9係提供一個n = IIS伺服器介面，該介面係提供Ηττρ式的網頁並且維持與 pda裝置118之認證的網路會談（sess_)。換句話說，該醫濩人貝的終端裝置（亦即，個人數位助理丨丨8)係從第一中央電腦109接收認證的網頁。 · 在連到第二中央電腦之專用的連線1 03之第一中央電腦端之處，該第一中央電腦係對於每個連接至第一中央電月匈的PDA裝f 1 1 8分別建立一個虛擬的Ηττρ會談，並且扮演一個網路_覽器，當該第一中央電腦正在接收來自爾的HTTP請求時，其係傳遞來自PDA的HTTP請求給，亥弟一中央電腦。㉟句話說，該第—中央電腦係透過連到 36 200426656 第一中央電腦之專用的連線丨〇3以傳遞需要未確認的部分之凊求至該第二中央電腦。於疋’當PDA 1 1 8以及伺服器系統之間的資訊流需要源自於第二中央電腦側的資訊、或是需要合併的資訊被提出時’該第二中央電腦係傳送一個XML s〇AP封包給該第一中央電腦在專用的連線丨〇3上所提供的網路服務，並且該第一中央電腦係使用該XML資料以執行一個與源自於該系統的第一中央電腦側之資訊的合併動作、轉換其結果成為HTML、並且接著將該HTML傳回到醫護人員的pDA φ 裝置1 1 8。被稱為PumpDataListener之第五個外部的軟體組件介面是一個用於與該集線器次系統通訊之進入的介面，即如在此更詳細所解說者。在一個實施例中，該 PiimpDataUstener介面並不具有一個對應之離開的介面，因為除了用於通訊驗證（verificati〇n)之外，泵資料的傳輸只是單向的。然而’在一個替代的實施例中，_個離開的介面可被設置用於傳輪泵命令以及控制資料至醫療器材 _ 120 ° 該PumpDataUstener進入的介面係被利用於接收來自該集線器次系統的資料。較佳地，此介面係包含被稱為 “SendPumpData”的單一網路服務方法。此方法係接收包含根據該SOAP協定格式化的xml編碼的資料之進入的 HTTP請求訊息。該XML編碼的資料係以一種階層的 (hierarchical)形式被建構，使得在數個不同的時間點、來 37 200426656 自數個泵以及每個泵的數個通道之資料可被組合成單一大的訊息之結構。進入的讯息係被指定路由為經由該網際網路資訊伺服器以及.NET架構組件至該被載入在第一中央電腦之内的應用程式5412。該第一中央電腦的應用程式係利用該動態目錄網域服務組件以驗證該集線器次系統的訊息是否為真正的。該第一中央電腦係接著處理該内容，並且儲存所產生的資料在sQL伺服器資料庫組件中。最後，該第一中央電腦的應用程式係發出一項HTTP回應訊息，經由該·NET架構以及網際網路資訊伺服器組件而傳送至該發送的集線器裝置。此回應讯息係指出資料傳輸及處理是成功或失敗的HTTP request message, which contains information encoded as a name-value pair that matches the HTTP "GET" and "p0 τ" + and-疋. The incoming news 34 200426656. It is described as being routed through the Internet information server and the NET framework component to the application program 5412, χ loaded into the first central computer, which is loaded in the The application on the first central computer = Formula 5412 uses the NET architecture 5416 and the "outside" of RoutepDA to reassign the incoming message to the second central computer. When an HTTP response is sent to the interface on which RoutePDA leaves, At the time of the connection, the application 5412 loaded on the first central computer judged that the response was formatted using HTHL or XML. The html formatted response was borrowed without further processing. The first central computer designates a route again to the PDA via the NET Framework component 5416 and the Internet Information Server component 5422. However, the XML-formatted response is used by the second central computer to send a signal to the first A central computer informs the user that a web page generated by a first central computer has been requested, for example, a prescription comparison result page or a pump monitoring page. The first central computer system checks from The xml response from the central computer is processed appropriately, and an HTML or XML formatted response is sent to the appropriate PDA via the Hainet framework and Internet Information Server components. Preferably, the RoutePDA interface is in Synchronous in nature, this is due to the inherent synchronization nature of the web browser included in the PDA. Relative to the interface that the RoutePDA enters, the interface that RoutepDA leaves is used to designate routes to borrow The HTTP request message received by the application 5412 loaded on the first central computer from the personal digital assistant system is processed by the second central computer, and it is received by the second central computer 35 200426656. The corresponding HTTP response is returned. In the DatabaseRefreshListener channel and the RoutePDA channel, the first central computer 109 is transmitted through an independent point-to-point Ethernet secondary system 103 (preferably dedicated to this purpose only). And receiving information from the central computer 108a. As noted above, in using the DatabaseRefreshUstena channel, the first The central computer system provides a special network service on the dedicated link 103, which is used by the second central computer to periodically and when needed by the first central computer And updated database information (eg, patient information, medical staff information, pharmacy information, and the like). Furthermore, the data is provided from the second central computer to the first central computer. The end of the terminal device of the W5man is used in the RcnUePDA channel. The first central computer 109 provides an n = IIS server interface, which provides a Ηττρ web page and maintains a PDA device. 118 certified web talks (sess_). In other words, the medical device terminal device (ie, the personal digital assistant 8) receives the authenticated webpage from the first central computer 109. · At the first central computer end of the dedicated connection 1 03 connected to the second central computer, the first central computer is separately established for each PDA device f 1 1 8 connected to the first central computer. A virtual Ηττρ talks and acts as a web browser. When the first central computer is receiving an HTTP request from Seoul, it sends an HTTP request from a PDA to a central computer. In other words, the first-central computer is connected to the second central computer through a dedicated connection to the first central computer at 36 200426656. Yu 疋 'When the information flow between the PDA 1 18 and the server system needs to be derived from the information on the second central computer side, or the information that needs to be merged is proposed', the second central computer sends an XML s. The AP packet provides the network service provided by the first central computer on a dedicated connection, and the first central computer uses the XML data to execute a connection with the first central computer side derived from the system. The information is merged, the result is converted into HTML, and then the HTML is transmitted back to the medical staff's pDA φ device 1 1 8. The fifth external software component interface called PumpDataListener is an access interface for communicating with the hub subsystem, as explained in more detail here. In one embodiment, the PiimpDataUstener interface does not have a corresponding interface, because the transmission of pump data is only one-way except for communication verification (verification). However, 'in an alternative embodiment, an exit interface can be set up to transfer pump commands and control data to the medical device. 120 ° The interface that the PumpDataUstener enters is used to receive data from the hub subsystem . Preferably, this interface contains a single network service method called "SendPumpData". This method receives an incoming HTTP request message containing xml-encoded data formatted according to the SOAP protocol. The XML-encoded data is constructed in a hierarchical manner, so that at several different points in time, data from several pumps and several channels of each pump can be combined into a single large The structure of the message. Incoming messages are routed via the Internet Information Server and .NET framework components to the application 5412 loaded into the first central computer. The application program of the first central computer uses the dynamic directory domain service component to verify whether the message of the hub subsystem is authentic. The first central computer system then processes the content and stores the generated data in the sQL server database component. Finally, the application program of the first central computer sends an HTTP response message to the sending hub device via the .NET framework and the Internet information server component. This response message indicates whether the data transmission and processing was successful or failed

由該第一中央電腦（亦即，伺服器1〇9)從集線器1〇7所接收的資料封包較佳地是儲存在該第一中央電腦的第一中央資料庫之内。較佳地，若一個警報或是警告事件是内含在該封包中日夺，則第一中央電腦可以立即經由醫護人員的數位助理118發送該事件至適當的醫護人員，或者該第一中央電腦可以將該事件輸入到第一中央電腦的資料庫中，而稍後在適當的醫護人員經由其數位助理請求時才發送該資訊。如先前所指出的，該第一中央電腦1〇9係維持所有登錄到其數位助理118的醫護人員之—個記錄，該數位助理1 1 8在每次該醫護人員登錄到該系統時都會被認證。較佳地，該P疆pDataListener進入的介面本質上是非同步的’因此將該集線器次系統與該第一中央電腦欠系統 38 200426656 分離到實際可行的程度。該分離係容許在該集線器次系統之内的集線器107被程式化以用於連續的資料處理而同時等待回應，並且用於以一種在程式控制之下的方式回應= 失去通訊。儘管如此，該PumpDataListener係維持—個心跳（heartbeat)”以監視在所有的無線模組及/或遠端的泵裴置與該中央電腦之間的通訊之持續性（或是失去持續性）與否0 興晉護人員的手持式裝置之通訊如同在此進一步詳細所述者，泵狀態、警告、警報、病患資訊、圖表（chart)資訊、比較資訊 '待辦事項°(t〇_d〇㈣以及其它資料/資訊係經由具有顯示器n8a以及⑶需要的話）聽覺的音頻（tone)或是聲音產生器（未展示出）之個人數位助理或疋使用者介面丄i 8來被提供給醫護人員。該數位助理118係經由中央_ 1〇2，並且尤其是經由益線通訊路徑或鏈路126以及電績線通訊系統ιι〇來虚該中央 t統⑽通訊。如先前所相，—或多個無線存取點m 係以智知的方式提供一個介面在該無線通訊路徑以及電纜線通訊系統之間。兮金w ^數位助理118可以從伺服器1〇9盥 ί 08a接收訊息。 /、、較佳地’在該中央系統⑽以及數位助理118之間的通訊是雙向的。再者丹者该數位助理118包含足夠的記憶體與處理功能來儲存及勃及執仃一個模組或是應用程式（未展示出 )疋所期望的，以用於丨測试在该數位助理以及中央系統10δ 子取㉟114之間的通訊鏈路之完整性（integrity)。 39 200426656 較佳地（但非必要的），安裝在該數位助理118之上的一個杈組或是應用程式是以一種例如是JAVa之高階的程式語言撰寫之-個腳本（senpt)或是其它的電腦指令（亦即，軟體碼），其可以在有或沒有醫護人員的介入之下被執行。該腳本可以自動地從祠服器10心或109下載至作為該系統的接收器之功能的數位助理U8或是醫療器材12〇。舉例而言，-種可以自動地從該祠服器下載至數位助理的: 本類型是一種藉由週期性地查詢、或是監視來自中央*** _或是存取點m之包含通知及訊息傳送的通訊以測試該通訊鏈路的完整性之腳本。在一個較佳實施例中，執行在：位：理之上的腳本是大約每3秒查詢該系統1〇8 一次。右未攸该中央系、統108或是存取點i 14接收到回應時，安裝在該數位助理118之上的模組或是應用程式係產生一個逾時（tlme_〇Ut)，該逾時係產生聽覺的音頻以及/或是— 項在視覺顯示器"8a之上的通知，其係告知已經失去與中央^统⑽的通訊。在視覺顯示器⑽之上的通知可以例如是：-個陳述失去通訊鏈路資訊的彈出式視窗之啟動、或是在視覺顯示器"8a之上的動態圖像顯示之改變。如同在此所用且马具有在此項技術中之—般技能者所認知的，一個逾時是藉由-個模組或是應用程式所產生的輪出，用 ^指出該模組或是應用程式已經#待輸人有某段時間量，但尚未收到輸入。另一種聊本類型可以查詢以 =警告：否已經被觸發。許多其它的腳本可以同時；订仃攸该糸統下載至數位助理的腳本之—項優點是 40 200426656 無而在每個數位助理118之上都安裝訂製的碼。若存在有任何事件（亦即，一個訊息、通知、警報、警告、等等）時 °亥數位助理118係自動地從該伺服器擷取該事件，並且將/、頌示在數位助理1丨8的一個介面晝面之上。該腳本的方去之其它額外的優點是丨）腳本碼可以輕易地在該中央伺服夯被更新，而不需每個數位助理都被更新，2)腳本可以相田獨立於數位助理的硬體平台之外地被驗證/被確認，因為孩項功能是與硬體無關的，因此對於數位助理的改變或升級在腳本的動作上有著最小的影響。 · 士先别所扎出的，母位醫護人員較佳地都具有一部與其關聯的數位助理118，在一個實施例中，該數位助理 11 8係提供醫護人員由具有一個用於事件的顯示之專用的框架（frame)之HTML框架組（如_如）所組成的頁晝面。該專用的框架可以具有一個***其中的java腳本用於事牛勺”'、員示其中忒腳本係詢問第一中央電腦1 1 9是否有新件，例如，針對該數位助理118的泵警報以及警告’。若已發生任何新的事件時，則該第-中央電腦係提供此:# · 訊給數位助理118，其中該資訊係被顯示在用於此種事件的顯示之專用的框架之内。The data packets received by the first central computer (i.e., the server 109) from the hub 107 are preferably stored in the first central database of the first central computer. Preferably, if an alarm or warning event is included in the packet, the first central computer can immediately send the event to the appropriate medical staff via the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff, or the first central computer This event can be entered into the database of the first central computer and the information will be sent later when requested by the appropriate medical staff via its digital assistant. As previously noted, the first central computer 109 maintains a record of all medical staff logged on to its digital assistant 118, and the digital assistant 1 1 8 is logged every time the medical staff logs on to the system Certified. Preferably, the interface that the pDataListener enters is asynchronous in nature ', so the hub subsystem is separated from the first central computer system 38 200426656 to a practically feasible level. The separation allows the hub 107 within the hub subsystem to be programmed for continuous data processing while waiting for a response, and to respond in a programmatic way = loss of communication. Nevertheless, the PumpDataListener maintains a "heartbeat" to monitor the continuity (or loss of continuity) of communication between all wireless modules and / or remote pumps and the central computer and No 0 The communication of the hand-held device of Xingjin personnel is as described in further detail here, pump status, warning, alarm, patient information, chart information, comparison information 'to-do' ° (t〇_d 〇㈣ and other materials / information are provided to the medical care through a personal digital assistant or 疋 user interface 丄 8 with audible audio or sound generator (not shown) with display n8a and ⑶ Personnel. The digital assistant 118 communicates via the central_102, and especially via the benefit line communication path or link 126 and the power line communication system. As previously mentioned, -or The multiple wireless access points m provide an interface between the wireless communication path and the cable communication system in a smart manner. The digital assistant 118 can receive information from the server 10a 08a. /,, Preferably, the communication between the central system and the digital assistant 118 is two-way. Furthermore, the digital assistant 118 contains sufficient memory and processing functions to store and implement a model. The group or application (not shown) is expected to be used to test the integrity of the communication link between the digital assistant and the central system 10δ sub-access 114. 39 200426656 Better (But not necessary), a branch or application installed on the digital assistant 118 is written in a high-level programming language such as JAVa-a senpt or other computer instructions (also That is, software code), which can be executed with or without the intervention of medical staff. The script can be automatically downloaded from the temple server 10 or 109 to the digital assistant U8 as a receiver of the system or Medical equipment 12. For example,-a type that can be automatically downloaded from the temple server to a digital assistant: This type is a method that periodically queries or monitors from the central system or access point m. A script that includes notifications and messaging to test the integrity of the communication link. In a preferred embodiment, a script executed on top of a bit is to query the system 108 every about 3 seconds. When you receive a response from the central system, system 108, or access point i14, the module or application installed on the digital assistant 118 generates a timeout (tlme_〇Ut). Time to produce audible audio and / or — a notification on the visual display " 8a, which is a notification that communication with the central government has been lost. The notification on the visual display may be, for example: The activation of a pop-up window stating the loss of communication link information, or a change in the dynamic image display on the visual display " 8a. As used by those skilled in the art and known to horses, a timeout is caused by a module or application rotation. Use ^ to indicate the module or application. The program has #waited for a certain amount of time, but has not yet received input. Another type of chat can be queried with = Warning: No has been triggered. Many other scripts can be concurrent; one of the advantages of the script that you should download to your digital assistant is 40 200426656. No custom code is installed on each digital assistant 118. If there is any event (ie, a message, notification, alert, warning, etc.), the digital assistant 118 automatically retrieves the event from the server, and advertises it to the digital assistant 1 丨An interface of 8 is above the day. The additional advantages of this script are: 丨) the script code can be easily updated in the central servo without having to update each digital assistant, 2) the script can be independent of the digital assistant's hardware platform The field is verified / confirmed, because the child function is hardware-independent, so the change or upgrade of the digital assistant has the smallest impact on the script action. · In the case of Shixianbei, the mother medical staff preferably has a digital assistant 118 associated with it. In one embodiment, the digital assistant 118 is provided by the medical staff with a display for the event. The page frame is composed of a set of dedicated HTML frames (such as _ru). The dedicated framework may have a java script inserted in it for use in the task, and the script indicates that the first central computer 1 1 9 has new items, for example, a pump alarm for the digital assistant 118 and Warning '. If any new event has occurred, the first central computer system provides this: # · A message to the digital assistant 118, where the information is displayed in a dedicated frame for the display of such events .

在數位助理11 8上所提供之一種類型的通知係指示較護人員由該數位助31 118所提出的資料並非當前 I 對於警告及警報之利用是不可得的。相反地，數位助理 118也可以指出何時該數位助理118會連結到中央 1 08用於提供對於警告及警報之即時的利用。 41 200426656 其它典型地經由腳本傳遞的通知係包含（但不限於）：泵‘‘安靜地關閉，，、泵輸液限制的撤銷（〇verride)、輸液的結束、阻塞（occlusion)傾向的資訊、低電量、阻塞前的 occli^on)指示器、單次劑量（b〇lus)的過度使用、保持血管打開的警告、立即（stat)ffi藥通知、改變指令、實驗室結果、放射線醫學結果、更新、遙測（telemetry)資料上以及/或是生命徵象資訊上的改變、醫生或是藥局嘗試聯絡護士、請求護士的病患、失去通訊、來自其它裝置的訊息、醫療器材根據重要資訊之新的速率、速率隨動的清洗（me φ following purge)、等等。如先前所述的，在醫療保健設施内之醫護人員係經由遂‘的無線裝置11 8(亦即，亦被稱為個人數位助理 (PDA)l 18)或是其它的電腦裝置、無線或是固接的連線至網路108而具有對於輪液警告、警報以及訊息的存取權，例如，具有運作地附接的條碼閱讀機之平板電腦、或是附接至IV柱並且具有運作地附接至該電腦的條碼閱讀機之膝上型電腦。籲較佳地，該輸液系統210係提供醫護人員以及其他使用者對方：自動化詧舌文事件驅使的訊息之選項。再者’醫療保健設施管理人員以及其他使用者可以自 π自動化的訊息傳送之類型，以經由遠端的無線裳置用訊息類型或分類、異常的嚴重性、以及時間為基礎的提示 (re_der)來呈現。此外，該輸液系統係提供醫護人員以及其他使用者能夠組態設定（CGnfigure)聽覺的訊息、視覺的 42 200426656 訊息或是兩者的功能。由輪液系統210所提供的訊息傳送較使用者可組能4地疋包含一個連到於/心的（conflgurable)規則引擎、一個排程器以及 dnve 统的介面。再者，該結果驅使的（result- n :息傳送係經由工作站、電子平板、無線個人數位支援：：類似纟，提供醫護人員在治療點處之即時的決策叉抜疋所期望的。One type of notification provided on the digital assistant 11 18 instructs the caregiver that the information provided by the digital assistant 31 118 is not current I is not available for the use of warnings and alarms. Conversely, the digital assistant 118 can also indicate when the digital assistant 118 will be linked to the central 108 to provide immediate utilization of warnings and alarms. 41 200426656 Other notifications typically delivered via scripts include (but are not limited to): "pumps" quietly shut down, pump infusion restrictions overwritten, end of infusion, information about occlusion tendency, low Battery level, occlion indicator before obstruction, overuse of single dose (bolus), warning to keep blood vessels open, immediate stat drug notification, change order, laboratory results, radiological results, updates , Changes in telemetry data and / or vital signs information, doctors or pharmacies trying to contact nurses, patients requesting nurses, loss of communication, messages from other devices, new medical equipment based on important information Rate, rate following cleaning (me φ following purge), etc. As previously mentioned, the medical staff in the healthcare facility is via a wireless device 11 8 (ie, also known as a personal digital assistant (PDA) 118) or other computer device, wireless or Fixed connection to network 108 with access to liquid warnings, alarms, and messages, such as a tablet with a barcode reader operatively attached, or an IV column with an operational location A laptop with a barcode reader attached to the computer. It is preferred that the infusion system 210 is an option for medical personnel and other user counterparts: to automate linguistic events-driven messages. Furthermore, the types of automated messaging that can be used by health care facility managers and other users to remotely place messages or categories, abnormal severity, and time-based alerts (re_der) To render. In addition, the infusion system provides medical staff and other users with the ability to configure (CGnfigure) audible messages, visual 42 200426656 messages, or both. The message transmission provided by the liquid system 210 is more user-friendly. It includes a conflgurable rule engine, a scheduler, and a dnve interface. Furthermore, the result-driven (result-n: information transmission is via workstation, electronic tablet, wireless personal digital support :: similar to, to provide the immediate decision-making of medical staff at the treatment point to meet expectations

:般而言，在輸液纟120及網路1〇2之間的通訊以及進一 V從該1()2與醫護人員的數位褒置u 訊絲許醫護人員116能夠：除了別的功能以外，其= :硯看电子電路比較後之藥局輸入的指令與被規劃的泵設 :亚或是規劃泵、使用該系統作為—種遠端地觀看聚警告及警報的方法、遠端地觀看泵狀態、觀看通知並且觀看輸液設定的改變歷史。病患照顧系統: In general, the communication between the infusion 及 120 and the network 102 and the further setting from the 1 () 2 to the digital setting of the medical staff u The medical staff 116 can: in addition to other functions, It =: 砚 See the instructions entered by the pharmacy after planning the electronic circuit comparison with the planned pump settings: sub-or plan the pump, use the system as a method to remotely view the warnings and alarms, and remotely view the pump Status, watch notifications, and watch the history of changes to infusion settings. Patient Care System

—現在轉回喊到第1圖，病患照顧系統1 00較佳地是包 3個兒細的醫師指令輸入的模組（CPOE)、一個住院病人 (mpatient)藥局模組、一個無線的護士製表系統、以及一個電子的病患醫療的記錄模組。在一個實施例中，此種系統及拉組疋遠第二中央伺服器或第二中央電腦丨_的應用程式楗供一種用於藥物的傳送之全面的病患安全解決方案之病患照顧系、統1〇〇是所期望的。在病患照顧系、統i 〇〇之内，軟體模組係被設置以將現有的病患照顧系統，利用例如疋HL7介面之具有在此項技術中之一般技能者所知的介 43 200426656 面而連結在一起。較佳地，該病患照顧系統丨〇〇係運作在各種的電腦與個人數位助理的產品上，以傳送指令、更新病患醫療的記錄、以及使用警告、警報與訊息。該電腦的醫師指令輸入的模組係使得醫師能夠輸入用藥指令、使用警告、警報、訊息、提示、生命徵象以及結果。一個藥局模組係對照所記錄的病患過敏以檢查處方藥品，並且檢查與其它藥品及食物的相容性。該藥局模組亦提供即時的資料用於存貨管理。一個護士的藥物製表的模—Now turn back to Figure 1. The patient care system 100 is preferably a module (CPOE) containing 3 pediatric doctors' instructions, a pharmacy module for a patient, and a wireless nurse. Tabulation system and an electronic patient medical record module. In one embodiment, such a system and an application program remotely from a second central server or a second central computer are provided for a patient care system for a comprehensive patient safety solution for drug delivery. 1. System 100 is expected. Within the patient care system and system, software modules are provided to integrate existing patient care systems using, for example, the HL7 interface, which is known to those skilled in the art. 43 200426656 Face to face. Preferably, the patient care system is operated on various computers and personal digital assistant products to transmit instructions, update patient medical records, and use warnings, alarms, and messages. The computer's physician instruction input module enables physicians to enter medication instructions, use warnings, alerts, messages, reminders, vital signs, and results. A pharmacy module checks prescription medications against recorded patient allergies and checks for compatibility with other drugs and foods. The pharmacy module also provides real-time data for inventory management. A nurse's model for drug tabulation

組係提供在床邊立即可利用的臨床，因此確保在治療點處的藥物與劑量之驗證。納心々顧糸統100係整合藥品傳送產品與所需的資、’以助於確保安全且有效的藥物傳送。在醫護人員於不 :曾加的時間及成本壓力下進行病患照顧時，病患照顧系自之臨床的決策支援以及伴隨的警告、警報、警語及係提供安全的支援縣醫護人[此資訊較佳地The faculty provides a clinic that is immediately available at the bedside, thus ensuring validation of medications and doses at the treatment site. Concerned about Gutong 100 is the integration of drug delivery products with the resources needed to help ensure safe and effective drug delivery. When the medical staff performs patient care under the pressure of increased time and cost, the patient care is the clinical decision support of the patient and the accompanying warnings, alarms, warnings, and the department to provide safe support to the county medical staff [this Information better

=線網路來被提供，其係用改進醫護人員的工作流 k侍進行照顧更加容易的方式來供應資料。輪液系統的概要系統！了…功能之外’在病患照顧系、统_内之輸 ” ’ 10我是醫療保健系統210係 —個雷二αm兒h的開處方以，兒子的w療給藥記錄（eMAR)。輪洛，从護人員斟认㈤士翻液乐統210係使得]It is provided online, which provides information in an easier way to improve the caregiver's workflow. Overview of the fluid system System! In addition to the function 'in the patient care department, the system's internal loser' '10 I am the 210th department of the health care system-a prescription for a child with a αm, and the son's medication record (eMAR). Lun Luo, from the guards, the soldiers identified the 210-year-old Letong system.]

貝對衣圖表、用藥歷史、存貨追如指掌。Λ & 、返k、以及訊息傳送SShelley's charts, medication history, and inventory tracking are all at your fingertips. Λ &, k, and messaging S

旱。病患照顧系統100係結合條助於確侔τ 士 a 保馬以及即時的技術J 保正確的病患在正確的時間、細、二甶正確的途徑獲斗 44 200426656 正確的藥物以及正確的劑盩輸液糸統210係提供警告、 = 及提醒’例如（但不限於），實驗室值、超出 °作為驗證正確的劑量之部分 §亥糸統也可以提供對於輸液系的設定之驗證。士同在此所進一步詳細地解說者，輸液少部分地）存在於一或多係（至端的個人數位助理、工“ 例如，無線遠位助理1作站、醫師指令輸人的模紐理器控制的輸液果、或類似者。該輪液系統210 可被配置以經由其中的 ^ -V % ^ ^ y 口迅卞碎开衣置，以各種的 t式顯…的醫院可定義的警告及警報。在―個實施例為基礎的警告係被提供來提醒醫護人員執行病患知、顧功能，例如是（作非疋（仁非必要限制於）改變輪液速率。再者’緊急情況（einergeney)警報係被提供，例如是（作非必要限制於)輸液被切斷。再者，較不緊急的訊息係被提供，例如是(但非必要限制於)輪液被完成或是管線被阻塞。此外，輸液狀態可以從醫療保健設施内之任何地方，經^ :的-或多個無線遠端的個人數位助理或是其它的電子;；异裝置被觀看。戈同以下更加„羊細揭不的’系統21 〇係提供對於未在 ^段預設的期間之内指示為已改正的警報或是警告之提昇警訊。可能導致警報或是警告的提昇警訊之情況較佳地是由醫隸健設施所定義的。同樣地，在發出警報或是警告的提昇警訊（escalate)之前的時間也可以由醫療保健設施所定義。於是’未在-段預先定義的期間内由醫護人員加以 45 200426656 改正之預先定義的警報或邀土之蔣L …將曰V致對於该相關的警報 «口之k汁I訊。因此，昇逖1Μ垫4 貝被该糸統通知該些提幵詈汛的警報或邀土夕立又口之曰頻頻率較佳地是被增高，同樣 ’與該些提昇警訊的警報。報：¾詈告相關之聽覺的音頻之立旦也可以被增大。、曰里 ::…此項技術之技能者將體認到的，輸液系統广-破-予的輪液與針對病患的指♦，而有助於確保病患安+。士 π + 王士冋在此所進一步詳細地解說者，一條碼的方案係被利用，i 代〒輸液衣以及病患ID係被掃y 。輸液資訊係被顯示在電子’管#胃肛电于5十异I置以及泵之上，以助於確保正確的輸液在正確 — 隹的日守間、猎由正確的途徑以及在正確的速率下正被給予$舍、崔的病患。在一個實施例中，若上述的給藥之“正確性，，並 # y 付a日守’則一項聽覺及視覺的警告係出現在該電子裝詈夕μ " w 置之上。再者，透過一個在以下更加洋細描述的比較過程，者殷田西凌人貝設定輸液泵速率時，若所規劃的設定並不符合斟口對表病患的輪液指令時，則一項聽覺及視覺的擎告#屮@ ^ 丁、出現在遠電子計算裝置上。此外，在任何日守間醫護人員都可以纟 — 』以經由该電子裝置來檢查輸液泵的設疋’以石隹認設定是否雜人 * 付。如同内含在中央資料庫 1 08b之内的輸液指令。在個只知例中，輸液系、統2 1 〇係、經由其中的一或多 =子汁"^装置或類似者，提供具有用於快速的識別訊息之厭重性或是緊急程度之不同的音頻或是詞組之警告及警報戶斤期望地，習知的輸液栗警告及警報也可以被顯示在 46 5亥電子計算裝置之上，位助理> u (非必要限制於）是在個人數 7延之上，以保持醫罐 s 患之輪液的狀態，萨此"、在广知對於所有被指定的病善工作流程的安：在解決問題上的時間，並且改都可從：為了報告之目的’所有的警報與警告較佳地是攸中央糸統的資料醫瘆彳、 ° 。该可擷取的資料可以幫助、-及刀析有夕少的用藥錯誤是透過警報 "〇以及I语而加以避免的。訊地’該聽覺的f告及警報係被配置以根據與該 :心或疋問題相關的嚴重性或是緊急程度而發出不同的聲二 :：要立即的注意之警報係發出與較不緊急的警告不同广。描述該問題之視覺的文字較佳地是藉由其中的一 =7電子計算裝置顯M。在—個實施射，t輸液接、元成或是被完成時，一項警告係在個人數位助理上發出聲音：該個人數位助理亦顯示該病患、位置、輪液類型以及在該輪液袋變空之前剩餘的時間。任何時候醫護人員都可以經由個人數位助理來利用輸液的狀態，並且因此相應 :做出反應。S —個實施例中’在探視病患的病房之前，醫護人員可以在個人數位助理上觀看輪液的狀態，以判斷是否再過不久就會需要另一袋。若需要另一輸液袋時，則醫護人員可以在第一次探視時就攜帶新的袋以節省時間，而不是在到達該病患的病房之後才瞭解到需要一個新的袋。類似地，藥局可以觀看包含剩餘的時間之狀態，以便於對下一個輸液袋的混成（mixing)及傳送來排定計劃。 47 2004266^6 噶免右為所要的話，而且如同具有此項技術之技能者將體 ^ _ 其匕有關輸液泵的警報與警告可以被做成為位在離輸液泵遠端的電子計算裝置可加以利用的。恰當的資訊 :以被顯示在該電子計算裝置之上，目此節省了在解決問題上之知料時間（nurse time)及步驟。如上所指出地，當一 fI出警報或是警告時，醫護人員可以在個人數位助理乂 j看病w資讯、藥品指令以及警報或警告訊息，並且在drought. The patient care system 100 is combined with the article to help determine τ a a horse and real-time technology J to ensure that the right patient gets the fight at the right time, time and time 44 200426656 The right medicine and the right agent盩 Infusion system 210 provides warnings, = and reminders', such as (but not limited to) laboratory values, exceeding ° as part of verifying the correct dose. § The system can also provide verification of the infusion system settings. Shitong explained in further detail here that infusions are only partially present in one or more departments (end-to-end personal digital assistants and workers). For example, a wireless remote assistant works as a station, and a doctor instructs the input module. Controlled infusion fruit, or the like. The fluid system 210 can be configured to pass through the ^ -V% ^ y y mouth to quickly open the clothes, display in various t-style ... hospital-definable warnings and Alarms. An alert based on an embodiment is provided to remind medical staff to perform patient awareness and care functions, such as (for non-restriction (ren non-restricted) to change the rate of fluid rotation. Furthermore, 'emergency ( einergeney) alarms are provided, such as (inadvertently restricted) the infusion is cut off. Furthermore, less urgent messages are provided, such as (but not necessarily limited to) the liquid is completed or the pipeline is blocked. In addition, the infusion status can be from anywhere in the health care facility, via:-or multiple wireless remote personal digital assistants or other electronics; different devices are viewed. Uncoverable 'system 21 〇 is to provide warning alerts for warnings or warnings that have not been indicated as corrected within the preset period of ^. The conditions for raising warnings that may cause alarms or warnings are preferably provided by medical facilities Defined. Similarly, the time before the escalate of an alarm or warning can be defined by the health care facility. So 'not within the predefined period of time-amended by the medical staff 45 200426656 The pre-defined alarm or the invitation to the soil of Jiang L .... will be issued to the relevant alarm «the mouth of the juice>. Therefore, the system will be notified by the system to raise the flood warning Or invite Tu Xili to say that the frequency is preferably increased, the same as the alarms that raise the alert. Report: ¾ Obituary related audio audio can also be increased. :: ... Those skilled in this technology will realize that the infusion system is widely-broken-your fluid and the patient-specific instructions, which will help to ensure the safety of the patient +. 士 π + Wang Shizheng here The narrator is explained in more detail. Yes, the i infusion coat and patient ID are scanned. The infusion information is displayed on the electronic tube. The gastroanal electricity is placed on top of the 50 different pumps and the pump to help ensure that the correct infusion is correct— Patients who are stunned, hunted by the right path, and are being given $ and Cui patients at the correct rate. In one embodiment, if the above-mentioned administration is "correct", and # y 付 a "Shou Shou" an audible and visual warning appears on the electronic device. "In addition, through a comparative process described in more detail below, Yin Tian Xi Ling Ren Bei sets the infusion pump When the rate is set, if the planned setting does not meet the patient's oral fluid instruction for the watch, an audible and visual warning # 屮 @ ^ D appears on the remote computing device. In addition, Mori medical staff can 纟 — ’to check the setting of the infusion pump through this electronic device 疋’ to recognize whether the setting is miscellaneous * pay. Like the infusion instructions contained in the central database 108b. In the only known example, the infusion system, the system 2 1 0 system, via one or more of them = child juice " ^ device or the like, provided with a degree of heaviness or urgency for quickly identifying the message. Different audio or phrase warnings and alarms. As expected, the conventional infusion pump warnings and alarms can also be displayed on the 4650 electronic computing device. Assistants> u (unnecessarily limited to) are in The number of individuals has been extended above 7 in order to maintain the state of the fluid in the medical tank. Sato ", in the well-known safety of all the designated disease-care work processes: the time to solve the problem, and change can be From: For reporting purposes, 'all alerts and warnings are preferably from a central source of information,' °. The retrievable data can help, and the analysis of fewer medication errors is avoided by alerting " 〇 and I. The ground's audible notice and alarm are configured to sound differently depending on the severity or urgency associated with the: Mind or Hearing Problem 2: Alerts for immediate attention are issued with less urgent The warnings vary widely. The visual text describing the problem is preferably displayed by one of the = 7 electronic computing devices. When an infusion was performed, the infusion was connected, Yuancheng was completed, or a warning was issued on the personal digital assistant: the personal digital assistant also displayed the patient, location, type of fluid and fluid in the fluid. The time remaining before the bag is empty. At any time, the medical staff can take advantage of the status of the infusion via a personal digital assistant and therefore respond accordingly. In one embodiment, 'before visiting the patient's ward, the medical staff can watch the status of the liquid on the personal digital assistant to determine whether another bag will be needed soon. If another infusion bag is needed, the medical staff can save time by carrying a new bag on the first visit, instead of realizing that a new bag is needed after arriving at the patient's ward. Similarly, the pharmacy can view the status with the remaining time to facilitate scheduling of the mixing and delivery of the next infusion bag. 47 2004266 ^ 6 Karimu right is what he wants, and the person who has the skill of this technology will be able to use the infusion pump alarms and warnings about the infusion pump can be used as an electronic computing device located at the far end of the infusion pump. Exploited. Appropriate information: to be displayed on the electronic computing device, which saves nurse time and steps in solving the problem. As noted above, when an fI alarm or warning occurs, the health care provider can see the doctor's information, medication instructions, and alarm or warning messages on the personal digital assistant, and

’:X病心的病房之前就收集必要的物品以實際地改正該警報或是警告的情況。‘: X ’s ward ’s ward collects the necessary items to actually correct the alarm or warning condition.

士在一個實施例中，輸液系統21〇係提供可配置的、以 2基礎的警告用於提醒醫護人員排定的輸液指令。就两個在2〇〇ml/hr之下進行NS兩個小時、接著降至50ml/hr的減量（tapenng)指令係導致輸液系統21〇在開始：輸液的兩個小時之後警告護士以降低速率。再者，當 _疋/輪液超過由該設施所設定的時間容限（t〇l^ance)時，延遲的警告係被提供以通知醫護人員。再者，以時間為土楚的協定，例如，在開始硬膜外的嗎啡（epid^al morphine)輸液之後，對於進行疼痛評估的警告係被產生。幸月〗液系統2 1 〇之1配置的特點亦包含由例如是個人數位助理的電子計算裝置所發出之聽覺的警告。較佳地，該 L見的警告可以是藉由醫療保健設施並且在該醫療保健設施之特定的單位内加以組態設定的，以滿足在該醫療保健設施内之獨特的環境。如先前所指出的，複數個視覺的警告及訊息可以藉由 48 200426656 例如是個人數位助理的電子計管壯二卞寸#I置來被顯示，用於指出訊息的重要性或是緊急程度。、， ^ 所期望地，色彩、閃爍以及粗體文字是顯示訊息的選項貝此外，在訊息被產生時可以 & 供超連結（hyperlink)。在 gg + 、， )在顯不态上之圖像也可以被利用並且务、急情況訊息可以被西己署士 … 散配置以中斷該手持式電子裝置或類似者，以立即憨告罄禮口即e σ面4人貝。再者，警報/警告的提昇 %訊係藉由系統2丨〇提出。、促印g報/警告以及其提昇警訊係在以下詳述之。In one embodiment, the infusion system 210 provides a configurable, 2-based alert to alert medical staff to scheduled infusion instructions. The two tapering instructions for performing NS at 200 ml / hr for two hours and then dropping to 50 ml / hr caused the infusion system 21 to start: two hours after the infusion to warn the nurse to reduce the rate . Furthermore, when _ 疋 / round fluid exceeds the time tolerance (t〇l ^ ance) set by the facility, a delayed warning is provided to notify the medical staff. Furthermore, a time-honored agreement, for example, after the start of an epidural morphine infusion, a warning for pain assessment is generated. Fortunately, the configuration of the liquid system 2 1 0 1 also includes audible warnings issued by an electronic computing device such as a personal digital assistant. Preferably, the warning may be set by a healthcare facility and configured in a specific unit of the healthcare facility to meet the unique environment within the healthcare facility. As previously indicated, a number of visual warnings and messages can be displayed by 48 200426656, such as an electronic meter of a personal digital assistant, to indicate the importance or urgency of the message. ,, ^ Desirably, color, flicker, and bold text are options for displaying messages. In addition, you can & provide a hyperlink when a message is generated. In gg + ,,) the images on the display can also be used and the emergency and emergency information can be used by the West Commissioner… to dispose to interrupt the hand-held electronic device or the like, so that the obituary is immediately obliterated That is, e σ plane 4 person shellfish. Furthermore, the increase of the alert / warning% message is raised by the system 2. The printouts / warnings and their escalation alerts are detailed below.

亦如同先則所指出的，輪液系統21〇係容許醫護人^ 能夠在例如是個人數位助理或類似者的電子計算裝置以看所有的輸液或是被指定的病患，因此減少了花在往返力 :患的病房之時間。再者’處方資訊係被顯示在電子言” U上1於輪液的藥品量、稀釋液（dike叫、劑量以下速率=驗證。此外，輸液之即時的狀態是可觀看的，其^ 顯示每小時毫升或類似者、輸液的持續期間、輸液的量、剩餘：時間、以及還要輸液的量。如先前所指出的，輸洋的狀態以及流速歷史可以從醫療保健設施之内的任何地2 ，經由該些電子計算裝置而被觀看。如同在此進一步詳細所述者，輸液系統21〇可以根據病患體重以計算出命令的劑量’並且顯示進行輸液之適當的速率。若輸液被設定以進行在超出所命令的劑量時，訊心係被產生。再者，小兒科的（pediatric)給藥是可利用的，且被配置用於醫療保健設施之内的小兒科單位。在一個實施例中，主要的輸液以及例如是小軟袋 49 200426656 (P呢却k)之次要的輸液之狀態係藉由㈣W 21() ^ ，不在例如是個人數位助理的電子計算裝置之上。醫護人 :可以在任何時候檢查在一個小軟袋中所剩下用來：液的里’亚且當該小軟袋用完且主要的輸液已重新開始時，一個訊息係被顯示。此外，訊息係被傳送至藥局以補充及輸液指令。 'As also pointed out in the previous rule, the fluid system 21 allows medical caregivers ^ to see all the infusions or designated patients on an electronic computing device such as a personal digital assistant or the like, thus reducing the cost Back and forth force: the time of the ward. Furthermore, the 'prescription information is displayed on the e-language'. The drug quantity and dilution solution (dike called, below-dose rate = verification) of the liquid in the fluid are displayed. In addition, the instant status of the infusion is viewable. Hour milliliters or the like, duration of infusion, amount of infusion, remaining: time, and amount of fluid to be infused. As previously noted, the state of the infusion and the flow rate history can be obtained from anywhere within the healthcare facility 2 And viewed through these electronic computing devices. As described in further detail herein, the infusion system 21 can calculate the commanded dose based on the patient's weight and display the appropriate rate of infusion. If the infusion is set to When the ordered dose is exceeded, a mental system is generated. Furthermore, pediatric dosing is available and is configured for use in a pediatric unit within a healthcare facility. In one embodiment, The status of the main infusion and, for example, the small infusion bag 49 200426656 (P? K), is the state of the infusion by (W 21 () ^, not in the case of a personal digital assistant, for example. On the computing device. The paramedic: you can check what's left in a small soft bag at any time to: li'ya and when the small soft bag is used up and the main infusion has restarted, a message system Is displayed. In addition, the message is transmitted to the pharmacy for replenishment and infusion instructions. '

A若為所期望的話，輸液系統210 4系容許醫療保健設施能夠定義系統輸液的界限，用於警告規劃一項會進行在超土所設定的範圍之輸液的醫護人員。t亥警告可以被配置以容許醫護人員能夠撤銷（overrid_¥s或是禁止撤銷。如同由具有在此項技術中之一般技能者將會體認到的，禁止對於某些輸液的撤銷可以避免病患不慎地接收到過量：藥劑。A If desired, the infusion system 210 4 allows medical care facilities to define the limits of the system's infusions to alert medical staff who plan to perform an infusion in a range set by the Super-Terrain. The thai warning can be configured to allow medical staff to be withdrawn (overrid_ ¥ s or prohibited from being withdrawn. As will be recognized by those with ordinary skills in this technology, prohibition of the withdrawal of certain infusions can avoid illness The patient accidentally received an overdose: a medicament.

輸液系統2 1 0也可以提供顯示有關醫療保健設施之内的每個專業單位之需求的參考資訊。&了專業單位的政策及程序之外，藥品資訊亦可在例如是個人數位助理的電子裳置上觀看。準則（_Gec)1)以及標準的指令可根據病患的狀況被組態設定以提供訊息。在一個實施例中，例如，肝素（heparin)輸液準則係被組態設定以警告醫護人員一項新的血糖（bl〇〇d glucose)結果，並且根據按比例增減 scale)的準則而用滴定法測量胰島素（insu〗in)輸液之一個設定的毫升數目。再者’當訊息或是通知是有關病患的狀況時，該些訊息或是通知係透過組態設定的規則而被傳送至相關於特定 50 200426656 的輸液之護士。在一個實施例中，例如當接受腎中毒的 (nephrotoxic)輸液的病患在BUN(血尿素氮）以及肌酸酐 (Creatinine)上有增加時，一個訊息係被產生。此外，當某種輸液用滴定法測量時，可組態設定準則以產生訊息。在一個實施例中’例如當醫護人員用滴定法測量多巴胺 (dopamine)輸液時，_個記錄血壓的訊息可被組態設定。再者’血液動力學的（hemodynamic)監視參數可被連結到輸液以產生訊息。如先别所指出的，新的輸液指令可被組態設定以提供警告醫護人員有新的指令之訊息。訊息可被組態設定成聽覺且視覺可見的，例如，文字的、#色的警告、閃爍的超連結、圖像、與類似者。立即指令與中斷（discontinue)指令可被組怨設定成一個高優先權的訊息，以將其和非緊急的訊息區隔開。較佳地，教育的訊息係藉由醫療保健設施而被產生及組態設^。在—個實施例中，例如，需要特定的管組（例如非PVC的g組）之輸液係導致有一項通知醫護人員的訊息之顯示。在另-個實施例巾，例如，需要中央靜脈的進八I輻液係導致有一項不可在週邊靜脈中輸液的警告之顯示0 在個貝靶例中，排程的（scheduling)訊息係被產生並、頁示在或夕個電子計算裝置之上，以提醒使用者完成下一項工作。在排定的時間來改變輸液速率之警告係被傳送至該些電子計算裝置，例如是在減量輸液的情形中。此 51 200426656 外’具有以時間為基礎的警告之進目丨旱則可以被組態設定，例如，血液輸液準則。再次轉而談及第1圖，且如上 „ 1ΛΑ . 上所导曰出的，病患照顧系統100係容許藥物的開處方、配筚 _甚4 , 丰以及給藥在病患的床邊處產生。醫師可以利用無線的手持 ,^ / 、衣置以開簡單及複雜The infusion system 2 10 can also provide reference information showing the needs of each professional unit within a healthcare facility. In addition to the policies and procedures of professional units, drug information can also be viewed on electronic clothes such as personal digital assistants. Guidelines (_Gec) 1) and standard instructions can be configured to provide information based on the patient's condition. In one embodiment, for example, heparin infusion guidelines are configured to warn health care providers of a new blood glucose result, and titration is performed according to the scale increase and decrease criteria. Method to measure a set number of milliliters of insulin (insu〗 in) infusion. Furthermore, when the messages or notifications are related to the condition of the patient, the messages or notifications are transmitted to the nurse infusion related to a specific 50 200426656 through the rules set by the configuration. In one embodiment, a message is generated, for example, when a patient receiving a nephrotoxic infusion has an increase in BUN (blood urea nitrogen) and creatinine. In addition, when a certain infusion is measured by titration, configuration criteria can be configured to generate messages. In one embodiment, for example, when a medical staff measures a dopamine infusion by titration, a message recording blood pressure can be configured. Furthermore, the 'hemodynamic' monitoring parameters can be linked to the infusion to generate information. As noted earlier, new infusion commands can be configured to provide information to alert health care staff of new commands. Messages can be configured to be audible and visually visible, for example, textual, #color warnings, flashing hyperlinks, images, and the like. Immediate and discontinue instructions can be set to a high priority message by the group complaint to distinguish it from non-emergency messages. Preferably, educational messages are generated and configured through healthcare facilities ^. In one embodiment, for example, a transfusion system that requires a specific tube group (e.g., group g of non-PVC) results in a display of a message notifying the medical staff. In another embodiment, for example, the need for a central vein to enter the I-radiation system results in a warning that a fluid cannot be infused in the peripheral vein. In this case, the scheduling message is Generate and display on or on an electronic computing device to remind the user to complete the next task. A warning to change the infusion rate at a scheduled time is transmitted to these electronic computing devices, such as in the case of a reduced infusion. 51 200426656 In addition to the goal of having time-based warnings, drought can be configured, for example, blood transfusion guidelines. Turning to Figure 1 again, and as described above, 1ΛΑ. As explained above, the patient care system 100 allows the prescription, dispensing, and administration of drugs at the patient's bedside. Generated. Physicians can use wireless handheld, ^ /, clothes to open simple and complex

的處方、靜脈内的（illtraven〇us)S a 摩以及全靜脈營養（TPN) 、/口療。輸液系統2 1 0係檢查藥物$ 未奶又互作用以及其錯誤與正確的劑量。輸液系統2丨〇、 ^ ^ f、接者即時地傳送此資料病心照顧設施或是本地的藥局、醫、護理單位、以及/或是診所。家庭醫護人員可以利用該手持式萝样資枓庙.^ 丹式衣置來存取一個醫療的記錄貝枓庫。在一個貫施例中，醫貝係知描帶有條碼的滎物以及病患之帶有條碼的 ) 丁衣以在給予任何藥品之前確認正確的藥物之存在與 /、扣* 尨爭鉍較汰 d里及日守間。輸液系統210 係更新酉療以及給藥的記錄’藉此消除大部分㈣部的話）之耗時的書面作業。因此， *王 , 别/促糸統2 1 〇可以降低成本亚且改善效率，而且可能挽救了生命。病患照顧夺统 100可以包含存取受營制夕—紅从、願系、况 ”…甘仃動的以及固定的藥物及補給口-口細職y处，其係包含電子的 * 心酉療圯錄以及電腦的開藥方、攸>D療點提供完整的準備與存貨管理至藥局。如先則所提及的，第1圖是病患照顧系a 100的圖形表…病患照顧系統100係包含藉由網物局電腦1。4、中央系統⑽、以及治療位置1〇6。在二施例中，該藥局電腦104係包含處理單元i〇4a、鍵盤屬 52 200426656 、視汛顯不器104c、印表機104d、條碼閱讀機1〇打、以及滑鼠l〇4f。儘管未展示在第！圖中，該病患照顧系統 100也可以包含用於醫院管理的次系統、護士站、臨床的貢訊次系統、醫院資訊次系統、入院、出院及轉院（ADT) 人系統、開帳單次系統、以及/或是其它典型地内含在習知的病患照顧系統中之次系統。此種系統典型地係與該第二中央伺服器1 〇 8 a介面連接。Prescription, illtravenous saponin and total intravenous nutrition (TPN), oral treatment. The infusion system 2 1 0 checks the medications and their interactions as well as their wrong and correct doses. The infusion system 2 丨 0, ^ ^ f, the receiver immediately transmits this data to the sick care facility or the local pharmacy, medical, nursing unit, and / or clinic. Home medical staff can use this hand-held Luo-style resource temple. ^ Danish clothes to access a medical record store. In one embodiment, the doctor knows how to describe barium-containing products and patients with bar-coded) clothing in order to confirm the existence of the correct drug and / Kidori and Rishouma. The infusion system 210 is an update of records of medical treatments and dosing, thereby eliminating most of the time-consuming written work of the pediatric department. Therefore, * Wang, Don / Promote System 2 10 can reduce costs and improve efficiency, and may save lives. Patient care control system 100 can include access to the operating system-Hongcong, willingness, status, "... Gan and mobile and fixed drugs and supplies mouth-to-mouth ministry, which contains electronic * heart Treatment records and computer prescriptions, Y & D treatment sites provide complete preparation and inventory management to the pharmacy. As mentioned earlier, Figure 1 is a graphical table of the patient care department a 100 ... patients The care system 100 includes a computer network unit 1.4, a central system unit, and a treatment location 106. In two embodiments, the pharmacy computer 104 system includes a processing unit 104a, a keyboard 52 200426656, The video monitor 104c, printer 104d, bar code reader 10 dozen, and mouse 104f. Although not shown in the first picture! The patient care system 100 may also include a secondary server for hospital management. Systems, nurse stations, clinical tributary systems, hospital information subsystems, admission, discharge, and transfer (ADT) people systems, billing systems, and / or other patient care systems typically embedded Secondary system. Such a system is typically associated with the second central server 1 〇 8 a interface connection.

《在一個實施例中，該中央系統108係包含中央伺服屬腦108a、資料庫1〇8b、視訊顯示器1〇8〇、輸入/輸出組到、以及其它為具有在此項技術中之_般技能者所知的習知硬體組件。該網路1G2較佳地係包含—個電缆線通訊系織口以及個無線通訊系統部份。該電纜線通訊系絲 110可以是（但不限於）一個乙太網路纜線系統以及一個細接頭（thin net)系統。"In one embodiment, the central system 108 includes a central servo 108a, a database 108b, a video display 1080, an input / output group, and others. Known hardware components known to the skilled person. The network 1G2 preferably includes a cable communication port and a wireless communication system part. The cable communication line 110 may be, but is not limited to, an Ethernet cable system and a thin net system.

在-個實施例中，該治療位置1〇6可以包含治療病床 1〇6\輸液泵12〇、以及醫療的治療推車132。在第}圖中 ’ 4護人貝116以及症志11 9 乂多、a户-丄 ^ Μ 12係被展示在該治療位置丨〇6 中。藥物1 24可以是一多會剎田认、六$ ^、 _ 上種利用輸液泵12〇或是其它的醫療材給藥之類型。藥必？u 枭物124也可以是一種不需利用醫療器材就可給藥之類剞。兮銥仏π 、生忒枭物可以被儲存在醫療的治療推車 132之藥物儲存區域U2a中。 r 西邊人貝116係在將藥物 124給予病患112的過程中使用數位助理m ” 在一個實施例中，罄罐、 _ 4人貝1 1 6係在治療病患1 12的過程中使用數位助理丨丨8，以經由弟一無線通訊路徑126 53 200426656 和網路1 02的電纜線通訊系統丨1 〇通訊。該輪液系1 係具有經由第二無線通訊路徑128和電纜線通訊系統11〇通訊之功能。該藥物推車132亦具有經由一條無線通訊路徑（未展示在第1圖中）通訊的功能。一個無線收發機丨14係與該電纜線通訊系統1 10介面連接。該網路的無線通訊系統部份可以採用例如是（但不限於）具有在此項技術中之一般In one embodiment, the treatment location 106 may include a treatment bed 106 / infusion pump 120 and a medical treatment cart 132. In the figure}, the 4 nurses 116 and the symptoms 11 9 乂, a household- 户 ^ 12 are displayed in this treatment position. Drug 1 24 can be a type of drug treatment that can be used for a long time, six dollars, _ The above is the use of infusion pump 120 or other medical materials. Medicine must? u Drug 124 can also be a drug that can be administered without the use of medical devices. The iridium, π, and biomaterials can be stored in the medicine storage area U2a of the medical treatment cart 132. r The West Side Shellfish 116 uses a digital assistant during the administration of the drug 124 to the patient 112 ”In one embodiment, the tank is full, _ 4 people shellfish 1 1 6 is used digitally during the treatment of patient 1 12 Assistant 丨丨 8 to communicate via the cable communication system of the wireless communication path 126 53 200426656 and the network 102. The transmission system 1 has a communication system 128 and a cable communication system 11 via the second wireless communication path 128. 〇Communication function. The drug cart 132 also has the function of communicating via a wireless communication path (not shown in Figure 1). A wireless transceiver 丨 14 is connected to the cable communication system 10 interface. The network The wireless communication system part of the channel can adopt, for example (but not limited to)

技能者所知的技術，例如，IEE]E 802.llb“無線乙太網路、本地區域網路、無線的本地區域網路、具有樹狀佈局纪網路、具有環狀佈局的網路、現有的系統之無線網際網妈點、乙太網路、網際網路、無線電通訊、紅外線、光纖、以及電話。儘管通訊路徑在第i圖中被展統，但該些通訊路徑可以是固接的連線之通訊㈣Techniques known to the skilled person, for example, IEE] E 802.llb "Wireless Ethernet, local area network, wireless local area network, network with tree layout, network with ring layout, Existing systems include wireless Internet access points, Ethernet, Internet, radio communication, infrared, optical fiber, and telephone. Although the communication paths are shown in Figure i, these communication paths can be fixed. Communication

在病患照顧系、统100中，醫師可以開藥4匆124的處力給病患112。在一個實施例中，該指令可以源自於治療必置_處的醫護人員116。w師及/或醫護人員116可以孩用-種電腦化的醫師醫令輸入系統(CP0E)、醫療用㈣ 132、或是類似的裝置，以開藥物124的處方給病患112。具有在此項技術巾之-般技能者係熟悉3|知的電腦師醫令輸入系統。儘管其名稱為此，任何的醫護人員n< :可以使用該電腦化的醫師醫令輸入系統。若藥物以透In the patient care system and system 100, the doctor can prescribe medicines to the patient 112. In one embodiment, the instruction may be derived from the medical staff 116 at the treatment site. The teacher and / or the medical staff 116 may use a computerized physician order input system (CP0E), a medical device 132, or a similar device to prescribe the medication 112 to the patient 112. Those with the general skills in this technology are familiar with the computer doctor's medical order input system. Despite its name, any medical staff n <: can use this computerized physician order entry system. If the drug is taken through

過輸液泵1 20給鏟县右钟变AA 〃、疋有效革的，則輸液指令係包含用於產生輪】液栗1 2 0的極你炎+次 w作爹數之貢訊。該些操作參數是規劃輔液泵1 2 0來根據該輸液指令令。卟所必須设疋的貢訊及/或指 54 200426656 該輸液指令可在各種的位置被輸人，其包含 2中心、護理樓層、以及治療位置1〇6。當該指：中=輪入時，其可在藥局電腦_中’經由輸入/輸出裝置，例如，鍵盤104b、滑窗Λ pIf the infusion pump 1 20 is given to the Ao 疋 and 疋 of the Zhongxian Youzhong Transformer, the infusion instruction system contains the information for the production of the wheel] liquid chestnut 1 2 0 + you wit a tribute. The operating parameters are to plan auxiliary pumps 12 to 0 according to the infusion command. The tribunal and / or finger that must be set up in the porphyry center 54 200426656 The infusion instruction can be infused at various locations, including 2 centers, nursing floors, and treatment locations 106. When the finger: Medium = turn in, it can be used in the pharmacy computer_ via the input / output device, for example, keyboard 104b, sliding window Λ p

月乳1〇4f、觸控螢幕顯示器、CPOE ;手：以及/或是醫療的治療推車132而被輸入。該 1〇钧係能夠轉換一個人工輪入料。例如是CP〇E的裝置可…八為電^可頃取的資 1Λ, 〇哀置可以在指令被導引至處理單元购之前轉換該指令成為電腦可讀取的資料。該操係接著藉由印表機104d，以條碼的林4 的標。一。_:;Γ:4 在一個藥物藥物124的容器上。接著係接著被貼在一個治療位置⑽。藥物124 :是=4二容器係被運送至錄古4、〜 ^可以用此項技術巾所知的各種方式，包含口服地以及透過輪液系⑽來施予病* 112 。若藥物m是口服地給藥時，醫護人員ιΐ6可以:: 位助理"8以及/或是醫療用推車132來通訊。該醫：車二23:電腦化：’並且大致上具有鍵盤(未展示出)、顯 =一其它例如是條碼掃描器(未展示出)的輸入/ 有在此項技術中之一般技能者將會，该輛液袋也可以被預先混合，其中一個非特定、* 、夂碼係附接至該袋以識別該藥物124。再者，^病心的铋在藥局中或是在該樓層上被混合，其中一個特」夜:可以碼係附接至該袋，其係識別該藥4勿124並且一：病心的备、，識別該藥物何時將被施予該病患。 -所要的老 55 200426656 引在冶療位置處’藥物124可以安裝在輸液泵120之上 112。條靜脈（IV)管路130而從輸液泵120流至病患型鐽輪液泵120可以包含泵哪（pumPing)單元12〇a、小天各⑩（keypad)12〇b、顯示器120c、輸液泵id 120d、以及 =—12Ge° f知技術的輪线可以設置-個無線轉接器（、不出）以便於完整地實施該系統100。若必要的話，該 ::轉接态可以具有其本身的電池，卩避免縮短習知技術 :^液泵之電池壽命。該無線轉接器也可以使用智慧型資理，例如（但不限於），儲存及遞送的資料管理與資二 :縮’以最小化功率消耗以及網路的傳輸量。該無線轉接益也可以包含和數位_ 118 $訊的功能，甚至當網路 1 〇2未在運作時亦可如此。Lunar milk 104F, touch screen display, CPOE; hand: and / or medical treatment cart 132 are input. The 10 Jun system can convert a manual wheel feed. For example, a CP0E device can be used for electricity. 1Λ, 〇The device can convert the instruction into computer-readable data before it is directed to the processing unit. The operation then uses the printer 104d to mark the forest 4 with a bar code. One. _ :; Γ: 4 on a container of drug 124. It is then affixed to a treatment site⑽. Drug 124: Yes = 4 The two-container system is transported to Lugu 4, ~ ^ Various methods known by this technology can be used to administer the disease orally and through the rotatable system. If the drug m is administered orally, the medical staff 6 may: :: assistants "8" and / or the medical cart 132 to communicate. The doctor: Car II 23: Computerization: 'and generally has a keyboard (not shown), display = an other input such as a barcode scanner (not shown) / those with ordinary skills in this technology will Yes, the fluid bag can also be pre-mixed, with a non-specific, *, 夂 code attached to the bag to identify the drug 124. Furthermore, ^ bismuth of the sick heart is mixed in the pharmacy or on the floor, one of the special "night: can be attached to the bag, which is to identify the medicine 4 be 124 and one: Prepare, identify when the drug will be administered to the patient. -Desired old 55 200426656 At the treatment site, the drug 124 can be installed 112 above the infusion pump 120. A vein (IV) line 130 to flow from the infusion pump 120 to the patient-type pump liquid pump 120 may include a pumpPing unit 120a, a keypad 120b, a display 120c, and an infusion The pump id 120d and the wheel line of the known technology can be provided with a wireless adapter (, not shown) to facilitate the complete implementation of the system 100. If necessary, the :: transition state can have its own battery, avoiding shortening the battery life of the conventional technology. The wireless adapter can also use intelligent management, such as (but not limited to), storage and delivery of data management and data management: reduction 'to minimize power consumption and network transmission. The wireless transfer benefit can also include the function of digital and digital communication, even when the network 102 is not in operation.

二、在一個實施例中，病患照顧系統100可以包含各種的 :別付’例如(但不限於），人員、設備、以及藥物的識別付在第1圖中，醫護人員116可以具有一個醫護人員徽章（badge)ll6a的識別符，病患112可以具有一個腕帶 (wnstband)112a的識別符，輸液泵12〇可以具有一個輸液泵ID 120d的識別符，並且藥物124可以具有一個藥物的標籤IMa之識別符。醫護人員徽章U6a、腕帶丨丨。、輸液泵ID nod以及藥物的標籤124a係包含資訊來識別與^ 相連的人員、設備、或是藥物。該些識別符也可以具有額外的資訊。例如，藥物的標籤l24a可以包含有關藥物124 所打算要用的接受者之資訊、用於輸液泵12〇的操作參數以及有關樂物124的批號及使用期限之資訊。内含在識別 56 200426656 符中的資訊可被列印出，但較佳地是以一種裝置可讀取的格式被列印，例如（但不限於），像是條碼之光學可讀取的裝置格式、例如是RFID、iButton、智慧卡之射頻（RF)裝置可讀取的格式、以及雷射可讀取的格式。該數位助理 1 1 8可以包含顯示器Π 8a並且具有讀取該些識別符的功能 ’其包含讀取例如是指紋的生物辨識（biometric)資訊。该腕帶1 12a典型地是在病患11 2進入醫療照顧設施時，被設置在該病患i 12之上。該腕帶丨12a係包含一個病患識別符。忒病患識別符可以包含列印的資訊以識別該病患與額外的資訊，例如是一位治療的醫師姓名。用於病患 Π2的病患識別符可以包含例如是（但不限於），病患的姓 —年々社^女全號碼、病患的血型、地址、過敏、醫院ID號碼以及病患的親屬姓名之資訊。在一個實施例中，若需要的話或為所期望的話’該病患識別符可以包含一個用於該病患之獨特的參考止：欠女丨古I 1 4疋么碼，其亦被儲存在中央—貝料庫中用於交又對照。系統硬體/系統的軟體架構第2圖是電腦200的方塊圖，其電腦104、中央车蜞·j ―一弟1圖的樂局〒央糸統m咖、數位助理内含在任意數目個其它經由網路⑽通 ^疋療推車132之次系統中之電腦。二、列如是藥物治 2〇〇係包含輸液系統21〇或是_ ^、則所指出的，電腦用在病患照顧系統HK)内。Μ ° 77夜系統21〇,以爹亏弟2圖所μ 土八佳地是一個電腦程式。〇輪液系統較除了破霄施為1電腦程式 57 200426656 之外，該輸液系統可以全部及系統。或是部分地被實施為一種方法在此項技術中的一項關锤不w… 關鍵性的考量是正確的藥物被施予正確的病患。因此，輸液♦絡成糸統21〇係包含特點以助於以一種有效率的方式確保正確的犖隹的本物被施予正確的病患。輸液系統21 〇可以用軟體、韌騁丁^ 靭體、硬體、或是其中之一種組合來實施之。在一種模式中，趴、十< 輸’夜系統2 1 0是用軟體來實2. In one embodiment, the patient care system 100 may include various types: do n’t pay, for example (but not limited to), the identification of personnel, equipment, and drugs is shown in FIG. 1. The medical staff 116 may have a medical care. The identifier of the badge 116a, the patient 112 may have an identifier of a wristband 112a, the infusion pump 120 may have an identifier of an infusion pump ID 120d, and the medicine 124 may have a medicine label IMa identifier. Medical staff badge U6a, wristband. The infusion pump ID nod and the medication label 124a contain information to identify the person, device, or medication connected to ^. These identifiers may also have additional information. For example, the label 124a of the drug may contain information about the intended recipient of the drug 124, operating parameters for the infusion pump 120, and information about the lot number and the expiration date of the musical object 124. The information contained in the identification 56 200426656 symbol can be printed, but is preferably printed in a device-readable format, such as (but not limited to) an optically readable device such as a bar code Formats are, for example, RFID, iButton, smart card radio frequency (RF) device readable formats, and laser readable formats. The digital assistant 1 1 8 may include a display UI 8a and has a function of reading the identifiers ′, which includes reading biometric information such as a fingerprint. The wristband 1 12a is typically placed on the patient i 12 when the patient 11 2 enters a medical care facility. The wristband 12a contains a patient identifier.忒 The patient identifier can include printed information to identify the patient and additional information, such as the name of a treating physician. The patient identifier for the patient Π2 may include, for example, (but not limited to), the patient's last name-Nianyishe ^ female full number, the patient's blood type, address, allergy, hospital ID number, and the relative name of the patient Information. In one embodiment, if needed or desired, 'the patient identifier may include a unique reference for the patient: owe female 丨 ancient I 1 4 疋 code, which is also stored in The central-shell material library is used for cross and control. System hardware / system software architecture Figure 2 is a block diagram of a computer 200. The computer 104, the central car 蜞 · j ― one brother 1 picture of the music board, the central computer system m coffee, and the digital assistant are contained in any number of Other computers in the sub-system of the medical cart 132 through the Internet. 2. If the column 200 is a drug treatment system including the infusion system 21 or ^^, it is indicated that the computer is used in the patient care system HK). Μ ° 77 night system 21 〇 To daddy 2 maps Tu Tuchi Jiadi is a computer program. 〇 Rotational fluid system In addition to breaking Xiao Shi 1 computer program 57 200426656, the infusion system can be all and system. Or part of it is implemented as a method in this technology. The key consideration is that the right medicine is given to the right patient. Therefore, the infusion system 208 system contains features to help ensure that the correct drug is administered to the right patient in an efficient manner. The infusion system 21 can be implemented by software, dysplasia, firmware, hardware, or a combination thereof. In one mode, the party, ten < night system 2 1 0 is implemented by software

施成-個可執行的程式，並且藉由一或多個特殊的或是二般目的之數位電腦來加以執行，例如，個人電腦（pc; ibm 相容的、APple相容的、或是其它）、個人數位助理、工作站、微型電腦、或是大型電腦。一般目的之電腦的一個可以貝轭，亥輸液系統2 1 〇之例子係被展示在第2圖中。該輸液系統210可以存在於（或是使得其各種部份存在於）任何例如疋（但不限於），藥局電腦i 〇4、中央系統i 〇8、藥物治療推車132、以及數位助理丨丨8的電腦中。因此，第2圖Make an executable program and run it with one or more special or general purpose digital computers, such as a personal computer (pc; ibm compatible, APple compatible, or other ), Personal digital assistant, workstation, microcomputer, or mainframe computer. An example of a general-purpose computer that can be used as a yoke. The infusion system 2 10 is shown in Figure 2. The infusion system 210 may exist (or cause various parts thereof) to exist, for example (but not limited to), a pharmacy computer i 04, a central system i 08, a medication trolley 132, and a digital assistant丨 8 computer. So Figure 2

的電腦200係代表該輸液系統2 1 0存在或是部分地存在於其中的任何電腦。般而言，就硬體架構而論，如第2圖中所示，該電腦200係包含經由本地的介面208通訊地耦接之處理器 202、記憶體204以及一或多個輸入及/或輸出（I/O)裝置 206(或是週邊設備）。該本地的介面208可以是例如（但不限於）’ 一或多個匯流排或是其它有線或是無線的連線，即如此項技術中已知者。該本地的介面2 0 8可以具有例如是 4工制器、緩衝器（快取）、驅動器、中繼器、以及接收器之 58 200426656 額外的元件（其係為了簡明起見而被省略）以使得通訊成為可能的。再者，該本地的介面可以包含位址、控制以及/或疋貝料連線，以使得在其它的電腦組件之間適當的通訊成為可能的。處理為202是-個用於執行軟體，尤其是儲存在記憶體204中的軟體之硬體裝置。處理器202可以是任何特製的或是市售的處理器、中央處理單元(cpu)、#文個與該電腦200相關的處理器中之辅助的處理器、以半導體為基礎的微處理器(具有微晶片或是晶片組的形式）、巨集處理器 (macr〇pr〇Cessor)、或大致上是任何用於執行軟體指令的裝置。適當的市售微處理器之例子係為如下··來自惠普公司的PA-RJSC /系列微處理器、來自英特爾公司的8〇χ86或是 Pentium系列微處理器、來自ΙβΜ的p〇werpc微處理器、來自再陽微系統公司的Sparc微處理器、或是來自摩托羅拉公司的68xxx系列微處理器。處理器2〇2也可以代表二種分散式處理架構，例如（但不限於），SQL、Sm⑶仏以、 APL、KL1Sp、Snobol、Developer 2〇〇、MUMps/M叫^。記憶體204可以包含依電性記憶體元件（例如，隨機存取記憶體（RAM，例如DRAM、SRAM、SDRam、等等））以及非依電性記憶體元件（例如，R〇M、硬碟、磁帶 CDROM、等等)中之任何一個或是其組合。再者，記怜體 204可以包含電子、磁性、光學、以及/或是其它類型的：存媒體。記憶M 2G4可以具有一種分散式架構，其中的各種組件係位在彼此的遠端處，但仍然可藉由處理器2〇2存 59 200426656 取。 ) 〜體204中的軟體可包含一或多種個別的程式。 3些個別的程式係包括用於實施邏輯功能之之順序列表。在箆？固： "日々圖中，記憶體204中的軟體係包含根豕“歹，輸液系、統21〇以及適當的作業系統_如The computer 200 represents any computer in which the infusion system 210 exists or is partially present. Generally speaking, in terms of hardware architecture, as shown in FIG. 2, the computer 200 includes a processor 202, a memory 204, and one or more inputs and / or communicatively coupled via a local interface 208. Output (I / O) device 206 (or peripheral equipment). The local interface 208 may be, for example, but not limited to, one or more buses or other wired or wireless connections, as known in the art. The local interface 208 may have, for example, a 4-processor, a buffer (cache), a driver, a repeater, and a receiver. 58 200426656 Additional components (which are omitted for brevity) to Make communication possible. Furthermore, the local interface may include addresses, controls, and / or connections to enable proper communication between other computer components. The process 202 is a hardware device for executing software, especially software stored in the memory 204. The processor 202 may be any special or commercially available processor, a central processing unit (cpu), an auxiliary processor among the processors associated with the computer 200, and a semiconductor-based microprocessor ( (In the form of a microchip or chipset), a macro processor (common processor), or roughly any device for executing software instructions. Examples of suitable commercially available microprocessors are as follows: PA-RJSC / series microprocessors from Hewlett-Packard, 80x86 or Pentium microprocessors from Intel, and powerpc microprocessors from 1βM Devices, Sparc microprocessors from Zaiyang Microsystems, or 68xxx series microprocessors from Motorola. The processor 202 can also represent two distributed processing architectures, such as (but not limited to) SQL, SmCD, APL, KL1Sp, Snobol, Developer 2000, and MUMps / M. The memory 204 may include electrical memory elements (for example, random access memory (RAM, such as DRAM, SRAM, SDRam, etc.)) and non-electric memory elements (for example, ROM, hard disk) , Tape CDROM, etc.) or any combination thereof. Furthermore, the memory 204 may include electronic, magnetic, optical, and / or other types: storage media. Memory M 2G4 can have a decentralized architecture, in which the various components are located at the far end of each other, but can still be accessed by the processor 2202 59 200426656. ) ~ The software in the body 204 may include one or more individual programs. The three individual programs include a sequential list for implementing logical functions. Are you here? Solid: In the figure, the soft system in the memory 204 includes the root system, the infusion system, the system 21, and the appropriate operating system.

市售的作業系、统212之例子的-個非完全列出的表列係為如下：γ ^ J ()可攸微軟公司購得的視窗作業系統； =公司蹲得的NetWare作業系統；(C)可從蘋果電的麥金塔（—sh)作業系統；⑷可從例如是昇陽微系統公司與AT&U司之許多販售商講付的UNIX作辈备Μ 體之uNux=^ ’⑷在網際網m可得的免費軟業糸、洗，（f)來自WmdRiver系統公司時的—。如作業系統；或是（g)以應用為基礎的統，例如是A车杜ju、^ ^ 持式電腦或是個人數位助理（PDA)中 ^的作業、系統（例如，可從咖C_putlng公司購= 二ΓΛ及可從微軟公司購得的視f CE)°作業系統212 只貝糸控制其它例如是輸液系統210的電腦程式之 :並亡提供排程、輸入輸出的控制、檔案及資料管理、:丁 ’丨思體官理、以及通訊控制與相關的服務。 °己輸液糸統21G可以是—個原始程式、可執㈣Μ it…、或是任何其它包括-組將被執行的只粗。^原始程式經由編譯器、組合程式、解、或類似者而被轉換時，其可以内含或可以不内含在:二體204之内，以便於結合0/s 212而適當地運作。再者思 60 200426656 輸液系統2 1 0可以妯避宜士 γ、心μ 、， A被撰寫成（Μ物件導向的程式語言，其係 :有資：：方法的類別，或是(b)程序程式語言，其係具有系式人4式以及/或是函數，例如（但不限於），c、C++ 、PaSCal、BaSiC、F〇rtran、CGb〇卜 Ped、Java、以及 Ada 。在-個實施例中’該系統程式21G係以c++撰寫。在其它實施例中’該輪液系統21()係利用pQwerB仙化來加以產生。該I/O裝置鳩可以包含輸入裝置，例如（但不限於 )’鍵盤、滑鼠、掃描器、麥克風、觸控螢幕、用於各種醫療器材的介面、條碼閱讀機、指示筆(stylus)、雷射讀取哭、射頻裝置讀取器、等等。再者，該1/〇裝置2〇6也可以包含輸出裝置，例如(但不限於），印表機、條碼列印機、顯示器、等等。該υο裝置可以更包含作為輸入及輸出通訊的裝置，譬如（但不限於），調變器/解調器（數據機；用於進入其它的裝置、系統或是網路)、射頻㈣或是其它收發機、電話的介面、橋接器（bridge)、路由器、等等。若電腦200 1 PC、工作站、個人數位助理、或類似者，則記憶體204中的軟體可以進一步包含基本輸出入系統 (BIOS)(未展示在第2圖中）。該Bl〇s是一組基本的軟體常式，其係在起動時初始化及測試硬體、起始〇/s 212、並且支援在硬體裝置之間的資料傳輸。該BI〇s係儲存在 ROM中，因而該BIOS可以在電腦2〇〇被起動時加以執行當電腦200是在動作中，處理器2〇2係被配置以執行儲存在記憶體204之内的軟體、傳遞資料往返於記憶體 61 200426656 :4、以及大致上根據該軟體來控制電腦幸則液系統210以及〇/S 212 立、動作。或地）藉由處理哭2〇2加以^ 疋^分地（典型地是部分之内，並且接著加以執行。在4處理器2〇2 當輸液系統210是以敕體做成時者，該輸液系統210的程i γ、，、+ 弟2圖中所示的媒體之上，以藉由或县紝入7 牡彳仃包細可讀取次疋、、、口合任何電腦相加以利用。如同在此所用者，電腦可mA non-completely listed list of examples of commercially available operating systems and systems 212 is as follows: γ ^ J () Windows operating system available from Microsoft Corporation; = NetWare operating system available from the company; ( C) Available from Apple's Macintosh (-sh) operating system; ⑷ Available from, for example, the UNIX operating system prepared by Sun Microsystems and many vendors from AT &U; uNux = ^ '⑷ Free software industry available on the Internet, washing, (f) when from WmdRiver Systems —. Such as operating system; or (g) application-based systems, such as A car, mobile computer or personal digital assistant (PDA), (for example, from C_putlng company) Purchase = 2 ΓΛ and Vision f CE available from Microsoft Corporation ° Operating system 212 only controls other computer programs such as the infusion system 210: Provides scheduling, input and output control, file and data management ,: 丁 '丨 Thinking of official management, and communication control and related services. ° The infusion system 21G can be an original program, can be executed, it can be executed, or any other include-group will be executed. ^ When the original program is converted by a compiler, a combination program, a solution, or the like, it may or may not be included in the: body 204 to facilitate proper operation in combination with 0 / s 212. Furthermore, think 60 200426656 infusion system 2 1 0 can avoid Yi Shi γ, Xin μ, A is written as (M object-oriented programming language, which is: the type of :: method, or (b) program A programming language that has a system of formulas and / or functions, such as (but not limited to), c, C ++, PaSCal, BaSiC, Fortran, CGb, Ped, Java, and Ada. In one implementation In the example, 'the system program 21G is written in C ++. In other embodiments, the wheel fluid system 21 () is generated using pQwerB immortalization. The I / O device can include input devices, such as (but not limited to) ) 'Keyboard, mouse, scanner, microphone, touch screen, interface for various medical equipment, barcode reader, stylus, laser reader, RF device reader, etc. Alternatively, the 1 / 〇 device 206 may also include an output device, such as (but not limited to) a printer, a bar code printer, a display, etc. The υο device may further include a device for input and output communication , Such as (but not limited to), modulator / demodulator (data For accessing other devices, systems, or networks), radio frequency or other transceivers, telephone interfaces, bridges, routers, etc. If the computer 200 1 PC, workstation, personal digital assistant, Or similar, the software in the memory 204 may further include a basic input / output system (BIOS) (not shown in Figure 2). The B10s are a set of basic software routines that are initialized at startup And test hardware, start 0 / s 212, and support data transfer between hardware devices. The BI0s are stored in ROM, so the BIOS can be executed when the computer is started at 200 200 is in action. The processor 202 is configured to execute software stored in the memory 204, transfer data to and from the memory 61 200426656: 4, and control the computer approximately based on the software. And 〇 / S 212 stand, action. Or ground) ^ ^^ points (typically within a part, and then executed by processing) 2 0 2 4 processor 2 0 2 when the infusion system 210 is Made of carcasses, The process i γ ,,, + of the infusion system 210 is on the media shown in the figure 2 and can be read by a computer or a computer, and can be used by any computer. . As used here, the computer can

含或儲存電腦程式的電子、磁性、光學以包裝置或機構，以藉由或是結 3 U Λ體的〇。任何電月向相關的系加以利用。該輸液系統210可以一 / 的銲俨中，以ϋ e 被貝轭在任何電腦可讀取 H以猎由或是結合執行指令的系加以利用，例如， ’、’ 、3兀自為基礎的线、时處理器的系說、或疋其它可以從該勃耔ib八aa么 „ , 執仃扎令的糸統、裝置或元件提取 (fetch)指令並且執行該此一相7的糸統。在此文件的背景中，一種“電腦可讀取的婼駚，，可⑺e / /、An electronic, magnetic, or optical device that contains or stores a computer program that contains a device or mechanism to pass through or end up with a 3 U Λ body. Any electricity is used to the relevant department. The infusion system 210 can be used in any welding machine, with ϋe being yoke in any computer readable H to use or combined with the execution of the system, for example, ',', 3 self-based lines , Time processor, or other systems that can fetch instructions from the system, device, or component that executes the order and execute the phase 7 system. In the background of this document, a "computer-readable 婼駚, can be e / /,

换a 7媒體可以是任何可儲存、通訊、傳播、或是傳輸程式的裝w 精由或疋結合該執行指令的系統、裝置或元件加以刹 # + 以利用。该電腦可讀取的媒體可以例如是（但不限於），電子、狄丨王尤学、電磁、紅外線、或是半導體系統、裝置、元丰, 〆 70件、或疋傳播媒體。電腦可讀取的媒體之更明確的例子r ^入、（非兀王列出的表列）將包含以下：八或夕备、導線的電氣連線（電子的）、可攜式的電腦碟片（兹11的）機存取記憶體（ram)(電子的）、唯讀記憶體 (ROM)(電子的）、可抹除可程式化唯讀記憶體㈣臟、 62 200426656 EEPROM或是快閃記憶體）（電子的）、光纖（光學的）、以及可攜式的光碟唯讀記憶體（cr>R〇M)(光學的）。請注意的是该電腦可讀取的媒體甚至可以是其上列印有程式的紙張或是其它適當的媒體，因為該程式可以經由譬如是紙張或是其匕媒體的光學掃描之透過電子手段地加以捕捉，而接著以一種適當的方式被編譯、解譯或處理（若必要的話），並且接著被儲存在電腦記憶體中。The a7 media can be any device that can store, communicate, transmit, or transmit programs, or use the system, device, or component combined with the execution command to # # use it. The computer-readable media can be, for example (but not limited to), electronic, electronic, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor systems, devices, Yuanfeng, 〆70 pieces, or 疋 communication media. A more specific example of a computer-readable medium. (The list that is not listed by the King Wu) will contain the following: Eight or two devices, electrical wiring of wires (electronic), portable computer disks RAM (electronic), read-only memory (ROM) (electronic), erasable programmable read-only memory, 62 200426656 EEPROM or fast Flash memory) (electronic), optical fiber (optical), and portable CD-ROM (cr > ROM) (optical). Please note that the computer-readable media can even be paper on which the program is printed or other appropriate media, because the program can be electronically scanned by optical scanning such as paper or its media. They are captured, then compiled, interpreted, or processed in an appropriate way (if necessary), and then stored in computer memory.

在另一實施例中，輸液系統210是以硬體做成的，^ 輸液系統210可以用以下在此項技術中眾所週知的技術t 之任種技術或是技術的組合加以完成：具有用於在資寿信號上實施邏輯功能的邏輯閘之離散的邏輯電路、具有由當的組合邏輯閘之特殊應用積體電路（ASIC)、可程式化白閘陣列（PGA)、現場可程式化的閘陣列（fpga)、等等。In another embodiment, the infusion system 210 is made of hardware. ^ The infusion system 210 can be completed by using any one of the following techniques or a combination of techniques well known in the art: Discrete logic circuits of logic gates that implement logic functions on Zizuo signals, special application integrated circuits (ASICs) with proper combinational logic gates, programmable white gate arrays (PGA), field programmable gate arrays (Fpga), etc.

在例如是第3-1 1圖的圖式中之任何過程的說明或是2 塊^打算被理解為代表硬體、軟體或類似者的模組、片名或疋心’其可以包含用於實施特定的邏輯功能或是過卷中的步驟之-或多個可執行的指令，並且替代的做法係^ 含在實施例的範圍之内，其中可以依據牵涉到的功能而用不同於所展示或論述的順序來執行功能，此係包括實質上同時或是以相反的順序來執行’即如同具有在此項技術之一般技能者將會理解者。 Τ 病患照顧系統之組件第4圖是展示第1圖的病* Q的届心恥顧糸統100之功能絚的弟一方塊圖。如同在第4圄. 1卞牡弟4圖中所不，病患照顧系統咖 63 200426656 可以被實施為-種模組化系統，其中的模組係代表* 照顧系統的各種功能，其包含該輸液系統21。（/=心田4糸統被貫施為模組化系統時，病患照顧系統盥液系統的彈性可以被增進。該輸液系、统210(第2圖的、: 、、且可以内含在病患照顧系統100之各種部份中。在L個f 施例中，該病患照顧系統的功能組件可以包含尤其官理杈組302、處方產生模組304、處方啟動模組3〇6:、以及處方授權模組3 〇 8。该樂物管理模組302可以協調在該病患照顧系統⑽ ^ 中牵涉到醫療之給藥的其它模組之功能。該藥物管理模組 3〇2大致上是與病患照顧***⑽的其它部份協調。該藥物吕理核、板302可以包含用於操作及/或與cp〇E介面連接的次模組、用於操作及/或與治療點模組通訊的次模也、以及用於操作及/或與醫療比較模組通訊的次模組。在第4圖中’一個人院、出院及轉院（術）介自31〇、—個開帳單介面3U、-個實驗室介面314、以及一個藥局介面316係被展示。該ADT介面31G係被使用來抓取例如是病患的基 φ 本貝料、體型、重量以及過敏的資訊。在一個較佳實施例中，該ADT系統係利用—種心類型的介面以將被輸入醫院的ADT系統内的事件傳輸到第二中央伺服器1〇8" ^HL7是―種在1療保健環境中用於格式化、傳送與接收 =枓的協定。其係透過—種訊息傳送的標準以在醫療保健貝Λ系統之間提供互通性（inter〇perabiHty) ’此係使得不同的醫療保健應用程式，例如是各種不同的第三方之應用程 64 200426656 式能夠交換關鍵的臨床及給藥的資料組。典型地，在本系統100中，該HL7 ADT介面是由三個應用程式所組成： HL7 ADT伺服器、HL7 ADT客戶以及HL7 ADT觀看者。 5亥藥局介面316係從藥局輸入指令。該藥局介面316可以是一種HL7類型的介面，其係與其它用於輸入指令的系統，例如是CPOE介面連接。此功能係降低超過一次地輸入資料到病患照顧系統1〇〇的必要性。該藥局介面316可被配置以和市售的第三方系統，例如是（但不限於）Cerner、A description of any process in the diagrams such as Figs. 3-11 or 2 pieces ^ It is intended to be understood as a module, title or heart that represents hardware, software, or the like, which may include Implement specific logic functions or steps in the scroll-or more executable instructions, and alternatives are included within the scope of the embodiments, where different from the shown depending on the function involved The functions are performed in the order of discussion, or in the order discussed, which includes performing the steps substantially simultaneously or in the reverse order, that is, as would be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art. Τ Components of the Patient Care System Figure 4 is a block diagram showing the functions of the patient's mental health system 100 in Figure 1. As shown in Figure 4 and Figure 1 and Figure 4, the patient care system 63 200426656 can be implemented as a modular system, where the module system represents various functions of the care system, which includes the Infusion system 21. (/ = When the Xintian 4 system is implemented as a modular system, the elasticity of the patient care system's liquid system can be improved. The infusion system, system 210 (Figure 2, ::, and can be included in Among the various parts of the patient care system 100. In the L f embodiments, the functional components of the patient care system may include, among other things, an official management group 302, a prescription generation module 304, and a prescription activation module 306: And prescription authorization module 3 08. The fun management module 302 can coordinate the functions of other modules involved in medical administration in the patient care system ^ ^. The drug management module 302 is roughly It is coordinated with other parts of the patient care system. The drug Lu Lihe, plate 302 may contain sub-modules for operation and / or connection with cp0E interface, for operation and / or with treatment points. The sub-module of the module communication is also the sub-module used for operation and / or communication with the medical comparison module. In Figure 4, 'a home, discharge and transfer (operation) is introduced from 31, one account A single interface 3U, a laboratory interface 314, and a pharmacy interface 316 are shown. The ADT interface The 31G system is used to capture information such as patient's basic materials, body size, weight, and allergies. In a preferred embodiment, the ADT system uses a heart-type interface to be entered into the hospital The events in the ADT system are transmitted to the second central server 108. ^ HL7 is a protocol for formatting, transmitting, and receiving in a healthcare environment. It is a standard for transmitting messages. In order to provide interoperability between healthcare systems (interOperabiHty) 'This system enables different healthcare applications, such as various third-party applications 64 200426656 to be able to exchange key clinical and drug delivery Data set. Typically, in this system 100, the HL7 ADT interface is composed of three applications: the HL7 ADT server, the HL7 ADT client, and the HL7 ADT viewer. The Pharmacy interface 316 is input from the pharmacy The pharmacy interface 316 can be an HL7 type interface, which is connected to other systems for inputting instructions, such as the CPOE interface. This function reduces the input of data to the disease more than once. Necessity of 1〇〇 care system. Drug bureau 316 may be configured to interface with commercially available third-party systems, for example (but not limited to) Cerner,

HBOC、Pyxis、Meditech、SMS、Phamous、與類似者通訊。一個網路服務介面可以在支援口服的藥物之給藥的例如是 McKesson AdminRx、Pyxis Verif5、等等的治療點藥物管理系統以及輸液泵相關的藥物管理之間提供幾乎即時的協调。各種其它亦為具有在此項技術中之一般技能者所知的介面並未被展示在第4圖中。HBOC, Pyxis, Meditech, SMS, Phamous, and the like. An online service interface can provide near-instant coordination between point-of-care drug management systems such as McKesson AdminRx, Pyxis Verif5, etc. and infusion pump-related drug management. Various other interfaces that are also known to those of ordinary skill in the art are not shown in Figure 4.

該藥物管理模組302可以具有額外的特點，例如，檢查：於藥品與藥品之間的不相容、重複的給藥、藥品過敏、藥品劑量的限制、用藥頻率的限制、藥品持續期間的限 ,、以及藥品疾病的禁忌症所引起的不良反應之功能物與酒精的相互影響也可以被注意。藥品限制可以包^ 如是（但不限於）與成人、兒童、幼兒、新生兒、早產j 老年人、年齡群、重量群、纟高群以及身體表面積㈣限制。在-個實施例中，該藥物管理模組3G2係避免勒患照顧系、统100之内的兩個不同的來源對於相同的病肩入相同的處方。. " 65 200426656 維護歷史結束時間、泵狀態除的時間該藥物管理模組30以可以包含產生報告的功能。該些報口係包含（但不限於）輪班（shift)結束、滴定資訊、病患事件表列、輪液歷史、泵效能歷史、泵位置歷丨、以及泵炫輪班結束報告可以包含泵通道、開始時間、主要的輸液、小軟袋輸液、藥物、劑量、速率輸液的量、剩餘量、剩餘的時間、以及上次清该輸液歷史報告係包含輸液的藥物及量。The medicine management module 302 may have additional features, such as checking: incompatibility between medicines and medicines, repeated administration, medicine allergies, restrictions on medicine dosages, restrictions on the frequency of medications, and limits on the duration of medicines The adverse effects of functional substances and alcohol caused by contraindications to drug diseases can also be noticed. Drug restrictions can include restrictions such as (but not limited to) restrictions on adults, children, infants, newborns, premature older persons, age groups, weight groups, high groups, and body surface areas. In one embodiment, the drug management module 3G2 is to avoid the two types of sources within the system 100, namely the patient care system, and the same prescription for the same disease. " 65 200426656 Maintenance history End time, pump status removal time The medication management module 30 may include a function to generate reports. These reports include (but are not limited to) shift end, titration information, patient event list, fluid history, pump performance history, pump position history, and pump end shift report can include pump channels, The start time, main infusion, small soft bag infusion, medication, dose, amount of rate infusion, remaining amount, remaining time, and the last cleared infusion history report include infusion drugs and amount.

〜該藥物管理模組302也可以包含一個醫療設備狀態的貝料庫。該醫療設備狀態的f料庫係包含指出醫療器材 332在該病患照顧系、統1〇〇《内的位置之資料。該醫：設 :狀態的資料庫也可以包含指出醫療器材332 4過去的效月匕資料°亥面療δ又備狀恶的資料庫也可以包含指出醫療叩材3 3 2的維護計劃表以及/或是歷史之資料。 ~'~ The drug management module 302 may also include a shell library for medical device status. The f library of the medical equipment status contains information indicating the position of the medical equipment 332 in the patient care department and the system 100 ". The doctor: Set: Status database can also contain data indicating medical equipment 332 4 past data on the effectiveness of the moon ° face treatment δ and preparedness can also contain a database of medical maintenance materials 3 3 2 maintenance plan and / Or historical data. ~ '

輸液處方或是指令係在處方輸入324中被輸入。此種指令可以包含例如是（但不限於）單一劑量輸液、斷續的輸液、連續的輸液、定序的（sequencing)、滴定法的、以及交替的類型之處方。輸液處方也可以包含全靜脈營養（ΤρΝ) 混合物（admlxture)、化學療法（chemotherapy)之連續的輪液小軟袋、大容量注射液（parenteral)、以及其它的輪液卢方。該病患照顧系統1〇〇可以在指令是沒有結束日期下2 作。该病患照顧系統1 00係使用連續的計劃表產生器，其係考慮到未來一段預先定義的期間，並且產生一個對於該曰之供應混合物的計劃表。該預先定義的期間可以在广患照顧系統1 00的層級或是在例如是臨床學科的層級工、、' 及 66 200426656 組織的層級之次系統的層級來加以界定。該預先定義的期間了藉由輪入指令的醫護人員116加以調整。該計劃表可以疋可自動延伸的’只要該指令在病患照顧系、統酬中是有效的即可。An infusion prescription or instruction is entered in the prescription input 324. Such instructions may include, for example, but not limited to, single-dose infusions, intermittent infusions, continuous infusions, sequencing, titration, and alternative types. The infusion prescription can also include a total intravenous nutrition (TPN) mixture (admlxture), a continuous round solution of chemotherapy, a small soft bag, a parenteral, and other round solutions. The patient care system 100 can work on instructions without an end date. The patient care system 100 uses a continuous schedule generator, which takes into account a predefined period in the future and generates a schedule for the supply mix. The pre-defined period can be defined at the level of the patient care system 100 or at the level of the sub-system of the organization such as the level of clinical disciplines, and the level of 66 200426656. The pre-defined period is adjusted by the medical staff 116 by rotation instruction. The schedule can be automatically extended as long as the instruction is effective in the patient care system and the system of remuneration.

該處方產生模組304係產生文本的（hard)處方以及電子的(^E-COpy)處方。在醫療設施中之文本的處方一般是被產生：份。第一份複印文本318 一般是被傳送至藥局，第二份複印文本320 一般是被保存作為病患的記錄，並且第三份複印文本322係被傳送至治療位| 1()6。電子的處方係被傳送至藥物管理模組3〇2。處方產生模組3G4以包含確認操作參數。操作參數可以是根據來自處方輸入模、组324的資訊而定。處方產生 304可以發生在該病患照顧系統1〇"的任何地方，例如（但不限於）’藥局、治療位置1G6以及護理中心。電腦化的醫師醫人Φ人λ π。 γ -7知入（CP0E)糸統或類似者可以被採The prescription generation module 304 is a text (hard) prescription and an electronic (^ E-COpy) prescription. Prescriptions for texts in medical facilities are generally generated: copies. The first copy of the text 318 is usually transmitted to the pharmacy, the second copy of the text 320 is generally stored as a patient record, and the third copy of the text 322 is transmitted to the treatment station | The electronic prescription is transmitted to the medicine management module 302. The prescription generation module 3G4 includes confirmation operation parameters. The operating parameters may be based on information from the prescription input module, group 324. Prescription generation 304 can occur anywhere in the patient care system 10 ", such as (but not limited to) a pharmacy, a treatment location 1G6, and a care center. Computerized physicians and doctors Φperson λ π. γ -7 CP0E system or similar can be mined

:來實行該處方產生模、组3G4的某些或是全部的功能。醫護人貝116可以用各種的方式輪入資料，例如（但不限於），利用平板無線電腦、_人者今個人數位助理、治療推車丨3 2以及工作站。該藥物管理握細 m ^ ^ 杈、、且302可以係與超過一個的處方產生杈、且304 "面連接。該藥物管理模組可以從在病患照顧系統100之内的任何地方接收指令。。亥市局电細104係能夠從藥物管理模組3⑽來存取該電子複製本（electr〇nic c〇py)。該處方啟動模组是一種用於協調處方的供藥以及貼標籤之電腦輔助的系統。處方 67 200426656 的i:藥以及藥4勿1 24從庫存的產生或是位置係由該處方啟動核組306來處理。在—個實施例中，相對於該處方啟動過程’該供藥過程係導致藥物的標籤_的產生。 X病统iGG可以繞過（bypass)處方啟動模組 3。06此可肊發生在例如是病患的醫師之下指令的醫護人貝116擁有立即啟動_項指令的權力時。若該指令是立即㈣動時，則藥物管理模組302彳以直接進行供藥，且因此前進至處方的貼標籤模組326。鬼26中病患恥顧系統1 00係列印藥物的標籤心。該處方可以在遠端被列印，因而將會經常藉由藥局的印表機HMd來加以列印。在方塊似之後，該病患昭顧糸統f進至方塊328。在方塊328中，藥物的標籤ma 係貼到』124之上。藥劑師一般是對於藥物的標籤是否符合該處方的第-份複印文I 318提供視覺上的確認 334。弟4圖係展示—項視覺上的確認…亦與處方㈣拉組谓相關連。藥物124於是可以從藥局運送至治療位置可攜式的醫療用推車132可以被使用於從藥局至 /α療位置1 〇 6的路徑之一部份。該藥物的標籤124a可以包含用於準備輸液袋的資訊。若細標鐵一非在病患照顧系統1〇〇之内被產： ’樂物的標籤124a可以由大量的藥物供應廉商提供。若θ 由大量的藥物供應薇商提供時，則病患照顧系統：藥物的標鐵_收集資訊。此外’該病患照顧系、統100可以將例如是病患識別符的資訊加到該藥物的標籤⑽上 68 200426656 如該藥物之貼標籤模組328係將藥物的標籤設置在藥物124之±。此可以人工地完成。此也可以利用:種自動的處方供藥及包裝系統（未展示出）來加以達成。若自動的供藥及包裝系統被使用時，則藥物之貼標籤模組328係提供用於藥4勿m的貼標籤與該供藥及包裝系統之協調的資料。在治療位置1〇6處，醫護人員116係使用一個無線裳置330,例如是數位助理118及/或醫療用推車η〗，以驗證及給予藥物124至病患112。無線裝置330係和該藥: 官理模組302經由—條例如是第—通訊路徑126的通來通訊。一酉濩人員Π 6藉著掃描徽章1 1 6a以表明自己身分，著掃描腕帶112a來識別病患112，藉㈣㈣物的_ :24a來識別藥物124，並且藉著掃描標冑^咖來識別例如是輸液泵120的醫療器材332。醫護人員ιΐ6也可提供指紋以及/或是如上所述且展示在第19圖的曰 1 903中之宓石馬本RS ώ 1 ώ ^ m 馬以表明自己身分。該醫療器材332可以是一種能夠和藥物管理槿έ ^ 、^ 衩、、且302進仃雙向的通訊之醫療器材。或者疋’ 4醫療器# 332可以是只能夠提供資訊給理模組302 〇哕於汸么从 e ^輸液糸統210係協助醫護人員116 及驗證醫療上。力一加枯、、、、、口丁们曰代的實施例中，該輸液系統可以包含操作夹叙 a如作苓數的下載至醫療器材332。醫護人可以提供視覺上的破π 、 11 6 見上的確涊，以確認該第三份322以 MAR是否符合今貼次疋 "貼有^識的藥物124。掃描器338可 69 200426656 利用來從該第三 <分322輸入機器可讀取的資訊: To implement some or all of the functions of the prescription generating module and group 3G4. The medical staff member 116 can enter information in various ways, such as (but not limited to), using a tablet wireless computer, a personal digital assistant, a treatment trolley, a workstation, and a workstation. The drug management grip m ^ ^, and 302 can be connected to more than one prescription-produced branch, and 304 " The medication management module can receive instructions from anywhere within the patient care system 100. . The Haishi Bureau Electronic Device 104 can access the electronic copy (electronic copy) from the drug management module 3 '. The prescription activation module is a computer-aided system for coordinating the delivery of medications and labeling. Recipe 67 200426656 i: Medicine and Medicine 4 Do 1 24 is generated or stored from the inventory by the prescription activation core group 306 for processing. In one embodiment, the initiation process ' relative to the prescription initiation process ' The X system iGG can bypass the prescription activation module 3.06. This may happen, for example, when the healthcare professional instructed by the patient's physician Bei 116 has the power to immediately activate the _ instruction. If the instruction is immediate, the medicine management module 302 does not directly supply the medicine, and therefore proceeds to the prescription labeling module 326. Patients in Ghost 26 Disgrace System 100 series printed drug label heart. The prescription can be printed remotely, so it will often be printed by the pharmacy's printer HMd. After the block resembles, the patient goes to block 328. In block 328, the label ma of the drug is attached to "124". Pharmacists generally provide a visual confirmation of the first-copy I 318 of the prescription of the drug 334. Brother 4's picture is a visual confirmation of the item ... It is also related to the prescription of the pull group. The medicine 124 can then be transported from the pharmacy to the treatment site. The portable medical cart 132 can be used as part of the path from the pharmacy to the / alpha treatment site 106. The label 124a of the medication may contain information for preparing an infusion bag. If the fine-labeled iron is produced within the patient care system 100: ′ The label 124a for fun can be provided by a large number of drug suppliers. If θ is provided by a large number of drug suppliers, then the patient care system: the drug's iron _ collect information. In addition, the patient care system 100 can add information such as a patient identifier to the label of the drug. 68 200426656 For example, the labeling module 328 of the drug sets the label of the drug to ± 124 of the drug. This can be done manually. This can also be achieved with an automated prescription supply and packaging system (not shown). If an automatic drug supply and packaging system is used, the drug labeling module 328 provides information for the coordination of drug labeling and the drug supply and packaging system. At the treatment location 106, the medical staff 116 uses a wireless device 330, such as a digital assistant 118 and / or a medical cart η, to verify and administer medication 124 to the patient 112. The wireless device 330 communicates with the medicine: the management module 302 communicates via one of, for example, the first communication path 126. A staff member 6 scans the badge 1 1 6a to identify himself, scans the wristband 112a to identify the patient 112, scans the drug _: 24a to identify the drug 124, and scans the target ^ Calai The medical device 332 which is, for example, the infusion pump 120 is identified. The medical staff ιΐ6 can also provide fingerprints and / or the above-mentioned 宓石马本 RS 1 903 shown in Figure 19 as described above. 1 FREE ^ m horses to identify themselves. The medical device 332 may be a medical device capable of two-way communication with the drug management device ^, ^, and 302. Or 疋 ’4 医疗器 # 332 can only provide information to the management module 302 哕汸医 infusion system 210 department to assist medical staff 116 and verify medical treatment. In the first embodiment of Li Yi Jia Kuan, the infusion system, the infusion system may include the operation of downloading to the medical equipment 332 such as a number. The caregiver can provide visual confirmation of the π, 11 6 above, to confirm whether the third 322 with MAR is in line with this post 疋 " medicine 124. Scanner 338 can be used to enter machine-readable information from the third < minute 322

330以及醫療ϋ材332。 …H 該病患照顧系、统ΗΚ)可以對於輸液指令做調整及修改。尤其，可以包含輸液調整的功能之模組是處方輪入/ 、處方㈣306、處方授# 3〇8以及處方修改模組说。醫護人員116係利用處方修改模組336以便對於指令做調整。醫護人員116可以在病患照顧系、統1〇〇的各處來利用處方修改模、组336。然而，一個對於醫護人員丄16利用處方修改模組336非常有用的位置是在治療位置ι〇6處。处在處方授權模組308中，病患照顧系統100係判斷醫護人員H6是否具有權力來獨立修改一項輸液指令。醫：人員m可以被病患照顧系、统1〇〇認可為具有權力來獨立修改該指令的某些部份。若醫護人員Π6不具有權力來獨立修改該指令時，則藥劑師或是醫師可以被請求來核准由该醫濩人員1 1 6所輪入的修改。 “在病患照顧系，統100的一種做法中，指令係被輸入到樂局電腦 104 中。士女4匕 t ,亥才曰令係包含一個第，病患識別符以及 -個操作參數。該藥局電腦104係產生一個藥物的標籤 ⑽，其係貼到藥物袋或是容器上。該藥％ 124係被傳送至冶療位置1 〇 6。在么底/罢 ' 、 σ療位置106處，醫護人員116係利 1 數位助理118來讀取醫護人員的徽章n6a、病患的腕帶 / a以及樂物的標籤124a。該數位助理118係根據由中央 :統108所做的判斷來報告藥物的標籤12乜及腕帶η。是否對應於相同的病患112。該系統1〇〇於是傳送該藥物 70 200426656 識別符至藥局電腦104。該藥局電腦ι〇4係確認該藥物的標戴124a，識別與該指令相同的病患，並且傳送操作參數至輸液栗。該操作參數可以直接被傳送至輸《 12〇。該操作蒼數係接著被用以規劃該輸液以將藥物124施予病患 11 2。第5圖是在實施輸液系統21〇(第2圖)之各種功能上是有用的電腦晝φ 4〇〇之範例的方塊圖。除了其它的功能之外’該電腦晝φ _可以被利用來輸人新的輸液指令、修改現有的輸液指令以及停止輸液指令。電腦畫® 400較佳地係包含-個處理區域術、多個搜尋區❺4〇4、一個藥物資訊區域406、-個滴定/減量標準區域4〇8、一個指令及注意事項區域410、以及一個計劃的溶液成分區域412 。輸液用藥指令的類型係包含單一劑量、斷續#、連續的疋序的以及乂替的類型。電腦畫面4⑼可以被使用於數位助理118、藥局電腦1〇4、輸液泵12〇、〇_系統以及面療用推車1 32。電腦畫面4〇〇大致上是被設計以具有外觀及感覺為醫濩人員可在第i圖的病患照顧系，统i 〇〇各處利用的电恥晝面。電腦晝面400的功能部分地是利用具有在此項技術中之一般技能者所熟習的資料庫連結技術，例士（彳一不限於）’起連結、定義盒（definiti〇n b〇x)以及下拉式項目單來加以達成。該處理區域402係包含觸發輸液指令的產生、輸液指令的儲存、輸液指令的修改、以及輸液指令的取消之功能。醫遵人員1 1 6可以自訂該電腦畫面4〇〇以提供該醫護人 71 200426656 員1 1 6之較佳的輸入指令程序。該處理區域402係包含一個針對指令的狀態指示器。該處理區域402亦包含一個區域用於指出一個PRN指令（“如必要時，，或是“當需要時，，指令）是否可以藉由醫護人員116開出。該處理區域4〇2更包含功能以顯示及調整醫療器材332的操作參數、輸液指令路由、輸液管、輸液給藥場所、輸液指令開始時間、輪液用藥指令類型、輸液流速容限、輸液流速、輸液持續期間以及準備的區域（例如，藥局或是遠端的場所）。該處理區或402也可以包含一個區域用於連結醫療的指令至其它醫療的指令或是關聯的臨床的監視，例如，連結醫師的輪液才曰令至另一個由另一醫護人員丨丨6所輸入之醫療的指令。 4處理區域402可以包含一個起動裝置用於展示資料在電腦旦面400的其它區域中，例如（但不限於），在該計劃的 >谷液區域4 1 2中。搜尋區域404係使得搜尋用於輸液指令的藥物、溶液以及/或是添加物成為可能的。預設的稀釋液可被提供以供指令使用。若一種藥物之預設的劑量被定義在病患照顧系統100中時，則該預設的劑量係自動地與包含該藥物的# 哥結果一起出現。一項來自搜尋區域404的搜尋可以導致有藥物名稱、給藥的途徑、成本、包裝尺寸、劑型、學名、忒藥物疋否為一種麻醉劑（narc〇tic)、該藥物是否被管制、處方及該藥物是否已製出的顯示。藥物資訊區域406可被利用來定義輸液指令的添加物以及溶液。藥物資訊區@楊可以包含個別的添加物區域 72 200426656 以及溶液區域。該溶液區域 >，，> 4 了以包含一個標籤‘‘溶液/稀釋液。該病患照顧系統1 00可以祛田加# 1 J以使用一個樂物1 24資料庫、一個溶液資料庫以及一個、、天I ^ ^ 、 … 個添加物資料庫來使得藥物124、洛液以及添加物存在於藥物貝Λ k域4〇6中。在一個資料庫中識別出的物質也可能扁I ^ — 次,“ 在其它貧料庫中被識別出。該些貝料庫可以被連結以提供、^ ^ 預設值。、杀物124以及溶液的組合之滴疋/減量標準區域 — ，一乂、唄μ侧肷指令 '、”係：義一項指令的某些參數，例如’劑量以及/或是 /JIL ^劏里以及流速可以被輸入為一個絕對值。再者，例如是('不限於)大於“〉”、小於“<，，以及等於“=”之數學的符號可以单獨或是組合地被使用來在滴定/減量標準區域彻中輸入資訊。-個日層也可以被利用來在滴定/減量標準區域彻中輸入資料。劑量以及流速也可以被輸入為—個可 =叉的範圍。當非連續的輸液指令被輸入以及/或是被修改時丄滴定/減量標準區域408可以被隱藏。滴定的標準可以包含各種有關病患的狀況之參數值，例如（但不限於），各種的實驗結果、生命徵象、口服流體的功㊣、流體輸入及輪出、與類似者。才曰令及注意事項區域4丨〇係包含儲存例如有關病串、以及/或是輸液指令的醫師注意事項之資訊的功能。= 才曰7及’主思事項區域410可以包含一個顯示及查詢區域用於識別負責該病患"2的醫護人貞116，例如是病患的醫 73 200426656 、匕:计劃的溶液區域412係根據被處理以用於病患章才曰7之目則狀態來顯示溶液計劃表以及相關的成分。計简間可以是病患照顧系統100的預設值。該期間也可 :乂猎：醫護人員"6加以調整。該計劃的溶液區域川可 =包含—個指出由病患照顧系、统_所計劃的期間之可調正的顯示晝面。在該計劃的溶液區域412中所顯示的資料糸大致在處理區域4G2中觸發指令儲存時被儲存。該計割的溶液區_ 412可以包含在修改-項先前輸入的指令時， :顧:段期間的功能。此係容許醫護人員ιΐ6能夠觀看可能已經根據該尚未修改的輸液指令而備妥之溶液。輸液系統之組件第^圖是展示第2圖的輸液系統21〇之功能組件的方塊圖。该些功能組件係你匕3用方；5又疋糸統參數502、輸液々產生5G4、輸液指令準備、給藥512、輸液指令修改514、以及訊息傳送520的方塊。“圖亦包含用於藥局授權508、醫師授權5〗〇 ” #止‘々5 1 6、以及存貨與開帳單518的方地。楚< ，弟6圖係提出對於該輸液系統的說明。然'’弟、'圖並未定義用於實施該輸液系統所需之過程系列。該輸液系統之一項優^ ^ ” 貝1炎點疋西濩人員116可以在該病串、照顧糸統1 〇 0之内，4 夕奋 ^ 一 σ午夕貫際以及功能上的位置來存取與輸入資訊。例如，一負輸液才曰令可能是藉由醫師利用 CPOE、藉由藥劑師利筚刃用条局電腦106、藉由醫護人員u 利用數位助理11 8、以另茲山科及措由w護人員利用藥物治療推車 1 3 2來加以產生。再去 *、，病心的生命徵象、實驗結果以及 74 200426656 其它的記錄都可以從該醫療保健設施之内的許多位置，勺含譬如是院内藥局處加以檢查。於是，在院内藥局二 1圖)之内的使用者可以從計算裝置l04c觀看在設施之内的病房。在由使緊保健呎用者璉擇病房之際，一個病击丰列係被提供，其中使用去 ^ ,,^ % 、了 ^、擇一位病患以及關聯的記錄用於顯示在該計算裝置之上。吁广电AA ^ 次者疋，使用者可以輸入 :肩名的全部或是部分到該計算裝置中，藉此心亥病患相關的記錄係藉由該計算、衣置而被拯供給該使用者做 k睪在&擇之際，該些記錄係被顯示出。在一個實施例中，第6圖可以被視為：第一，病患照顧系、統U)"於接收輸液指令_設以、統參數5^ 第二，產生該輸液指令-輸液指令產生5〇4;第三該輸液指令-準備5 06 ·楚Τ7Π 1- ，弟四，授杻該輪液指令—藥局授權則與別；第五，提供該輸液指令—給率^及^ ’記帳及補充被用以準備該輸液指令的存貨，輸液指令開帳單給病患一存貨與開帳單518;第七，修改該輸液指令—修改514 · 楚、 L 人八以及弟八，提供訊息給有關該輸液指 w 貝及一人糸統，亦即提供用於協助確保正確的藥物是有效率地被欺平侑以及用正確的劑量且在正確的時間被提供給正確的 ^ 心之汛息、或類似者-訊心520。修改5 14可以包含停止兮扣止口亥扎々—停止指令5 1 6-此係根據該傳輸介面3 1 〇所提供的資訊而定。設定系統參數5〇2係包含備妥該輸液系統21〇以產生及處理輸液指令的功能方塊。又疋糸統筝數502係包含（但 75 200426656 不限於）設定容限542、設定預設值544、建立資料庫546 、定義函數548、以及決定系統的設定550。設定系統參數502係進一步在以下參考第7圖來加以描述。330 and medical materials 332. … H The patient care department and system can adjust and modify the infusion instructions. In particular, the modules that can include the function of infusion adjustment are prescription rotation /, prescription ㈣306, prescription grant # 308, and prescription modification module. The medical staff 116 uses the prescription modification module 336 to make adjustments to the instructions. Medical personnel 116 can use prescription modification models and groups 336 in the patient care department and department 100. However, a very useful location for the medical staff to use the modification module 336 is the treatment location ιo6. In the prescription authorization module 308, the patient care system 100 determines whether the medical staff H6 has the power to independently modify an infusion instruction. Physician: Personnel m may be recognized by the Department of Patient Care and Management as having the power to independently modify certain parts of the directive. If the health care staff Π6 does not have the authority to modify the order independently, the pharmacist or physician may be requested to approve the changes made by the health care staff 116. "In a practice of the patient care department, the system 100, the instruction system is entered into the music computer 104. The priestess and daughter 4k, the Haicai command system includes a number, a patient identifier, and an operating parameter. The pharmacy computer 104 generates a drug label ⑽, which is affixed to a drug bag or container. The drug% 124 is transferred to the treatment location 106. At Modi / Stop, σ treatment location 106 Here, the medical staff 116 refers to a digital assistant 118 to read the medical staff's badge n6a, the patient's wristband / a, and the label 124a of the musical object. The digital assistant 118 is based on the judgment made by the central government 108 Report the label 12 乜 and wristband η of the drug. Whether it corresponds to the same patient 112. The system 100 then transmits the drug 70 200426656 identifier to the pharmacy computer 104. The pharmacy computer ι04 confirms the drug The standard label 124a recognizes the same patient as the instruction, and transmits the operating parameters to the infusion pump. The operating parameters can be directly transmitted to the infusion "120. The operation number is then used to plan the infusion to administer the drug 124 give to patients 11 2. Figure 5 is real A block diagram of an example of a computer that is useful for various functions of the infusion system 21〇 (Fig. 2) φ φ 400. Among other functions, the computer φ _ can be used to inject new infusion instructions , Modify existing infusion instructions and stop infusion instructions. Computer Graphics® 400 preferably includes a processing area, multiple search areas 404, a drug information area 406, and a titration / reduction standard area 408 , An instruction and caution area 410, and a planned solution composition area 412. The types of infusion medication instructions include single-dose, intermittent #, continuous sequential, and alternate types. Computer screen 4 can be used in The digital assistant 118, the pharmacy computer 104, the infusion pump 120, the __ system, and the facial treatment trolley 1 32. The computer screen 400 is basically designed to have the look and feel of the doctor and nurse. The patient care system in Figure i refers to the electric daylight surface that is used everywhere. The function of the computer daylight 400 is partly to use the database connection technology familiar to those skilled in the art. For example,(The first one is not limited to) 'link, definition box (definiti0nbx) and pull-down item list to achieve. The processing area 402 contains the generation of triggering infusion instructions, storage of infusion instructions, modification of infusion instructions, And the function of canceling the infusion instruction. The medical compliance personnel 1 16 can customize the computer screen 400 to provide the medical staff 71 200426656 the better input instruction program for the 1 1 6. The processing area 402 contains a program for Command status indicator. The processing area 402 also includes a field to indicate whether a PRN command ("if necessary, or" when needed, a command ") can be issued by the medical staff 116. The processing area 402 also includes functions to display and adjust the operating parameters of the medical equipment 332, the infusion instruction routing, the infusion tube, the infusion administration site, the start time of the infusion instruction, the type of medication instruction for the fluid, the infusion flow rate tolerance, the infusion flow rate , The duration of the infusion, and the area of preparation (for example, a pharmacy or a remote site). The processing area or 402 may also contain an area for connecting medical instructions to other medical instructions or associated clinical surveillance, for example, to connect the doctor ’s fluid to another medical staff. 丨 6 Entered medical instructions. The 4 processing area 402 may include a starting device for displaying data in other areas of the computer 400, such as (but not limited to), in the > Valley fluid area 4 1 2 of the plan. The search area 404 makes it possible to search for drugs, solutions and / or additives for infusion instructions. Pre-set dilutions can be provided for instruction use. If a preset dose of a drug is defined in the patient care system 100, the preset dose automatically appears with the # result of the drug containing the drug. A search from the search area 404 can result in the name of the drug, route of administration, cost, package size, dosage form, scientific name, whether the drug is a narcotic, whether the drug is regulated, prescribed, and the Indication of whether the drug has been prepared. The medication information area 406 can be used to define additives and solutions for infusion instructions. The drug information area @ 杨 can contain individual additive areas 72 200426656 and solution areas. The solution area > ,, > is included to include a tag ‘‘ solution / diluent. The patient care system 1 00 can remove Tianjia # 1 J to use a music database 1 24 database, a solution database and one, day I ^ ^, ... additive database to make medicine 124, Luoye And the additives are present in the drug Δk domain 406. Substances identified in a database may also be identified as "^" times, "identified in other lean libraries. These shell libraries can be linked to provide, ^^ preset values., Killer 124 and Solution drop-down / decrease standard area-, 乂, 呗 μ side 肷 command ', "system": certain parameters that define a command, such as' dose and / or / JIL ^ 劏 and flow rate can be entered Is an absolute value. Furthermore, for example ('not limited to) greater than ">", less than "<, and mathematical symbols equal to" = "can be used alone or in combination to enter information in the titration / reduction standard area -A daily layer can also be used to enter data in the titration / reduction standard area. The dose and flow rate can also be entered as a range that can be crossed. When non-continuous infusion instructions are entered and / or When modified, the titration / reduction standard area 408 can be hidden. The titration standard can include various parameter values related to the condition of the patient, such as (but not limited to), various experimental results, vital signs, functions of oral fluids, fluids Input and rotation, and the like. Only the order and precautions area 4 丨〇 contains the function to store information such as the physician's notes about the disease string, and / or the infusion instructions. The item area 410 may include a display and query area for identifying the medical person who is responsible for the patient " 2, such as the patient's doctor 73 200426656, and the dagger: planned solution area 412 system root. Processed for the patient ’s Chapter 7 status to display the solution plan and related components. The schedule can be a preset value for the Patient Care System 100. This period is also available: Hunting: Medical Staff " 6 to adjust. The solution area of the plan can include an adjustable display day and time that indicates the period planned by the patient care system and system. What is shown in the plan's solution area 412 The data file is roughly stored when the trigger storage is triggered in the processing area 4G2. The planned solution area _ 412 can be included in the modification-a previously entered instruction, the function of the: gu: segment. This allows medical personnel 6 Watch the solution that may have been prepared according to the infusion instruction that has not been modified. Components of the infusion system Figure ^ is a block diagram showing the functional components of the infusion system 21 of Figure 2. These functional components are for your use ; And system parameters 502, infusion 々 generation 5G4, infusion instruction preparation, administration 512, infusion instruction modification 514, and message transmission 520. "The figure also includes 508 for pharmacy authorization, and physician authorization 5" # 止 '々5 1 6 and the place of inventory and billing 518. Chu <, Figure 6 proposed a description of the infusion system. However, the' Figure, 'chart is not defined for implementing this The series of processes required for the infusion system. One of the advantages of this infusion system is ^ ^ 1 inflammation point 疋 West staff 116 can be in the disease string, take care of the system 1000, 4 nights ^ 1 σ midnight To access and enter information at consistent and functional locations. For example, a negative infusion may be ordered by a physician using CPOE, by a pharmacist using a computer 106, by a medical staff u using a digital assistant 11 8. It is produced using a drug treatment trolley 1 3 2. Then go to *,, the vital signs of the heart, the experimental results and other records of 20042004656 can be checked from many places within the health care facility, such as the hospital pharmacy. As a result, users within the hospital pharmacy (Figure 21) can view the ward in the facility from the computing device 104c. At the time of the selection of the ward by the health-care user, a series of patients was provided, in which the use of ^ ,, ^%, ^, select a patient, and associated records were used to display the calculations. Device. The radio and television AA ^ second time, the user can enter: all or part of the shoulder name into the computing device, so that the related records of patients with heart disease are provided to the user through the calculation and clothing These records are displayed at the time of & choice. In one embodiment, FIG. 6 can be regarded as: first, the patient care system and the system) "on receiving the infusion instruction_set with the system parameter 5 ^ second, generating the infusion instruction-infusion instruction generation 5〇4; the third infusion instruction-preparation 5 06 · Chu T7Π 1-, brother four, grant the round fluid instruction-Pharmacy authorization is different; fifth, provide the infusion instruction-give rate ^ and ^ ' Bookkeeping and replenishment are used to prepare the inventory of the infusion instruction. The infusion instruction bills the patient with an inventory and billing 518. Seventh, revises the infusion instruction—amends 514. Chu, L Renba and Diba, provide The message to the infusion refers to the infusion and one person's system, that is, to provide help to ensure that the right medicine is effectively bullied and the right dose is given to the right person at the right time. Information, or similar-Xunxin 520. Modification 5 14 may include a stop button, a stop command, a stop command, a stop command, and a stop command. This is based on the information provided by the transmission interface 3 1 0. The setting system parameter 502 includes a function block for preparing the infusion system 2110 to generate and process an infusion command. The system number 502 includes (but is not limited to 75 200426656) a set tolerance 542, a preset value 544, a database 546, a defined function 548, and a setting 550 that determines the system. The setting system parameter 502 is further described below with reference to FIG. 7.

輸液指令產生504係包含被用以產生輸液指令的功能方塊。輸液指令產生504係包含功能為類似於該些參考處方產生3 〇4(弟4圖）所描述的功能。輸液指令產生$係包含（但不限於）輸入資訊560、計算562、檢查564、以及撤銷566。輪液指令產生係進一步在以下參考第8圖來加以描述。輸液指令產生的結果是一個輸液指令702(第8圖 )。輸液指令702大致上是包含一個輸液計劃表704(第8 圖）。The infusion instruction generation 504 is a function block which is used to generate an infusion instruction. The infusion command generation 504 contains functions similar to those described in the reference generation 300 (Figure 4). The infusion command generation $ system includes (but is not limited to) input information 560, calculation 562, check 564, and cancellation 566. The humor command generation system is further described below with reference to FIG. 8. The result of the infusion instruction is an infusion instruction 702 (Figure 8). The infusion instruction 702 basically contains an infusion schedule 704 (Figure 8).

輸液指令可能需要如參考方塊308(第4圖）所述的授。在第6圖中，藉由藥劑師的處方授權以及藉由醫師的 :授權係在藥局授# 508以及醫師授權510的功能方塊 T開被考慮。若該輸液指令是由醫師所起始的，則醫師可此疋不必要的。若該指令是由藥劑師或是醫師. 外的醫護人員在治療位£ 1G6處被產生時，則該輸液指 ^致上是需要藥局授權508以及醫師授權510。然而，； ::124是立即所需的，則該輸液系統210係容許用藥纟醫護人員越過處方授權5()8以及醫師授權5ig。在緊各，1 ::指令或是例行的用藥之非緊急情況的指令之情形中口亥輸液系統2 1 0可能判鼢φ产由古明 J断出病患照顧系統100中並未儲7 有關於醫護人員116打算仏藥你 σ条於病患1 12的醫療之資訊t "輪液系統1⑽認可該醫護人員U6為具有起始所要# 76 200426656 醫療之權力時，則該系統210係容許該醫療的給藥能夠不前進至方塊508與510。此種授權於是在給藥之後才獲得輸液指令準備506可以在醫療設施之各處中的一些位置被達成，例如（但不限於），藥局、護理中心，在該樓層上、以及治療位置106處。準備5〇6係包含提供用於準備藥物124以及最小化在藥物準備上的錯誤之可能性的指令給藥512係發生在該治療位置1〇6處。該輸液系統 210係被設計以使得該指令的給藥為儘可能地有效率且正確的。該輸液系統210係提供給藥的醫護人員在正確的時間且經由正確的途# ’在正確的泵設定之下，以正確的劑量來將正確的藥物施予正確的病患之工具。假設警告、二報、提醒或是其它的訊息在協助醫護人員進行藥物的給藥上是適當㈣該給藥模組係提供一狀態資訊輸出至該訊息傳送模、组520。響應於該狀態資訊輪出，該訊息傳送模 520係將—個相關的文字訊息、聽覺的指示器致能、或是兩者傳送至一或多個電子計算裝置。 a、如同在此項技術中具有技能者所知的，輪液指令是經吊被修改的。輪液系統21〇係提供修改51 令的修改。修改514俜包含對於鈐该垃病* 、你U 3奵万、輸液持續期間、流速、於 :了:以及停止指I Η0之修改。修改514亦包含完成：液私令的修改所需之功能方塊。該輪液系統210可以包含整個病患照顧系統ι〇〇所定 77 200426656 義的停止指令5 1 6。在病患狀熊 ^ ^ ^ , α上的改lc可以產生對應之過畜的動作之訊息520。該齡、六< 3 10協坰u *山輪液系統210係與傳輪介面 310協调以在出院或是死亡冲么 1不自動地停止指令516 〇该糸統100係包含存貨與幢M 51R r系〜η 、開帳早杈組518。存貨與開帳早5 1 8係谷許與病患照顧相或關的孟融交易能夠在最小的人為介入下進行。給藥512的& 取j 70成可月匕會透過該開帳單介面3 12來觸發對於病患開帳個HL7介面。若病，將…她早介面可以包含- 收費時，則二1 指令準備506的完成而被 V 以開帳單系、统21。係、包含-個記帳 (crechtmg)過程。該記帳過程忙丟奈.. 在輸液袋送回藥局用於丢茱或疋再進入樂局的存貨管理系統時被觸發。该輸液系統2 1 〇係舍令_加# ώ 昭顧率續】〇〇々老個訊息模組520用於與病患 '、、、顧…〇〇之各處的實體通訊。尤其係將文字訊息、擗謦的妒-# & 心供、，且ί)2ϋ ^ ι見的才曰不致能、或是兩者傳送至病志昭 =:°之内的一或多個電子計算裂置。該些訊息二應於精由該病患照顧系、统100之内的給藥模組或…的輸液糸統模組所提供之狀態資訊輸出而被傳送。該此係？於：狀態資訊輸出，並且因而提供警告、警報：提：或疋其匕適合於協助醫護人員給藥的訊息。一例如，當醫師輸人_項新的指令時，訊息傳送係出現在樂局中以警示藥劑師—項輸液指令正需要授權。同樣地 ’當輸液指令適當地被授權時’醫護人員ιΐ6係在數位助理m之上接收到訊息傳送，以警示醫護人員u6該輪液指令應該根據該輪液計劃表來加以給藥。撤銷566可 78 200426656 以產生訊息520給該醫師以及/或是該藥局。該輸液系統 100可以區別整個系統以及次系統之間的撤銷，以決定是否必要來產生-個訊息520。訊息傳$ 52〇係包含接收來自及/或傳送至中央系統、藥局、醫師、開帳單及存貨的訊息。該系統可以呈現個人電腦顯示器的晝面給醫護人員 "6。個人電腦顯示器係提供一個概述對於該醫護人員的病患之尚未解決的臨床問題之晝面。醫護人員ιΐ6可以快彭也擷取病患之詳細的資訊。當某些嚴重的病患狀況盛行時’系統⑽纟可以產生一個電子郵件或是頁給數位助理 118或是其它的通訊裝置。第6圖亦描繪某些發生在病患照顧系統工⑻中的通訊路徑。該些被強調的通訊路徑係被呈現以便易於描述輸液糸統2丨〇。具有在此項技術中之—般技能者係體認到當病患照顧系 '统1〇0是在網路上被實行時，各種的功能方塊可以經由在第6圖中所強調的路徑以及經由未在帛6圖中展不之替代的路徑來彼此通訊m统參H 5G2係包含經由路徑522來傳遞有關於系統參數的資料至輸液指令產生 504以及/或是從輸液指令 U4接收貧料，並且提供資料以通知輸液指令產峰5 〇 ^ _ 该所接收到的資料是如何有關於系統麥數。輸液指令可以直接經由仏、六此 524被傳送至輸液準備 5〇6。輸液指令也可以在被傳送至 π 4他千w 5〇6之刖’經由路徑526被傳送至藥局授權以及/或是經由路徑528被 79 200426656 傳送至醫師授權。路徑530係強調藥# 124從該準備區域至治療位置106的傳送。傳送可以利用藥物治療推車丨32 而被達成。路徑532、534、536以及538係強調存貨與開帳單518的交易可以關連到各種其它的功能，例如(但不限於），輸液指令產生504、準備5〇6、給藥512以及修改 514。路徑572、574以及576係強調在病患照顧系統1〇〇中所牽涉到之相當大數目的功能及參與者可以經由訊息 520來產生及接收資訊。路#如係強調系統預設值5二可以藉由藥劑師而被產生以及/或是修改。同時’路徑训，強調例如是輸液指令的資訊是系統1〇〇各處的各種功能單元可利用的。第7圖是展示用於第6圖的系統參數5〇2之設定的功成組件之方塊圖。設定系統參數5〇2係包含（但不限於），，定容限542、設定預設值544、建立資料庫…、定義函文548、以及決定系統設定55〇。 . 4限542係包含例如是（仁不限於）淨藥物量（net medic ⑽、給藥時間容限5仏、认举夺^/42a、流速容限持^ 、'口条糸統持續期間542d、藥物間谷限542e以及部位改變容限⑽的容限。該輸 =210也可以包含個別的容限用於指令輸入及對於指限之修改/例如’個別的容限可加以確定，例如（但又於），給樂系統持續期間Μ。、指人液持續期間可撤銷的設定、以及心二取大的輸間可撤銷的設定。 …大的輸液持續期淨藥物量容限5仏是在一段特定的期間内，可以安全 80 200426656 地施予病患的藥物淨藥物量容大的濃度。該輪液系統210係將該資料。淨藥物量容限池可以在藥物樂物識別槽案内被界定。在輸液指令產⑽ 期間，該輸液系統210可以冰—、六a M T 决疋^速560e、在一段指定的期間所需的輸液袋之數 _ 62a、在母個輸液袋中之主要的成刀/辰度、每個輪液袋六旦 ^仗衣將被轭用的期間、以及每個輸液袋、、曰*飢速可以疋藉由改變每個輸液袋之最終的濃度或疋持’期間來人工地加以輸入或是調整。在一個實施例中。亥輸液系統210係執行淨濃度檢查(第8圖）以確 ::不，過該藥物之最大的濃度 '然而，若在任何時間當醫 π人員11 6正在藉由調整最終的濃度來修改流速而導致溶液之最終的濃度超過該藥物之最大的濃度時，貝"亥輪液系統210係傳送一項訊息520給該用藥的醫護人員。該給藥的西羞人員可以被授權以撤銷淨藥物量容限542&。該輸液系統210可能需要醫護人員116對於該撤銷提供一個理由輸液系統210可以包含用於給藥之可調整的流速容限 5 42b以及流速調整容限。流速容限542b係選配地對於病患照顧系統1 00之所有組織的層級都加以界定。該容限 542b可以是用於整個病患照顧系統ι〇〇、或是用於該病患照顧系統100的次系統。例如，不同的流速容限542b可以應用至例如是（但不限於）新生兒科（neonatal)、小兒科、精神科（psychiatric)、特定的護理站之次系統以及用於特定的病患。該流速容限542b可以相對於原始命令的流速或 81 200426656 是相對於上一今、、☆、击 "速來加以指定。醫護人員116也可以指疋項特殊的指令專用之流速容限。指干=㈣統210可以包含一項預先定義的指示，其係 “▲的醫瘦人員⑴是否被允許在不需要新的指令下就可以撤銷流速容 — 42b此指不可以適用於整個病患咖統_、次系統或是個別的醫護人員116。最大的輸液持續期間542d可以個別地對於病患照顧系 :之各種部份定義的。該最大的輸液持續期間542d 種特定的藥⑯124專用的。若在指令輸入之際 ::銷該最大的輸液持續期間542"，則可以提供對方;取大的輸液持續期間之撤銷566(第8圖）。給大的輪液持續期間之撤銷可被提供以設定在可允許撤銷該最大的輸液持續期門Μ” 不疋否哭期間542d，以及哪一個群組 =者被容許做此撤銷。若在指令輸人以及/或是給藥期間可允許撤銷時，則哕於 ^ W輪液*、统21G可以定義醫護人員中擁有權力來撤銷該最大的輸液持續期子集合。 < 1固釋液:::Γ 544係'包含預設值例如是(但不限於)，藥物稀預設值544a、稀釋液量的預設請b、劑量的預設 ::c以及量測的單位之預設…。*測的單位設值54則包含指定最適合用於病患照顧系統 =不同的部份之量測的單位之功能。例如，藥物可以由二師、給藥的醫護人員、藥劑師、財務人員以及藥物筛 h者（S⑽ener)用不同的單位加以量測。醫師的麵一般 82 200426656 是一個可測量的值，例如“mm〇1”、“mEq，，、“ml，，、以及㈤是“mg”，相對於“小瓶（vial)，，以及/或是“劑（pUff)，，。醫師的 U〇M係被使用於例如是下指令以及輸入資訊5 6〇的工作。、、七7K的省遵人員之UOIV[—般是一個反映藥物將會被給樂所用的U0M之值，例如“劑，，、“ tbsp，，以及“片劑（tab)，，。給藥的醫護人員之U0M係在給藥512期間被使用。給藥的醫護人員之U〇M也可以出現在文件記錄The infusion instruction may require instruction as described in reference block 308 (Figure 4). In Figure 6, the prescription authorization by the pharmacist and the authorization authorization by the physician are considered in the pharmacy grant # 508 and physician authorization 510 function blocks. If the infusion instruction was initiated by a physician, the physician may not need to do so. If the order was issued by a pharmacist or physician. When a medical staff outside the treatment place was generated at £ 1G6, the infusion means that FDA authorization 508 and physician authorization 510 are required. However,;: 124 is required immediately, then the infusion system 210 allows medications to be used by medical staff to cross prescription authorization 5 () 8 and physician authorization 5ig. In the case of 1 :: Instruction or a non-emergency instruction for routine medication use, the oral infusion system 2 1 0 may determine that the patient is not found in the patient care system 100 by Gu Ming J. 7 Information about the medical staff 116 intending to treat you with the medical treatment of the patient 1 12 t " round fluid system 1 " When the medical staff U6 is recognized as having the right to start # 76 200426656, the system 210 The medical administration is allowed to proceed without proceeding to blocks 508 and 510. Such authorization is then obtained after the infusion is obtained. Infusion preparation 506 can be achieved at various locations throughout the medical facility, such as (but not limited to) pharmacies, care centers, on this floor, and treatment locations 106 Office. Preparing the 506 series includes instructions for preparing the drug 124 and minimizing the possibility of errors in the preparation of the drug. The 512 series of administrations takes place at the treatment site 106. The infusion system 210 is designed to make the administration of the instruction as efficient and correct as possible. The infusion system 210 is a tool that provides medical staff to administer medicines to the right patients at the right time and via the right route # 'under the right pump settings and at the right dose. It is assumed that a warning, a second report, a reminder, or other information is appropriate in assisting the medical staff in drug administration. The drug delivery module provides a status information output to the information transmission module, group 520. In response to the status information being rotated, the message transmission module 520 transmits a related text message, an audible indicator enable, or both to one or more electronic computing devices. a. As known to those skilled in the art, the fluid instruction is modified by suspension. The Rotary Fluid System 21 is a modification of the 51 Order. Modification 514 includes modifications to the disease *, your U 3 million, the duration of the infusion, the flow rate, the flow rate, and the flow rate: and the stop index I 指 0. Modification 514 also includes the function blocks required to complete: Modification of the Private Order. The fluid system 210 may include a stop instruction 5 1 6 as defined by the entire patient care system 77 200426656. Changing lc on the patient-like bear ^ ^ ^, α can generate a message 520 corresponding to the movement of the animal. At this age, 3 &10; * The Shanlun fluid system 210 is coordinated with the wheel transfer interface 310 to be discharged at the hospital or died. 1 Does not automatically stop the order 516. The system 100 includes inventory and buildings. M 51R r is ~ η, and the account opening early branch group 518. Inventory and billing as early as 5 1 8 The Meng Rong transaction that Gu Xu is related to patient care can be carried out with minimal human intervention. Administering 512 & taking 70% of the month will trigger an HL7 interface for the patient through the billing interface 3 12. If sick, will ... her early interface can include-when charging, then 2 1 is ordered to complete the completion of 506 and V is billed to the system 21. The system includes a crechtmg process. This billing process is busy Diunai .. is triggered when the infusion bag is returned to the pharmacy for discarding jujube or tadpoles and then enters the bureau's inventory management system. The infusion system 2 〇系舍令 _ 加 # FREE Zhao Gu rate continued] 〇〇々 old message module 520 is used to communicate with the patient's, ',,… 〇〇 entity physical communication. In particular, the text message, the jealousy of the #-# & heart confession, and)) 2ϋ ^ ι sees that they are not enabled, or both are transmitted to one or more of the disease zhizhao =: ° Electronic calculations. These messages 2 should be transmitted by outputting status information provided by the patient care system, the drug delivery module within the system 100, or the infusion system module. Should this be? Yu: Status information output, and thus provide warnings, alerts: mention: or a message that its dagger is suitable for assisting medical staff to administer medicine. For example, when a physician enters a new instruction, a message transmission appears in the game to alert the pharmacist that an infusion instruction is in need of authorization. Similarly, 'when the infusion instruction is appropriately authorized', the medical staff 6 received a message transmission on the digital assistant m to warn the medical staff u6 that the fluid instruction should be administered according to the fluid plan. Revocation 566 may 78 200426656 to generate message 520 to the physician and / or the pharmacy. The infusion system 100 can distinguish the revocation between the entire system and the secondary system to determine if it is necessary to generate a message 520. Messaging $ 520 includes messages received from and / or sent to central systems, pharmacies, physicians, billing and inventory. The system can present the daytime face of a personal computer monitor to medical staff " 6. The personal computer monitor provides a day-to-day overview of the unresolved clinical issues for the healthcare provider's patient. The medical staff ι 彭 6 can quickly retrieve the patient's detailed information. When certain severe patient conditions prevail, the 'system' can generate an email or page to the digital assistant 118 or other communication device. Figure 6 also depicts some communication paths that occur in the patient care system. These emphasized communication paths are presented to facilitate the description of the infusion system 2o. Those with ordinary skills in this technology recognize that when the patient care system 'System 100 is implemented on the Internet, various functional blocks can be routed through the paths highlighted in Figure 6 and via The alternative paths not shown in Figure 6 are used to communicate with each other. The system parameter H 5G2 includes transmitting data about system parameters via path 522 to the infusion command generation 504 and / or receiving lean materials from the infusion command U4. And provide information to inform the infusion instruction to produce peak 5 〇 ^ _ how the received information is related to the system wheat number. The infusion instruction can be transmitted directly to the infusion preparation 506 via 仏, Liu 524. The infusion instruction may also be transmitted to π4 千 w 5006 刖 ’via path 526 to the pharmacy authority and / or via path 528 to 79 200426656 to the physician's authority. Path 530 emphasizes the transfer of Medicine # 124 from the preparation area to the treatment location 106. Delivery can be achieved using a medication trolley 32. Paths 532, 534, 536, and 538 emphasize that inventory and billing 518 transactions can be linked to various other functions, such as (but not limited to), infusion order generation 504, preparation 506, administration 512, and modification 514. Paths 572, 574, and 576 emphasize the considerable number of functions involved in the patient care system 100 and the participants can generate and receive information via message 520. Road # If the system default value 52 is emphasized, it can be generated and / or modified by the pharmacist. At the same time, “path training” emphasizes that information such as infusion instructions is available to various functional units in the system 100. Fig. 7 is a block diagram showing the functional components used for setting the system parameter 50 of Fig. 6. The system parameter setting 502 includes (but is not limited to), setting a tolerance 542, setting a preset value 544, establishing a database ..., defining a function 548, and determining a system setting 550. The 4 limit 542 includes, for example, (net is not limited to) the net drug amount (net medic ⑽, the dosing time allowance 5 仏, the recognition of ^ / 42a, the flow rate tolerance ^ ^, and the mouth mouth system duration 542d , Drug-to-valley limit 542e, and tolerance of site change tolerance. The input = 210 can also include individual tolerances for instruction input and modification of the instructions / such as' individual tolerances can be determined, such as (but And again), the duration of the music system, M., refers to the settings that can be undone during the duration of the human fluid, and the settings that can be undone between the two infusions.... For a certain period of time, the drug can be safely administered to the patient at a concentration of large net drug volume of 80 200426656. The liquid system 210 is based on this information. The net drug volume tolerance pool can be used in the case of the drug fun identification slot. Definition. During the period of infusion instruction production, the infusion system 210 can be ice-free, six a MT decision speed 560e, the number of infusion bags required in a specified period _ 62a, the main in the mother infusion bag Sword / Chen degree, six denier per liquid bag ^ The period during which the garment will be used, as well as each infusion bag, can be manually entered or adjusted by changing the final concentration or retention period of each infusion bag. In one embodiment Medium. Hai infusion system 210 performs a net concentration check (Figure 8) to confirm :: No, the maximum concentration of the drug is' However, if you are a doctor at any time 11 6 is adjusting the final concentration to When the flow rate is modified so that the final concentration of the solution exceeds the maximum concentration of the drug, the Beihai fluid system 210 sends a message 520 to the medical staff of the drug. The administering agent of the drug can be authorized to Revoke Net Drug Volume Tolerance 542 & The infusion system 210 may require medical personnel 116 to provide a reason for the revocation. The infusion system 210 may include an adjustable flow rate tolerance 5 42b for drug administration and a flow rate adjustment tolerance. Flow rate capacity Limit 542b is an optional definition for all organizational levels of the patient care system 100. The tolerance 542b can be used for the entire patient care system, or for the patient's care. Secondary system of system 100. For example, different flow tolerances 542b can be applied to, for example, but not limited to, neonatal, pediatrics, psychiatric, secondary systems for specific nursing stations, and for specific Patients. The flow rate tolerance 542b can be specified relative to the original commanded flow rate or 81 200426656 relative to the previous speed. The medical staff 116 can also refer to a special flow rate for special instructions. Tolerance = system 210 may contain a pre-defined indication of whether or not medical personnel at ▲ are allowed to revoke the flow rate capacity without the need for a new instruction — 42b This indication is not applicable to The entire patient's system, sub-system, or individual medical staff 116. The maximum infusion duration 542d can be individually defined for various parts of the patient care system. This maximum infusion lasts 542d for a specific drug pill 124 dedicated. If, at the time of instruction input, :: pin the largest infusion duration 542 ", you can provide the other party; take the cancellation of the largest infusion duration 566 (Figure 8). Cancellation for the duration of the large fluid can be provided to set the maximum infusion duration gate M that can be revoked. Do not cry period 542d, and which group = is allowed to do this revocation. If in the order When the infusion and / or withdrawal is allowed during the administration period, WW 轮液 *, 2121G can define the medical staff to have the power to revoke the largest subset of infusion duration. &Lt; 1solid release solution: :: Γ 544 series' contains preset values such as (but not limited to), drug dilute preset value 544a, diluent volume preset b, dose preset :: c, and preset unit of measurement ... The set unit value of * 54 includes the function of specifying the unit that is most suitable for the measurement of the patient care system = different parts. For example, the medicine can be administered by the second division, the medical staff, the pharmacist, and the financial staff. And drug screeners (S⑽ener) are measured in different units. The physician's face 82 200426656 is generally a measurable value, such as "mm〇1", "mEq,", "ml", and ㈤ is " mg "relative to" vial "and / or" agent " (PUff) ,. The doctor ’s UOM is used, for example, to give instructions and enter information of 560. The UOIV of the provincial compliance staff of 7K [normally a reflection drug will be given to Le The values of UOM used, such as "agent," "tbsp," and "tab,". The UOM of the medical staff who took the drug was used during the administration of 512. UOM of the medical staff who gave the medicine can also appear in the file record

(d〇Cumentatlon)上，例如，給藥報告、混合物供應以及製造的工作指令。、茱局的U0M —般是一個反映藥物配方所用的實體形式的值，例如，“片劑，，、‘‘小瓶，，、“吸入器（inhalator)，，以及罐。藥局的U0M係在準備5〇6中以及在存貨與配方系、’充中被使用。財務& UC)M —般是—個被用以計算出現在帳早及***上之財務上的金額之值。藥物篩選# u〇M 一身又疋在師選藥物時被使用。(documentatlon), for example, work reports for dosing reports, supply of mixtures, and manufacture. The UOM of the Jujube is generally a value that reflects the physical form used in the formulation of the drug, for example, "tablet," ‘vial,’ “inhalator,” and can. The UOM of the Pharmacy is used in the preparation of 506 and in the inventory and formulation department. Finance & UC) M—generally—a value that is used to calculate the financial amount that appears on the account and invoice. Drug Screening # u〇M is used in the selection of drugs.

置測的單位之預設值544d可以利用一個核取方塊 ^check-box)表而被指定，其中查核的記號（check_)係被 α置在個表中，其係使各種的U0M與使用者的υ〇Μ互相關聯。該輸液系、統210可以使用相同的u〇m在一個以上的功月匕中。例士〇，馨白拓从 ^ 西師的U0M可以與藥劑師的U0M相同。設定預設值544係、包含協調各種u〇m 例如，u〇M預設值544d 對-的對應所需的乘法器及除法器。u〇m 『以匕3產生在各種的u〇M之的預設崔。然而，該 544b可被改變以符合個別的醫護人員之期望 83 200426656 ^的對應應該由病患照顧系統UK)力“X維持。該輪液系〇可以被ό又计以維持藥物單位預設值的歷史。此“該輪液系、统210也可以包含藥物量測字尾⑽ffi小該 =物量測字尾在指令輸人期間可以是預設的。該藥物量 ::,可以疋罝測樂物之共同的單位’並且可以包含有關疋身體表面積及重量的病患特徵之單位。藥物量測字 2以根據藥品、根據指令類型、根據劑量以及根據麵 # 采命名。，立賴54“系包含建立資料庫以及/或是單一資料勺”例如（但不限於）’準備區域546a、添加物資訊士 ’奋液546c、預製混合物定義546d、喜愛事項546e 、時序之撤銷理由546f、流速之撤銷理由546g、轉換表 46h、流速說明5461、設備及指定路由資訊546j以及訊息觸發誘因546k。。時序之撤銷理由546f係包含用於修改輸液指令的時序之了顯不的理由。例如，時序之撤銷理由5術可以包含一於〈數位助理顯不器1 1 8a之用指示筆可選的理由，以用 2 * 了原始的輸液指令中所指定的時間之外的一個時間 ^:一個輪液指令的給藥。若醫護人員116在所指示的处了了間合限542c之外施予藥物時，則該醫護人員11 6可要^求從所顯示的理由1⑻8f中對於該修改選擇一個理、、、（第11圖）。其它的理由碼之例子係包含（但不限於 )PRN給藥理由碼以及用於停止輸液的碼。藥物124以及/或是輸液指令可以具有包含系統流速容 84 200426656The default value 544d of the unit to be measured can be specified using a check-box table, where the check mark (check_) is set in the table by α, which enables various U0M and users Υ〇Μ are interconnected. The infusion system and system 210 can use the same uOm in more than one work month. For example, Xin Baituo ’s U0M from the West Division can be the same as the U0M from the Pharmacist. The preset value 544 is a set of multipliers and dividers including a coordinate of various u〇m. For example, u〇M preset value 544d pairs-. u〇m "The preset Cui created in various u〇M with Dagger 3. However, the 544b can be changed to meet the expectations of individual medical staff 83 200426656 ^ The correspondence should be maintained by the patient care system (UK) force "X. The liquid system can be calculated to maintain the drug unit preset value The history of this liquid system, system 210 may also include a suffix of drug measurement ⑽ffi small = the suffix of material measurement may be preset during instruction input. The drug amount :: can be a common unit for measuring fun things' and can include units related to the patient's characteristics such as body surface area and weight. Medication 2 is named after the medicine, the type of instruction, the dose, and the face #. Lilai 54 "includes the establishment of a database and / or a single data spoon" such as (but not limited to) 'preparation area 546a, additive information' Fen fluid 546c, prefabricated mixture definition 546d, favorite items 546e, timing revocation Reason 546f, flow rate cancellation reason 546g, conversion table 46h, flow rate description 5461, equipment and designated routing information 546j, and message trigger incentive 546k. . The reason for timing revocation 546f includes the reason for modifying the timing of the infusion instruction. For example, the sequence 5 reasons for revocation can include a reason optional with the stylus of <Digital Assistant Display 1 1 8a, to use 2 * for a time other than the time specified in the original infusion instruction ^ : A dosing fluid instruction. If the medical staff 116 administers the medicine beyond the indicated limit of 542c, the medical staff 116 may request to choose a rationale for the modification from the displayed reasons 1⑻8f (the first Figure 11). Examples of other reason codes include, but are not limited to, a reason code for PRN administration and a code for stopping infusion. The medication 124 and / or the infusion instruction may have a system flow capacity 84 200426656

限⑽的流速容限。輸液系統210可以包含流速之撤销理由表546g。流速之撤銷理由5,是若醫護人員η卜 =改，流速為超出由流速容❿542b所界定的界限時，= 護人M 116彳以選擇的以及7或是提供的註釋(n〇tation)T t :夜系,210可以包含一個定義的訊息觸發誘因546k，若醫護人員116撤銷—個指令所界定的流速容限時，其係指出-個訊息為是否應該被傳送至病患的醫師。輸液系： 210也可以包含定義的訊息觸發誘因546k，若醫護人員 116撤銷一個在除了該指令之外的層級處所界定二如： =容限542b的容限時，其係指出一個訊息為是否應該被傳送以及要傳送給誰。Limited flow rate tolerance. The infusion system 210 may include a flow rate revocation justification table 546g. The reason for the revocation of the flow rate is 5, if the medical personnel η = = change, when the flow rate exceeds the limit defined by the flow rate capacity 542b, = the caretaker M 116, with the choice and 7 or the provided annotation (notatation) T t: Night, 210 may contain a defined message trigger 546k. If the medical staff 116 revokes the flow rate tolerance defined by an order, it indicates whether a message should be transmitted to the patient's physician. Infusion system: 210 can also contain a defined message trigger 546k. If the medical staff 116 revokes a definition at a level other than the order, such as: = tolerance of 542b, it indicates whether a message should be Teleport and to whom.

《該&輪液系、統210可以包含轉録546h，例如（但不限方:）〆'速轉換表、變化的（varying)成分轉換表以及變化的流速轉換表。流速轉換係包含轉換—個輸液指令成為一個错由時間料義的流速’其中該指令是原先用任何方 H皮指=的，例如（但不限於），具有—特殊的濃度之劑量/ :::、每單位的重量/時間之容量、#單位的身體表面積/ ^ 之对^里、以及總劑量與持續期間。又1^的成分轉換係包含轉換複數個具有變化的成分在们::的輪液袋中的輸液指令之流程時間成為用☆目前正被 :樂的輪液袋之流速。具有變化的成分之指令係包含例如疋(但不限於^6产 % )疋序的（sequencing)指令。在定序的指令不同的袋& θ + ’〜、有不同的成分以及潛在為不同的流速。變 4卜 /,Α ^ 的W速轉換係包含轉換具有變化的流速之輸液指 85 200426656 令成為用於目刖正被輸液的溶液之流速。變化的流速指令係包含例如是（但不限於），單次劑量/持續f景輸液（b叫的指令、減量劑量指令以及交替的劑量指令之指令。輸液系統21G可以包含預先定義的輸液流速542b。該些預先定義的輸液流速542b可以與流速說明546ι相關連，以容許從-個下拉式表列中做選擇，作為—個鍵入流速的捷徑。The & liquid system, system 210 may include a transcription 546h, such as (but not limited to) a 'speed conversion table, a varying component conversion table, and a changed flow rate conversion table. The flow rate conversion system includes a conversion—an infusion instruction becomes a flow rate that is misunderstood by time. Among them, the instruction was originally used with any square H skin finger =. :, Weight per unit capacity / time capacity, #unit body surface area / ^ pairs ^ miles, and total dose and duration. The composition conversion system of 1 ^ includes converting a plurality of components with changes in the flow time of the infusion instruction in our :: liquid bag. ☆ Currently, the flow rate of the liquid bag is being used by Le. Instructions with varying components include, for example, (but not limited to) ^ 6 product% sequential instructions. In the ordering instructions, different bags & θ + '~, have different compositions, and potentially different flow rates. The W-speed conversion system, which includes 4 / A and ^, includes the conversion of an infusion finger with a changed flow rate. 85 200426656 Lets make the flow rate of the solution being used for the infusion. The varying flow rate instructions include, for example, but are not limited to, single dose / continuous F scene infusion (b-call instructions, reduced dose instructions, and alternate dose instructions. The infusion system 21G may include a predefined infusion flow rate 542b The pre-defined infusion flow rate 542b may be associated with the flow rate specification 546m to allow selection from a drop-down list as a shortcut for entering the flow rate.

的函數548a、袋持續期間的函數548b、驗證撤鎖請求的數織、持續期間至容量的函數⑽、持續期間至流速函數548e、以及流速至點滴速率的函數54“之函數。輸液系統210可以包含持續期間至容量的函數5伽以據輪液指令決定被輸液的量。流速至點滴速率的函數^ 係使用有關醫療器材330的資訊以轉換流速至點滴速率決定的設定550係包含例如是一+隈於），撤銷授 550a、流速精確度550b、容量精確产Function 548a, bag duration 548b, number of verification unlock requests, duration to capacity 撤, duration to flow rate function 548e, and flow rate to drip rate function 54 ". The infusion system 210 can Function 5 including duration to volume is used to determine the amount to be infused according to the fluid instruction. Function of flow rate to drip rate ^ is a setting that uses information about medical device 330 to convert flow rate to drip rate determination. 550 includes, for example, a + 隈), revocation of 550a, flow rate accuracy of 550b, accurate volume production

电c ^ a隹戾550c、以及時間精度550d的設疋。若為所要的話，輪輸液糸統21〇可以決輪液的總容量以及輸液指令的流速。^ 、右34些數字被決 ’將該些計鼻出的值四捨五入至、、*、击1 θ 入至*速精確度550b以及 ϊ精確度550c是所要的’其係為例如 ^ ^ 護士的醫護人貞U6可理解的…、樂劑師以机速顯示的精確戶可以被設定以顯示流速至設定的小數 ^ . 』数點位數。該昭糸統100之各種部分可以獨立地決 .^ 又用於顯示的流i亲夕確度。例如，輸液系統21 〇可以力士、成人治療位置顯示到 86 200426656 個小數點位數’而在新生兒的治療位置仅數。兮、、☆: 且”貝不到二個小數點 μ級速知確度55〇b 服務。輸液指令的、、”…；蔓人貝的病患所在的 ▽的机速可以被四捨五入至一精確度。該精確产可糸、，先疋義的、或是《jr 的輸液指令都是相同的及疋根據對病患的服務而定。容量顯示的精確度55〇c可以類容量至設定的小數……仏…顯示輸液續心” 右輸液是單-劑量輸液或是斷據"… 疋的帽確度550d可被利用來根的她灾旦在钿祕所彳t出的每個輸液袋係根據容量精確度550c被四捨五入。該給藥時間 Μ糸統21G根據該設定的時間精確度550d而被人^入。該時間精確度测可以是對於所有的輸液指 2疋相同而不論對病患的服料何、或者可以是對為特定的。指令產生《第8圖是展示用於第6圖的輪液指令產生5〇4之功能 =件的方塊圖。輸液指令產± 5G4係包含用 =功能方塊。輸液指令產…系包含輸入資訊=曰八^' 5 62、私查5 64以及撤銷566。輸入資訊56〇可以包含例如是（但不限於），識別指令類型56〇a、識別藥物56仳識別劑量560c、識別稀釋液56〇d、識別流速56〇e以及哉別輪液部位5 6 0 f的功能。輪液指令產生504係連結到輸液袋準備5〇6、輸液袋傳送（路徑53〇)、給藥512、以及輸液指令修改514。輸液 87 200426656Electricity c ^ a 隹戾 550c, and setting of time accuracy 550d. If desired, the infusion system 21 can determine the total volume of the infusion and the flow rate of the infusion command. ^, 34 digits to the right are determined to 'round up these nose-to-nose values to,, *, hit 1 θ to * speed accuracy 550b and ϊaccuracy 550c are required, which is for example ^ ^ Understandable by the medical nurse Zhen U6 ..., the precise user displayed by the music master at the machine speed can be set to display the flow rate to the set decimal ^. Various parts of the Zhao system 100 can be independently determined. ^ Also used to display the accuracy of the stream. For example, the infusion system 21 can display the treatment position of Lux and adults to 86 200426656 decimal places' while only treating the position in the newborn. Xi ,, ☆: And "Bei less than two decimal points μ-level speed accuracy 55Ob service. Infusion instruction," "...; ▽ machine speed of Man Renbei patients can be rounded to the exact degree. The exact product can be pre-defined, pre-defined, or "jr's infusion instructions are the same and depends on the patient's service. The accuracy of the volume display is 55 ° C, which can be classified from the volume to the set decimal point ... 仏 ... Shows the infusion to continue the heart. ”The right infusion is a single-dose infusion or a break. &Quot; ... The cap accuracy of 550d can be used to root her. Each infusion bag produced by the disaster center at the Secret Service was rounded according to the capacity accuracy of 550c. The administration time of the system M21G was entered according to the set time accuracy of 550d. The time accuracy was measured. It can be the same for all infusions, regardless of the patient's medication, or it can be specific. The instruction generation "Figure 8 shows the rotation instruction used in Figure 6 to produce 504 Function = Block diagram of infusion. Infusion instruction production ± 5G4 series contains use = function block. Infusion instruction production ... includes input information = ^^ 5 62, private check 5 64, and revocation 566. Input information 56 can include, for example, Yes (but not limited to), the function of identifying the type of instruction 56〇a, the identification drug 56 仳 the identification dose 560c, the identification of the dilution liquid 560d, the identification of the flow rate 56〇e, and the identification of the different liquid parts 560 f. Generate 504 series connected to infusion bag ready 506 Conveying the infusion bag (path 53〇), administration 512, and modifications 514. Infusion delivery instructions 87,200,426,656

才曰々顯i 5 6 0 a係包含例如是（但不限於），單一劑量給藥、大里、、、。某、斷績的給藥以及連續的指令類型。連續的輸液係包3又替的輸液、定序的輸液、減量輸液以及滴定*** 夜在個輸液指令中選擇第一種藥物5 60b之際，可以預。又種用於違樂物的輸液指令類型560a之形式。下指令的西羞人員可以具有選擇不同的指令類型之選擇權。該劑量560c以及量測的單位544d也可以是預設的。量測的單位544(1可以關聯至藥物以及/或是劑量544c。輸液系統 ^ ^ 種預設的稀釋液或是數種預設的稀釋液， :用於:亥藥物。其中的一種預設的稀釋液可以被指明為較、稀釋液項說明可以與該稀釋液相關連，以幫助下 ::^ W ^人員決定要選擇何種稀釋液。稀釋液的說明可以匕3 I考事項為若是病患高滲性的（hypertonic)，則特定的稀釋液避免使用在該病患上。、Cai Yue i 5 6 0 a series includes, for example (but not limited to), single-dose administration, Dali, .... Dosing, discontinuation of dosing, and continuous instruction types. The continuous infusion system includes 3 infusions, sequential infusions, reduced infusions, and titrations. It can be predicted when the first drug 5 60b is selected in an infusion instruction. Another form of infusion instruction type 560a is used for illegal objects. The commander can give the option to choose different command types. The dose 560c and the measurement unit 544d can also be preset. Unit of measurement 544 (1 can be associated with a drug and / or dose 544c. Infusion system ^ ^ preset dilutions or several preset dilutions: for: Hai medicine. One of the presets The diluent can be specified as a comparison, and the diluent item description can be related to the diluent, to help :: ^ W ^ personnel decide what kind of diluent to choose. The description of the diluent can be determined as follows: Patients with hypertonic (hypertonic), the use of specific dilutions should not be used in this patient.

月m糸統21〇也可以容許有根據先侧之額外的輪液指令次類一額外的輸Z 頒型56〇a可以包含（但不限於）TPN輸液指令、化學連續的輪液指令、小軟务 '、 j #人衣輸液彳日令以及大容量注射液心曰令。該輸液指令次類型可以從輸液系、统之不部分加以利用’此係容許根據該些次類型來分液指令。用於备個心、 ^ 也可以被1 次類型之—種特殊的標藏也j以破疋義，以進一步自Month system 21 may also allow for additional infusion solutions based on the front side. An additional infusion type 56a may include (but is not limited to) TPN infusion instructions, chemical continuous infusion instructions, small Soft service ', j # 人衣 Infusion 彳日令 and high volume injection Xinxin. This type of infusion instruction order can be used from the infusion system, or part of the system. This system allows the infusion instruction to be divided according to these types of infusion. Used to prepare a heart, ^ can also be typed once—a special markup

Msi4 ^ /自。丁輻液扣令次類型的指令相關％的樂局工作流程。該藥物 88 200426656 124可以被標示為添加物以及/或是溶液，以幫助醫護人員 116產生輸液指令。此種標示可以在藥物識別檔案中做成樂物劑量560c可 .........Μ氏像豸體董jMsi4 ^ / Since. Ding Fuye buckle order type instruction related% of the workflow. The drug 88 200426656 124 may be labeled as an additive and / or a solution to help the medical staff 116 generate an infusion instruction. This kind of labeling can be made in the drug identification file.

、身體表面積的—些方式加以決定，並且根據速率加以幸入。當流速未被輸入時，輸液系統21〇係根據指定的劑^ 以及期間來計算流速。下指令的醫護人員可以指定輸 560d以及其之1。藥局可以提供此種參數的預設值—請^ 見線條582(第6圖）。檢查564可被執行以確保對於藥4 560b的淨濃度564a以及流速56仆是適當的。、只輸液系、统2 1 〇彳以根據病患的重量、身體表面積^ 是治療之指定的頻率與持續期間來指定以及/或是言 # *速560e。所指不的流速56〇e係對照例如容限542b的流诘六吓工a 疋乐、、死机I. 爪速今限而被檢查564b。藥物124 可以對照例如是系絲、、心、曲由 r ’辰乃查564a。糸、，先μ度容限542a的淨濃度容限而㈣, Body surface area—these are determined in some way, and they are fortunate to be based on rate. When the flow rate is not entered, the infusion system 2110 calculates the flow rate based on the specified agent and period. Ordered medical staff can specify 560d and one of them. Pharmacies can provide preset values for such parameters—please see line 582 (Figure 6). A check 564 may be performed to ensure that the net concentration 564a of the drug 4 560b and the flow rate 56 are appropriate. Infusion-only system, system 2 1 0 彳 is specified according to the patient's weight, body surface area ^ is the specified frequency and duration of treatment and / or language The indicated flow velocity 56oe is checked for 564b, for example, the flow rate of the tolerance 542b, the flow rate of a worker, a crash, I. Crash speed. The medicine 124 can be compared with, for example, seriate, heart, and song by r 'Chen Nacha 564a.糸, first, the net concentration tolerance of μ degree tolerance 542a and ㈣

在一個實施例中’流速56〇e也可以速之說明，以助於指令的輸入。流速560e可以4: 明的資料庫546i。，考极速Θ 計算562可以41 是由ADT介面3:3根據病患體重以及/或是身高（可辦度、或是速率來計算劑量量可以，根據在溶液中的成分、、曲 "" D 1匕3 (但不限於的話）、對於-段/^來計算流速（若在處方中未被指定疋的期間所需之袋量灿或是輸液袋 89 200426656 的數目、每個輸液势姑始田刑|衣被她用的期間、以及每次輸液及輸液袋的總容量。流速、將被輪液的容量以及/或是持續期間可、力乂 U右被修改的話，則輸液系統2】〇係根據計算值，自動地計算出相對應的量，若其將會超過如同在成分的市物私木中所指明之該成分在該濃度中之最大的劑量時 ^病患知、顧之輸液系統2 i 〇係警告藥劑師以及，或是醫護人貝u 6 ’亚且可以對於該項調整要求-個理由碼。。十开562可以包含例如是（但不限於）袋量的計算％2a 、轉換的計算562b、持續期間至容量的計算仙、以及流速至點滴速率的計算562d之計算。檢查564係包含輸液 …能會受到管制之各種的檢查。該些檢查係包含例如不限於）淨濃度的檢查564a、流速的檢查駡、給藥 :間的檢查564c、持續期間的檢查564d以及輸液部位的 ^ — 564e之"^查。若一項輸液指令未通過檢查564時，則 =護人員116可以是能夠撤銷該檢查的。撤鎖州可以包含例：是(但不限於)淨濃度的撤銷、流速的撤銷鳩、給樂時間的撤銷566c、持續期間的撤銷5咖以及輸液部位的撤銷566e之撤銷。撤鎖566可以產生訊息52〇給醫師m/或是藥局。輸液系統2iQ可以區別整個系統的撤鎖以及次系統的撤銷，以決定是否必要產生訊息52〇。 …撤銷可以包含一項指示為醫護人員是否具有權力來撤鎖一項容限。例如’流速的撤銷566b可以提供一項指示為輸入該輸液指令的醫護人員是否具有權力來撤銷系二逮各限⑽。此指示可以應用至病患照顧系、统1〇〇或是次 90 200426656 糸統。持績期間的撤鎖編可以提供—項指示為輸入今輸液指令的醫護人員116是否具有權力來撤銷系統持續期間542d。此指示可以應用至病患照顧系統⑽或是。撤銷566亦包含對於撤鎖的 ^ ^ ^ "貝不566f。對於撤銷 ;理由可以由醫護人員〗16從下拉式項目單來加以選擇。輸液指令產生504的社果异一伽*入、六> 浐人八、，果疋個輻液指令702。輪液曰7 702可以包έ 一個輪液計劃表7〇4。輪液系統…可以考慮到未來—段期間並且產生輸液_ 7〇4(只 «令702是有效的），以用於該段期間或是依要求而被2 疋為更長的期間之輸液袋供應。下指令的醫護人員並不被要求來指定該輪液指令之結束日期。輸液系統21〇可以々In one embodiment, the 'flow rate 56oe' can also be specified quickly to aid in the input of instructions. The flow rate of 560e can be 4: 546i. The test speed Θ calculation 562 can be 41 by the ADT interface 3: 3 according to the patient's weight and / or height (availability, or rate to calculate the dose can be, according to the ingredients in the solution, tune " & quot D 1 dagger 3 (but not limited to it), for -segment / ^ to calculate the flow rate (if the amount of bag required during the period of time is not specified in the prescription or the number of infusion bags 89 200426656, each infusion potential Gu Shitian Xing | The period during which she was used, and the total volume of each infusion and infusion bag. The flow rate, the volume of fluid to be infused, and / or the duration can be modified. If the power is changed, the infusion system 2] 〇 Based on the calculated value, the corresponding amount is automatically calculated, if it will exceed the maximum dose of the component in the concentration as specified in the marketplace of the ingredient, the patient knows, Gu Zhi's infusion system 2 i 〇 warns the pharmacist and or the medical caregiver and can request a reason code for this adjustment. Tokai 562 can include, for example, but not limited to, the amount of bags Calculation of% 2a, calculation of conversion 562b, duration to capacity Calculation of sen and calculation of flow rate to drip rate 562d. Check 564 includes infusions ... various checks that can be regulated. These checks include, for example, not limited to, net concentration check 564a, flow rate check, Medicine: Interim inspection 564c, continuous inspection 564d, and ^ 564e of the infusion site. If an infusion instruction fails inspection 564, the guard 116 may be able to cancel the inspection. Withdrawal Suozhou can include, for example, (but not limited to) the withdrawal of the net concentration, the withdrawal of the flow rate, the withdrawal of the giving time 566c, the cancellation of the duration 5 coffee, and the cancellation of the infusion site 566e. The removal of the lock 566 can generate a message 52 to the physician m / or the pharmacy. The infusion system 2iQ can distinguish between the withdrawal of the entire system and the cancellation of the secondary system to determine whether it is necessary to generate the message 52.… The revocation can include an indication as to whether the medical staff has the authority to Unlock a tolerance. For example, 'Reversal of flow rate 566b can provide an indication as to whether the medical staff who entered the infusion instruction has the power to revoke the system All restrictions. This instruction can be applied to the patient care department, system 100, or 90 200426656 system. The lockout period during the performance period can be provided-an indication is whether the medical staff 116 who entered the infusion instruction has the power To revoke the system for the duration of 542d. This instruction can be applied to the patient care system ⑽ or. Revoking 566 also includes ^ ^ ^ " Bebu 566f for revoking. For revoking; the reason can be pulled down by the medical staff 16 The item list is to be selected. The infusion instruction generates a social difference of 504, an entry of 504, a person of eight, and an instruction of a fluid of 702. Rotary fluid 7702 can include a Rotary fluid schedule 704. Rotation system ... can take into account the future period and generate infusion _704 (only «Order 702 is valid) for the period or on request, it can be converted into an infusion bag for a longer period supply. The medical staff who gave the order are not required to specify the end date of the rotatable order. Infusion system 21〇OK々

^根據輸液系統21G以的容限⑷來自動排程輸液袋S 得送。指令準備第9圖是展示用於第6圖的輪液指令準備5〇6之功妒，件的方塊圖。輸液準帛5〇6係包含用於準備輸液指= 二弟」圖）的功能方塊。輸液準備5〇6可以包含(但不限、)决疋準備位置5〇6a、掃描成分5_、袋持續期間之檢 2 5 06c以及用於樂物標籤i 2乜的條碼列印錫d。條碼列 506d可以包含以上參考列印標籤326(第4圖）所述的功能。〃在輸液指令被輸入到輸液系統21〇中之後，準備指令係被指疋路由至—他1淮共Λν 田主個皁備位置。该準備位置係依據該輪液 91 200426656 糸統的2 1 〇的準備栽々 2Η)可以,^ 及輸液組件而定。輸液系統已3 如疋準備區域資料庫546a之可啁整的資料二明該輸液指令將在何處被準備。該輸液指令可次疋在例如是該樓層之遠端治療位置1〇6處被準備。置或疋在準備過程，其包含成八二係被導引經過該些 ns , 3成刀的條碼驗證、利用可被顯示在數位助理118或导甘目士·行一匕，、有顯不器的裝置之上的事件管理 ο Λ 藥物的標籤124a传招昍#八，、，η二、\ 係私月成刀以及成分的濃度。藥物的 :戴W可以被列印在任何位置處。藥物的標籤124a較 :地是包含條碼列印5〇6d。條碼列印5〇6d可以包含對於母個輪液袋都列印-個條碼標籤⑽。標冑124a係有助 =保正確的藥物在正確的時間以及/或是用正確的順序被、-樂。交替以及定序的輪液指令尤其是容易發生順序及時間上的錯誤。條碼列印506d可以包含對於在輸液指令7〇2 2的每一袋都列印一個獨特的條碼標籤。條碼列印5〇6d '、ϋ 乂包g列印一個唯一指明在輸液袋中的成分以及該些、刀的/辰度之組合的條碼標籤124a。用於藥物124的條碼可以包含一個字首、一個字尾以及國家藥品碼（ncd)。在们只施例中，條碼也可以包含一個批號以及有效日期。或者是，一個別的條碼可被提供以包含該批號以及有效曰期。包含主動或是被動式RFID標籤、磁條、等等之條碼的其它實施例都可以被使用。給藥 92 200426656 乐圖疋展不用於第6圖的給藥5 i2之塊圖。給藥512係和八—工^ 千的方方塊。” 512 7 予樂物給病患ί12所使用的功能方免可以包含讀取藥物條碼仙碼5 12b、執行有效日如从认士 U卞 517ή ,θ功的祆查512c、提供用滴定法的通知 5 1 2 d、#疋供流速曼里上、女』滴速率的顯示512e、提供“如 (as needed)”輸液之起妒而勺間監視512h。该輸㈣下载㈣夢數5i2g以及時系統21G也可以轉換可能具有超過一 ’狀曰令’例如減量以及交替的指令 -正被給藥的輪液袋之流速。該輪液系統轉：具有不同成分的輸液袋之指令(例如定序指令)，： = 目刖正被給藥的輸液袋之流速。〜；在給予藥物124之際，n罐A 。 y 籤⑽。輪液“2二含^ 改變流速、改”以及/二 _曰令的給藥、在鐵124a γ 或疋停止輸液指令時掃描條碼的標 ^ m統21G料認具有條碼的顧之輪液” 该在該時間被給藥並且是用於叛液衣應 έέ ,. 疋用y、届患112。包含流速以及給 :的…藥的歷史可被搁取及維持。某些輸液指令是需 =一個輸液袋，其意圖是只有-部分、特定的量：；〜广被給樂。該輸液系統210係容許醫護人Μ "6能夠下指令一個將被給藥的輸液袋 σ 有尺宏肱、士里大邛刀的輸液泵係具給樂的量或是流速及期間的功能。一旦此時間二„，輪液果將會自動地避免進一步的給藥。輸液系 W為—項提醒於給藥的醫護人貢，其係提供一個市的標籤ma之上的訊息，其將會部分地被給藥以及 93 200426656 將被給藥之適當的量。 k速至點滴速率之顯示5 12 e係利用由流速至點滴速率的函數548f所產生之資料，以提供給藥的醫護人員用於目前的輸液袋之點滴速率。在給藥512期間，醫護人員116 可以利用數位助理丨丨8來檢查流速以及其它的操作參數。流速的修改l〇〇2b(第π圖）係即時地被傳送。輸液系統210可以包含PRN或是“如所需的，，輪液起始 5 12f。“如所需的’’輪液起始512係造成一個新的有效的指令之產生以及PRN藥物的準備。此種選擇權可以包含提示醫濩人員1 1 6來從一個為了病患而設置的表列之預期的 PRN指令中選擇_個pRN輸液，並且將被請求的輸液袋預設為-袋。醫護人貞116可以具有權力來修改該被請^ 輸液袋量。^ Automatically schedule the infusion bag S according to the tolerance 以 of the infusion system 21G. Instruction Preparation Fig. 9 is a block diagram showing the preparation of 506 for the liquid instruction in Fig. 6. The infusion standard 506 series contains function blocks for preparing the infusion finger (figure 2). The infusion preparation 506 can include (but is not limited to) the final preparation position 506a, the scanning component 5_, the inspection of the bag duration 2 5 06c, and the barcode printing tin d for the music label i 2 乜. The barcode sequence 506d may include the functions described above with reference to the print label 326 (FIG. 4). (2) After the infusion instruction is input into the infusion system 21, the preparation instruction is directed to be routed to another location of the owner. The preparation position is determined according to the preparation of 2 1 0 of the liquid liquid 91 200426656 system 2)), and the infusion component. The infusion system has 3 ready-to-adjust data in the regional database 546a, and it is clear where the infusion instruction will be prepared. The infusion instruction may be prepared at a remote treatment position 106 on the floor, for example. In the preparation process, it includes the 80-two series being guided through these ns, 30-knife bar code verification, the use of which can be displayed on the digital assistant 118 or the guide Ganzushi Xingyi dagger. Event management on the device of the device ο Λ Drug label 124a 传招昍 # 八，,， η 二, \ Department of private month into a knife and the concentration of ingredients. Medication: Wear W can be printed anywhere. The label 124a of the drug is grounded and contains a barcode printing 506d. The barcode printing 506d may include printing a barcode label for each mother liquid bag-a barcode label⑽. Standard 124a helps = keep the right medicines at the right time and / or in the right order. Alternating and sequencing of fluid instructions are particularly prone to sequence and time errors. The barcode printing 506d may include printing a unique barcode label for each bag in the infusion instruction 702 2. Bar code printing 506d ', ϋ 乂 bag g prints a bar code label 124a that uniquely indicates the composition in the infusion bag and the combination of these and the knife / chen degree. The bar code for the drug 124 may include a prefix, a suffix, and a national drug code (ncd). In our example, the barcode can also contain a lot number and an expiration date. Alternatively, another bar code may be provided to include the lot number and a valid date. Other embodiments that include active or passive RFID tags, magnetic stripes, and the like can be used. Dosing 92 200426656 Leto Margin is not used for the block diagram of dosing 5 i2 in Figure 6. Administer 512 series and eight-work square cubes. 512 7 The function used by Yu Le Wu to the patient ί 12 can include reading the drug bar code 5 12b, performing the effective date such as from the U 士 517 price, the θ function check 512c, and providing the titration method. Notify 5 1 2 d, # 疋 supply flow rate Manli upper, female 'drop rate display 512e, provide "as needed" infusion and watch 512h from time to time. The input ㈣ download ㈣ dream number 5i2g in time The system 21G can also switch the flow rate of a liquid bag that may have more than one 'command' such as a reduction and alternate instructions-the liquid bag being administered. The liquid system is: Instruction) ,: = flow rate of the infusion bag to which the mesh is being administered. ~; At the time of the administration of the drug 124, n cans A. y sign. The liquid “2 2 contains ^ change flow rate, change” and / 二 _ Commanded drug administration, scan the bar code when iron 124a γ or 疋 stop the infusion instruction, m system 21G is expected to have a guzhitan liquid with a bar code "It should be administered at this time and it should be used for repellent clothes. ,. Use y, the current 112. The history including flow rate and medications can be taken and maintained. Some infusion instructions require = an infusion bag, which is intended to have only -partial, specific amounts: ~ Widely given to Le. The infusion system 210 allows the medical staff M " 6 to order an infusion bag to be administered σ. Infusion pump with ruler macrobranch and Siri trowel has the function of giving the volume or flow rate and period. . Once this time, the liquid fruit will automatically avoid further dosing. The infusion system is an item to remind the medical caregiver of dosing, which provides a message on the city label ma, which will Partially administered and 93 200426656 The appropriate amount to be administered. The display of k-velocity to drip rate 5 12 e is the use of information generated by the function 548f from the flow rate to the drip rate to provide medical personnel for administration. Based on the current drip rate of the infusion bag. During the administration of 512, the medical staff 116 can use the digital assistant 丨 8 to check the flow rate and other operating parameters. The modification of the flow rate 002b (Figure π) is instantly Transfer. The infusion system 210 may contain a PRN or "If required, the infusion is initiated 5 12f. The "as needed" starting fluid 512 resulted in the creation of a new effective instruction and the preparation of the PRN medication. This option may include prompting the medical staff 1 1 6 to In the list of expected PRN instructions, _ pRN infusions are selected, and the requested infusion bag is preset as a -bag. The medical person Zhen 116 may have the power to modify the requested infusion bag volume.

作參數並不必在可利用該此 7是輸液泵120的醫療器材332。一項好處是用於醫療器材332的操該些操作參數來規劃該醫療器材 200426656 332之前’必須通過數位助理ιΐ8 μ 位置中之雷股 Λ, 丨J -、匕杜遂^的 ^。％過在遠端的位置處之予藥物124至病東112 除了在給個潛在的錯誤來源。假兮凡夂項的確認都被達成時， ’、°又各直接，，被H較才32的操作參數可以“ 直接被傳运至讀器材332。在此上示該4b择竹爽叙π ^ 且ί安疋表、二作茶數可以在不經過數位助理U8或是任何^ 在遂夕而的位置處之電腦下被傳送至醫療器材。匕The operating parameters need not be available for the medical device 332 which is the infusion pump 120. An advantage is that the operating parameters used for the operation of the medical device 332 to plan the medical device 200426656 Before 332 ’must pass through the digital assistant in the 8 μ position of the thunder stock Λ, 丨 J, and DU Du Sui ^. The drug was administered at the distal location to 124 to 112 in addition to giving a potential source of error. When the confirmation of all the items is reached, 'and ° are also direct, and the operating parameters of H 32 can be directly transferred to the reading device 332. The 4b option is shown here. ^ And 疋 watch, Er Zuo tea number can be transferred to the medical equipment without passing through the digital assistant U8 or any ^ computer at the location of Suixi.

方塊ΓΛ—/施例中’輪液系、统210可以包含一個額外的 1別符出）’其中，中央電腦係接受-個第二藥物在返端的位置處之醫護人員Π6可以輸入哕第_ 藥物識別符。該第二荜物 ^弟— 樂物識別符。例如， > ^ 乐例如，该第二藥物識別符可以Block ΓΛ— / In the example, the “liquid system, system 210 may include an additional 1 mark)”, where the central computer system accepts a second drug at the returning position. The medical staff Π6 can enter 哕第 _ Drug identifier. The second object ^ younger — an animal identifier. For example, > ^ Le For example, the second drug identifier can

以及操作參數的來源之卢太$ β + 2 弟病心、ID ,入、" 原之處方或是電子醫師醫令輸入的部分。輸液糸統210於3& 丨刀方、疋可以在傳送操作參數至醫確認該第一與第二藥4 ” 才之月 /、，、 ID疋相同的。該第二藥物ID可以在處方被輪入時以及筚物条物124到達治療位置〗〇6時之And the source of the operating parameters is Lu Tai $ β + 2 brother's heart, ID, entry, " original place or electronic doctor's medical order input part. The infusion system 210 in 3 & 丨 knife side, 疋 can be transmitted to the doctor to confirm that the first and second medicines are the same as the month and month ID, and the ID is the same. The ID of the second medicine can be specified in the prescription. At the turn and when the bar 124 reaches the treatment position.

用一個修改德的黛《V* ,, 咏樂物1D加以取代。若該第二藥物識別付不同於内含在邀 / ' 未物的標籤124a中之第一藥物識別符時，貝丨j该輸液***2 1 η必人 r 一 μ、〇將會發出一個警報的聲音。在另一個實施例中，輸液系續 /、可以包含一個額外的方塊（未展示 /、 &作蒼數係被使用來規劃醫療器材332。輸液系統2 1 〇之久絲七％ , 之σ種方塊，例如方塊5 12，可以包含在數位助理1 18卜_ 3 不治療資訊。此可以包含顯示資反映在輸液S 1 2 0的is - ^ 勺頌不器l2〇c上之資訊。在輪液泵12〇 95 200426656 的顯示器120c上之資訊可以被補充有關病患丨12、病患位置以及輸液指令的資訊。此資訊可以包含有關輸液泵12〇的夕個通道之資訊。所顯示的資訊可以包含例如是（但不限於）4寸性、提不行、狀態行、操作圖像以及泵標題顯示之資汛。刼作圖像係包含落滴（falling dr〇p)、停止記號、流程 J孝人衣以及延遲開始。該泵標題顯示係包含例如是藥 =標籤以及輸液速率的資訊。具有在此項技術中之—般技能者係熟悉上述之所顯示的資訊以及操作圖像。一該輪液系統210的時間監視512h係計算完成一個指令逛，多少時間以及一個輸液指令還要被給藥的量。當醫護六員1 1 6使用輸液系統2 1 0來給藥該輸液指令時，為了對 Ϊ速做改變以及為了檢查輸液的狀態，輸液系統210係叶藥的時間及*，並且其係指出該計算結果是否 ; 」曰使用到一部分的袋。例如，在整個量被給藥之一们.曰令的最後-袋將被停止時、以及/或是在整個醫镬人員ιΐ6:在—個指令之内的-個袋必須被換掉時，絶瓜、在數位助理118以及/或是推車132之上被警告。該警告可^ Α 干之上被 ml”。匕3 一個訊息，例如是“請只給藥150 速所二係包含湘條碼掃描來追縱任何對於》Replace it with a modified German "V * ,, chanting 1D." If the second drug identification is different from the first drug identifier contained in the invitation / 'object label 124a, the infusion system 2 1 η must be r μ, 〇 will issue an alarm the sound of. In another embodiment, the infusion system may include an additional block (not shown), and is used to plan medical equipment 332. The infusion system is 7% of the long silk, σ Such blocks, such as block 5 12, can be included in the digital assistant 1 18 _ 3 non-treatment information. This can include display information reflected on the is-^ spoon chanter 1220 of the infusion S 1 2 0. In The information on the display 120c of the wheel fluid pump 12095 200426656 can be supplemented with information about the patient 12, the patient's location, and the infusion instruction. This information can include information about the 12 channels of the infusion pump 120. The displayed information The information can include, for example (but not limited to) 4 inches, lifting or not, status line, operation image, and pump title display. Operation image includes falling drop, stop sign, process J filial clothes and delayed start. The pump title display contains information such as medicine = label and infusion rate. Those with ordinary skills in this technology are familiar with the displayed information and operation images. The The time monitoring 512h of the fluid system 210 calculates how much time is required to complete an instruction, and the amount of an infusion instruction to be administered. When the medical staff member 1 1 6 uses the infusion system 2 1 0 to administer the infusion instruction, In order to change the speed and to check the status of the infusion, the infusion system 210 is the time and * of the leaf medicine, and it indicates whether the calculation result is; "A part of the bag is used. For example, the entire amount is administered One. At the end of the command-when the bag will be stopped, and / or the entire medical staff 6: within a command-when the bag must be replaced, the guarantor, the digital assistant 118 and / Or be warned on the cart 132. The warning can be ^ Α on the top. Ml3. A message, such as "Please give only 150 speeds. The second line contains a Hunan barcode scan to chase any response".

整下-個所需=局係即時地被警告以根據該項修改來I -的監視之準備5G6。準備^及給秦剛好及時之傳逆；t 的剛好及時之傳送為可行的。傳〜減少歸因於中斷或是改變的輪液指令之 96 200426656 浪費。監視亦確保病患112的安全。對於滴定法PRN指令而言，若在指令中的滴定條件是指出流速必須被改變時，則醫護人員n"自動地被通知所需的流速改變。輸液系統21〇係包含用於計算流速至點滴速率的轉換548f之定義的函數。輸液系統2丨〇所定義的值可以疋可调整的。輸液系統2 1 〇可以包含自動的流速至點滴速率的轉換548f以在治療的給藥期間協助醫護人員 116。 ’ 指令的文件記錄及修改第11圖是展示用於輸液指令的文件記錄丨〇丨2以及第 6圖的輸液指令修改5 14與訊息傳送520之功能組件的方塊圖。修改5 14係包含被用以修改現有的輸液指令之功能方塊。修改5 1 4也可以被視為產生新的指令以取代現有的輸液指令。修改5 14可以包含修改的改變1 〇〇2、對於新的指令可利用之大致上所有下指令的選項1 〇〇4、再次檢查 1 006、再次檢查的撤銷1 〇〇8以及新的流速至新的點滴速率之顯示1 〇 1 〇。輸液指令的修改經常導致有文件記錄 1012以及訊息傳送520。修改514係包含參考處方修改模組3 3 6 (第4圖）所述的功能。然而，修改5 14也可從病患照顧系統1 00的其它部份，例如（但不限於），處方輸入 324、處方啟動306以及處方授權308之處加以利用的。修改5 14係包含修改持續期間1 002a、修改流速1 〇〇2b 、使用新的輸液部位1 〇〇2c、指明修改的理由1002d、指明一個輸液袋的容量l〇〇2e以及處理停止指令1002f。若病 97 200426656 患1 1 2正在抱怨不適或是為了患1 1 2正在嘔吐時，醫護人員就改變輸液速率。促進流體平衡，例如，當病 Π 6也可以在沒有指令之下改的改.交1002係包含指明新的持續期間丨、相明新的流速1002b、指日月新的輪液部位1〇〇2c、指明修改^ :由则、指明在輸液袋中之剩餘量1〇〇2e以及停止指令川:在最初的輸液指令產± 5{)4期間可利用之下指令Reconciliation-one required = Bureau is immediately warned to prepare for 5G6 surveillance under this modification. Prepare ^ and pass back to Qin just in time; just in time for t is feasible. Pass ~ to reduce wasted attrition due to interruptions or changes in the Rotary Instructions 96 200426656. Surveillance also ensures patient 112 safety. For the titration PRN instruction, if the titration conditions in the instruction indicate that the flow rate must be changed, the medical staff is automatically notified of the required flow rate change. The infusion system 21o contains a defined function for calculating the flow rate to drip rate conversion 548f. The value defined by the infusion system 2 can be adjusted. The infusion system 21 may include an automatic flow rate to drip rate conversion 548f to assist the medical staff 116 during the administration of the treatment. ’Document Recording and Modification of Instructions FIG. 11 is a block diagram showing the functional records of the infusion instruction modification 5 14 and message transmission 520 of FIG. 6 for the infusion instruction 2 and FIG. 6. Modification 5 14 contains function blocks that are used to modify existing infusion instructions. Modification 5 1 4 can also be seen as generating a new instruction to replace an existing infusion instruction. Modification 5 14 may contain modified changes 1 002, options for almost all instructions available for new instructions 1 004, re-check 1 006, re-check revocation 1 008, and new flow rate to The new drip rate is shown as 010. Modifications to infusion instructions often result in documented records 1012 and message transmissions 520. Modification 514 includes the functions described with reference to the prescription modification module 3 3 6 (Figure 4). However, modification 5 14 can also be used from other parts of the patient care system 100, such as (but not limited to) prescription input 324, prescription activation 306, and prescription authorization 308. Modification 5 14 series includes modification duration 1 002a, modification flow rate 002b, use of a new infusion site 1002c, specifying the reason for the modification 1002d, specifying the capacity of an infusion bag 1002e, and processing stop instruction 1002f. In case of illness 97 200426656 patient 1 1 2 is complaining of discomfort or patient 1 1 2 is vomiting, the medical staff changes the infusion rate. Promote fluid balance, for example, when the disease Π 6 can also be changed without instructions. Jiao 1002 series includes specifying a new duration 丨, the new flow rate 1002b, and the new moon fluid location of the moon 2c 、 Specify the amendment ^: by the rule, specify the remaining amount in the infusion bag 1002e and stop the instruction Chuan: the following instructions can be used during the initial infusion instruction production ± 5 () 4

:選項係大致上可利用於修改輸液指令。在最初的輸液指々產生5〇4期間可利用之下指令的選項係包含在第8圖中所展不者。再次檢查1GG6以及再次檢查的撤们刪係類 :於參考第8圖所述的檢查564及撤鎖⑽。新的流速至 :的：滴速率之顯# 1010係協助醫護人員，並且最小化墓：：一5 η期間錯誤的可能性。該修改後的輸液指令可以、至有一個修改後的輸液計劃表。 =在治療位i 1G6處係經f為了例如是當輸液已經: The option is used to modify the infusion instruction. The options available under the instruction during the initial infusion of 504 are included in Figure 8 and are not shown. Check again 1GG6 and remove the check category again: check 564 and release lock ⑽ described in reference to Figure 8. The new flow rate to ::: 滴速之显 # 1010 is to assist medical staff and minimize the tomb ::-the possibility of errors during a 5 η period. The modified infusion instruction can be changed to a modified infusion schedule. = At the treatment position i 1G6, the menstruation f is used for example when the infusion has been

表：止1又短期間時’為了在不改變用於準備的計劃、下趕上進度之理由而被修改。此種修新的輸液_ 704傳遞至華…甘”以不而要將計劃表704 Μ被H , Μ它的情形I新的亥被傳运至樂局或是其他準備的工作人員。广2b係觸發輸液指令排程的改變以及/或是訊心520給適當的醫護人員ιΐ6。 ⑽2= 護人1 "6在治療…°6處輸入流速的修改統⑽中時，該醫護人員⑴也可以選擇于輪液計劃表斯《新計算並且傳送至藥局。醫護 98 200426656 人員116係具有請求新的藥物標M 124a是藉由條碼列印 5_模組來被列印的選擇權。新的藥物標籤12如係包含資料以反映該新的資訊用於任何先前備妥的輸液袋。輸液系統210以及/或是醫護人員116可以請求對於輪液部位讀c做修改。該部位可以從在，列的解剖圖（anatomical representati〇n)中選出。醫護人員」16可能被要求針對該修改職以明—個理由。二:Γ庫二的理由可被顯示，例如(但不限於)，時序撤銷 4以及流速撤銷的理由546g，以便於由醫護人貝 116指明。對於馨紅丁 & …曰令的修改可以有-個別的硬編碼的（hard-coded)固定理由。 .g Ί , „ 西1 Ρ 3日令的修改，醫謹人貝116可能被請求來指明該醫師。隻在實施修改之前，在目前的輸明1002e 〇 μ罐a 。 ^餘里係被指 p 貝116可被提供選擇權來接受一射改丽的流速以及/或e交曰個攸t 及/或疋谷置之顯示值所計算出之容 ▲右為所期望的話，目前的輸液可以被停止指令並非必要的話，例如二 2f。右新的流速简是新添加的藥物，則舊=可被使用於並且與該修改後的流速做比較。售的-迷可以被指明任何先前準備的輸液袋都可 -來檢查有效日期。當—個輸液指令液計劃表保留（hoid)指令之後重新繼續時，有效曰补Γ亭止或是方；已經準備的溶液之有效曰期來加以進行。双—可以相關 —的輪液計劃表7Q4係被使用 k制在樂局或是其 99 200426656 它準備地點中的準備506。可以設定系統預設值544以用、於是否有任何準備的袋應該透過開帳單介面312而被記帳 · 於病患1 1 2，以及該些袋是否應該被記入存貨。輸液指令的改變1002係包含可利用於新指令之所有下私令的選項1 004。修改後的流速可以針對規則及容限而被再次檢查1006,例如（但不限於），淨濃度1〇〇以、流速 1006b、給藥時間1〇〇6c、持續期間1〇〇以以及輸液部位 W〇6f。撤銷1008是可利用於超出容限的修改。輪液系統 21〇可以顯示用於撤銷以及用於除了在原始的指令中所# # 疋的時間之外給予藥物之理由1〇〇8f。醫護人員116可能被要求對於該修改要指明一個理由。輸液系統210可以提供醫護人員116 一個顯示畫面指出該修改後的點滴速率係與該修改後的流速ι〇ΐ2相關。該顯示出的資訊可以藉由該流速至點滴速率“Μ之定義的函數而被計算出。輪液系統21〇也可以被提供在輸液系統 21〇内所用之典型的輸液管之說明，以用於計算點滴速_ ^改係導致輸液系統21〇來確認輸液袋的有效日期並且一亥輻液袋在指令的完成之前就已經過期時，其係提供一個訊息給醫護人員1 1 6 〇兮4 ό 1 ± _ 、 δ亥訊息可以請求醫護人員116 聯絡藥局。溶液（例如㈠曰$ . (例如（仁不限於），預混合的溶液以及輸液糸統210外部所製造的溶、— X輸液袋的有效日期之確認可以包含浯法分析（Parsing)該掃描碼。流速的撤銷1〇〇8b可以楹徒供一項指示為修改輸液指令 100 200426656 的醫護人員U6是否具有權力在不需要對於新的輸液指八之認可下，就可撤鎖所指示的限制。此指示可以適用於; 患照顧系統1 0 〇或是一個次系統。 ' 文件記錄1012係即時地捕捉輪液指令的資訊。文件記錄係包含記錄多個同時被給藥的輸液以及輸液修改，例如° 但不限於），持續期間的改'變1〇12a、流速的改變ι〇咖、容量的改變1012c、以及輸液部位的改變1〇i2d。The table: only for a short period of time ’has been revised for reasons of keeping up with schedules without changing plans used for preparation. This new infusion _ 704 is passed to Hua… Gan ”so that the schedule 704 will not be transferred to H, and the situation I will be transferred to the music bureau or other prepared staff. Guang 2b Changes in the schedule of the infusion command are triggered and / or Xunxin 520 is given to the appropriate medical staff ΐ6. = 2 = Guardian 1 " 6 When modifying the input flow rate at the treatment ... ° 6, the medical staff also also Can be selected in the Rotary Planner's "New calculation and transmission to the pharmacy. Medical staff 98 200426656 Personnel 116 has the option to request the new drug label M 124a to be printed by barcode 5_module. New If the drug label 12 contains information to reflect the new information for any previously prepared infusion bag. The infusion system 210 and / or medical staff 116 may request a modification of the c reading of the fluid site. The site can be modified from Selected from the anatomical representation of the column. Medical staff "16 may be required to clarify one reason for the modification. Two: The reason of Γ library two can be displayed, such as (but not limited to), the time sequence cancellation 4 and the reason for the flow rate cancellation 546g, so that it can be specified by the medical staff member 116. For Xin Hong Ding & ... the modification of the command can have-individual hard-coded fixed reasons. .g Ί, „West 1 P 3 Order Amendment, Medical Doctor Bei 116 may be requested to identify the physician. Only before implementing the amendment, in the current input of 1002e 0 μa a. ^ Yuli was accused p 116 can be provided with the option to accept the calculated flow rate of a shot and / or the calculated value of the displayed value of 攸 t and / or Kariya ▲ the right is the desired, the current infusion can be It is not necessary to be instructed to stop, for example, 2f. The right new flow rate is the newly added drug, then the old = can be used and compared with the modified flow rate. Sale-fans can be specified any previously prepared The infusion bag can be used to check the expiration date. When an infusion instruction solution schedule is retained (hoid) and then resumed, the effective solution is to supplement the formula or the prescription; the effective date of the prepared solution is to be performed. The double-may-related rotatable schedule table 7Q4 is used for the preparation of 506 in the game or its 99 200426656. It is possible to set the system preset value 544 for whether there are any prepared bags should Via the billing interface 312 Billed to patient 1 12 and whether the bags should be credited to inventory. Changes to the infusion order 1002 include all options for private orders that can be used in the new order 1 004. The modified flow rate can be tailored to the rules and 1006, such as (but not limited to), a net concentration of 100%, a flow rate of 1006b, a dosing time of 1006c, a duration of 100, and a site of infusion W6f. 1008 is possible Used for modification beyond tolerance. Rotational fluid system 21 can display reasons for revocation and for the administration of drugs other than the time # # 疋 stated in the original instruction 1008f. Medical staff 116 may be required A reason should be specified for the modification. The infusion system 210 can provide medical staff 116 with a display that indicates that the modified drip rate is related to the modified flow rate ι〇ΐ2. The displayed information can be passed from the flow rate to the drip The function "M" is calculated. Rotation system 21〇 can also be provided with a description of a typical infusion tube used in the infusion system 21〇 for calculating the drip rate _ ^ modified to cause the infusion system 21〇 to confirm the expiration date of the infusion bag and a Haihe When the fluid bag has expired before the completion of the instruction, the department provides a message to the medical staff. 1 16 〇 Xi 4 ό 1 ± _, δ Hai message can ask the medical staff 116 to contact the pharmacy. Solution (for example, "$" (for example, "ren" is not limited to), pre-mixed solution and solution manufactured outside the infusion system 210, confirmation of the expiration date of the X infusion bag may include parsing the scan code) The revocation of flow rate 1008b can be used by the gangster to give an indication as to whether the medical staff U6 who has amended the infusion instruction 100 200426656 has the power to unlock the indicated restrictions without the need for approval of the new infusion finger. This instruction can be applied to: Patient care system 100 or a secondary system. 'File record 1012 captures the information of the fluid instruction in real time. The file record contains the records of multiple simultaneous infusions and infusion modifications, such as ° but not limited to), changes in the duration of 1012a, changes in flow rate, changes in capacity, changes in capacity of 1012c, and changes in the infusion site 10i2d.

當改變正在發生時，輸液系統210可以協助醫護人員 116來捕捉所有在流速上的改變。醫護人員ιΐ6可以改妈在指令中所需要的流速’例如，降低嗎啡輸液的流速： 4ml至2m卜儘管輸液系統21()可^㈣魏μ㈣令，但是輸液系統210可以被配置以避免重複，因而該：改後的指令並不導致新袋的產生。 ^ 文件記錄1〇12係包含記錄例如是（但不限於），暫時停止、中斷以及/或是重新開始之輸液的改變之功能。醫護iWhen changes are occurring, the infusion system 210 may assist the healthcare provider 116 to capture all changes in flow rate. The medical staff 6 can change the flow rate required by the mother's instructions. For example, reduce the flow rate of morphine infusion: 4ml to 2m. Although the infusion system 21 () can be used, the infusion system 210 can be configured to avoid repetition. Therefore: The revised instructions do not lead to the creation of new bags. ^ File record 1012 contains functions to record changes such as (but not limited to), temporarily stopping, interrupting, and / or restarting an infusion. Healthcare i

員1 16可以因為各種的理由來停止輸液，例如，輸液部位已經受至"員t、輸》夜已經鬆脫以及/或是輸液可以用肝素/ 鹽水（salme)鎖定以使得病患112的移動變得容易。當新的部位/輸液已經重新被建立時’輸液可以被恢復繼續T然而 ’此可能花費的時間長度是可變的’並且大致上是藉由'輸液系統2 1 0加以記錄的。則政府法規經常需要追蹤在輸液給藥的過程中之每一個步驟。輸液系統210係容許給藥的醫護人員ιΐ6能夠在數位助理118或是其它的電腦裝置上記錄流速的修改 101 200426656 藉由掃描藥物的標籤124a並且根據容限，例如是藉由設定容限542所產生的容限來調整流速i〇〇2a。流^的 i〇〇2b係即時地對應於相關聯的藥局之輸液計劃表以確保送到病患治療㈣1〇6的輸液袋有剛好及時的存貨管理。文件記I录1012可以容許指令在某些期追溯到過去某時。 Μ 輸液系統21G係包含記錄輸液部位1()i2d以及對於多個輸液部位記錄多個輸液1〇12e之功能。在許多情#中，Members 1 to 16 can stop the infusion for various reasons, for example, the infusion site has been affected by "person t, infusion" has been released and / or the infusion can be locked with heparin / salme to make the patient 112 Moving becomes easy. When the new site / infusion has been re-established, the infusion can be resumed to continue. However, the length of time this may take is variable and is generally recorded by the infusion system 2 10. Government regulations often need to track every step in the process of infusion administration. The infusion system 210 is a medical staff who allows drug delivery. The ability to record the flow rate modification on a digital assistant 118 or other computer device. 101 200426656 By scanning the label 124a of the drug and according to the tolerance, for example, by setting the tolerance 542. The resulting tolerance is used to adjust the flow rate 〇02a. Streaming 〇002b corresponds to the infusion schedule of the relevant pharmacy in real time to ensure that the infusion bag sent to the patient for treatment ㈣106 has just-in-time inventory management. Record I 1012 allows the order to be traced back to a certain time in the past. The M infusion system 21G includes a function of recording infusion site 1 () i2d and recording multiple infusion sites 1012e for a plurality of infusion sites. In many sentiments #,

病患m可以有多種藥物124以及“γ㈣連接的”輸液，因而某些輸液係流入-個部位，而其它輪液則注入另一部 4 :如’馬啡輸液、抗生素以及生理食鹽水係被注入右手 # (口ίΜ立 1)，而 ΤΡΝ 與 2/3 & i/v在士爲iA /3係、")L入一個雙腔靜脈導吕（double lmnen)CVL(部位於、、右么从 )輪液糸統2 1 〇係容許醫護人貝Π 6能夠記錄各種的流體且止在輸液通過之部位為哪個口 Μ立。在例如是加護中心的Patient m can have multiple drugs 124 and “γ㈣ linked” infusions, so some infusions flow into one site, while other fluids are injected into another 4: such as' miffin infusions, antibiotics, and physiological saline solution. Inject the right hand # (口 ίＭ立 1), and TPN and 2/3 & i / v in the iA / 3 series, ") L into a double lmnen CVL (parts located in ,,, (Right from the right) The system of fluid 2 1 0 allows the medical caregiver to be able to record various fluids and stop at which position the infusion site passes. For example in an intensive care center

兩個的輸液可以流入一條管或內置106巾，許多種超過 Π6 # ^ ψ 、内腔〇Umen)。醫護人員遷出輪液或是藥物正流入之Μ的哪個内腔。以〜以錄用於輸液的部位位置i〇i2d Μ及仕词部位位置的改处此。輸液部位係經常由於阻基—。n)或是政策的關係〇·、p 、夂因此，若輪液轡成鬆脫的且接著被重新開始較部位位置上的改變。酉瘦人貝"6必須記錄在輸液系統係使得集中化例如是輸《 12〇的醫^材二置成為可能的。用於黡。。材之刼作參數經常包含預設值 102 200426656 及/或是容限。預設值以及/或是容限可以存在於輪液系〇.中，例如，流速容限_以及/或是在盘該才 332相關的記憶體中。例如，輸液泵120可以包含十 =庫二料庫係具有-個擁有關聯的流速容限之藥物：速0:若醫：亡員116輸入一個超出該關聯的流速容限之流、守，則醫濩人員i ! 6係被警告並 1 e ^ L ^ 接者可能被允許進行右疋被不止進行。例如是心率監視器的器材如也可以且可，態設定的容限用於警告。除了警告之外，許多发二Two infusions can flow into a tube or a built-in 106 towel, many more than Π6 # ^ ψ, inner cavity (Umen). The medical staff moved out of the lumen or which cavity the drug was flowing into. The position of the site for infusion i0i2d Μ and the position of the official site of the site are changed. The infusion site is often due to a hindrance. n) Or the relationship of policy 〇 ·, p, 夂 Therefore, if the liquid fluid becomes loose and then it is restarted to change the position of the part.酉 Skinny people " 6 must be recorded in the infusion system to make it possible to centralize, for example, the loss of medical resources of "120." Used for 黡. . The material operating parameters often include the default value 102 200426656 and / or tolerance. The preset value and / or the tolerance may exist in the liquid system, for example, the flow rate tolerance_ and / or in the memory associated with the disk 332. For example, the infusion pump 120 may include ten = the second library has a drug with an associated flow rate tolerance: speed 0: if the doctor: the dead 116 enter a flow rate that exceeds the associated flow rate tolerance, Medical staff members i! 6 are warned and 1 e ^ L ^ recipients may be allowed to perform right sacrifice more than once. For example, a heart rate monitor can be used, and the tolerance set by the state is used for warning. In addition to warnings, many sent two

的特徵典型都可以被組態設 "匕名稱、IP位“. 用於為材332 ’例如··網路冉抒位址、查詢（Polling)頻率以 210係包含你斗夕，丄及色衫。輸液系統宁匕3從一或多個中央電腦設定醫療器材332。 Μ地或疋成組地組態系統配置參數可以被定義該4b季统w ^ 義用於弟一類型的醫療器材。 —糸、、先配置苓數係被傳送且，除非該特定Μ ~ ^弟一類型的器材所接收户4扣疋的弟一類型的器材且類型的裝置之 /、有適用於该特定的第一The typical features can all be configured by "quoting the name and IP address". It is used for the material 332 'for example. · Internet Ran address, query (Polling) frequency, including 210 Dou Xi, you and color The infusion system Ning 3 sets the medical equipment 332 from one or more central computers. The configuration parameters of the system configuration can be defined. The 4b system is used for the first type of medical equipment.糸 ,, firstly, the Ling number system is transmitted, and unless the particular M ~ ^ 1 type of equipment is received by the household 4 type of equipment and type of device / One

類型的醫療器材可位在一般㈣二，弟-㈣個第一類刑沾π …、顧/D療位置處。第二複數 8,.、、纟请療器材可位在加護治療# w _ :Γ療位置可能不具有特定的配二處。該一般的置確實具有特定的m數〆 I玄加護治療輪液***210中之所右/ 糸、為配置參數將會適用於 -^ 之所有弟一類型的醫療哭材，介化如 “照顧治療位置才亦即’在該例如是該加護治療位置之外非有特定的配置參數適用對於每一種類型的裝置 ° 特疋的配置參數係適用 103 定的掌置：的裝置群組中之所有該類型的裝置，若-個特數係槪銷有此種定義的群組時’該些特定的配置參液***2^内配置t數，除非該些特定的配置參數係在輪被界定為内之一，更明確的層級處被撤銷。該些群組可人。Μ °木的服矛力、濩理站以及/或是服務及護理站的組，於母種類型的裝置而言，使用者可以定義配置參士斗其係適用於被用在具有指定範圍的屬性之動作的所 :-員1的裝置，該些動作係蓋過任何其它的定義。在醫院 ’ 4些動作可以是由輸液指令所組成，因而該些屬性可以包：病患體重、藥品、病患疾病狀態與病情嚴重程度。 !置可以藉由將裝置位址内含在資料庫的表中而被护 :為-般的群組之部分、—個特定的群組以及/或是與 ^的病患相關。—般或是特^的配置參數於是可以根據該裝置的識別而被傳送至該裝置。該些特定的配置參數接著Λ 可被讀回到輸液系、統210，並且與原先所傳送的配置史數做比較，以驗證原始的配置參數已正確地由器材切所接收。若該些配置參數未正確地被接收時，則輸液系統2ι〇 3 Μ提供一 1固指明不一致或是通訊失敗的訊息52〇。輪液系統210可以檢測在該器材處對於配置參數所做的改變，而不是透過中央電腦，並且其係傳送一個訊息以及/或是警告520。輸液系統21〇也可以查詢器材以驗證其配置麥數。若系統以及/或是特定的配置參數改變時，則根據輸液系統210中被指明的分組，該些改變可以被傳遞至 104 200426656 該系統中被指明為屬於該群組之所有的器材332。在此1知文件以及相關的申請專利範圍中，“中央位置 ’’以及“遠端的位置，，是彼此相對的用語。“遠端的位置:是任何其中病患係透過—個受控制的醫療器材來接受治療的位置，例如’其中病患、112是透過輸液泵120來接受治療之病患治療位置106。“中央位置，，是除了遠端的位置之外的任何其t心操作醫療諸的參數是可利料位置，例如（但不限於）’藥局電腦104以及中央系統⑽的位置。在—Types of medical equipment can be located in general, second-class, first-class punishment π, Gu / D treatment positions. The second plural number 8,. ,, and the treatment equipment can be located in the additional treatment # w _: Γ treatment position may not have a specific matching two places. The general device does have a specific number of m, I, Xuan plus nursing wheel fluid system 210, and the configuration parameters will be applicable to all types of medical crying materials of-^, such as "care The treatment position means' there are no specific configuration parameters outside of the intensive treatment position, for example. For each type of device, the special configuration parameters are applicable to all 103 devices: For this type of device, if a special number system has such a defined group, the number of t is configured in the specific configuration reference system 2 ^, unless the specific configuration parameters are defined as Within one, a more specific level is revoked. These groups are human. The group of Servants, Management Stations, and / or Service and Nursing Stations, for the mother type device, The user can define the configuration of the Sentry Fighter which is applicable to the action used in the action with the specified range of attributes:-the device of the member 1, these actions override any other definitions. In the hospital '4 some actions can be Consists of infusion instructions, so these are Sex can include: patient weight, medicine, patient disease status, and severity of disease. The device can be protected by including the device address in a table in the database: as part of a -like group,- A specific group and / or related to the patient.-General or special configuration parameters can then be transmitted to the device based on the identification of the device. These specific configuration parameters can then be read Go back to the infusion system and system 210 and compare it with the number of configuration histories originally transmitted to verify that the original configuration parameters have been correctly received by the device. If the configuration parameters were not received correctly, the infusion system 2OM3 provides a message indicating the inconsistency or communication failure 52. The wheel fluid system 210 can detect changes to the configuration parameters at the device, rather than through a central computer, and it sends a message and / Or warning 520. The infusion system 21 can also query the equipment to verify its configured wheat count. If the system and / or specific configuration parameters change, according to the indicated group in the infusion system 210, the These changes can be passed to 104 200426656 in the system, all equipment 332 designated as belonging to this group. In this document and related patent applications, "central location" and "distant location," Are relative to each other. "Remote location: Any location where the patient is being treated through a controlled medical device, such as' where patient, 112 is a patient receiving treatment through an infusion pump 120 Treatment location 106. "Central position is any position other than the distal position, which is a parameter that can be used for medical treatment, such as (but not limited to) the position of the pharmacy computer 104 and the position of the central system. In-

個典型的配置中，數個例如是治療…06之遠端的位置係與一個中央位置通訊。儘管本揭露内容已經專注於輸液栗120在該系統川之内的使用’ 0可瞭解到的是，其它的醫療器材也可以被使用在該系統210之内，而不脫離本發明的範疇。例如，各種類型的醫療器材係包含(但不限於)輸液纟、呼吸哭 (ventllator)、透析機machme)、等等。一種額: 之類型的醫療器材是微型電機系統（MEMS)組件。mems是In a typical configuration, several remote locations such as Healing ... 06 communicate with a central location. Although this disclosure has focused on the use of infusion pump 120 within the system, it can be understood that other medical equipment can also be used within the system 210 without departing from the scope of the present invention. For example, various types of medical devices include, but are not limited to, infusion pumps, ventllator, dialysis machine machme, and the like. One type: This type of medical device is a micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) component. mems is

-種被利用以產生在尺寸上可以小於1毫米之小型或微小裝置的技術，儘管該些裝置也可以是較大的。MEMS裝置典型地是從玻璃晶圓或切製成，但是該技術已經發展遠超出其在半導體產業之起源技術。每個MEMS裝置都是在個晶>!之上的一個整合的微系統，除了光學、流體、電乳、化學以及生物醫學的元件之外，其可以納入移動的機械卩件所產生的MEMS裝置或元件係回應於許多類型的輸入，其包含壓力、振動、化學製品、光以及加速。 105 200426656 MEMS組件可以是_此、、ώ θ 二不冋的凡件，其包含各種類型的泵飢里閥、流量感測哭怎'口口 & 、壓力感測器或是元件的組合於只1 ’即如同以丁话4 下更坪細所述者，MEMS組件的一㈣Μ為概㈣在第53圖中所示之管線廳崎^ °MEMS I 5314係能夠透過管5312來將内含在IV袋 5320中的流體泵唧铖社V衣木絰由進入裝置5324而進入病患 S、、且件係具有一個附接至其的MEMS本地的電子元件，並且該MEMS電子元件係連接到一個外料、耐久的廳⑽控制器，其可以如同在此所述之本輸液栗12〇-般地與本系、统2Π)通訊。在MEMS$5314的一個實施例中、，则MS電子元件5332係被心於其中，並且較佳地可者存MEMS茶數的操作資訊。言玄MEMs控制器以及其電子電路與電源可以實際上或是無線地連接至MEMS電子一件在個貝施例中，該參數的操作資訊可以從該可分離的MEMS控制5338載入。較佳地，該泵元件別*係根據被本地儲存在該MEMS電子電路兄32之内的資訊，透匕g 5 3 1 2以產生液體流。此資訊較佳地是從一個連線的、但為可分離的MEMS控制器5338下載而得。再者， / MEMS組件可以經由無線通訊來和系統2 1 〇通訊。此外 a 4 MEMS控制器可以透過一條無線或是有線的通訊路徑來如供往返於系統2 1 0的資訊傳輸，以完全自動化在本系統210中的MEMS組件之控制及查詢。 MEMS或是其它新興之經濟的製造技術之使用係提供 106 200426656 機會來將麵S元件加裝到一個用完即丢的管線组，㈠卜㈣能，例如’㈣、裝設間門以及感測。部分 S疋王部支杈之本地的電子電路也可以内含在组 1 固用完即丢的部份令。例如，内含-個包含用於果：厂堅力感：…:或是流量感測器、閥、或是用完即丢的元件之A technology that is used to produce small or tiny devices that can be smaller than 1 mm in size, although the devices can also be larger. MEMS devices are typically made from glass wafers or cut, but the technology has evolved far beyond its origins in the semiconductor industry. Each MEMS device is an integrated micro-system on top of the individual crystals !! In addition to optical, fluid, electrical milk, chemical and biomedical components, it can be incorporated into the MEMS generated by moving mechanical components A device or element responds to many types of inputs, including pressure, vibration, chemicals, light, and acceleration. 105 200426656 MEMS components can be _this ,, free θ, all kinds of components, which include various types of pumps, valves, flow sensing, crying, mouth pressure & pressure sensors, or a combination of components in Only 1 ′, as described in Ding Hua 4 Xia Pingxian, one MEMS component of the MEMS device is shown in Figure 53. The pipeline Hallzaki ^ ° MEMS I 5314 series can be contained by the pipe 5312 The fluid pump 唧铖社 V 衣 20 in the IV bag 5320 enters the patient S by the access device 5324, and the piece has a MEMS local electronic component attached to it, and the MEMS electronic component is connected to An external, durable hall controller, which can communicate with the department, system 2) as the infusion pump 120- described herein. In one embodiment of MEMS $ 5314, MS electronic component 5332 is focused on it, and preferably it can store the operation information of MEMS tea count. Yanxuan MEMs controller and its electronic circuit and power supply can be connected to MEMS electronics in practice or wirelessly. In one example, the operation information of this parameter can be loaded from the detachable MEMS control 5338. Preferably, the pump element is based on information stored locally in the MEMS electronic circuit unit 32, and passes through the g 5 3 1 2 to generate a liquid flow. This information is preferably downloaded from a connected but detachable MEMS controller 5338. Furthermore, the / MEMS component can communicate with the system 2 10 via wireless communication. In addition, the a 4 MEMS controller can use a wireless or wired communication path for information transmission to and from the system 210 to completely automate the control and query of the MEMS components in the system 210. The use of MEMS or other emerging economic manufacturing technologies provides 106 200426656 the opportunity to add surface S components to a disposable line group, such as' ㈣, install door and sensing . The local electronic circuit of some S 疋王部支 branches can also contain part of the order that is lost when used up in Group 1. For example, it contains a component for fruit: plant firmness: ...: either a flow sensor, a valve, or a disposable element

、、且a的校準資訊之記丨咅辦曰U I θ “'體曰曰片可能是較佳的。用後即可丟棄疋所期望的，因為其免除τ名夂 *母次後績的應用之間，對方、糸、、先的組件之昂貴的消毒之需要。Notes on the calibration information of ， and a 丨 UI “UI θ" 'body said film may be better. After use, you can discard 疋 what you want, because it waives the application of τ name 母 * secondary performance In between, the need for expensive sterilization of each other's components.

彈出式視窗在-個實施例中，該系統可以經地提供醫護人員| 出式視固來自動個藥物表係、被輸人到中央資料庫嶋中。該藥包含一或多種藥物的學名以及任何與其相關聯的商：名二。連結到該藥物表之内的每一種藥物的是用於二= 視窗來顯示之個別沾〜6 、工田弹出式施加以-羞―、該些訊息可以藉由醫療保健設Pop-up window In one embodiment, the system can provide medical staff by location | outward vision fixation to automate a drug list and be imported into the central database 嶋. The drug contains the scientific name of one or more drugs and any quotient associated with it: name two. Each drug linked to the drug list is used for individual dipsticks in two = windows to display ~ 6, Koda pop-up applied with-shy-, these messages can be set by medical care

,W疋藉由該系統提供者預先定義的。較佳地舁母種樂物_ m # #㈣危險事項，例如县少全 /条物相關的員要如何施用該藥物；3)有關藥物的醫師參考於輸液該藥品之適杏沾石s ^ 可貝Λ，句用序之警語，例如田^通道；以及5)有關輸液設定的程㈣一。)。為了小軟袋輸液而打開-個滾筒夹弹出式視窗j + 中之際被顯示出的一種藥物被選擇或是輸入到計算裳置的，例如：當該藥物正藉由醫師經由 107 CPOE而被指示時；當該藥物 … ;以及當該藥物正藉由K s '、局或類似者處理時施例中，者—#銥榀酉D貝給藥於病患時。在一個實她例甲田種樂物的選擇或耠入口貝處之計算裝置上被完成時在-個遠端的位置被利用，其中與該藥物相關的之f料庫係被提供給該遠端的計算弹出式視固訊息係泰H , ^衣置用於顯示給該醫護人員。較锃也，與—種藥物相關的至+ — 是在用藥指令、過程以及給藥程序^固彈出式視窗訊息之際被提供用於顯示的。譬 '㈣，步驟起始如是CPOE的古十曾壯罟 ^入—個用藥指令至例苴中一㈣^ 之際’ 一個彈出式視窗係被顯示， -施例中藥物的醫師參考資訊，並且在—個貝把例中，另_個彈出式視窗可们關的危險事項n 被頌不有關與該藥物相際，-式夕Λ 在精由藥局或類似者處理該指令之 3夕固彈出式才見窗係被顯示在個計曾奘罢4 , 甘必+局104之内的一㈣上’用於提供有關該藥物之-般的資訊以及 …亥条物相關之可能的危及醫護人員仏溢争貝接者’當该指令正藉由該醫護人員相關的計算褒置（亦即’手持式;個與 ’用於提供有關該藥物的：：S)之上中，也rt 貝讯亚且在一個實施例风，、人该藥物相關之可能要如何處理。心事項’例如’該藥物正藉在計算裝置上所顯示之彈出式視窗是特定於二人員所實行的用藥指令、過程以及給藥程序中 …言如’包含醫師參考資訊的彈出式視窗較佳地並 108 200426656 不經由手持式裝置1 1 8顯干仏嗜丄 "、'貝不、、，6 ό蒦士。俾營如士 — 施例中，使用去士 e較… 彳皿S如此，在一個貫W 疋 is predefined by the system provider. It is better to 舁 mother kind fun thing_ m # # ㈣ Dangerous matters, for example, how to use the drug by the staff of Xian Shaoquan / Articles; 3) The doctor of the drug should refer to the infusion of the drug apricot sapphire ^ Ke Bei, the warning of sentence order, such as Tian ^ channel; and 5) Cheng Yiyi about infusion setting. ). A drug displayed in a roller clip pop-up window j + is opened for small pouch infusion. A drug is selected or entered into the calculation device. For example, when the drug is being used by a physician via 107 CPOE When indicated; when the drug ...; and when the drug is being processed by Ks', round, or the like, in the embodiments, the # -Iridium D shellfish is administered to the patient. It was used at a remote location when it was completed on a computing device for selection of the Kota Kinabalu, or at the entrance shell, where the f database related to the drug was provided to the remote location. The calculated pop-up visual fixation system is Thai H, and the clothes are used to display to the medical staff. It is also possible that the + related to a drug is provided for display at the time of the medication instruction, the process and the medication procedure and the pop-up window message. For example, '㈣, the beginning of the step is the ancient ten times of the CPOE. Entering a medication instruction to the time of the example in the example. A pop-up window is displayed,-the physician's reference information for the drug in the example, and In this example, another pop-up window may close the dangerous items n that are not related to the drug, and the formula is used by the Pharmacy Bureau or similar to deal with the instruction. A pop-up window is displayed on a counter within the individual plan, Gan Bi + Bureau 104, which is used to provide general information about the drug and ... "Personnel contend for the receiver" when the instruction is being set by the relevant calculations of the medical staff (ie, 'handheld; a connection' is used to provide the drug :: S). Xunya and in one embodiment, how to deal with the drug may be related to humans. Mindfulness, such as 'The pop-up window displayed on the computing device by the drug is specific to the medication instructions, procedures, and administration procedures performed by the two personnel ... The words' a pop-up window containing physician reference information is better地和 108 200426656 Without the hand-held device 1 1 8 show dry enthusiasm ", '贝不 ,,, 6 蒦蒦.俾营如士 — In the example, the use of shishi e is more than ...

從用牙或疋醫院可以宗差A 輪入5,丨義萄一種藥物被選擇哎是輸入到一個特定的計算裝置中、擇次疋出式視窗應該被顯示。 ”(以及是否)一個彈是較：ΓίΓΤ及是否)一個彈出式視窗將被顯示也奴k的。譬如，對於普通的单物^ π工 +物弹出式視窗較佳妯县不予以顯示。反而是，彈出式她…a 4‘地疋 ^ 自車父仏地是對於藥片-¾医殳From the tooth or the hospital, the difference A can be rounded into 5, meaning that a drug is selected, that is, it is entered into a specific computing device, and the selected window should be displayed. "(And whether) a bomb is more than: ΓίΓΤ and whether) a pop-up window will be displayed and k. For example, for ordinary single objects ^ π + + pop-up windows are better not to be displayed in the county. Instead Yes, pop-up her ... a 4 'land 疋 ^ from the car father is for tablets-¾ doctor

療保健設施認為在彈出式視窗内。疋對方、条局或W 該筚物h Μ 之額外的資訊將會有助於 :的下指令、準備或是給藥的藥物時才予以顯示。知予藥物種利用輸液系統2 1 〇來施予筚物述H + 了条物124的方法係被描包At… HU令的功能。該些修改係 S對於k速、輸液部位、暫時停以Λ i u ~ 輸液、重新開始輸液以及掛上新的藥物124之容器扣你产φ . ^又β方法係包含：掃 ^田與病患相關的條碼5 12b ;掃描盥 • w 饰^田與该樂物相關的條碼512a ’右δ亥輪液是一種混合物，則崔 y ~ gw有效日期512c;對於該 1夕改邊擇一個理由丨〇〇2d ;以 a °己錄輻液袋剩餘的容量或疋接X從先前的容量及流速計算出 1才Κ的值l〇〇2e。輸液袋之有效日期的確認、512c可以包含_個混合物表以及/或是一個條碼的使用。 ^對於該修改的理由可以來自於一個定義的表㈣。對 :忒修改的理由也可以包含一個硬編碼的固定值用於醫師扎示的改’交。當该硬編碼的固定值被選擇時，醫蠖人員 H6係被提醒要從一個醫師的表列中選擇該醫師西°主治的 109 200426656 醫師可以是在該醫師的表列中之預設的醫師。Health care facilities are considered inside pop-up windows. Additional information about the other party, the bureau, or the drug h Μ will help: Display it only when you order, prepare, or administer the medication. The method of administering the drug to the drug using the infusion system 2 10 is described. The method of H + the strip 124 is described by the function of the At ... HU command. These modifications are based on the speed of k, the infusion site, temporarily stopping Λ iu ~ infusion, restarting the infusion, and hanging a new drug 124 in a container to deduct φ. ^ And β methods include: scanning fields and patients Relevant barcode 5 12b; Scan toilet • w Decorative barcode related to the object 512a 'Right delta Hailun fluid is a mixture, then the effective date of Cui y ~ gw 512c; choose a reason for this change 丨〇2d; Calculate the value of 1K from the previous capacity and flow rate with the remaining capacity of the recorded liquid bag at a ° or the coupling X. Confirmation of the expiration date of the infusion bag, 512c can include a mixture table and / or the use of a barcode. ^ The reason for this change can come from a defined table. The reason for the: 忒 modification may also include a hard-coded fixed value for the physician ’s change. When the hard-coded fixed value is selected, the medical staff member H6 is reminded to select the doctor from the list of doctors. The attending 109 200426656 doctor can be the preset doctor in the list of doctors. .

可以有一項快速選擇的特點以停止藥物丨24的給藥，例如，停止指令1002f。若未選該快速的選擇時，則可以包含以下的過程：記錄流速以及/或是接受先前用於流速的值-該先前的值係被顯示在數位助理的顯示器11 8a、輸液泵的顯示器120c以及/或是醫療用推車132之上；比較該先前的流速與該指示的流速-此比較可以藉由利用輸液系統 2 1 0或疋次系統的規則以及容限而被達成；顯示適當的訊息，在流速與點滴速率之間的轉換可被顯示1〇12_該些轉換可以根據輸液系統2 1 〇定義的點滴速率之轉換表而被計算出。該輸液系統210典型地係使用根據所使用的管線之說明，以使得其易於由醫護人員116來選擇正確= 滴速率轉換。 ^ 改變流速係觸發該輸液系統21〇來根據排定的流速確認輸液袋的有效日期。若該溶液在給藥之、則'^疋在給期間就過期時，則一個訊息係被傳送至醫護人^There may be a quick-select feature to stop the administration of the drug 24, for example, stop instruction 1002f. If this quick selection is not selected, the following process may be included: recording the flow rate and / or accepting a value previously used for the flow rate-the previous value is displayed on the display 11 8a of the digital assistant, the display 120c of the infusion pump And / or on the medical cart 132; comparing the previous flow rate to the indicated flow rate-this comparison can be achieved by using the rules and tolerances of the infusion system 2 10 or the secondary system; showing the appropriate Information, the conversion between the flow rate and the drip rate can be displayed 1012_ These conversions can be calculated according to the drip rate conversion table defined by the infusion system 2 10. The infusion system 210 typically uses instructions according to the tubing used so that it is easy for the medical staff 116 to select the correct = drip rate conversion. ^ Changing the flow rate triggers the infusion system 21 to confirm the expiration date of the infusion bag based on the scheduled flow rate. If the solution is being administered, '^ 疋 expires during the administration period, and a message is sent to the caregiver ^

如，“此溶液將會在排定的給藥期間内過期。請聯絡藥々。若它是一個預混合的輸液袋以及/或是一個訂 7、/ Ί右可—話，有效日期是藉由語法分析掃描碼而; 確⑤的。该先珂的輸液部位係被接受， 4疋一個新的齡、，部位位置係從一個表列或是一個圖形〇 4圖中被遮於疋，該計劃表7〇4係被重新計算以實施、 (reSt〇Cklng)。輪液系統2丨〇可以包於另、。的再儲¥ 4別病患及® 人員的生物測定學（biometrics)。 - °〕 110 200426656 在容許醫護人員116使用輸液系統21〇之前，該輸液系統2HM系取得有關該醫護人M i 16白勺身分之資訊。該輸液系統210可以藉由利用一種例如是條碼閱讀機的裝置來識別醫護人員H6,以讀取該醫護人員的徽章lua。該系統也可以使用生物測定學以明確地識別醫護人員ιΐ6，以確保該醫護人員是該系統之__位被授權的使用纟，並且以判斷該醫護人貞116是否具有權力來利用該輸液系統21〇For example, "This solution will expire within the scheduled dosing period. Please contact Pharmacopoeia. If it is a premixed infusion bag and / or a subscription 7, / Ί Right-if, the expiration date is borrowed Scan the code by grammatical analysis; indeed ⑤. The infusion site of the Xianke is accepted, a new age, the site position is hidden from a table or a figure. The schedule table 704 was recalculated for implementation. (ReSt〇Cklng). Rotational fluid system 2 丨〇 can be included in another. Re-storage ¥ 4 Patients and personnel's biometrics.- °] 110 200426656 Before the medical staff 116 was allowed to use the infusion system 21, the infusion system 2HM obtained information about the identity of the medical staff M i 16. The infusion system 210 can be used by using, for example, a bar code reader. Device to identify the medical staff H6 to read the medical staff's badge lua. The system can also use biometrics to clearly identify the medical staff ΐ 6 to ensure that the medical staff is the __ authorized use of the system 纟And to judge the Does the paramedic 116 have the power to use the infusion system 21?

，部份。該輸液系、统210可以需要醫護人員的徽#心或疋其它鑰匙以及被驗證的生物辨識符合之組合，才能准許醫護…利用該輸液系、統21。。該系統也可以：配置以在W濩人貝的徽章1 16a係從被用以讀取醫護人員的徽章 _或是其它較之裝置的附近移㈣，終止對系統210的利用。, Part. The infusion system, system 210 may require the combination of the medical staff's logo or heart, other keys, and a verified biometric compliance in order to allow medical care ... to use the infusion system, system 21. . The system can also be configured to move the badge 1 16a of the Wrenbeck from the vicinity of the badge _ or other comparable device used to read the medical staff, and terminate the use of the system 210.

生物測定學是統計上分析所量測到之生物學的資料二技術及科學。生物測定學之—領域是判斷例如是指紋之系特的身體特徵之領域。生物測定學係使得識別個人來進^ 例如是輸液系、统210的數位系統成為可能的。一個數幻物（Pe_a)係被產生’此係使得交易以及互動更加便利, …：於識別的生物辨識特徵係包含例如是(但不限於才曰文儿、虹膜（ms)及視網膜（retina)掃描、以及語音語別的特徵。生物辨識裝置係包含—個掃描或是讀取裝D = 用以轉換該掃描出的資訊成為一種數位格式軟體、以以儲存該生物辨1眘 m 勿辨識貝況的仏體，以供和-個館存的做比較。叙體係利用一種演算法以識別出已經被處 111 200426656 之矜疋的相符點，並且比較該資料。丨同於密碼以及智慧卡，該輸液系統2 1 0的生物測定與、失、忘記或是被偷走。，可能會遺該生物辨識掃描器可以與用於讀取醫護人員、灿立 1 1 6a之I置相關連。例如，該生物辨識掃描器可^ 3 '、早在條碼閱讀機的把手上之拇指指紋讀取機。*发二=a個中，該生物辨識掃描器以及一個電子输匙機二只把例置在可攜式的醫療用推車以及/或是醫療器材之：可：被設Biometrics is the statistical analysis of biological data measured in technology 2 and science. The field of biometrics is the field of judging physical characteristics such as fingerprints. The Department of Biometrics makes it possible to identify a person to enter a digital system such as an infusion system or a system 210. A Pe_a system was generated. 'This system makes transactions and interactions more convenient, ...: Biometrics for identification include, for example, (but not limited to) Wener, Iris (ms), and retina (retina). Scanning and speech features. Biometric device includes a scan or read device D = to convert the scanned information into a digital format software to store the biometrics The condition of the carcass is for comparison with a library. The narrative system uses an algorithm to identify the points of coincidence that have been dealt with by 111 200426656 and compare the data. 丨 Same as passwords and smart cards, The biometric measurement of the infusion system 210 is lost, forgotten, or stolen. It may be left behind. The biometric scanner may be associated with a device that can be used to read medical personnel, such as Canary 116a. For example , The biometric scanner can ^ 3 ', the thumb fingerprint reader on the handle of the barcode reader as early as possible. * Send two = a, the biometric scanner and an electronic key switch are two examples In portable medicine The cart and / or the medical device: may: be provided

……子繼在醫療器材的—個指定== 日-，處理器將會知道其應該預期會有的離之内生物辨識識別檔案。該輸液系統210 θ:人的電子 ^ 丨现疋提醒鑿罐/ 貝116掃描其生物辨識資訊。該生物辨識資訊二具有某種類型的生物辨識讀取或是掃描的^入到㈣。在該掃描出的生物辨識資訊以及該切戶^系統... The child is in a designated == day- of the medical device, and the processor will know the biometric identification file it should expect. The infusion system 210 θ: human electronics ^ 丨 Now 疋 remind the chisel tank / shell 116 to scan its biometric information. The biometric information 2 has some type of biometric reading or scanning. The scanned biometric information and the cut household ^ system

:交。相對於比較-對多的身分槽案，此種一二:身一::: 較是更有效率的，因為它並不需要搜尋整個”人料庫中是否有相符。反…有[個…貝的資。若有相符時，則醫護人/;二二定的比較係被進行 …。若沒有相符時，則該醫護人議用醫療器、材。商隻人貝116係被否決使用權此外，在另一實施例中。例如，該醫療器材可以是而只是接受來自一個別的控 0亥西療為、材並不具有控制器一個沒有控制器的泵唧單元，制器之控制信號。在一個實施 112 200426656 例中，用於此種醫療器材的控制哭可以θ结」以疋弟一中央電腦 1 〇 9。於是，該弟一中央電腦1 〇 9可乂吉』以直接傳送控制信號至該醫療器材以用於控制該醫療器材。在另-實施例中，在輸液系統210准許醫護人員ιΐ6 使用權之後，f電切匙從生物辨識掃描器移開或是從生物辨識掃描器的附近移開時，該輸液系統21〇係終止該使用。電子鑰匙必須被保持在其内m卩# π 、 ^ η之4近私度可，以是預設的以及/或是可為一個可變且可程式化的於々叭化的輸液糸統2 1 〇之參數在一個實施例中，該輸液系統210係包含—個加密的數位指紋樣板（template)、醫護人員的姓名、登錄名稱以及密碼。-種用於做成醫護人員識別符的技術係包含來自 Dallas半導體公司的技術之“ibutt〇n 4〇〇，，技術。該輸液系統210可以在醫護人員將手指放在指紋掃描器之上時被啟動。若輸液系統21〇發現到相符時，該輸液系統21〇可以請求醫護人貞m登錄到輸液系、统21〇。若輸液系統 210。未發現到生物辨識的相符時，則該㈣並不容許醫護人員11 6利用該輸液系統2 1 〇。在另-實施例中，儲存生物辨識資訊的資料庫可以被保存在中央系、統108、藥局電@ 1〇4以及/或是治療位置 106中。在治療位置1〇6處，該資料庫可以被維持在移動式的推車132、數位助s 118以及/或是醫療器材332中。即使疋網4 1 G2無法在各種的位置之間通訊，此種分散式的資料庫也容許利用遠端的|置。#網路1()2的通訊重新 113 200426656 被建立時，遠端以及中央的資料庫可以用任何在其它位置處被修改的資訊而被同步化，因而兩個輸液系統210的資料庫都適當地被更新。輸液系統210係提供一種閉迴路輸液治療管理系統。該閉迴路係開始於一個醫護人員116指令。除了其它的方之外西5蔓人員116可以透過數位助理jig以及/或是醫療用推車U2來輸入指令。該指令於是為即時可利用的，以用於藥局授# 508以及醫師授權51()。該指令是即時可利用為-個電子給藥記錄(eMAR)。醫護人員""利用該 eMAR於輸液給藥上。該輸液系統21〇自動地記錄給藥 512以及例如是流速的改變1〇〇几之修改514。透過給藥 =的過程，該輸液系、统210係同時調整輪液系、统21〇以統的存貨與開帳單518。該輸液系、統21〇亦提 “以及決朿支援的資料。輸液系、统210是與裝置 :二數广表示其可以被執行在工作站、無線平板，以及運118之上。輸液系統21。大致上是即時地用二；而：批次處理以及/或⑽ 。珣液系統2 1 〇之過程的各種階段。輸入56。=6:輸液狀態的可利用性。輸液指令透過例如是（但不_處方方t改拉組336以及藥局介面31 面400可以处心m 二衣置。電腦晝患112輸液之特定輪液指令。輪液的狀態係提供病的用…且警告藥局需要額外的輸液 114 200426656 袋。醫護人員與輪液系統的互動再者，4/^ y_ / 月Η夜系統210可以使用登錄系統以判斷醫鳟員Π6是否且太认 /、有輪液系統210的使用權。用於輸液系 2 1 0的登錄系絲之面畫面的一個例子係被展示在第1 9圖的登錄畫面19〇3山 > 人土 ^ 中。在該介面晝面中，醫護人員116伤輸入使用者名稱 ’、饵从及密碼，亚且點選在該“登錄，，按鍵上。該系統21 〇係推_ / 仃一項檢查以確認使用者名稱以及密碼對於该糸統2 1 〇而古e > 曰 5疋否為有效的。若使用者名稱或密碼不疋有效的話，則1 “ ^ 則糸統210將會在第20圖所展示之登錄書〇〇5中通知醫護人員1 1 6該登錄失敗。醫護人員i i 6 疋將曰有機會來再次輸人使用者名稱及密碼以修正任何的錯誤。若使用者名稱及密碼是有效的，醫護人員ιΐ6將曰具有對於系統21〇的使用權。此外，若醫護人員h6登錄到數位助理1 i 8中，伯去你田—士 ' 且中’但未使用它有-段期間，則系統的—個安全性特徵係避免該數位助理118被繼續使用 ’直到該醫護人員Π 6登錄回來為止。掌官的（charge)醫護人員也可以登錄到系統川。如同二此：詳細解說者’掌管的醫護人員一般是監督者或是醫護人員所要報告的某人。此外，掌管的醫護人貝可以: 助醫護人員的工作流程或是協助監視警：人。典㈣，掌管的醫護人員係維持至少-個；：二: :是責任的角色。因此，f管的醫護人員必須用祝的登錄及密碼來登錄，並且接著選擇與掌管的醫護人員 115 200426656 相關的單位。 · ，在西瘦人貝116已經完成在第19圖中所示的登錄過程 . ’亚且已經被准許利用該系統21〇之後，該醫護人員可以執行數個給藥的功能。_個此種的給藥功能是選擇一個單位。如同在第21圖的單位選擇介面晝面2105中所示，醫=人員16可以從下拉式項目單21〇7中選擇一個單位。在第21圖所舉的例子中，醫護人員已選擇“神經學科 (Neu_gy)ICU，，作為單位。在醫護人貞ιΐ6已經從該下拉式項目單2107選擇適當的單位之後，該醫護人員116可· 以按下該箭頭按鍵4809以輸入所選的單位。西濩人員可以執行的另一個給藥的功能是選擇該醫護人員的輪班。如同在第22圖的選擇輪班晝面介面22u ^ 所不，醫護人員116可以選擇標準的輪班或是訂製的輪班數種可被選擇之標準的輪班係在下拉式項目單2 中被提2於輪入。然而，若醫護人員選擇訂製的輪班、J酉姜人員係被要求輸入用於該訂製的輪班之開始時間中及、°束日守間。醫護人員1 16也可以在所提供的區域2255 们人工輪班’並且接著點下（tap)該輸入按鍵4809 〇们觀看病患介面畫面2 3 1 3係被展示在第2 3圖中。右言亥圭面 Ο Ί. Λ Λ ^ 3中’在輪班已經被選擇之後，醫護人員11 6 可^觀看與該醫護人員Π6相關的病患。該醫護人員U6 也可以觀看與該醫護人員Π6相關的工作。於是，一個‘‘待、表歹】可以根據病患、醫護人員的工作或是兩者來加 116 200426656 、提七、不同秸度的陰影（shading)以及/或是著色可被利用來區隔對衣-位特定的病患所需之緊急照顧的程度。此外口種的圖像可以與病患有關地被使用來提供醫護人員二16快速的理解_位病患所需之照顧。第μ圖的病患查看介：晝面2313亦提供醫護人員"6在按鈕2315之處加入 ^多病患的功能。當醫護人貞116選擇該“加入更多病患，，知鍵23 1 5 ~，該醫護人員彳以被提供—個額外的病患之表歹1J 。:cross. Compared to the comparison-to-many identity slot case, this one or two: body one ::: is more efficient, because it does not need to search for a match in the entire "personnel database. Instead ... there are [a ... If there is a match, the medical staff will be compared; if there is no match, the medical staff will be used to discuss the use of medical devices and materials. If there is no match, the medical staff will be denied the right to use it. In addition, in another embodiment, for example, the medical device may be a control unit that receives a control signal from another controller that does not have a controller, a pump unit that does not have a controller, In an implementation case of 2004 2004 656, the control of cryotherapy for such medical devices can be performed in theta. Therefore, the younger brother, a central computer 109, can transmit control signals directly to the medical device for controlling the medical device. In another embodiment, after the infusion system 210 grants medical personnel the right of use, the f-cutting key is removed from the biometric scanner or removed from the vicinity of the biometric scanner, the infusion system 21 is terminated. The use. The electronic key must be kept within 4 m 私 # π and ^ η, so it can be preset and / or can be a variable and programmable infusion system 2 Parameter of 10 In one embodiment, the infusion system 210 includes an encrypted digital fingerprint template, a name of a medical staff, a login name, and a password. -A technology used to make a medical personnel identifier includes "ibutton 00," technology from Dallas Semiconductor Corporation. The infusion system 210 can be used when a medical personnel places a finger on a fingerprint scanner Started. If a match is found by the infusion system 21o, the infusion system 21o can request the healthcare provider Zhenm to log in to the infusion system, system 21o. If the infusion system 210. No biometric match is found, then the Medical personnel are not allowed to use the infusion system 2 1 0. In another embodiment, a database storing biometric information may be stored in the Central Department, Tong 108, Pharmacy @ 10, and / or The treatment location 106. At the treatment location 106, the database can be maintained in a mobile cart 132, a digital assistant 118, and / or a medical device 332. Even the 疋 Net 4 1 G2 cannot be used in various Communication between locations, this decentralized database also allows the use of remote | location. # 网络 1 () 2Communication re-113 200426656 When the remote and central databases can be used in any other location Modified The information is synchronized so that the databases of the two infusion systems 210 are updated appropriately. The infusion system 210 provides a closed-loop infusion therapy management system. The closed-loop system started with a medical staff 116 order. Personnel 116 from the West can enter instructions via digital assistant jig and / or medical cart U2. The instructions are then immediately available for pharmacy grant # 508 and physician authorization 51 (). The The instructions are immediately available as an electronic dosing record (eMAR). Medical staff " " use the eMAR for infusion administration. The infusion system 21 automatically records the administration of 512 and, for example, changes in flow rate 1 Modification of 〇 514. Through the process of drug administration, the infusion system and the system 210 adjust the inventory and billing 518 of the liquid system and system 518 at the same time. The infusion system and system 21 also mention "and Definitive Supporting Information. The infusion system and system 210 are related to the device: Ericsson said it can be implemented on workstations, wireless tablets, and 118. Infusion system 21. It is used almost instantaneously; and: batch processing and / or ⑽. Various stages of the process of the liquid system 2 10. Enter 56. = 6: availability of infusion status. The infusion instruction can be placed through, for example, (but not the prescription prescription group 336 and the pharmacy interface 31 surface 400). The computer has a specific rotation instruction for 112 infusions. The status of the rotation fluid is to provide disease. Use ... and warn the pharmacy that an additional infusion 114 200426656 bag is needed. Interaction between medical staff and the rotatable system. Furthermore, 4 / ^ y_ / month night system 210 can use the login system to determine whether the medical trout Π6 is too recognized / The right to use the liquid system 210. An example of the login screen for the infusion system 2 1 0 is shown in the login screen 1930 in Figure 19 > In this interface, the medical staff 116 enter the user name ', bait and password in the daytime, and then click on the "Login, button." The system 21 〇 push _ / 仃 a check to confirm the user The name and password are valid for the system 2 1 0 and the old e > 5 is valid. If the user name or password is not valid, then 1 "^ then the system 210 will be shown in Figure 20 In the registration form 05, the medical staff was notified 1 1 6 that the registration failed. The nursing staff ii 6 will have the opportunity to enter the user name and password again to correct any errors. If the username and password are valid, the medical staff 6 will have the right to use the system 21. In addition, If the medical staff h6 logs in to the digital assistant 1 i 8 and Bo goes to your field-Shi 'and it's not used for a period of time, the system's security feature prevents the digital assistant 118 from continuing to be used' Until the medical staff member 6 logs back in. The charge medical staff member can also log in to the system. As the second one: The detailed commentator 'the medical staff in charge is usually a supervisor or someone to report. In addition, the person in charge of the medical staff can: assist the workflow of the medical staff or assist the monitoring of the police: person. Dian Ye, the person in charge of the medical staff maintains at least one ;: two: is a responsible role. Therefore, the f Medical staff must log in with their login and password, and then select the unit related to the medical staff 115 200426656 in charge. · The Xishou Bei 116 has been completed in the first The login process shown in Figure 9. 'After the system has been approved to use the system, the medical staff can perform several administration functions. One such administration function is to select a unit. As in the first The unit selection interface in Figure 21 is shown in the daytime surface 2105. Doctor = Person 16 can choose a unit from the drop-down list 2107. In the example shown in Figure 21, the medical staff has selected "Neurology (Neu_gy ) ICU, as a unit. After the health care provider ΐ6ΐ has selected the appropriate unit from the drop-down list 2107, the medical care staff 116 may press the arrow button 4809 to enter the selected unit. Another drug-administering function that a Westbrook person can perform is to select the shift of the medical staff. As shown in Figure 22, select the shift daytime interface 22u ^ No, the medical staff 116 can choose standard shifts or customized shifts. The number of standard shifts that can be selected is selected in the pull-down list 2 In rotation. However, if the medical staff chooses a customized shift, the J 酉 Jiang staff is required to enter the starting time for the customized shift. The medical staff 1 16 can also perform manual shifts in the provided area 2255 and then tap the input button 4809. We watch the patient interface screen 2 3 1 3 is shown in Figure 23. Youyan Haigui noodles 〇 Ί. Λ Λ ^ In 3 ′ After the shift has been selected, the medical staff 11 6 can ^ watch the patients related to the medical staff Π6. The medical staff U6 can also watch the work related to the medical staff UI6. Therefore, a "wait, table" can be added according to the work of the patient, the medical staff or both 116 200426656, VII, shades of different straws and / or colors can be used to distinguish The degree of emergency care needed for a particular patient. In addition, oral images can be used in relation to the patient to provide medical staff with a quick understanding of the care needed by the patient. Patient view in Figure μ Introduction: Day and night 2313 also provide medical staff " 6 Add the function of multiple patients to the button 2315. When the health care provider Zhen 116 selects the "Add more patients," the key 23 1 5 ~, the health care provider will be provided-an additional patient table 1J.

又員11 6也可以被提供如第24圖中所示的病患擇介面書面2417。f —囬M17。在此晝面2417中，醫護人員可選：,加_護人員的輪班之病患。病患可以是來自 4 :羞人貝相關的單位，或是該醫護人員可以選擇從不々單4來加入病患。醫護人貞11 6也可以選擇其將會盥病患有關相時間量。再者，醫護人貞U6也可以在按 2419之處*找更多病患。亦可瞭解到醫護人員116也可在任何時間從-個輪班巾移去病患。The staff member 11 16 may also be provided with a patient selection interface written in FIG. 2417 as shown in FIG. f — go back to M17. In this day and night 2417, the medical staff can choose: to increase the patient's shift. The patient can be from 4: Shame Shell related units, or the medical staff can choose to never list 4 to join the patient. The caregiver may also choose the amount of time that he or she will use for the patient. Furthermore, the doctor U6 can find more patients by pressing 2419 *. It is also understood that the medical staff 116 can also remove the patient from a shift towel at any time.

該系統2U)亦提供被指定給醫護人員的輪班之病患特別有關之訊息給該醫, 西口f人貝1 1 6。典型的訊息可能包例如是指亀(P，的改變以及遺忘的給藥之項目。個展不在第25目中的病患資訊項目單介面查 2 5 2 1 在本系續上亦θ π』t ~ 允亦疋可利用的。該病患資訊項目單查 2 5 2 1係對於所選的病* 扃Ά共-個小型的病患圖表。該病項目早晝面2521亦提# 内敌仏该醫護人貝116連結至相病患的項目之功能，彻4 · 關方、 J如·施予藥物/輪液、停止輸液、 1Π 200426656The system 2U) also provides special information to patients who are assigned to shifts of medical staff, Xikou Frenbei 1 1 6. Typical messages may include, for example, changes in 亀 (P, and forgotten dosing items. Patient information items that are not listed in item 25. Interface check 2 5 2 1 In the continuation of this department, θ π′t ~ Allowed to use. The patient information item check 2 5 2 1 is for the selected disease * 扃 Ά A total of a small patient chart. The disease item morning and day 2521 also mentioned # 内敌仏The function of the medical caregiver Bei 116 connected to the related patient's items, such as 4 · Guan Fang, J Ru · administer drugs / round fluid, stop infusion, 1Π 200426656

1繼續輸液、滴定法輸液、流速歷史，態以及從輪班移去病患。該病患項目單畫面2521亦具有標記（ub)用於丄過敏及Ht/Wt、用藥歷史以及實驗結果。過敏及m/wt "面晝® 2521“卜個例子係在帛25A圖中被提出。典型 —此旦面2521a係在該小型的圖表第一次被開啟時被顯示。其係顯示有關病患的藥品與一般的過敏以及該病患上次記錄的身高與體重之資訊。用藥歷史介面晝面加匕的一個例子係在第25B圖中被提出。典型地，此書面2521b 係提供醫護人員該病患在所選的回顧期間之内的用華歷史二：顧期間可以由醫護人員加以調整。最後，實驗結果二果^=521/的—個例子係在第況圖中被提出。實驗、、屬透過-個實驗室介面而被做成在系統η 用的。所有可利用的結果都被展示，並且排在前面的順序來顯示之。 k / 6、、纟„果位病患的輸液計劃表介面晝面助係在第％圖中被展不。此金而^ ^ ΖΌ1 Continue infusion, titration infusion, flow rate history, state, and removal of patient from shift. The patient item screen 2521 also has a mark (ub) for 丄 allergy and Ht / Wt, medication history, and experimental results. Allergies and m / wt " Miantian® 2521 "An example is presented in Figure 25A. Typical—This 2521a is shown when the small chart is first opened. It shows the disease The patient ’s medications and general allergies, as well as the patient ’s last recorded height and weight. An example of the medication history interface day and time plus dagger is presented in Figure 25B. Typically, this written 2521b is provided to medical staff The patient's history of using Chinese during the selected review period II: Gu period can be adjusted by medical staff. Finally, the experimental results of two results ^ = 521 /-an example is presented in the figure. Experiment The genus is made to be used in the system η through a laboratory interface. All available results are displayed and displayed in the order listed above. K / 6, 纟果 Fruit patients The infusion schedule interface interface is not shown in the% chart. This gold while ^ ^ Zn

之輸液計劃表。二在評—個用於該所選的病患 ^ 曰令，例如，用於硫酸嗎啡的指人，該糸統加將會連結至第％彳的1⑽ 面晝面2627。用寧厅展不的用藥指令介即，硫酸嗎啡）提^/八係對於該指定的指令（亦疋七、扎々的細節2625。 2625之部分的治療參數2必與^二的指令外的々資訊之功能2633係被提出。-⑽及連結至額第28圖係說明一個 * 心間私輪液計劃表介面晝面 118 200426656 2835，其中的—個排定的輸液是先前所遺忘的。如同在畫面> 835中所不’一個“遺忘的用藥，，圖像4837係被展示在該計劃表硫酸嗎啡輪液沪人〇 β 1Infusion schedule. Two reviews—a command for the selected patient, for example, a finger for morphine sulfate, the system will be linked to the 1% face 2627 of the 2nd percentile. Introducing the medication instructions that Ning Tingzhan does not use, namely, morphine sulfate, ^ / eight series of details of the specified instructions (also VII, Zhalan 2625. The treatment parameters 2 of part 2625 must be in addition to the instructions of ^ 2 々Information function 2633 was proposed. -⑽ and linked to figure 28 is an illustration of a * cardiac private fluid planner interface day surface 118 200426656 2835, of which one of the scheduled infusions was previously forgotten. As in the picture > 835, 'An "forgotten medication,' image 4837 is shown on the schedule morphine sulfate rotatable solution Shanghai 〇β 1

Mj/夜才曰令2839的旁邊。藉由點選在該“ 遺忘的用藥，，圖像4837之卜，兮多^ 之上 σ亥糸統2 1 0係連結醫護人員 1 虫16至如第29圖中所示之遺忘的用藥介面晝面2941。該遺忘的用藥畫面2941 #社卡較％ , 口 —认 1係明求商護人員110針對遺忘的用樂輸入一個理由、啖e. 4疋在下拉式項目單中選擇一個理由 2943。該遺忘的用藥介Mj / yecai next to the order 2839. By clicking on the "Forgotten Medication," image 4837, the above is more than σ 糸糸 2 1 0 is connected to the medical staff 1 insect 16 to the forgotten medication interface shown in Figure 29 The day is 2941. The forgotten medication screen 2941 #Social card ratio%, Mouth-recognition 1 is to ask the business staff 110 to enter a reason for the forgotten music, 啖 e. 4 疋 Select a reason in the drop-down list 2943. The forgotten medication

枭丨面旦面2941亦詢問醫護人員1 16枭丨 Nandan 2941 also asked medical staff 1 16

對於该指令2 8 3 9的用筚# > B 耒汴表疋否應該被調整。為了調整該用藥計劃表，醫古舊 ' 貝 6將會選擇在介面晝面2941 之上的盒2945。當醫護人員u 、、遥在该下拉式項目單之上以輪入選擇一個對於漬亡、、退心的用樂之理由2943時，該下拉式項目單將會擴展成如第一坎如弟3〇圖的介面晝面3047上所展不者。典型地’若該用藥較坊“兩要守，w濩人員將會選擇、登接兮“ 田西4人貝1 16針對遺忘的用藥 k擇5亥不需要的”理由The use of this instruction 2 8 3 9 indicates whether or not it should be adjusted. In order to adjust the medication schedule, the medical ancient 'Bei 6 will choose the box 2945 above the interface day 2941. When the medical staff u, ,, and above the drop-down list, choose in turn a reason for fun, stains, and retreat 2943, the drop-down list will be expanded as the first one The interface of the 30 figure cannot be displayed on the daytime surface 3047. Typically, if the drug is used, the reason will be “two guards, and the staff will choose and log in” “Tianxi 4 person 1 1 16 Forgotten medication k choose 5 unnecessary” reason

„ . R ^ 守，糸統210係移去該遺忘的 :物圖像觀並且***“不需要的”圖像4857 31圖的輪液計劃表晝面3135中所展示者。如第3 2圖中所示，冬醫士舊供兹物、.Λ^ e 4t 田商邊人貝n6準備好對於病患提人&查。玄西邊人貝116將會在該計書丨】表 "面晝面3235中選擇該指令 =表該“取得物品，，按鍵3249。在…。_接者向下捲動至畫面⑽中之“取",在…貝116選擇第32圖的顯示如同在第二：按二：9 一斤不的樂物介面晝面335 1。在該 119 200426656„. R ^ Shou, the system 210 removes the forgotten: object image view and inserts the" unwanted "image 4857 31 as shown in the day planner 3135 of the Rotary Planner. As shown in Figure 3 2 As shown in the figure, the old medical doctor's old donation, .Λ ^ e 4t Tianshangbian Renbei n6 is ready to refer the patient & check. Xuanxibian Renbei 116 will be listed in the book 丨】 Select this command in the daytime surface 3235 = "Get this item," press 3249. in…. _The receiver scrolls down to the "take" in the picture frame, and selects the picture in Figure 32 as shown in the second picture: press the second one: press 2: 9. The fun thing interface day surface 335 1. In this 119 200426656

物畫面335 1中，醫護人員116 # A 你月b夠~搖從如同在該‘‘掃描儲藏處，，圖像3353所示的華物# # & 一扪条物儲滅處所選的藥物、或是糟由選擇該“略過掃描儲藏處，，按鍵 4f 处妆鍵3355以略過（skip)該掃心儲藏處方塊。當醫護人員116掃描一個物品時，例如，精由掃描在該物品之上的條碼時，該物品資訊係被顯示在该醫護人員的PDA 118之上。掃描畫面如的一個例子係在第34圖中被展示。例如’當醫護人員"6掃描一種樂物時，處方3467係被顯示在該掃描晝面中。缺而，若該被掃描的物品不符合用於該病患的指令日寺，一個例如是在第35圖中所展示的掃描錯誤晝面3569將會被顯示在醫護人員的PDA 118之上。如同在介面晝面⑽上所不’當制到掃描錯誤時’醫護人員116將會被提供該物品的識別以用於如同在晝面3569上所示的請求或是搜尋。若例如《由於模糊或是受損的條碼標籤之緣故而使得條碼無法被掃描時，該掃描所請求的資料可以人工地被輸入若所選的藥物與最近被給予病患的其它藥物是相同的治療類別時，則醫護人員的數位助理丨18係顯示一個警告訊息。類似地，若該物品已經由其他醫護人員擷取時，則該數位助理118係顯示一個指出此發生事件的訊息。若將被擷取的指令是一個在樓層上混合之輸液時，其個別的成分係在數位助理11 8之上被指明，並且由醫護人員1 1 6所取用。在s亥些物品被擷取之後，該系統2丨〇係產生一個袋ID並且提醫護人員1 1 6要列印一個標籤1 200426656 醫護人員並且其可。在此時，醫護人員丨16亦混合該些成分。在 ⑴列印出標籤之後’該標籤係被附加到該袋，以藉由數位助理118來加以掃描。 …某些指令可以是待命的（on-ca11)或是延遲的（〇n-h〇ld) :^些指令係被顯示在該病患簡檔晝面之上，例如，第28 #面的旦面2835。待命的或是延遲的指令是只可供觀看的而非可供操取用的。這些指令是接著在適當的時候被商。隻人員11 6具有一個未正在使用於病患的物品（包含麵| 藥品）之情節也可能發生。請參考在第36圖中的介面晝面 365 /，護人員116係、能夠指明未施予藥物的理由，例如 •由於監測的結果而為不需要的、病患沒空或是該藥物被 ^絕。若病患已不在該畫面3657中被指明時，則醫護人，6可以藉由掃彳田病患或是輪入病患的名稱來選擇病患 ⑽1。此外，該醫護人貞116可以藉由按下該“廢棄/退還” 選擇按鍵3663來選擇退還該醫療物品至藥物儲藏處。對於某些麻醉劑以及管制的藥物而言，最初獲得該藥物以及 φ 退還該藥物至儲藏處可能需要兩次簽名（亦即，典型地為登錄以及密碼的形式之第二次授權簽名）。第36圖的介面晝面3657亦提供醫護人員116掃描病患ID以識別該病患的功能。若錯誤的病患被掃描到時、或疋若病患ID並未能適當地掃描時，該系統2丨〇係顯示一個訊息為該掃描是無效的。再者，若醫護人員丨丨6無法施予藥物時，則該醫護人員典型地將必須如同在第36圖 121 200426656 的晝面3657中所示地輸入未施予該藥物的一個理由3659 。某些未施予該藥物的理由是··該藥物由於監測的結果而為不需要的、病患沒空、或是該藥物被病患所拒絕。在w濩人員1 1 6已經驗證病患與物品或是藥物之後，個％控確認介面晝面3 7 7 係被顯示。如同在第3 7圖中所不途徑確認畫面3 7 7 1的一個例子係協助醫護人員1 1 6 於驗證途徑3773、管線3775以及部位3777。藥物治療 3/78也可以在該途徑確認晝面3771中被提供。在醫護人貝輸入途徑3773、管線3775以及部位3777之後，該醫蠖人員U6可以選擇該比較按鈕判丨7,因而該系統21〇將會驗證所輸入的資料是否為正確的。接著，一醫護人貞116可以如同在第38圖的介面畫面 3881中所不地選擇栗通道模式。在該栗通道模式介面晝面 388 \中’療法3882係被展示，並且醫護人員116係具有遥擇權來指定該療法3只只7或Φ 縈去3882為主要的治療3884或是小軟治療3 8 8 3。除了小敕势、;Λ洛狄衣/ϋ療之外，泵的每個通道都具有功能以運作主要的治療。在泵通道模式已經被選擇之後，醫禮人貝可以進行一項聚通道掃描。第似圖係說明一個泵通Γ掃描介面晝面3δδ5。在該果掃描畫面3885中，醫護 2 1 16係知描醫療器材’例如’其係藉由掃描對應於泵 …條碼並且接著點選在該箭頭按鍵侧之上。在醫濩人員1 16 ρ妳·,、，、、二· U例如是在第23圖的介面晝上掃描該病患，（b)例如θ μ 之上掃描該華物，以及“在弟34圖的介面晝面条物以及（C)例如是在第38A圖的介面 122 200426656 晝面3885之上掃描該泵通道之後，該醫護人員丨16可以規劃該輸液泵並且進行該所規劃的輸液泵參數或是設定與該藥局指令的參數之比較。益材設定及指令的比較比較過程5200之一個範例的流程圖係在第52圖中被提出。此過程也可以適用於在伺服器之遠端地規劃該些輸液叹定。晴筝考第52圖，該比較過程52〇〇係被起始在方塊5202之處，纟醫護人貞！ i 6 [經如上所指明地掃描病患= 112a、藥物容器或是袋mi24a以及泵通道i2i之後。藉由掃描病患、藥物袋以及泵通道，相關的基線 (baSeline)資料之關連係被提供，使得該系統2ι〇(更明確地說1服器⑽）可以進行進—步的分析以及比較此與額外的貢料H該第—中央伺服器1G9係首先在方塊別4 之處進行-項檢查，以確保對於病患、藥物袋以及果通道之掃描出的或是所輪入的資料產生有效的關連。若該三個資料項目並未產生有效的關連時，則系統2ι〇係在方塊 5206之處顯示-個錯誤訊息，並且請求醫護人員⑴在方塊5202之處分別對於病患m、袋m以及泵通$⑴重新掃描或是重新輪入碼。若該三個資料項目在方塊侧之處產生有效的關連時’則伺服器1〇9亦將會進行一個序即如以下所解說者），以判斷該指明的菜通道ΐ2ι是否服器1〇9的資料庫+，並且泵通道121是否為可利用的。在泵通道ID已經被掃描到該系統2ι〇之後，央伺服器W9係在方塊52〇8之 —中仃項檢查以判斷該 123 個有效的通道係在方塊52〇8之處被認可為止。然而，若 :些檢查結果係確認該所選的通冑121是一個有效的通道時，該系統係前進到方塊5212以建立適當的連結，即如以下所解說者。所相㈣逼121是否為有效的。對於無效的栗通道判斷之各種的理由I:該泵通道並不存在於該系統中、該所選 μ通道已經在動作中、等等。若泵通道i2i的檢查導致 :個，效的結果時’則—個錯誤訊息係被顯示，並且該醫護人員係被警告已選到一個無效的通道。該比較過程测係又到阻礙，並且該系統無法進行如同在方塊MM中所才曰月的比I ’直到醫護人員i i 6重新掃描該泵通道並且一In the object screen 335 1, the medical staff 116 # A you month b is enough ~ shake from the medicine selected in the "scanning store, image 3353" # # & a stick of medicine storage place selected medicine Or, you can select the "Skip Scan Store" button, and press the makeup key 3355 at 4f to skip the store box. When the medical staff 116 scans an item, for example, the scan by When a barcode is placed on an item, the item information is displayed on the PDA 118 of the medical staff. An example of the scanning screen is shown in Figure 34. For example, 'Being a medical staff' 6 scan a kind of music At that time, the prescription 3467 is displayed in the scanning day surface. However, if the scanned article does not meet the instructions for the patient, the temple is a scanning error day surface shown in Figure 35, for example 3569 will be displayed on the paramedic's PDA 118. As in the interface daytime display, 'when the scan is wrong', the medical personnel 116 will be provided with the identification of the item for use as in daytime display 3569 Request or search shown above. For example, " If the barcode cannot be scanned due to the illegible or damaged barcode label, the data requested by the scan can be manually entered. If the selected drug is in the same treatment category as other drugs recently given to the patient, The digital assistant of the medical staff 18 displays a warning message. Similarly, if the item has been retrieved by other medical staff, the digital assistant 118 displays a message indicating the occurrence of the event. If it is to be retrieved The instruction is an infusion mixed on the floor, the individual components of which are specified above the digital assistant 11 8 and taken by the medical staff 1 1 6. After the items are retrieved, the system 2丨〇 Generate a bag ID and mention the medical staff 1 1 6 to print a label 1 200426656 Medical staff and it is available. At this time, the medical staff 16 also mix these ingredients. After the label is printed, 'this Tags are attached to the bag for scanning by the digital assistant 118.… Some instructions can be on-ca11 or delayed (〇nh〇ld): ^ Some instructions are displayed Above the patient's profile, for example, face 28 # 2, face 2835. Standby or delayed instructions are for viewing only and not accessible. These instructions are then followed by the appropriate When the business was discussed. Only the personnel 11 6 may have an item that is not being used in the patient (including noodles | medicines). It may also happen. Please refer to the interface in Figure 36 in the daytime surface 365 /, the personnel 116 department, Can indicate the reason for not administering the drug, such as: • Not needed due to monitoring results, the patient is not available, or the drug has been rejected. If the patient is no longer specified in this picture 3657, the caregiver, 6You can choose Patient 1 by the name of the patient who swept the field or the patient who is in rotation. In addition, the medical person Zhen 116 may choose to return the medical item to the medicine storage by pressing the "discard / return" selection button 3663. For some narcotics and controlled drugs, obtaining the drug initially and returning it to the storeroom may require two signatures (ie, a second authorized signature, typically in the form of a login and password). The interface 3657 in Figure 36 also provides medical staff 116 to scan the patient ID to identify the patient's function. If the wrong patient is scanned, or if the patient ID is not scanned properly, the system 2 displays a message that the scan is invalid. Furthermore, if the medical staff is unable to administer the drug, the medical staff will typically have to enter a reason 3659 for not administering the drug, as shown in the daytime face 3657 in Figure 36 121 200426656. Some reasons for not administering the drug are because the drug is not needed due to the results of monitoring, the patient is not available, or the drug is rejected by the patient. After the person 1 1 6 has verified the patient with the item or the drug, the control interface of the day and time 3 7 7 is displayed. An example of the path confirmation screen 3 7 7 1 shown in Fig. 37 is to assist the medical staff 1 1 6 in verifying the path 3783, the pipeline 3775, and the site 3777. Medication 3/78 can also be provided in this route Confirmation Day Face 3771. After the medical nurse enters the channel 3773, the pipeline 3775, and the site 3777, the medical staff U6 can select the comparison button to judge 7, so the system 21 will verify whether the entered data is correct. Then, a doctor 116 can choose the chestnut channel mode as in the interface screen 3881 in FIG. 38. In this chestnut channel mode interface, the daytime face 388 \ medium 'therapy 3882 series is displayed, and the medical staff 116 series has the right of remote selection to designate this therapy 3 only 7 or Φ 3882 as the main treatment 3884 or small soft treatment 3 8 8 3. With the exception of small dysentery, Λ 衣衣 / ϋ treatment, each channel of the pump has a function to operate the main treatment. After the pump channel mode has been selected, the medical doctor can perform a poly channel scan. The similar diagram illustrates a pump through Γ scanning interface daytime surface 3δδ5. In the fruit scanning screen 3885, the medical care 2 1 16 is a medical device ′, for example, which scans a barcode corresponding to a pump… and then clicks on the arrow button side. The medical staff 1 16 ρ, u ,,,,, U. For example, the patient is scanned on the interface of Fig. 23 during the day, (b) For example, the Chinese object is scanned above θ μ, and "in brother 34 The interface noodles in the figure and (C) are, for example, after scanning the pump channel on the interface 122 200426656 in the day 38 in FIG. 38A, the medical staff 16 can plan the infusion pump and perform the planned infusion pump parameters Or set the parameter comparison with the instructions of the pharmacy. The flow chart of an example of the comparison process 5200 for the setting of beneficial materials and the instructions is presented in Figure 52. This process can also be applied at the remote end of the server These infusions are planned. The Qingzheng test is shown in Figure 52, and the comparison process 5200 is started at block 5202, and the doctor protects people! I 6 [Scanning the patient as indicated above = 112a, After the drug container or bag mi24a and the pump channel i2i. By scanning the patient, the drug bag and the pump channel, the correlation of the relevant baseline (baSeline) data is provided, making the system 2 ι (more specifically 1 server ⑽) You can perform further analysis and comparison Compared with the extra tributes, the first-central server 1G9 is first checked at the fourth place in the box to ensure that the scanned or rotated data of the patient, the medicine bag and the fruit channel are scanned. Generates a valid relationship. If the three data items do not generate a valid relationship, the system displays an error message at block 5206 and asks the medical staff to respond to the patient m at block 5202. , Bag m and pump pass $ ⑴ to re-scan or re-roll in code. If the three data items have a valid relationship at the side of the box, then the server 10 will also perform a sequence, as shown below Commentator) to determine whether the specified dish channel ΐ2ι is a database of server 10+, and whether pump channel 121 is available. After the pump channel ID has been scanned to the system 2o, the central server W9 is checked at Block 52008-Middle to determine that the 123 valid channels were approved at Block 5208. However, if: the results of these checks confirm that the selected pass 121 is A valid passage when the department The system advances to block 5212 to establish the appropriate connection, as explained below. Whether the coercive force 121 is valid. Various reasons for the judgment of the invalid chestnut channel I: The pump channel does not exist in the system , The selected μ channel is already in motion, etc. If the inspection of the pump channel i2i results in: "Effective results" then an error message is displayed and the medical staff is warned that an invalid has been selected The comparison process was blocked again, and the system was unable to perform the month-to-month ratio I 'as described in block MM until the medical staff ii 6 rescanned the pump channel and a

在比較過程5200期間的某個時點，第二中央伺服器 1 〇8a係產生一個包含相關於病患ID以及指令ID的資料之 XML訊息。如同在比較過程52〇〇的流程圖中所示，在方塊5212之前的任何時點，該XML資料可以被產生並且傳迗至第一中央伺服器1 09，即如在方塊52 1 〇處所示者。然而，若來自該第二中央伺服器l〇8a而由該第一中央伺服器 1 〇9所接收之XML資料是無效或是不完整的，則該比較過程‘受到阻礙，並且该糸統如在方塊5 2 14中所示地不容許該比較過程繼續前進。相反地，若在該第一中央伺服器 109從該第二中央伺服器1 〇8a接收到xml資料之後，相關於病患ID以及指令ID的XML資料是完整且有效的，則該比較過程5200係前進到方塊5212。在方塊52 1 2之處，該第一中央伺服器} 09係嘗試來在 124 200426656 病患m、指令ID以及泵通道121之間建立一種關係或是關連。若該第一中央伺服器109並不能夠在方塊52丨2處、於該些被指明的資料之間建立—種關連日夺，則該比較過程5200係受到阻礙，並且該系統2ι〇如在方塊中所不地不容許該過程繼續前進。再者，該系、統21〇係顯示一個錯玦訊息為某些資料是缺少或是不正確的，並且該系統無法進行比較。若該第一中央伺服器109在方塊5212之處：在該些被指明的資料之間適當地建立一種關連時，則 ^先210係則進至方塊5216，其中該醫護人員"6係被要求來按下在數位助理118之上的比較按紐4817。在方塊 5川之處出現的晝面系列之—個例子係在以下被指明。 p在適當的關連已經藉由第一中央電腦1〇9冑立之後，二系^ 2 1 〇係刖進到該些比較介面晝面中的一個晝面，例 3:86二二圖的比較介面畫面3986。在此比較介面晝面一忒系統21 〇係提供指令給該醫護人員11 6以在進 γ I比車乂之則先規劃該輪液栗。可以做比較來確保對於 =的藥局參數以及栗的設定是一致的。在一個較佳實施行二：：所指明的比較過程52。"，該系統η。係進 π/旦逆午比較。然而’該系統可以進行任何例如是速率個I::劑量、等等的輪液參數之單-比較或是同時的多若該輪液是主要&私t + 比較介面書面3986之^ 該些指令係被提供以在該著在開始H通道之^點選該“比較，，按紐衝，並且接、引寺待指令。若該輸液是小軟袋輸液 125 200426656 日可，該些指令係被提供以按下在該泵丨2〇之上的開始按鍵 ’並且接著點選該“比較，，按鈕48丨7 ◦在小軟袋輸液中，若在按下該泵之上的開始按鍵之前，醫護人員116在方塊 52 1 6之處按下該比較按鈕48丨7時，則在第42圖中所示的介面晝面4287典型地將會被顯示以提供錯誤訊息給醫護人員。最初’在進行比較之前，該系統2 1 〇係查詢伺服器 1 09以確保在泵丨2〇、伺服器丨〇9以及數位助理丨丨8之間的通訊鏈路仍然是有效的。若該通訊鏈路是有效的，則該比較過程5200係繼續進行。若失去通訊鏈路的話，則該比較過程並不能夠繼續進行。於是’在醫護人員1丨6已按下該比較按鈕48 1 7之後，该系統210係前進至第52圖中所示的方塊5218。在方塊 5218之處，該系統210係判斷該通道121是否為備妥的。例如，若該輪液已經被指明為主要的輸液，但該通道正已經在執行時，則該系統將會預設前往方塊5214並且顯示一個錯誤訊息為該系統無法進行比較。再者，若該輸液已經被指明為小軟袋輸液，並且在該泵之上的開始按鍵尚未被按卜時’該系統將會預設前往第42圖的介面晝面4287 以通知醫護人員116在按下該比較按鈕4817之前來按下在該栗之上的開始按鍵。該比較過程5200亦在方塊5220之處檢查該泵120以判斷被規劃到該泵1 20中的該些設定或是操作參數是否包含新的貢料。舉例而言，該系統可能需要在請求該比較之 200426656 前，該泵資料在某一時間限制（亦即，5分鐘）之内已經被規劃到該泵之中。此一用於判斷該資料是否為新的資料之時間限制可以由醫療保健設施加以設定。若該資料不是新的資料，則該系統將會回復到方塊5214，並且顯示一個錯誤訊息為該資料是舊的。該系統2丨〇於是將會要求哕泵 1 2 〇被重新規劃，以讓該比較過程可以繼續進行。若兮資料在方塊5220之處被判斷是新的資料時，則該系統2 = 將會在方塊5222之處執行比較。實際的資料比較一般是在該第-中央祠服器1〇9之處被進行的。如同先前職的，該比較是判斷被規劃到該装之中的參數是㈣醫師的 !令相符。此外’該些泵設定或者是可以藉由遠端的控制為或是伺服器來遠端地加以規劃。在方塊5222之處進行比較之後，該系統2ι〇係在方塊 5如之處判斷是否有相符或是不相符，並且經由數位助理來傳回結果給醫護人員丨丨6。 "結果的比較介面畫面3987的—個其中該比較係產生相 :之例子係在第39A圖中被展示，並且在第52圖中的方 1:_、52二之處被指明。在此例中，若藥局處方參數與所規 d的采通道設定相符時，則醫 4,入則西瘦人貝係被指示來啟動咳輪液泵120。結果的比較介面書面的一個 ♦ + a 一 7個其中在方塊5224處之藥局、參數以及所規劃的录設定夕屮&并, u,, 疋之比較並不相符之例子係被 ^田緣在第40圖之不相饵^人一付的比較"面晝面4087中，苴中展不有不相符的圖像4825。若 ’、此、纟ϋ果發生時，則該系統2 1 〇 127 200426656 將會要求醫護人員U6如同在方塊5228之處所指明地接叉泫不相符、或是在方塊523〇之處重新規劃該輸液泵並且在方塊5216之處進行另一次比較。典型地，其中發生不相符的參數將會被顯示在該不相符的晝面4〇87中。若該：相符被接受時，其將會在方，鬼5232之處被記錄在系、先資料庫109中。再者，若在方塊5228之處接受不相符時，則該伺服器1〇8a將會導引醫護人員至適當的晝面。第4 1圖係顯不比較介面畫面41 87的一個例子，藉此。亥系統210是因為某些資料是不可利用的而不能夠進行比 1父。明確地說，在第41圖的例子中，泵速率設定尚未被輸入到該系統210中。因此，該系統21()無法進行比較，直到額外的資料編口，在此例子中為速率）已被輸入為止 :典型地’若輸液已經在進行，㈣統無法接收更新的泵、存在系統通訊的錯誤、或是該所規劃的通道資訊或是藥局處方資訊有缺少資料時，則該系統2i〇 i不能夠進 =比車乂。取後，第42 81的比較晝面4287係顯示另一種情節為該系統21 〇盔沐难γ 7 一 …、去進订比較，直到進一步的步驟如所指示地被採取為止〇 A刑从 -上— “尘地，此；I、向i面4287的提出是在輸液疋小軟袋輸液，並且醫護人員已經按下在f 39圖的介面晝面3986中夕0 — 匕較按鈕4817，而不是在按下該比較按紐4817之別按下在輸液纟12。之上的開始按鍵時，即如在第39圖的介面晝面3986之指令中所指出者。在該輸液泵已經起始治療之後，醫護人員ιΐ6係能夠 128 ZUU4Z0056At some point during the comparison process 5200, the second central server 108a generates an XML message containing data related to the patient ID and the command ID. As shown in the flowchart of the comparison process 5200, at any point before block 5212, the XML data can be generated and transmitted to the first central server 1 09, as shown at block 52 1 0 By. However, if the XML data received from the second central server 108a and received by the first central server 1009 is invalid or incomplete, the comparison process is hindered, and the system is as follows The comparison process shown in block 5 2 14 does not allow the comparison process to proceed. In contrast, if the XML data related to the patient ID and the instruction ID is complete and valid after the first central server 109 receives the xml data from the second central server 108a, the comparison process 5200 The system advances to block 5212. At block 52 1 2, the first central server} 09 attempts to establish a relationship or relationship between 124 200426656 patient m, the command ID, and the pump channel 121. If the first central server 109 cannot be established between the specified data at block 52 and 2-a kind of connected day, the comparison process 5200 is hindered, and the system 2 Everything in the box does not allow the process to move on. Furthermore, the system and the system 21 show an error message that some data is missing or incorrect, and the system cannot make comparisons. If the first central server 109 is at block 5212: when a relationship is properly established between the specified data, the first 210 series proceeds to block 5216, where the medical staff " 6 series is It is requested to press the comparison button 4817 over the digital assistant 118. One example of the day-to-day series that appears at the 5th point of the box is indicated below. After the proper connection has been established by the first central computer 109, the second system ^ 2 1 0 system enters one of the daylight planes of the comparison interfaces, for example, the comparison of the two graphs at 86 Interface screen 3986. In this comparison interface, the daytime system 21 system provides instructions to the medical staff 116 to plan the round of liquid chestnuts before entering γ I than the vehicle. Comparisons can be made to ensure that the pharmacy parameters and pump settings for = are consistent. In a preferred implementation line two: the indicated comparison process 52. ", the system η. Into the π / denier noonday comparison. However, 'the system can perform any single-comparison of the fluid parameters such as rate I :: dose, etc. or multiple simultaneous if the fluid is the main & private t + comparison interface written 3986 of these The instruction system is provided to select the "Compare, press button, and pick up the instruction at the beginning of the H channel. If the infusion is a small soft bag infusion 125 200426656, these instructions are available. Is provided to press the start button above the pump 丨 2 ′ and then click the “compare, button 48 丨 7 ◦ in a small soft bag infusion, before pressing the start button above the pump When the medical staff 116 presses the comparison button 48 丨 7 at the block 52 1 6, the interface day 4287 shown in FIG. 42 will typically be displayed to provide an error message to the medical staff. Initially, prior to the comparison, the system 2 10 queries the server 10 09 to ensure that the communication link between the pump 20, the server 9 and the digital assistant 8 is still valid. If the communication link is valid, the comparison process 5200 is continued. If the communication link is lost, the comparison process cannot continue. So after the medical staff 11-6 has pressed the comparison button 48 1 7, the system 210 proceeds to block 5218 shown in FIG. 52. At block 5218, the system 210 determines whether the channel 121 is ready. For example, if the fluid has been designated as the primary infusion, but the channel is already being executed, the system will default to block 5214 and display an error message that the system cannot be compared. Furthermore, if the infusion has been designated as a small soft bag infusion, and the start button on the pump has not been pressed, the system will preset to the interface in Figure 42 at day 4287 to notify the medical staff 116 The start button above the pump is pressed before the comparison button 4817 is pressed. The comparison process 5200 also checks the pump 120 at block 5220 to determine whether the settings or operating parameters planned into the pump 120 include new contributions. For example, the system may require that the pump data has been programmed into the pump within a certain time limit (ie, 5 minutes) before requesting a comparison of 200426656. The time limit for determining whether the data is new can be set by the health care facility. If the data is not new, the system will revert to block 5214 and display an error message as the data is old. The system 2 will then require the pump 12 to be re-planned so that the comparison process can continue. If the data is judged new at block 5220, the system 2 = will perform a comparison at block 5222. The actual data comparison is generally carried out at this 10th Central Temple server. As in the previous post, the comparison is to determine that the parameters being planned into the device are consistent with the doctor's order. In addition, the pump settings can be planned remotely either by remote control or by a server. After a comparison at block 5222, the system 2m determines whether there is a match or a non-match at block 5 and returns the result to the medical staff via a digital assistant. " The result of the comparison interface screen 3987-an example in which the comparison system produces a phase: is shown in Figure 39A, and is indicated in Figure 52 in the square 1: _, 52. In this example, if the prescription parameters of the pharmacy match the setting of the collection channel specified in d, then the doctor 4 will be instructed to start the cough liquid pump 120. The comparison interface of the results is written as a ♦ + a -7 pharmacy, parameters and planned recording settings at block 5224. The example where the comparison of u ,, and 疋 does not match is 田田The fate is shown in Figure 40. "Comparison of one person and one pay" "In the face of the day 4087", there is no non-matching image 4825 in the middle of the show. If ', this, and the fruit occurs, the system 2 1 〇127 200426656 will require the medical staff U6 to mismatch the ground connection as specified at block 5228, or to replan the block at block 5230 The infusion pump and another comparison is made at block 5216. Typically, the parameters in which a mismatch occurs will be displayed in the mismatch daytime 408. If this: The match is accepted, it will be recorded in the department and the first database 109 at Fang, Ghost 5232. Furthermore, if a discrepancy is accepted at block 5228, the server 108a will guide the medical staff to the appropriate day and night. Figure 41 shows an example of the non-comparison interface screen 41 87, by which. The Hai system 210 is unable to perform comparisons because of some information being unavailable. Specifically, in the example of Figure 41, the pump speed setting has not yet been entered into the system 210. Therefore, the system 21 () cannot be compared until an additional profile (in this example, rate) has been entered: typically 'if the infusion is already in progress, the system cannot receive updated pumps, system communication exists If there is an error in the planned channel information or the pharmacy prescription information is lacking, the system 2i0i cannot enter the car. After taking it, the 42287-day comparison of the 4287 series shows another plot for the system 21 〇 helmet Mu difficult γ 7 a ..., go to order comparison, until further steps are taken as directed 〇A sentence from- On — "Dust, here; I. The proposal to i face 4287 is infusion in a small soft bag infusion, and the medical staff has pressed the interface in the daytime surface 3986 in the f 39 picture. It is not when the start button on the infusion 纟 12 is pressed when the comparison button 4817 is pressed, that is, as indicated in the instruction of the interface day 3986 in FIG. 39. The infusion pump has started After the treatment, the medical staff ιΐ6 series was able to 128 ZUU4Z0056

在其數位助理彳〗2 L 刀埋118上，於第43圖中所示的泵狀態介面畫面 4391 Φ g^ X： r銳耆果的狀態。該泵狀態的顯示4391係顯示對於—位特定&、广$〜、病心之所有目前有效的輸液之表列。典型地On its digital assistant 彳 2 L knife burying 118, the pump state interface screen 4391 shown in Fig. 43 Φ g ^ X: r sharp fruit state. The pump status display 4391 shows a list of all currently available infusions for -bit-specific & wide-to-low, and heart-sick. Typically

’五個圖德Φ A _ Θ 一個圖像將會在此晝面中被顯示關聯到一们輸液.輻液執行指示器4807、輸液待命指示器48丨〇、輸：停止指示器仙、未知的圖像、以及延遲圖像。該泵片〜的員不439 1在目前的晝面正被顯示時並未即時地被更2 ;然而，藉由按下該更新按鈕4819,最新之即時的泵狀恶晝面將會被顯示。如同在弟44圖中所千，殿上按/ g λ Λ r • 口 r所不西護人貝116亦能夠觀看流速一西濩人貝1 16可以藉由點選在第25 圖中所示的病患項目單介面晝面2521之上的流速歷史連結之上，以直接導引至流速歷史晝面侧。該流速歷史係顯示在一個特定的通道卜夕a 1 ΛΑ认、> 之目則的輸液被規劃之流速歷史的改雙之歷史0 —般而古，盘二方、系、癸α 版而。與该通道相關的病患資訊以及目前對於该通道的處方資味你 - J处力貝Λ係被顯不。再者，在醫護人員 1 1 ό已經在數位裝置丨丨8之上登、且録遥擇輪班並且選擇病患之後，該醫護人員1 16可以在 ,_ , Μ在忒數位裝置118之上執行各種的丄作，其包含（但不限於、、>» ·屺錄所給藥的輸液、記錄停土或是重新繼續的輸液、、 <錄宁断的輪液、觀看如上所述的泵流速歷史、觀看如上所 , 上所述的泵輪液狀態、回應於如下所述的泵警報與警告、觀看規有Λ息/通知以及回應於訊息 /通知。明確地說，關於記錄口 +的輸液，在醫護人員 i 1 ό已、，、里知描物品條碼、病患條 1木馬以及泵通道條碼之後， 129 200426656 蔓貞心月匕夠如上所詳細解說地比較所規劃的泵設定 ’、条局輸入的指令。典型地，醫護人員H6接著將會利用該泵12〇來施予該輸液，並且利用數位裝I ιΐ8來輸液。為了開始輸液，嫛古雈义1 -4人貝116典型地係掃描病患的腕帶條碼1 1 2 a並且梧认v· ^ 餘“輪液袋條碼標籤124a。當被數位穿置118所提醒時’醫護人員⑴係'輸人並且比較用於該輸液的管線：部位以及途徑，即如在第37圖的介面晝面 3/71中所不者。接著’在第38圖的晝面3881巾，醫護人貝1 16係4擇主要的或是小軟袋輸液谓3，並且掃描該果通逼百4人貞11 6係、接著如由醫師醫令所指示地規劃該 H泵120被規劃時’醫護人員ιΐ6係選擇進行一項藥局指令與泵的比較檢杳奴宜即如在第39-42圖中所示者。若所規劃的泵設定相符藥局輪入的指令日寺，例如晝面撕的介面晝面將會指出相符， ^ 亚且西遂人貝116可以點下該 OK按钮4805以接受該相符。最後，醫護人員116將會按下在該泵120之上的開始按鍵。數位助理118於是將會顯示第49圖中的記錄給藥結果介面畫面4937,並且醫^人貝110可以從下拉式表列中的選項中輸入適當的結果。這些步驟可以重祓用於額外的病患以及/或^額外的泵或是通道。在施予藥物之前’醫護人員116可以被提醒來輸入一個監視爹數，例如’在給^二惡英（diGxin)之前輸人一個心率’或是在給予嗎°非之前輸入疼痛評估。當-個監視參數 130 426656 ”種藥物相關時，顯示在數位助理11 8之上的每次給藥 / =有一個連結至一個介面畫面為其中該醫護人員116可 ^入個值。此種具有一個連結5001至一個監視參數八：入之指令的一個例子係被展示在第50圖中所示的指 :°在該監視參數連結5_被選擇之後’如同在第5〇a =所:的監視參數輸入介面畫面5〇〇3係被顯示。在該。西濩人員U 6可以輸入被請求的資訊至該系統2丨〇中期計：外’該系統210可以請求醫護人員116監視-個週 °士 ’典型地是在從藥物儲藏處擷取麻醉劑或是管制藥管二I:而Γ當該儲藏處抽騎開以提供麻醉劑或是 ή制她夺，數位助理"…顯示如在第51圖令所示勺週期什數介面晝面51〇1。此金 ,、 μ 丨面旦面5 1 01係提醒醫護接：：前在該箱或是儲存區域中的藥物單位，並且較提供的攔位中輸入此資料。該系、统21〇係接著比助理里川㈣的計數。若該週期計數並不相符時，則數位 ] 係顯示一個訊息以指出不相符，並且接著再次顯二週期汁數畫面5101。若該週期計數又不相符時，則该乐^U將會記錄該不—致，並且可以採取適當的手段。執^情況需要時’在輸液完成之前，醫護人員可以停止進輪液。此在該系統中可以在有或是無中斷指令下订’以停止該輸液。已經被停止的輸液可以視情況需要而被恢復繼續，例如，滴定法指令。當該中斷的輸液則以及執行中的輸液圖像彻都顯示在數位助s u 231 200426656 叶，醫濩人貝1 1 6係被指示以在數位助理丨〗8之上瀏臨 (謂1糾㈡以㈣用於該病患的—個表列之所有執行中的: 液。此種中斷輸液介面畫面2727a的一個例子係在第Μ 圖中被提出。在第27A目中，該中斷的輸液指令將會被強調並且被指明為一個中斷的輸液指令。醫護人員⑴接著將會掃描用於該中斷的輸液之溶液容器上的條碼，並且接著掃描病患的ID。接著’如第27B目中所示，介面書面 2㈣係在醫護人員的數位助理118之上被提出。在;;面里面27J7b中’醫護人員可以輸入該輸液已經被停止的時間以及停止該輸液的理由。下在該輸«⑽之上的/止以藉由按 17, 之上的知止按鈕來實際地停止該輸液泵丄2 U 〇提出:==_^面晝面2727e係在第27C圖中被復繼續。為了恢：::二下’被記錄為停止的輸液可被恢位助：二 ’醫護人員116最初必須在數位助理11 8之上潔|臨$、总a 項目單巾^ μ 介面晝面。藉由按下在病患員目早中之停止的輪液圖像481 i，介面畫面助c中所干者音,即如在第27°圖的來選擇被恢復繼續的輸液。^人貝 116 210 #tbr ,。。的奴碼而被恢復繼續。該系統 W係比…描出的ID與對於之ID。在系統21〇則了止的輸液輸液之m $ ^ 與對於該病患之目前停止的 D之俊，數位助理118係提醒醫護人員…來掃 132 200426656 描病患的ID。系統21〇係接著確認該掃描出的id是否符合該病患的ID，並且該系統21〇將會在數位助理118之上顯示該被掃描的輸液之說明，並且提示醫護人員丨16來對於恢復繼續該輸液選擇一個由設施所定義的理由，即如同在第27D圖的介面2727d中所示者。一旦該理由被選擇之後’醫護人員116可以在料12G之處重新開始該輪液，並且接著點下該箭帛彻9以繼續。該系統21〇係記錄該輸液為已經被恢復繼續的。'Five Tude Φ A _ Θ An image will be displayed in this day and associated with one infusion. Radiation execution indicator 4807, infusion standby indicator 48 丨〇, infusion: stop indicator fairy, unknown Images, and delayed images. The pump piece ~ 439 1 is not immediately changed when the current day surface is being displayed; however, by pressing the update button 4819, the latest real-time pump-shaped day surface will be displayed . As shown in the picture of the younger brother 44, press / g λ Λ r on the temple. • The mouth is not protected by the guardian shell 116, and the flow rate can also be viewed. The guardian shell 1 16 can be clicked on as shown in Figure 25. The flow rate history above the diurnal surface 2521 of the patient project single interface is linked to the flow velocity history side directly. The history of flow rate is displayed in a specific channel: Bu Xi a 1 ΛΑ Recognition, > The purpose of the infusion plan is to change the planned flow rate history to change the history of the history to 0-general and ancient. . The patient information related to this channel and the current prescription taste for this channel are not visible. Furthermore, after the medical staff 1 1 ⑥ has been boarded on the digital device 丨 8 and the remote shift is selected and the patient is selected, the medical staff 1 16 can be executed on the digital device 118 A variety of operations, including (but not limited to, > »recording the infusions administered, recording the in-situ or resuming infusions, < recording the broken fluid, watching the above-mentioned History of pump flow rate, viewing pump fluid status as described above, responding to pump alarms and warnings described below, viewing regular information / notifications, and responding to messages / notifications. Specifically, about the recording port + After the infusion of the medical staff i 1 ό has been described, the article bar code, the patient bar 1 trojan horse and the pump channel bar code, 129 200426656 Manzhen Xinyue is enough to compare the planned pump settings as explained above, The instructions entered by the bureau. Typically, the medical staff H6 will then use the pump 120 to administer the infusion, and use a digital device I 8 to infusion. To start the infusion, 1-4 people typically Geographic scan of patient's wrist Bar code 1 1 2a and v. ^ Yu "round liquid bag barcode label 124a. When reminded by the number of penetrating 118 'Medical staff' inferred and compared the pipeline used for the infusion: site and route, That is, as shown in the interface of day 37/71 in Fig. 37. Then 'in the day of 3881 in Fig. 38, the nurse 1 1 16 series 4 choose the main or small soft bag infusion as 3, and Scan the fruit pass to force one hundred and four people to be 11 6 series, and then plan the H pump 120 as planned by the doctor's medical order. 'Medical staff ΐ 6 series chose to perform a pharmacy order comparison with the pump. That is, as shown in Figures 39-42. If the planned pump settings are in accordance with the pharmacy's rotation instructions, such as the daytime tearing interface, the daytime surface will indicate compliance, ^ Asian and Cypriot 116 You can click the OK button 4805 to accept the match. Finally, the medical staff 116 will press the start button above the pump 120. The digital assistant 118 will then display the dosing result interface screen 4937 in Figure 49 And doctor 110 can enter the appropriate result from the options in the drop-down list. This The steps can be repeated for additional patients and / or additional pumps or channels. Before the medication is administered, the 'medical staff 116 may be reminded to enter a monitoring dad number, for example' diGxin ) Lost a heart rate before, or did you enter a pain assessment before you gave it? When a monitoring parameter 130 426656 "medicine is relevant, each dose displayed above the digital assistant 11 8 / = There is a link An interface screen is one in which the medical staff 116 can enter a value. This example has a link 5001 to a monitoring parameter Eight: An example of the instruction is shown in the figure shown in Figure 50: ° 在After the monitoring parameter link 5_ is selected, the monitoring parameter input interface screen 5003 is displayed as shown in the 50a = so. In the. The U.S. staff member U 6 can enter the requested information into the system. 2 Medium-term meter: The 'the system 210 can request the medical staff 116 to monitor-a week ° person'. Typically, an anesthetic is taken from a drug store or Management of pharmaceutical products II: And when the storage place is pulled away to provide anesthetic or price control, the digital assistant " ... shows the interface of the spoon cycle as shown in Fig. 51 and the daytime interface 5101. This gold, μ 丨面面面 5 1 01 is to remind the medical care :: Enter the data in the box or the drug unit in the storage area, and enter the information in the provided stop. The department, the Department of System 21 and the Department of Science and Technology, then compared with the assistant Rikagawa's count. If the cycle counts do not match, a digit] displays a message to indicate that they do not match, and then the second cycle number screen 5101 is displayed again. If the cycle counts do not match, the music will record the non-compliance, and appropriate measures can be taken. If necessary, the medical staff can stop receiving the fluid before the infusion is completed. This can be ordered in the system with or without interruption to stop the infusion. Infusions that have been stopped can be resumed as needed, for example, titration instructions. When the interrupted infusion is in progress and the infusion image in execution is displayed on the digital assistant su 231 200426656, the medical doctor Ren 1 1 6 is instructed to browse on top of the digital assistant 丨〗 8 (referred to as 1 correction) Take a list of all in-progress: fluids used in this patient. An example of this interrupted infusion interface screen 2727a is presented in Figure M. In item 27A, the interrupted infusion instruction Will be highlighted and indicated as an interrupted infusion instruction. The medical staff will then scan the barcode on the solution container for the interrupted infusion and then scan the patient's ID. Then 'as in item 27B The interface 2 was written on the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff. In 27J7b, the medical staff can enter the time when the infusion has been stopped and the reason for stopping the infusion. Next in the infusion «⑽ The above / stop is to actually stop the infusion pump by pressing the stop button above 17, 2 U 〇 proposed: == _ ^ 面日面 2727e is resumed in Figure 27C. In order to restore ::: Two times' infusion recorded as stopped can be Recovery assistance: The two 'medical staff 116' must initially clean the digital assistant 11 8 | Pro $, total a project single towel ^ μ interface daytime surface. By pressing the fluid that stopped in the patient's eyes early Image 481 i, the voice of the person in the interface screen c, that is, the infusion to be resumed as shown in Figure 27 ° is selected. ^ Renbei 116 210 #tbr, ... is restored and continued. The The system W is compared to the ID depicted in the figure. The infusion infusion in the system 21 is m $ ^ and for the patient D who is currently stopped, the digital assistant 118 reminds the medical staff ... 132 200426656 describes the patient ’s ID. System 2 0 then confirms whether the scanned id matches the patient ’s ID, and the system 2 0 will display the scanned infusion description on digital assistant 118, and Prompt the medical staff 16 to choose a reason defined by the facility for the resume of the infusion, as shown in the interface 2727d in Figure 27D. Once the reason is selected, the medical staff 116 may be in place 12G Restart the chakra, and then click the arrow 9 to continue. 21〇 based recording system has been restored to the infusion continued.

別⑺隹用於數位助理118之各種的晝面/介面中所示各種的圖像係被利用來協助醫護人員"6。許多這些圖係被展示在第48圖中。病患表列按紐4801是一個按鍵被點選時，容許醫護人員116直接劇覽至病患表列畫面例如’在帛23圖中所示的病患表列晝面η"。返回按彻3是—個按鍵當被點選時，使得在數位助自n8之上畫^回到先前的畫面。⑽独侧係被點選以認可在 t衣置1 18之上所展示的資料。當該0K按紐4805被點. =常會顯示下-個晝面。輸液執行指示器按紐4δι 係广個所規劃的輸液現在正對所撕丨、泉U0以及出對於所選的病’ 液停止的指個所規劃的輸液已經在待命中。， m 1係指出對於所選的病患、I 120 , :二=規劃Γ液已經被停止。輸液中斷指令指示^ 、泵吻以刀、s、“ ^曰中㈣對於所選的病^ 及通道之一個輸液。醫師的注意事項指示著 133 200426656 4 8 1 5係指出對於所選的、庄志、所k的病患、泵120以及通道有著醫師的注意事項之存在。||確x g 酉邊人貝116可以點選該注意事項指示裔 4 8 1 5以爾^看古女止匕、、士立古· t 、 μ二，主思事項。比較按鈕48 1 7係在各種的晝面中被提出，並且杏姑、田被點遠日守，其係使得系統210執行被掃描的物品盘藥月於 Α 4 一耒局輸入的指令之比較以及額外的比較。Don't forget to use various images shown in the various day / faces of the digital assistant 118. Various images are used to assist the medical staff " 6. Many of these diagrams are shown in Figure 48. The patient list button 4801 is a button. When clicked, allows the medical staff 116 to directly navigate to the patient list screen. For example, ‘the patient list daytime surface η " shown in Figure 23]. Back to Press 3 Yes—a key, when clicked, draws on the digital assistant n8 to return to the previous screen. ⑽ Unilaterals were clicked to recognize the material displayed above t-shirt set 1.18. When the 0K button 4805 is clicked, the next daytime surface is always displayed. The infusion execution indicator button 4δι is a planned infusion now facing the tearing, spring U0, and the planned infusion for stopping the selected disease 'solution is already on standby. , M 1 indicates that for the selected patient, I 120,: II = Planning Γ solution has been stopped. The infusion interruption instruction indicates ^, the pump kisses the knife, s, "^" Medium for an infusion of the selected disease ^ and one of the channels. The physician's attention indicates 133 200426656 4 8 1 5 The patients, pumps 120, and the passages have the precautions of the physician. || xg 酉边人贝 116 can click on the precautions to indicate the source 4 8 1 5 , Shiligu t, μ two, thinking about matters. The comparison buttons 48 1 7 are proposed in various daytimes, and Xingu and Tian are ordered far away, which makes the system 210 execute the scanned items. Comparison of the instructions entered by Pan Yaoyue at the first round of A 4 and additional comparisons.

更新按紐4819係被點選以更新，並且在畫面之上顯示最新的貧料。離開按紐仙係容許醫護人員離開目前的晝面’亚且回到先前所顯示的晝面。輪入按鈕4805也是0Κ 按紅，並且被點選以認可且輸入從一個下拉式表列之内的，彻選的f料、或是在一個攔位中人工輸入的資料。比 4823係指出所規劃的泵設定相符藥局輸入 ……相符指示器彻係指出所規劃的泵 :=相符藥局輸入的指令資訊。無法比較指示器則 ^ 5亥糸統無法比較所規劃的栗設定與藥局輸入的指令The update button 4819 is clicked to update, and the latest lean material is displayed on the screen. The leave button allows the medical staff to leave the current day's surface and return to the previously displayed day. The turn-in button 4805 is also 0K, and it is clicked to recognize and enter from a drop-down list, the selected material f, or the data entered manually in a stop. The ratio 4823 indicates that the planned pump settings are consistent with the pharmacy input ... The compliance indicator indicates that the planned pumps are completely consistent with the command information entered by the pharmacy. If the indicator cannot be compared, the system cannot compare the planned chestnut settings with the instructions entered by the pharmacy.

二二!Γ警二指示器4872係指出-個警報或是警告 Χ 。自该警報/警告指示器4872被點選時，一面之 1的粟警報與警告畫面係被顯示。在該警報與警告書 .、兄，I—個紅色警報/警告圖像係指出一個警報情，二報/警告圖像係指出-個警繼置m言°“按紐4874係被點選以暫時靜音在數位裝 ^上之聽覺的警告。失去通訊指示器_係指出該 7。-個或ί集線器1〇7並未適當地與該系統21〇通訊驟。^此指不的訊息係描述解決該問題所要採取的步 … 低電量警告指示器4835係指出集線器1〇7 134 200426656 目則正執行在一個備用電池上，其係具有小於3〇分鐘的剩餘電池電力。以上相關於數位助理丨丨8的設定及使用之揭露内容已經相關於執行這些功能的醫護人員116來加以論述。然而，應瞭解的是這些工作可以藉由醫院的任何給藥或是工作人員個人來加以執行，而不論該個人是否為醫護人員i i 6Two two! Γ Alarm two indicator 4872 points out an alarm or warning X. When this alarm / warning indicator 4872 is clicked, one side of the alarm and warning screen is displayed. In this alarm and warning book, brother, I—a red alarm / warning image indicates an alarm condition, and a second report / warning image indicates that an alarm relay is set. The "button 4874" is clicked to Temporarily silence the audible warning on the digital device. Loss of communication indicator _ indicates that the 7. One or 集 hub 107 did not properly communicate with the system 21o. ^ This is a description of the message Steps to solve the problem ... Low battery warning indicator 4835 indicates that the hub 1007 134 200426656 is running on a backup battery with less than 30 minutes of remaining battery power. The above is related to the digital assistant 丨The disclosure of the settings and use of 8 has been discussed in connection with the medical staff 116 performing these functions. However, it should be understood that these tasks can be performed by any hospital drug delivery or personal staff, regardless of Whether the individual is a healthcare worker ii 6

緊急情況的通知過程 μ茶考第12圖，其被展示有緊急情況通知系統12〇〇之们車乂仏只轭例。一個通知方（notifying party) 12 1 〇係與一個通訊網路1220通訊。在此項技術中具有技能者將會體認到’各種的通訊網路都是可運作的，其包含（但不限於 )乙太網路、同轴電I線網路、無線的本地區域網路以及無、泉廣或、罔4 jt匕外’各種的通訊網路協定都是可運作的，Emergency notification process Figure 12 of μ Tea Test, which shows an example of an emergency notification system 1200. A notifying party 12 10 communicates with a communication network 1220. Those skilled in this technology will realize that 'various communication networks are operational, including (but not limited to) Ethernet, coaxial I-line networks, and wireless local area networks. As well as all kinds of communication network protocols, such as Wu, Quan Guang, or 罔 4 jt, all work.

/、i & (i_不限於）傳輸控制協定/網際網路協定（“Tcp/ip”）、無線應用協定（“WAP”）以及使用者f料元（D帅㈣協定 (“UDP”）。此外，通訊網路122〇係可運作為一個更大的通訊網路之一部分；例如，該通訊網路1220可以是盥例是謝現有之有線的通訊網路通訊之無線通訊網路。與該通訊網路1220通訊的是—個通知方1210。該知方 1 2 1 0可以是一你較p/ir>較罐χ ϋ 尺位i阬酉4人貝，例如，護士、醫、醫院行政人員、或是保全主任。該通知方㈣也可是病患。此外’該通知方121〇可以是—個自動化的過 ’例如’電腦程式或是醫療器材。作用為通知方121〇 135 200426656 自動化的過程可被規劃以在滿足某„種情況或是一個事件之際，廣播-個緊急情況通知到通訊網路122〇的各處。例如，該自動化的過程可被規劃以在感測到-個病患的狀況之際，廣播一個緊急情況通知。該緊急情況通知係祜 ,.y 叫卿G所接收。目桿Γ 3G—了個目標方（target ”盥^ ‘方1230可以是醫護人員，例如，酉生與躞士。目標方1230 ^ ^ ^ 饪式θ #人+ 也了以疋一個緊急情況回應主可X;”任、或是-個環境災害小組。目標方123。提供選擇權給通知方^人本以例係 -個目標方咖、傳=:緊急情況通知到某目標方⑵。;該〜二標方123°、或是所有的 s ^ ^ 12 貝&糸今許通知方UK)能夠選擇哪地/, I & (i_ is not limited to) Transmission Control Protocol / Internet Protocol ("Tcp / ip"), Wireless Application Protocol ("WAP"), and user data element (D handsome protocol ("UDP" In addition, the communication network 1220 can operate as part of a larger communication network; for example, the communication network 1220 can be a wireless communication network that communicates with existing wired communication networks. For example, the communication network 1220 The communicating party is a notifying party 1210. The knowing party 1 2 1 0 can be a person with a higher p / ir > than a tank χ ϋ size i 阬酉 4 persons, for example, a nurse, a doctor, a hospital administrator, or Security Officer. The notifying party may also be a patient. In addition, the notifying party 121 may be an automated process such as a computer program or medical device. The role of the notifying party 121〇135 200426656 can be planned. In order to meet a certain situation or an event, broadcast an emergency notification to various places in the communication network 122. For example, the automated process can be planned to detect the condition of a patient Broadcast an emergency The emergency notification was received by Qing G. Qing was received by Qing G. The target Γ 3G—a target party (the target party) 1230 can be a medical staff, for example, a health worker and a soldier. The target party 1230 ^ ^ ^ 式式 θ # 人 + It is also possible to respond to an emergency situation with the owner; "Ren," or-an environmental disaster team. Target 123. Provide options to the notifying party ^ People take this example- Each target party, pass =: an emergency notification to a target party .; The ~ second bidder 123 °, or all s ^ ^ 12 (&today; the notification party UK) can choose where

目才示方1230來接收該緊急情況心。、擇L 目標方1230以及通知訊。熟習此項技術者將备二1係與該通訊網路⑽通可以提供通知方咖//目=的通訊模式1240都個人電腦或是可程式化疋有線的連線，例如，是透過手持式電腦 <是 &。通訊模& i24G也可以。 …仃動電話所達成的無線網路的連線現在請參考第u圖， w、示-個通知介面1300。熟羽广通知方1210的角度來展有各種的介面將會使得通：項技術者將會體認到的是’ 122〇來廣播-個緊急情^知方1210能夠經由通訊網路 ° _知介面可以是-個連 136 200426656 接至内部網路或是網際網 ^ 由行動電咭$ A + 、，謂站。该通知介面也可以藉电居或其它電話、或是在—個實施例t，該甶-子郵件來加以啟動。之手持式電^ "面1300是廣泛被市售的類型The eyes showed the party 1230 to receive the emergency heart. , Select L target 1230 and notification. Those who are familiar with this technology will prepare the second series and the communication network. The communication mode 1240 can provide notification. The communication mode 1240 is a personal computer or a programmable and wired connection, for example, through a handheld computer. < is &. Communication mode & i24G is also available. … The wireless network connection reached by the mobile phone. Please refer to figure u, w, a notification interface 1300. Shuyu Guang informs the party from the angle of 1210 that various interfaces will be displayed: the technicians will realize that '122〇 to broadcast-an emergency situation ^ knowing party 1210 can communicate via the communication network ° _ 知 Interface It can be-a link 136 200426656 connected to the internal network or the Internet ^ $ A + by mobile phone, that is, station. The notification interface may also be activated by a home phone or other phone, or in one embodiment, the e-mail. The hand-held electric ^ " Noodle 1300 is a widely marketed type

Pah裝置、士 D , 3由PaIm〇ne公司所製造的公司所制 η101"公司所製造的V崎裝置、由桌並 Λ 所製造的Jornada裝置、衣置由心曰置、由斩六\ 由戴爾公司所製造的Axim裝Pah device, taxi D, 3 η101 " manufactured by the company manufactured by PaImone " company, Viz device manufactured by the company, Jornada device manufactured by the table and Λ, clothes set by the heart, and by six Axim equipment made by Dell

由新力公司所製造的CHe I 以及Svmh】\ 6衣置以及由東芝公司、康柏 Φ 〇么司所製造的Pocketpc裝置。在-個實施例中，該通知介面 A ^ Am ^ v你巴括一個列出一 ’ 個k項1340的項目單133〇 134Π ^、、平U川例如，一個通知選項口J以容許通知方丨2 J 〇 ^ k擇一位特定的醫護人員戍疋4寸疋類型的醫護人員為緊、勹系心f月/兄通知的目標方J 23〇。 :個通知選項⑽可以容許通知方12iq在緊急情況通 ”錯块地發送的事件中，能夠選擇來取消該緊急情況通口。名員外的通知選項1340也可以包含用於病患識別資訊 '病患位置、緊急情況的類型’以及預期回應的時間之項目° ' 現在請參考第14圖，其係從目標方123〇的角度來展示接收介面1400的一個實施例。類似於該通知介面13〇〇 ’該接歧介面1400可以運作在各種不同的平台上，並且在本發明的原理下仍然保持為可行的。在第丨3圖所示的一個實施例中，接收介面1400是手持式電腦。該介面 1400係包含一個晝面1420用於顯示可組態設定的資訊 2350。該資訊2350可以包含緊急情況通知資訊，例如， 137 200426656 病患識別、緊急情況的位置、緊急情況的類型以及預期回應的時間。通知介面1300以及接收介面14〇〇都選配地被配置有一個熱鍵1350、1460。關於該通知介面13⑻，熱鍵135〇可被配置以傳送一個包含自動地從通知介面13⑽本身所獲得的資訊之緊急情況通知。例如，按下在該通知介面 U00之上的熱鍵1350可被配置以自動地傳送一個包含該資訊的緊急情況通知。 ~ 包含警報/警告通知的訊息傳送與通知該系統係提供有傳送通知及訊息。通知可以包含（但不限於）：病患狀態表列、警報、警告、輸液計劃表、指令、 2銷、警語、治療參數、至額外的資訊之連結、遺忘的藥、返確認、比較、流速資訊、醫師注意事項訊、低電量、給藥結果、等、去通以及額外的通知。通知被f系統亦提供有顯示這些 110 μ 、s , J禋方式疋在數位助理被提供給許多的醫護人員以的酉邊人貝中之任何一位。手吕如上所解說者，一本系統中，二的類型是警報/警告通知。在警報/警告之提昇警訊個特定的，-個通知過程係被第15圖中。典型地員116。第圓所指出：：运通知給任意數目的醫護人係提供用於當—個攀日、/報/警告的提昇警訊過程1500 療器材上是進行中：：：是警告在例如是輸的醫、τ ’、，經由醫護人員的裝置118來通 138 200426656 知一系列的醫護人員。在一個較佳實施例中，該醫護人員的裝置是個人數位助理（“PDA，，）118，例如在第丨與3圖中 =展不者，其典型地具有顯示器118a以及聽覺的音頻或是 :音產生器118c。但僅為了說明之目的，所以在此詳細的况明中之醫護人員的裝置在以下將會被指明為數位助理 1 1 8。再者，當醫護人員未能夠在數位助理11 8之上回應該警報7警告通知時，該警報/警告提昇警訊過程1500係提供一個提昇警訊過程。當-個提昇警訊過程被開始時，— f通知係破提出至在該提昇警訊程序中所指定的另一位或是第二醫護人員的數位助理118。當該警報/警告通知被傳达主數位助理118肖，可瞭解到的是，泵警報與警告典型，只可以在該栗之處被解決。如同在此所解說的，例如在CHe I and Svmh made by Sony Corporation and Pocket PC devices made by Toshiba and Compaq Φ 〇 Moss. In one embodiment, the notification interface A ^ Am ^ v includes a list of 1 k items 1340 133, 134, ^, and Ping U. For example, a notification option port J to allow the notification party丨 2 J 〇 ^ k Select a specific medical staff (4 inches) type of medical staff is the target party J 23〇 who is tight and concerned. : A notification option: Allows the notifying party 12iq to choose to cancel the emergency channel in the event of "emergency communication" sent in error. The notification option 1340 outside the celebrity can also contain information for patient identification. The location of the affected area, the type of emergency situation, and the time of the expected response °° Please refer to FIG. 14, which shows an embodiment of the receiving interface 1400 from the perspective of the target 1230. Similar to the notification interface 13 The interface 1400 can operate on a variety of different platforms, and remains feasible under the principles of the present invention. In one embodiment shown in FIG. 3, the receiving interface 1400 is a handheld computer. The interface 1400 includes a daylight surface 1420 for displaying configurable information 2350. The information 2350 may include emergency notification information, such as 137 200426656 patient identification, location of the emergency, type of emergency, and expected response The notification interface 1300 and the receiving interface 1400 are optionally equipped with a hot key 1350, 1460. About the notification interface 1 3⑻, the hot key 135 ° can be configured to transmit an emergency notification containing information obtained automatically from the notification interface 13⑽ itself. For example, pressing the hotkey 1350 on the notification interface U00 can be configured to automatically Send an emergency notification containing this information. ~ Message transmission and notification with alert / warning notifications The system provides notifications and messages for delivery. Notifications can include (but are not limited to): patient status list, alarms, warnings, Infusion schedule, instructions, 2 pins, warnings, treatment parameters, links to additional information, forgotten medicines, reconfirmation, comparison, flow rate information, physician precautions, low battery, dosing results, etc. And additional notices. The notice is also provided by the f system to show these 110 μ, s, and J modes. Any one of the people who are provided by the digital assistant to many medical staff. Hand Lu as explained above Or, in this system, the two types are alert / warning notifications. In the promotion of alerts / warnings, there are specific warnings, and a notification process is shown in FIG. 15. Type ground member 116. The first round points out: The shipping notice is provided to any number of medical personnel for the promotion of a climbing day, / report / warning. 1500 medical equipment is in progress :: Yes warning For example, a series of medical personnel is known through the medical personnel's device 118 through 138 200426656. In a preferred embodiment, the medical personnel's device is a personal digital assistant ("PDA ,, ) 118, for example, in Figures 1 and 3, it can be shown that it typically has a display 118a and audible audio or a sound generator 118c. However, for the purpose of illustration only, the devices of the medical staff in this detailed description will be designated as digital assistants 1 1 8 below. Furthermore, the alert / warning escalation alert process 1500 provides an escalation alert process when medical personnel are unable to respond to the alert 7 warning notification above the digital assistant 11 8. When an ascending alert process is initiated, -f notifies the system to the digital assistant 118 of another or second medical staff designated in the ascending alert procedure. When this alarm / warning notification was reached to the Master Digital Assistant 118, it was learned that pump alarms and warnings were typical and could only be resolved at that location. As explained here, for example in

第：5圖的方塊1580中’在數位助理118處之警報或警告的靜音可以或是可以不影響該泵。 ° D 當-個警報或是一個警告情況中之至少一個或是兩個月况在醫療器# i20之處被觸發時，該警報/警告提過们係在方塊15〇5之處開始。在第3圖中所示白^ 個較佳實施例中’在醫療器# 12〇之處的警報或是觸發之後’ 一個包含相關於該警報或是警告情況的資料之信號係在方塊1510之處被產生，並且從醫療器材120傳 ^饲服器 ' 在無線的環境中，具有無線發送器的！療器材12〇係被提供、或是連接至無線集線器1〇7 = 器材120係被提供。在後者的例子中，即如在第3圖二展示者’該集線器1〇7係從醫療器材12〇接收信號，並且 139 200426656 轉換該信號成為一個格式是適合用於經由是連結128來傳輸到系統網路102上。再者路徑或 10 7 ^ ^ 右集線杰警告或是其它的通知是重複的，則集線态1 〇7可以拋棄該重複的通知。姑a…Α Λ ^ 的通知被發迗的信號係夢由為兮 w療保健環境之内的一個益線存〇… …深存取點114加以接收。該無尬予•點m係提供一個介面在無線通訊路獲（亦即，益線 =二:：觸通訊路徑(例如是第3圖中所展：的電纜線通訊路徑110)之間。籲在該伺服器1〇9接收到在方塊⑽之處於該警報或是擎告愔況的眘粗夕％ y ^ m 。f月况的貝枓之後，伺服器109係在方塊 515之處進行一項先決條件檢纟。該先決條 ::查3〇30可以包含··將醫療器材120處之警報或是警口丨月況關連至一位特定的病患；將該病患關連至一位主要的醫護人員，亦被稱為第-醫護人M(此關連可以在該中央糸統祠服單元108a之處被進行）；並且，將該第一醫護人貝關連至該醫護人員的數位助理118。該伺服器ι〇9係使用ί在方塊1515處之先決條件的檢查中所獲得的資訊來，西療态材120(以及在一個實施例中為輸液泵12〇之特定 2 I返^ Ζ 1)、病患、主要的或是第一醫護人員以及該第一、蒦人員的數位助理丨丨8之間建立起一種關係。可暸解到 =疋，在多位病患112以及多位醫護人員110之間有一種 :對夕的關係。於是，許多的第一醫護人員、許多的第二 W °隻人貝以及許多的第n層級的醫護人員可以與一位特定 ' ^相關再者，第n層級的提昇警訊在此系統之内亦 140 200426656 是可行的。 - 典型地，伺服器108a係已經在其中儲存病患至醫護人，員的夕對多之關連、以及病患至單位之關連。該伺服器 1〇8a係傳送這些關連至伺服器109,並且該伺服器109係储存這些關連。類似地，該伺服器1 〇 8 a係將掌管的醫護人員至單兀的關連傳送至該伺服器1 09以供儲存。在方塊1515之處的先決條件檢查之後，該伺服器1〇9 係決定適當的通道121給病患112至醫護人員ιΐ6的對映。一旦該對映完成後，該伺服器109係在方塊152〇之纟 · 判斷該第一醫護人員的數位助理Π8是否為有效的。若該第一醫護人員的數位助理118是有效的，係產生:個代表該警報或是警告情況存在的信號。該信號係包含貢料為例如是病患的名稱、病患的位置、病房識別、病床識別、警報或是警告類型、情況說明、時間、日期、醫護人員識別以及/或是處方。在該較佳實施例中，該信號係從㈣器1G9被傳送至無線存取點114。該無線存# 點114係接著在方塊1525之處經由無線通訊的傳輸來冑· 送該相關於警報或是警告情況的信號至醫護人員的數位助理 1 1 8。該相關於警報或是警之處被發送至一位掌管的醫護人員人員或是一位次要的醫護人員。此是有線的通訊來被發送。再者，掌數位助理1 1 8、桌上型電腦或是某告情況的信號也可以在方塊 1525 、一位次要的第一醫護種k號可以經由無線或管的醫護人員可以利用種其它的電子裝置。掌 141 200426656 吕的醫護人員一般是監督者或是醫護人員所要報告的某人 · 、此外，掌官的醫護人員可以是協助醫護人員的工作流裎 · 或是協助監視警報或警告情況的人。 4 ^號係藉由醫護人員的數位助理1 1 8來被接收，並且接著在第15圖中的方塊153〇之處被顯示。此方塊係提供用於在醫護人員的數位助理Π 8之上指出該警報或是警口 6況。在醫護人員的數位助理之上的指示可以是視覺的馭覺的或是視覺與聽覺的。再者，視覺的指示可以包含子圖像、付號、等等中之一或多種。類似地，如上戶斤解祝者’該聽覺的指示可以包含在各種的分貝位準之下的各種聽覺的音頻。該視覺與聽覺的指示器係可由醫院組態叹疋的。第1 6 A圖係揭示在醫護人員的數位助理丨丨8之上的警報/警告介面表列晝面1662a之一個範例的畫面。該警報/警告表列介面1662a係包含目前相關於作用中的通道警報7警告之一個表列的病患。如第16A圖中所示，此醫護人員的數位助理1 1 8目前有三個作用中的警報/警告之指示。對於“病患一，，有警報情況1664,對於“病患二，，有警報情 · ，1666,以及對於“病患三，，有警告情況1668。每位病患的名稱以及對應的警報/警告圖像是一個超連結至適當的泵警報細節介面晝面，即如第17目中所示者。在一個實施例中，該病患的表列係被過濾成只包含目前相關於登錄到顯不此介面晝面的數位助理118中之醫護人員116的病患。此種醫護人員至病患的關連可以是作為主要的醫護人員或是作為暫時代班的醫護人員。次要的醫護人員也可以透過 142 200426656 該提昇警訊過程而被利用。該警報/警告表列介面I”]係典型地在正常的醫護人員工作流程期間，藉由點選被顯示在醫護人員116的數位助理118之上的警報/警告圖像 4 8 7 2來加以利用的。如上所解說者’當該警報或是警告情況係在方塊1 之處被彳日示在醫護人員的數位助理之上時，此指示可以是視見地、聽覺地或是兩者地被提供。當聽覺的指示在醫護人員的數位助理118之處被提供時，該警報圖像4872係出現在醫護人員的數位助理118之顯示器n8a之上。若聽覺的指示被提出時，則醫護人員係能夠來靜音該聽覺的指不，即使該醫護人員尚未回應於該警報或是警告情況。若該醫護人員確實靜音該警報，則伺服器1〇9將會起始一個好曰计日守為。視覺的指示將會被保持，即使該聽覺的指示已被靜音亦是如此。如第16A圖中所示，若一個警報/警告將會在醫護人員的數位助理丨丨8之處提供聽覺的指示，但疋可供该醫護人員靜音時，則一個靜音的警報/警告圖像 4874係被提供。再者，在該警報/警告情況的提昇警訊之 P牙若""亥邊屢人員並未在该計時器時限之内回應於該警報日守，則涊聽覺的指示之靜音可以被解除。聽覺的指示之一個替代的實施例可以是振動的警告。再者，可瞭解到的是，多個警報/警告情況玎以同時或疋在重豐的期間中發生。於是，包含相關於該特定的警報或是警告之情況的資料之同時或是重疊的信號係在方塊 15 10之處被產生，並且從醫療器材被傳送至伺服器 200426656 109 °音報/警告信號可以源自於相同或是不同的醫療器材 120再者，警報/警告信號可以相關於相同或是不同的病心 ^而’如同在此對於個別的警報/警告情況所述的警報 / 5。之提幵警訊過程1500中，每個警報/警告信號係個別被指疋路由。如第1 6 A圖中所示，一位特定的醫護人員可$以在其數位助理i丨8上具有許多的警報/警告情況。警報 /警告晝面的另一個例子係被展示在第16b圖的介面晝面之上如同在本系統中之典型的做法，在第1圖的介面晝面1662b中被標示為1676的行係指示一個表列勺、、口束並且在此介面中明確地指出對於一位特定的醫護人員之警報/警告指示表列。 7斤在醫護人員已經在該醫護人員的數位助理ιΐ8之上，攸弟16A圖的介面表列1662a選擇來觀看對於病患超連結的警報/警告指示中之一個指示之後，第17圖係描繪一個詳細的病患警報/警告介面1765。在此，該醫護人員已經選擇對於“病患一，，的t報指示1664。該警報/警告細節晝面1 765係提供醫護人員一個描述該警報/警告的理由之細節的訊息。醫護人員可以點選在該更新按鈕4819之上，以更新目前在該晝φ 1 765之上所顯示的資訊。如同在第 18圖的介面1 867上所示的，對於相同的病患可能存在多個警報或是警告1 878、1 882。此邀 ϋ a 警告介面1 867係提 i、一個表列之目前相關於一位特定疋的病患之所有作用中的泵言報/警告。這些作用中的泵警報 3 口 J以疋來自多個通迢121以及/或是泵12〇，並其並甚至疋擴散至多個集線器 144 200426656 1〇7。此介面畫面1867係藉由在該泵警報表列晝面“Μ 之上指定一位特定的病患來加以利用的。在该信號係於方塊1 525之處被傳送至醫護人員的數位助理，並且在方塊1530之處由主要的醫護人員的數位助理。:18接收之後，在方塊1 535之處，-個計時器係於伺服态109之處被起始。該計時器係具有一個計時器時限。個典型的提昇警訊計時器時限大約$ 2 &鐘；然而，此限制疋可由醫院組態設定的。在方塊丨54〇之處，該系統係判斷回應m否在該計時器時限之内針對該警告或是馨報而被提出。若到了該計時器時限而沒有來自胃主要的醫護人員的數位助理118之應答時，該過程係前進至方塊 15 45。在方塊1545之處，該系統係進行進一步的查詢，其係有關對於該警報/警告情況是否已經在醫療器材12〇之處做成應答或是回應。若在該主要的醫護人員的數位助理 1 1 8、％療為材1 20之處、或是掌管的醫護人員都尚未做成回應時，則該警報/警告過程係在方塊1545之處被提昇警訊。若在一個警報7警告情況被觸發之後，但在該警報/擎告情況應答之前的任何時間點發生失去通訊時，則一旦^ 失去通訊已修復時，該警報/警告情況將會再度發出。類似地，右一個皆報/警告情況是在失去通訊之後被觸發時，則一旦該通訊被重新建立時，該警報/警告情況將會再度被發出。當一個警報被提昇警訊時，該伺服器ι〇9係在方塊 145 200426656 1 550之處進订另—項先決條件的檢查。此先決條件的檢查 1 550可以包含：將該病患關連至一位次要的醫護人員（此關連可以在該中央系統伺服單元l〇8a之處被進行）；並且將°亥第一西遵人員關連至該醫護人員的數位助理1 1 8，此亦被稱為該第二醫護人員的裝置或是第二醫護人員的數位助理1 1 8。4伺服器i Q9係使用其在方塊工55q處之先決條件的檢查中所獲得之資訊，以在該醫療器材U0、病患、次要的醫護人員以及該第二醫護人員的數位助理ιΐ8之間建立一種關係。在方塊1 550處之第二先決條件的檢查之後，該伺服器 109也可以判斷第二醫護人員的數位助理11 8是否為有效的。若第二醫護人員的數位助理丨丨8是有效的，則該伺服裔109係產生一個代表該警報或是警告情況存在之被提昇警訊的信號。該被提昇警訊的信號同樣地包含例如是病患的名稱、病患的位置、病房識別、病床識別、警報或是警告類型、情況說明、時間、日期、醫護人員識別以及/或是處方。在該較佳實施例中，該被提昇警訊的信號係從伺服裔109被傳送至無線存取點114。該無線存取點114係接著在方塊1 555之處經由無線通訊的傳輸來傳送該相關於警報或是警告情況之被提昇警訊的信號至第二醫護人員的數位助理1 1 8。相關於該警報或是警告情況之被提昇警訊的信號也可以在方塊1 5 5 5之處被發送至一位掌管的醫護人員。此種被提昇警訊的信號可以是經由無線或是有線的通訊。再者 146 200426656 ’掌管的醫護人員可以利用數位助理、桌上型電腦或是某 ^其它的電子裝置。如上所解說的，掌管的醫護人員一般 ^監督者或是醫護人員所要報告的某人、或是協助醫護人員的工作流程或協助監視警報或是警告情況的人。該被提昇警訊的信號係在第15圖中的方塊156〇之處被該第二醫護人員的數位助s 118接收並且接著被顯示。此方塊係提供用於在該第二醫護人員的數位助理丨丨8之上指出該警報或是警告情況。在該第二醫護人員的裝置之上的指不可以是視覺的、聽覺的或是視覺與聽覺的。再者，視覺的指示可以包含文字、圖像、符號、等等中之一或多種。類似地，如上所解說者，該聽覺的指示可以包含各種聽覺的音頻。該視覺與聽覺的指示器係可由醫院組態設定的。然而，應瞭解的是，在方塊1 525所見到被傳送至該弟 ^ ϋ蒦人員之原始的#號仍然是被保持在該第一醫護人員的數位助理之處，即如在第1 5圖的方塊1 5 3 0中所示者。在該第一醫護人員的數位助理118之處的信號可以被提昇警訊的（亦即，該信號可以被展示為較大的尺寸或是字體、其可以是閃爍的、該聽覺的警告之音量可以是較大聲的、等等）。在-人要的^號於方塊1 5 5 5之處被傳送至醫護人員的數位助理，並且在方塊i 560之處被該次要的醫護人員的數位助理1 1 8接收之後，有至少兩個個人（該第一醫護人員以及/或是掌管的醫護人員）以及至少兩個裝置有該作用中的警報/警告情況。於是，任何的這些醫護人員都可以回應於 147 200426656 该警報/警告情況，即如在方塊1 540與1 565中所示者。兮被提昇警訊的警報過程將會在方塊1 5 7 〇之處繼續，直到该警報/警告情況係在該醫護人員的數位助理丨丨8、掌管的醫護人員的電腦或是裝置中之一、或是在醫療器材12〇之處被清除為止。The silence of the alarm or warning at the digital assistant 118 in block 1580 in Figure 5 may or may not affect the pump. ° D When an alarm or at least one or two of the warning conditions are triggered at position # i20 in the medical device, the alarm / warning mention starts at block 1505. In the preferred embodiment shown in Figure 3, 'After the alarm or trigger at Medical Device # 12〇', a signal containing information related to the alarm or warning condition is at block 1510. The place is created and transmitted from the medical equipment 120 ^ Feeder's In a wireless environment, with a wireless transmitter! Medical equipment 120 series is provided, or connected to the wireless hub 107 = equipment 120 series is provided. In the latter example, as shown in Figure 3, the presenter 'the hub 107 receives the signal from the medical device 120, and 139 200426656 converts the signal into a format suitable for transmission via the link 128 to System network 102. Furthermore, the path or 10 7 ^ ^ right set line warning or other notification is duplicated, then the set status 1 07 can discard the duplicate notification. The signal that a… A Λ ^ was notified was that the dream was received by a good line within the health care environment…… and the deep access point 114 received it. This point is to provide an interface between the wireless communication path (that is, the benefit line = 2 :: touch the communication path (for example, the cable communication path 110 shown in Figure 3). After the server 109 receives the caution or warning condition y ^ m in the alarm or warning condition at the block 109, the server 109 performs a block 515 at block 515. Prerequisite check. The prerequisite :: check 3030 may include ... linking the alarm or police at 120 medical devices to the condition of a particular patient; linking the patient to a specific patient The main medical staff, also known as the first-caregiver M (this connection can be carried out at the central united temple unit 108a); and, the first medical caregiver is connected to the medical staff's digital assistant 118. The server OM09 uses the information obtained from the inspection of the prerequisites at block 1515 to obtain the western medicine 120 (and in one embodiment a specific 2 of the infusion pump 12). Z 1), patient, primary or first medical staff, and digital assistants of the first and second staff 丨丨A relationship has been established between 8. It can be understood that = 疋, there is a relationship between a plurality of patients 112 and a plurality of medical staff 110: the relationship of the evening. Therefore, many first medical staff, many second W ° Only human shells and many n-th level medical staff can be associated with a specific '^. Furthermore, the n-level promotion alert is also possible within this system 140 200426656.-Typically, server 108a The system has stored patient-to-caregiver, staff-to-many relationships, and patient-to-unit relationships. The server 108a sends these relationships to a server 109, and the server 109 stores these Relevance. Similarly, the server 108 sends a connection from the in charge of the medical staff to the unit to the server 10 09 for storage. After the prerequisite check at block 1515, the server 10 The 9th department decides the appropriate channel 121 for the mapping from the patient 112 to the medical staff 6. Once the mapping is completed, the server 109 is at block 1520. Determine whether the digital assistant of the first medical staff Π8 is Valid. If the first The digital assistant 118 of the medical staff is effective and generates: a signal representing the presence of the alarm or warning condition. The signal contains information such as the name of the patient, the location of the patient, the ward identification, the bed identification, Alarm or warning type, situation description, time, date, medical staff identification and / or prescription. In the preferred embodiment, the signal is transmitted from the device 1G9 to the wireless access point 114. The wireless storage # Point 114 is then transmitted via wireless communication at block 1525. The signal related to the alarm or warning condition is sent to the medical assistant's digital assistant 1 1 8. The location related to the alarm or alarm is sent to A medical staff member in charge or a secondary medical staff member. This is a wired communication to be sent. In addition, the signal of the digital assistant 1 1 8, the desktop computer or a certain situation can also be shown in block 1525. The secondary first medical care type k number can be wireless or managed by the medical staff. Electronic device. Zhang 141 200426656 Lu's medical staff is usually a supervisor or someone to report to the medical staff. In addition, the medical staff of the chief officer can be the person who assists the workflow of the medical staff or the person who helps to monitor the alarm or warning situation. The number 4 ^ is received by the medical assistant's digital assistant 1 1 8 and is then displayed at box 1530 in Figure 15. This box is used to indicate the alarm or alarm 6 status on the digital assistant Π 8 of the medical staff. The instructions on the paramedic's digital assistant can be visually audible or visual and auditory. Furthermore, the visual indication may include one or more of sub-images, pay numbers, and so on. Similarly, the above-mentioned auditory instructions, such as the above, can include various audio audios at various decibel levels. The visual and auditory indicators are sighable by the hospital configuration. Figure 16A is a screen showing an example of the day / night surface 1662a on the alarm / warning interface above the digital assistant of the medical staff. The alarm / warning list interface 1662a contains a list of patients currently associated with the active channel alarm 7 warning. As shown in Figure 16A, the medical assistant's digital assistant 1 1 8 currently has three active alarm / warning indicators. For "patient one, there is an alarm condition 1664, for" patient two, there is an alarm condition · 1666, and for "patient three, there is an alarm condition 1668. The name of each patient and the corresponding alarm / The warning image is a hyperlink to the appropriate pump alert detail interface day view, as shown in item 17. In one embodiment, the patient's list is filtered to include only information currently relevant to the login to the Patients with medical personnel 116 in the digital assistant 118 during the day are not displayed. The connection from such medical personnel to the patient can be as the main medical staff or as temporary medical staff. The secondary medical staff It can also be used through the 142 200426656 alerting process. The alert / warning list interface I "] is typically displayed during the normal medical staff workflow by clicking on the digital assistant 118 displayed on the medical staff 116 The alarm / warning image above 4 8 7 2 is used. As explained above, when the alarm or warning condition is displayed on the medical assistant's digital assistant the next day at Block 1, this instruction can be provided visually, audibly, or both. When an audible instruction is provided at the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff, the alert image 4872 appears on the display n8a of the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff. If an audible instruction is presented, the medical staff can mute the audible indication, even if the medical staff has not responded to the alert or warning situation. If the medical staff does mute the alarm, the server 10 will initiate a good day-to-day behavior. The visual indication will be maintained even if the audible indication is muted. As shown in Figure 16A, if an alarm / warning will provide an audible indication at the digital assistant of the healthcare provider, but a muted alert / warning image is available when the healthcare provider can mute it 4874 series is provided. In addition, if the person who raises the alarm in the alarm / warning situation does not respond to the alarm watch within the time limit of the timer, the silence of the audible instructions can be silenced. Lifted. An alternative embodiment of an audible indication may be a warning of vibration. Furthermore, it can be appreciated that multiple alarm / warning conditions occur simultaneously or during periods of heavy harvest. Thus, a simultaneous or overlapping signal containing information related to the condition of that particular alarm or warning is generated at blocks 15 and 10 and transmitted from the medical device to the server 200426656 109 ° sound / warning signal It may originate from the same or different medical device 120. Furthermore, the alarm / warning signal may be related to the same or different ill health, and 'alarm / 5 as described herein for individual alarm / warning conditions. During the alert process 1500, each alarm / warning signal was individually routed. As shown in Figure 16A, a particular healthcare professional can have many alarm / warning conditions on his digital assistant i8. Another example of an alarm / warning day is shown above the interface in Figure 16b. As is typical in this system, the line indicator labeled 1676 in the interface Day 1662b in Figure 1 A list of spoons, mouthpieces, and alarms / warning instructions for a particular medical staff is clearly listed in this interface. 7 pounds after the medical staff is already on the digital assistant of the medical staff, the interface list of Figure 16A is shown in Figure 1662a, and one of the warning / warning instructions for the hyperlink to the patient is selected. A detailed patient alert / warning interface 1765. Here, the medical staff has chosen to report 1664 for "patient 1,". The alarm / warning details Day 1765 provides the medical staff with a detailed description of the reason for the alarm / warning. The medical staff can Click on the update button 4819 to update the information currently displayed on the day φ 1 765. As shown on interface 1 867 in Figure 18, there may be multiple alerts for the same patient Or warnings 1 878, 1 882. This invitation ϋ a warning interface 1 867 refers to a list of all pumps / warnings that are currently relevant to a particular sickness patient. The pump alarm port 3 comes from multiple communication ports 121 and / or the pump 120, and it even spreads to multiple hubs 144 200426656 107. This interface screen 1867 is displayed on the pump alarm list by day A specific patient will be designated to use it. The signal is transmitted to the digital assistant of the medical staff at block 1 525 and the digital assistant of the primary medical staff at block 1530. : 18 After receiving, at block 1 535, a timer is started at servo state 109. The timer has a timer time limit. A typical raise alarm timer has a time limit of approximately $ 2 &minutes; however, this limit cannot be set by the hospital configuration. At block 54o, the system determines whether the response m has been raised for the warning or message within the time limit of the timer. If the timer expires and there is no response from the digital assistant 118 of the primary medical staff of the stomach, the process proceeds to block 15 45. At block 1545, the system performs a further inquiry as to whether the alarm / warning condition has been answered or responded to at medical device 120. If the digital assistant 1 1 8 of the main medical staff, 1 20% of treatments, or the medical staff in charge have not responded, the alert / warning process is elevated at block 1545 Warning. If a loss of communication occurs after an alarm 7 warning condition is triggered, but at any point before the alarm / warning condition is answered, the alarm / warning condition will be issued again once the lost communication has been repaired. Similarly, the alarm / warning condition on the right is triggered when the communication is lost. Once the communication is re-established, the alarm / warning condition will be issued again. When an alert is raised, the server ι 09 is ordered at block 145 200426656 1 550 for another—a prerequisite check. The examination of this prerequisite 1 550 may include: linking the patient to a secondary medical staff (this link may be performed at the central system servo unit 108a); and The personnel is connected to the digital assistant of the medical staff 1 1 8, which is also referred to as the device of the second medical staff or the digital assistant of the second medical staff 1 1 8. 4 The server i Q9 uses its in-house worker 55q The information obtained during the inspection of the prerequisites to establish a relationship between the medical device U0, the patient, the secondary medical staff and the digital assistant of the second medical staff. After checking the second prerequisite at block 1 550, the server 109 can also determine whether the digital assistant 118 of the second medical staff is valid. If the digital assistant of the second medical staff is effective, the servo 109 generates a signal indicating that the alarm or an alarm condition is raised to raise the alarm. The elevated alert signal also includes, for example, the name of the patient, the patient's location, ward identification, bed identification, alarm or warning type, fact sheet, time, date, medical staff identification, and / or prescription. In the preferred embodiment, the signal of the lifted alert is transmitted from the servo node 109 to the wireless access point 114. The wireless access point 114 is connected to the digital assistant 1 1 8 of the second medical staff by transmitting the signal of the elevated alert related to the alarm or warning situation via wireless communication at block 1 555. An elevated alert signal related to the alert or warning condition can also be sent to a medical officer in charge at block 155. The signal for this enhanced alert can be via wireless or wired communication. Furthermore, 146 200426656 ’medical staff in charge can use digital assistants, desktop computers, or some other electronic device. As explained above, the health care provider in charge is generally the supervisor or the person the health care worker reports, or someone who assists the health care worker's workflow or assists in monitoring the alert or alerting the situation. The signal of the lifted alert is received by the digital assistant s 118 of the second medical staff at block 1560 in Figure 15 and then displayed. This box is provided to indicate the alarm or warning condition on the digital assistant's digital assistant. The finger on the device of the second healthcare worker may not be visual, auditory, or visual and auditory. Furthermore, the visual indication may include one or more of text, images, symbols, and the like. Similarly, as explained above, the auditory indication may contain various auditory audio. The visual and audible indicators are set by the hospital configuration. However, it should be understood that the original # transmitted to the brother ^ ϋ 蒦 staff seen at block 1 525 is still held at the digital assistant of the first medical staff, as shown in Figure 15 The one shown in box 1 5 3 0. The signal at the digital assistant's 118 of the first medical staff can be boosted (ie, the signal can be displayed in a larger size or font, it can be flashing, the volume of the audible warning) Can be louder, etc.). The ^ number requested by-was transmitted to the digital assistant of the medical staff at block 1 5 5 5 and received by the digital assistant of the secondary medical staff 1 1 8 at block i 560. At least two Individuals (the first medical staff and / or the medical staff in charge) and at least two devices have active alarm / warning conditions. Thus, any of these medical personnel can respond to the alert / warning condition of 147 200426656, as shown in blocks 1 540 and 1 565. The alarm process of the lifted alert will continue at block 1570 until the alarm / warning condition is in the digital assistant of the medical staff 丨 8, one of the computer or device in charge of the medical staff Or until the medical equipment is removed at 12 o'clock.

請回到方塊1 520，若該伺服器丨〇9判斷該主要的醫護人員的數位助理11 8並非有效的，並且若該伺服器丨〇9在方塊1545之處判斷該警報/警告情況仍然存在時，則該祠服器1〇9將會如上所論述地前進至方塊ι55〇，以決定適當之次要或是掌管的醫護人員以傳送該警報/警告信號。此外，可瞭解到的是，方塊1520可以發生在該警報/警告之提昇警訊過程1500期間内的任何時間點。醫護人員的數位助理1 18是失效的一個理由可能是失去來自伺服器ι〇9的信號。如同在第45A與45B圖的失去通訊介面晝面45〇1 中所示，當失去該信號時，數位助理丨丨8將會提供該醫護人員116 —個指出失去的信號之晝面45〇1以及/或是聽覺的/振動的指示。該失去通訊晝面45〇1亦通知醫護人員 Π6有關哪些病患的信號已經失去。在晝面45〇1之處，該系統210亦提供醫護人員116解決問題的提示以重新獲得一個信號。當集線器1 07或是數位助圍時，泵警報與警告並無法在該數位理1 1 8超出無線的範助理1 1 8之處被接收到。其它數位助理118 18之處失去電池電力、是失效的理由可能是在該數位助理在無線集線器107之處失去電池 148 1 200426656 笔力或疋纟亥數位ί苗生4- & -j~ ^ 力理失去與存取點114有關的信號。該系統2 1 0確實會提供鑿罐 ^ 疋仏西4人貝一個低電量晝面。如同在第46圖的介面晝面4603 φ % - 一中所不，一種類型的低電量畫面是一個警告醫護人員低雷旦一 ^ 貝低包里的情形存在於連接至病患的輸液泵之無線集線器1〇7夕蚩；丄 Μ 士 107之晝面。當一個低電量晝面被提 t、日守’该晝面係包含一·本 3個表列之輪液與該特定的集線器相關之病患。該病患的表列—# θ Λ、二 ^ 舨疋被過濾成只包含目丽相關於登錄到顯示該書面 ^ ®斗⑽3的數位助理1 18中之醫護人員的病患、以及所古s ^十石所有與§亥登錄的醫護人員共用相同的輸液泵120/集線器1〇7之病透過泫提幵誓訊過程，此種W遂人貝至病患的關連可剛逆j以疋有關第一醫護人要的醫護人員。可瞭解到的是，、一 w 5蔓人貝的數位助理 11 8 之失效的其它理由也是可能的。其乜S如此，若該醫護人員的數位助理118在任何時點 —M „ 馬失效的’則該過程1500 可以W進至方塊1550,使得兮，味使仔唬可以被傳送至次要的醫濩人貝以及/或是掌管的醫護人員。姐+ 士 — , 丹者，如以上相關於此揭路内谷之一個逾時特點以及 πρ 〇〇匕的4寸點所解說的，若從司服為109或是醫療器材12〇失 · 去通訊化號時，則一個失去仡號的訊息可以如同在第45Α盎 .,,y ” 圖中所示地被提供在數位助理1 1 8之上。在該警報/警告過程期間中的 ,„ ^ 1 j '間點，主要的醫護人貝都可以回應於該警報/警告信號。# -隻方塊1540之處回應該警報旧告° =要的醫護人員在的過程將可避免之。然而，若昇：該被提昇警訊 ^ ^幵警訊的過程已經 149 200426656 在：塊1550之處被起始時’主要的醫師或是次要的醫護人員可以在方& 1565之處回應於該警報/警告信號。類似 :::亥警報/警告情況可以在警報/警告的提昇警訊過程之，或疋在警報/警告的提昇警訊過程期間，在醫療器材】 ^處或是藉由掌管的醫護人員在任何時間來加以解決。在該警報/警告情況已經在方塊154〇、方塊“Μ之處，且在醫療器材12〇或是藉由掌管的醫護人員加以解決之後，在該醫療器# 120處以及在該醫護人員的數位助理ιι8處之聽覺的警報將會在方塊丨54〇之處被終止。伺服器109儀在方嫂1 s+ a 、、 ☆ 之處兄錄所有的警報/罄告 ^兄為-個事件。記錄該事件可以包含：記錄有關該警報/ 3告情況的資訊；記錄回應該警報/警告情況的醫護人員； έ己錄該警報/警告情況之最初的時間（請參見方塊15㈣以及’記錄當該警報/警告情況被改正的時間。此外，在方塊處，該伺服器109將會重置該計時器並且更新一個西療為材的警報表列。該警報/馨主系的事件歷史中。 …“心㈣㈣在該範例用途之例子第55Α圖-第62圖是可以利用在此所述的***來加以二行之範例的動作之流程圖。範例的動作係包含施予新的 ==、嶋被指定的通道、停止/中斷輸液動;；_液以及移除泵。-般…這些動作的每個 ==是數…118的電子裝置來接收輪入，該包子衣置係包含指出將被執行的動之貝汛、指明哪位病 150 200426656 患Π2將受影響（例如 ^ . , 心）的貝汛、以及指明用於該Please return to block 1 520 if the server 丨 09 judges that the digital assistant 11 8 of the main medical staff is not valid, and if the server 丨 09 judges at block 1545 that the alarm / warning condition still exists At that time, the temple server 109 will proceed to block 5550 as discussed above to determine the appropriate secondary or in charge medical staff to transmit the alarm / warning signal. In addition, it can be appreciated that block 1520 can occur at any point during the escalation of the alert / warning process 1500. One of the reasons for the failure of the medical assistant's digital assistant 1 18 may be the loss of the signal from the server ι09. As shown in Figure 45A and 45B, the loss of communication interface day surface 45001, when the signal is lost, the digital assistant will provide the medical staff 116-a day surface 45001 indicating the lost signal And / or audible / vibratory instructions. The loss of communication day and night 4501 also informed medical staff Π6 the signal about which patients had been lost. At day 4501, the system 210 also provides tips for the medical staff 116 to solve the problem to regain a signal. When the hub 1 07 or digital assistant is in range, pump alarms and warnings cannot be received where the digital assistant 1 1 8 exceeds the wireless range assistant 1 1 8. The reason why the other digital assistants lost their battery power at 118 and 18 may be that the digital assistants lost their batteries at the wireless hub 107. 148 1 200426656 Pen power or 疋纟 Digital Digital Miao Sheng 4- & -j ~ ^ force The management lost the signal related to the access point 114. The system 2 10 will indeed provide chisel tanks ^ Xixi 4 person shellfish a low power daytime surface. As in the interface in Figure 46, the daytime surface 4603 φ%-not one, one type of low-battery picture is a warning to the medical staff that the low-lightning condition is present in the infusion pump connected to the patient Wireless hub 1107 night; 丄 person 107 day and night. When a low-power daytime surface is lifted and guarded, the daytime surface contains a list of patients with liquids related to that particular hub. The patient's list— # θ Λ, ^ 舨疋舨疋 is filtered to include only Mu Li's patients and medical staff who are logged in to the digital assistant 1 18 displaying the written ^ ® ⑽ 3, and the ancient s ^ All the diseases in Shishi shared the same infusion pump 120 / hub 107 with the medical staff registered in §11 through the oath process. This kind of connection from the patient to the patient can be reversed. The medical staff required by the first medical staff. It can be understood that other reasons for the failure of the digital assistant 11 8 are also possible. This is the case. If the medical assistant's digital assistant 118 is at any point in time—M „Horse's failure’, then the process 1500 can proceed to block 1550, so that the flavour can be transmitted to the secondary doctor. Ren Bei and / or the medical staff in charge. Sister + Shi —, Dan, as explained above with respect to a time-out feature of the road to the inner valley and the 4-inch point of πρ 〇〇 dagger, if you obey the service When the number is 109 or the medical device loses the communication number, a message that lost the number can be provided on the digital assistant 1 1 8 as shown in the 45A,., Y. During this alarm / warning process, the main medical staff can respond to the alarm / warning signal at the interval ^ ^ 1j. #-Only the box 1540 responds to the old alarm. ° = required medical care The process of personnel will be avoided. However, if the ascension: The alert is being lifted ^ ^ 幵 The process of the alert has been 149 200426656 At: Block 1550 was initiated when 'primary physician or secondary medical staff The alarm / warning signal can be responded to at & 1565. Similar ::: Hai alarm / warning conditions can be during the alarm / warning escalation process, or during the alarm / warning escalation process, At the medical device] or at any time by the medical staff in charge. The alarm / warning situation is already at box 1540, box "M", and at the medical device 12 or by the doctor. After being resolved by the medical staff, the audible alarms at the medical device # 120 and at the medical staff's digital assistant 8 will be terminated at box 5440. The server 109 records all the alarms / exhaustions in the place of 1 s + a, ☆, ^ ^ is an event. Recording the event may include: recording information about the alert / warning situation; recording medical personnel responding to the alert / warning situation; recording the initial time of the alert / warning situation (see box 15㈣ and 'Record when the The time when the alarm / warning condition was corrected. In addition, at the box, the server 109 will reset the timer and update an alarm list based on western medicine. The alarm / xin main event history ... "An example of the use of the heart in this example Figure 55A-Figure 62 is a flowchart of the example two-line action that can be performed using the system described here. The example action consists of giving a new ==, 嶋Designated channels, stopping / interrupting the infusion; _ fluid and removing the pump.-General ... each of these actions == number ... 118 electronic devices to receive the turn-in, the bun set contains instructions that will be The execution of Beizun, indicating which disease 150 200426656 is suffering from Π2 will be affected (for example ^., Heart), and indicating the

將党影響的病患112之筚物124 A L 一条物124為何（例如，Rx ID)的資訊 m係接著被傳送至第—中央伺服器iG9，中央广係確認通道識別資訊是否符合該輪液指令資訊，亚且確認正確的輪液動作是否發生。給藥輸液過程 w455A圖係說明給藥輪液過程5500的-個例子。該、七=液過程测的部份是以上概述的比較程序测之 :替：咖例。該給藥輸液過程55。。可以被利用來新的輸液。—般而言，該給藥輸液過程测係是數位助理118的電子裝置接收輸入，該電子包含指出將被執行的給藥輸液過程之資訊、指明哪二、:12將受影響(例如，病患叫的資訊、以及指明用㈣被開始進行的病患112之藥物m為何（例如， _貢訊。該過程55⑻係接著傳送此資訊至第一中央一 1央飼服器109係確認通道識別資訊 =仃““指令貧訊’並且確認正確的輸液是否開始测更明確地說，該範例的給藥輸液過程5500開始於方塊 -广’弟二中央飼服器108a <系使得數位助理118顯不一個病患表列。顯示一個、戌击主u …、 ⑴例子係被描= ,,e 乐24圖中。该病患表列較佳在該時間登錄到該數位助理⑴的使用者（例如貝116)相關之病患。一旦該使用者選擇一位病患 151 200426656 1 1 2之後’指明該選 I擇以及/或疋该病患112的資訊係從該數位助理11 8被傳回至丨筮— 口引弟一中央伺服器l〇8a。介於該數位助理118以及第二中麥曰 Y夹伺服斋1 之間的通訊可以經由例 =亡述的無線’有線的網路1〇2之任何適當的通訊通道。 Λ:、伺服& 1G8a係接著在方塊5504之處使得該數位助理1 1 8顯示一個叙你。動作表列。顯示一個動作表列的數位卜、、不裔118a的一個例子係被描繪在第25圖中。該 Π2 〇若至少一個輸液是目前與該所選的病患112相關時，則將只有“給藥輪液，，動作是可利用的。 /使用者攸°亥動作表列選擇“給藥輸液，，動作時，指明所選的動作之資訊係被反1寻迗至弟一中央伺服器1 〇8a。作為回應地，該第二中央侗服吳，λ〇 ^ 、 108a係在方塊550ό之處使付數位助理118顯示一個查個旦面為提示該使用者從一個在數 ^助理1 1 8之上所示的藥物 12[顯示一個藥物表列的數“ L擇將被輸液的藥物办…、表歹J的數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描緣在第2 6圖中。 ^ Λ ^ ^ 1 1 9 .忒条物表列較佳地是根據用於此病患1 1 2之貫際的指令故弟二中央伺服器l〇8a的資抖犀中擷取。當然，該表 7貝力 J 了以具有任意數目的項目，苴已3 >又有要給藥的輸液哎杲 " 選的藥物才曰不違所。 _接者破傳送至第：巾央㈣器108a 接者’該弟二中央荷服紫 Γ m °。〇8a係在方塊5508之處使侍數位助理1 1 8顯示一個金处使旦面為如不該使用者掃描一 152 200426656 ^病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示該使用者掃描-個與該病| 112相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第％圖中。該使 :者可以使用數位助理118的掃描器來掃描在該病患的腕 ^112'之上的條碼標籤。或者是，該使用者可以人工地輪入該病患識別符至數位助理u"。該病患識別符係接著在方塊55H)之處被傳送至第二中央伺服器用於驗證 :該第二中央伺服器1()8a係接著#試在—個資料庫中查詢 X病心識別符。右该病患識別符（例如，腕帶TD)並未在該貧料庫中存在為—個有效的病患識別符時，則該第二中^ 伺服器108a 4系在方塊5512之處使得該數位助理丨18顯示 …、效的病心通知。一旦該使用者應答該無效的病患通知（或是該通知暫停）時，數位助理118係在方塊测之處再次顯示該晝面以提示該使用者掃描一個與該病患⑴相關之機器可讀取的識別符。若在方塊55 10之處，該病患識別符（例如，腕帶I。）貝在。玄資料庫中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時，第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊5514之處使得數位助理ιΐ8顯不個畫面為提示該使用者掃描一個與將被施予的藥物 12=關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示該使用者掃描二個與::樂物124才目關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之顯不益118a的-個例子係被描繪在第34圖中。該使用者可以使用數位助王里118的掃描器來掃描在—袋犧124上之藥物的標籤1243(例如，在—個輸液袋之上的條碼）。或 153 200426656 得該數位助理丨丨8顯示者是，該使用纟可以人工地輪入該藥物識別符到數位助理二8一中。该樂物識別符係接著在方塊5516之處被傳送至該弟-中央飼服H lG8a用於驗證。該第二中央伺服器職係嘗試在該資料庫中查詢該藥物識別符。若該藥物識別符( 例^袋ID)並未在該資料庫中存在為-個有效的藥物識 _上了 ^ D亥第一中央伺服器1 08a係在方塊55 1 8之處使個無效的物品通知。一旦該使用者應答該無效的物品通知（或是該通知暫停）時，數位助理 :二係在方塊5514之處再次顯示該晝面以提示使用者來掃 …亥藥％ 124相關之機器可讀取的識別符以重新繼續。一旦獲得有效的藥物識別符後，該第二中央伺服哭 108a係使用該藥物識別符订木隹4貝枓庫中查詢一個病患識，付°來自該資料庫的病患識別符係接著在料5520之 ==出的(或f人工輸入的)病患識別符相比較，以屮’事田出的(或疋人工輸入的)藥物124是否屬於該掃是人工輸入的)病患、⑴。若該兩個病患識別符 “不相付時’則該第二中央伺服器1〇8a係在方塊MU之處使：該數位助理118顯示該無效的物品通知。 ^右该兩個病患識別符確實相符（亦即，此病患112與此 :物124是相配的)時，則該第二中央飼服器職係在方用去：處使付數位助理11 8顯示-個畫面為提示該使 ^^、官線以及部位。提示使用者輸入途徑、管口Η立的數位助理之顯示器"8a的一個例子係被描繪 154 200426656 在弟37目中。指示途徑、管線以及部位的資料係接著在方塊5524之處被傳送至㈣二中央伺服器购用於驗證。若途徑不相符發生時，則第二中央伺服器购係在方塊 5J26之處使得數位助理118顯示一個途徑不相符的通知。 I有不相符通知之數位助理之顯示器u8a的一個例子係在弟曰40圖中被描繪。一旦使用者應答該途徑不相符的通知( :是該通知暫停)時，數位助理m係在方塊5522之處再人頌不，亥晝面以提不該使用者輪入途徑、管線以及部位。右亚未發生途徑不相符的話，則該第二中央祠服器、⑽&係在方塊5528之處使得數位助理118顯示一個晝面為要求 3使用者在人工的處方比較以及自動的處方比較之間做選擇在方塊553〇之處，若人工的處方比較被選擇時，則該第f中央飼服器108a係在方塊5532之處使得數位助理 1 1 8頌不一個指不為參數將藉由該使用者而人工地被驗證〇接著，第二中央伺服器1 08a係在方塊5534之處判斷疋否有另外的物品（例如，藥物）要施加用於此病患11 2。在方塊5 5 0 6中所選的輸液指令可能需要主要的輸液以及小軟袋輸液。若有另外的物品（例如，藥物）要施加 #此病患1 12時，則第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊 5514之處使得該數位助理118顯示該畫面為提示使用者掃 ^個與將被施予的藥物1 24相關之機器可讀取的識別符才疋示σ亥使用者掃描一個與該藥物124相關之機器可讀取、、】付之數位助理之顯示器11 8a的一個例子係被描繪在 155 200426656 第34圖中。若沒有另外的物口 ^丨丨丄 # 、月刀>Τ们物口口（例如，樂物）要施加用於此病患11 2 ,則第二中央祠服哭】Λ 8 么穴”服為108a係在方塊5536之處使得數位助理Η 8顯示一個佥而或s ^ 化旦曲為展不该給藥結果。展示該給藥結果的數位助理之Sg千哭1 1。,, . 硝不。口 1 1 8 a的一個例子係被描繪在第57圖中。The information of the party affected patient 112, the object 124 AL, and the object 124 (for example, Rx ID) is then transmitted to the first-central server iG9, and the Central Broadcasting System confirms whether the channel identification information meets the liquid instruction. Information, and confirm whether the correct liquid action occurs. The infusion process w455A is an example of the 5500 administration process. The test procedures of the seven and the liquid are measured by the comparison procedure outlined above: Replacement: coffee cases. This administration infusion process 55. . Can be used for new infusions. -In general, the dosing and infusion process measurement system receives input from an electronic device of the digital assistant 118, which contains information indicating the dosing and infusion process to be performed, which two, 12 will be affected (e.g., disease The information of the patient's call, and the drug m indicating the patient 112 that was started with the salamander (for example, _Gong Xun. This process 55) is then to send this information to the first central 1 1 central feeding unit 109 to confirm the channel identification Information = 仃 "" Order poor information "and confirm whether the correct infusion is being measured. More specifically, the example infusion process 5500 starts in the box-Guang'dier II central feeder 108a < digital assistant 118 Shows a patient list. Shows one, click on master u…, 描 Examples are depicted = ,, e Le 24. The patient list is preferably logged in to the digital assistant user at that time (Eg, Bay 116) related patients. Once the user selects a patient 151 200426656 1 1 2 after 'indicating the selection I and / or the patient 112 information is transmitted from the digital assistant 11 8 Back to 丨筮 — 口引弟一 central servo 108a. The communication between the digital assistant 118 and the second Zhongmaiyin Y clip servo 1 can be via any appropriate communication channel of the wireless wired network 1102. Λ: , Servo & 1G8a then makes the digital assistant 1 1 8 display a description of you at block 5504. Action list. A digital display showing an action list. An example of line 118a is depicted on the 25th. In the figure, if at least one infusion is currently associated with the selected patient 112, there will be only "administration of the fluid, and the action is available. / User selects the action list" When infusion is administered, the information indicating the selected action is retrieved to the first central server 108a in response. In response, the second central server takes Wu, λ〇 ^, 108a at At block 550th, the digital assistant 118 displays a check box to prompt the user to select a medicine 12 displayed above the assistant 1 1 8 [showing the number of a drug list "L choose to be infused Drug Office ..., one of the digital assistant's displays 118a The example is depicted in Figure 26. ^ Λ ^ ^ 1 1 9. The list of purlins is preferably based on the instructions used by the patient 1 1 2 and the central server l 〇8a from the information of course. Of course, the table 7 has a number of items, there are already 3 > and there are infusions to be administered. . _Receiver breaks to the first: ㈣中㈣器 108a Receiver's second central lotus suit purple m °. 〇8a At the block 5508, the assistant digital assistant 1 1 8 displays a golden office to make a face. If not, the user scans a 152 200426656 ^ patient 112 machine-readable identifier. An example of a digital assistant's display 118a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the disease | 112 is depicted in Figure%. The messenger can use the scanner of digital assistant 118 to scan the barcode label on the patient's wrist ^ 112 '. Alternatively, the user can manually rotate the patient identifier to the digital assistant u ". The patient identifier is then transmitted to the second central server at block 55H) for verification: the second central server 1 () 8a is then #try to query X-heart recognition in a database symbol. Right when the patient identifier (for example, wristband TD) does not exist as a valid patient identifier in the poor library, the second middle server 108a 4 is located at block 5512 so that The digital assistant displays 18, effective distress notifications. Once the user responds to the invalid patient notification (or the notification is paused), the digital assistant 118 displays the daytime surface again at the square test area to prompt the user to scan a machine related to the patient's sickness. The identifier read. If at block 55 10, the patient identifier (eg, wristband I.) is present. When there is a valid patient identifier in the Xuan database, the second central server 108a is at block 5514 so that the digital assistant 8 displays a screen to prompt the user to scan a drug to be administered. 12 = Off-machine readable identifier. The user is prompted to scan two of the digital assistants with the machine-readable identifiers that are related to the :: Lego 124, and the benefits of 118a-an example is depicted in Figure 34. The user can use the digital scanner 118 to scan the label 1243 of the drug on the bag sacrificial 124 (e.g., a barcode on an infusion bag). Or 153 200426656 to get the digital assistant 丨 8 display is, the use of 纟 can manually turn in the drug identifier to the digital assistant 281. The musical identifier is then transmitted to the brother-central feeding H IG8a at block 5516 for verification. The second central server grade attempts to query the database for the drug identifier. If the drug identifier (for example, bag ID) does not exist in the database as a valid drug ID, the first central server 1 08a is invalidated at block 55 1 8 Item notification. Once the user responds to the notification of the invalid item (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant: the second line displays the daytime surface again at block 5514 to prompt the user to scan ... Take the identifier to resume. Once a valid drug identifier is obtained, the second central servo cry 108a uses the drug identifier to order a patient ID from the library. The patient ID from the database is then entered in the database. 5520 of the == out (or f manually entered) patient identifier, compared with the question "whether the field 124 (or manually entered) drug 124 belongs to the patient is manually entered), . If the identifiers of the two patients are "unpaid", the second central server 108a makes the block MU: the digital assistant 118 displays the notification of the invalid item. ^ Right the two patients When the identifier does match (that is, the patient 112 is matched with the object 124), then the second central feeder grade is used by the party: the digital assistant 11 8 is displayed-a screen is Prompt the operator, the official line, and the location. Prompt the user for input channels, the display of the digital assistant with the mouth standing. An example of "8a" is depicted in 154 200426656 in 37. The directions, pipelines, and locations are indicated. The data is then transmitted to the second central server for verification at block 5524. If a path mismatch occurs, the second central server order at block 5J26 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a path mismatch An example of a digital assistant ’s display u8a with a non-conforming notification is depicted in Figure 40. Once the user responds to a non-conforming notification in this way (: the notification is suspended), the digital assistant m is At block 5522 Sorry no, Haitian faces to mention the user's turn-in path, pipelines and parts. If the right path does not match, the second central temple server, ⑽ & A daytime display is displayed asking the user to choose between manual prescription comparison and automatic prescription comparison at block 5530. If manual prescription comparison is selected, the fth central feeder 108a is located at The block 5532 makes the digital assistant 1 1 8 not to indicate that the parameters will be manually verified by the user. Then, the second central server 1 08a judges at block 5534 whether there is another Items (eg, drugs) are applied to this patient 11 2. The infusion instruction selected in box 5 5 0 6 may require a main infusion as well as a small soft bag infusion. If additional items (eg, drugs) are required When ## patient 1 12 is applied, the second central server 108a is located at block 5514 so that the digital assistant 118 displays the screen to prompt the user to scan a machine related to the drug 1 24 to be administered. Read identification An example is shown in which the user scans a machine-readable display 11 8a associated with the drug 124. An example is depicted in Figure 34 of 155 200426656. If there is no other object ^ 丨丨丄 # 、月刀 > T men's mouth (for example, music) to be applied to this patient 11 2, then the second central temple clothing cry] Λ 8 Moxue "clothing is 108a tied to the block The point 5536 makes the digital assistant Η 8 display a 或或 or 旦旦旦旦旦旦旦旦旦旦旦旦旦旦旦旦旦展展展展展展展给药 should not be the result of administration. Sg Chikui, a digital assistant showing the results of this administration, cried. ,,. No. An example of port 1 1 a is depicted in Figure 57.

該些給藥結果亦被傳_至第一中央祠服器、1〇9。例如 :該些給藥結果可以被傳遞至第—中央伺服器⑽作為表單（form)變數（猶如從一個網頁所提供的）。該第一中央伺服器109係接著在方塊5538之處檢查所有的給藥結果是否有任何失敗若/又有失敗的話，則第一中央伺服器1 〇9係在方塊5540之處係將所有新的通道〜病患-藥物的關係交給第中央伺服杰109的資料庫。該第一中央祠服器1〇9係接著在方塊5542之處，藉由瀏覽至與第二中央伺服器 1 〇8a相關之預先定義的URL，以將控制權還給該第二中央伺服印1 08a。若有一或多個失敗，則第一中央伺服器】The results of these administrations were also transmitted to the first central temple server, 109. For example, the results of these administrations can be transmitted to the first central server as a form variable (as if provided from a web page). The first central server 109 then checks at block 5538 for any failures in the dosing results. If / if there are any failures, the first central server 109 at block 5540 updates all new results. The channel ~ patient-drug relationship is handed over to the database of Section Central Servo 109. The first central server 1009 is then located at block 5542, and the control right is returned to the second central server by browsing to a predefined URL related to the second central server 108a. 1 08a. If one or more failures occur, the first central server]

係在方塊5544之處拋棄與該些失敗相關之通道〜病患-藥物的關係，並且將與成功相關之通道_病患-藥物的關係交給该第一中央伺服器1 〇9的資料庫。該些失敗可能是與該第一中央伺服|§ 1 〇8a以及/或是第一中央伺服器丨〇9相關的。於是，當該第一中央伺服器1〇9在方塊5546之處藉由瀏覽至與該第二中央伺服器丨〇8a相關之預先定義的url 以將控制權還給第二中央伺服器丨〇8a時，第一中央伺服器 109較佳地係傳遞與該第一中央伺服器1〇9相關的失敗（例如’完整性的失敗）回到該第二中央伺服器丨〇8a。 156 200426656 睛回到方塊5530，若自動的處方比較被選擇時，則第一中央伺服姦l〇8a係在方塊553丨之處傳送一個“處方比較 ’’xml文件至第一中央伺服器1〇9。該“處方比較，，xml文件係包含該病患識別符（例如，腕帶ID)、藥物識別符（例如，袋ID)、完成的URL以及取消的URL。該完成的是若發現處方相符時所使用的一個網路位址。該取消的 URL疋若未發現處方相符時所使用的一個網路位址。一旦第一中央伺服器1 〇9接收到“處方比較”XML·文件後，該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5548之處判斷該“處方比較’’XML文件是否為有效的。例如，第一中央伺服器 109可以檢查是否通常在“處方比較”XML文件中預期會有的任何資料是接收到的‘‘處方比較，，XML文件所缺少的。若該第一中央伺服器109判斷該“處方比較” XML文件不是有效的，則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊555〇之處使得數位助理1 1 8顯示一個錯誤訊息以指出讓使用者知道該“處方比較動作無法被執行。此顯示可以包含一個理由為例如哪個資料是該“處方比較”XML文件所缺少的。在使用者按下一個“OK”按鈕以認知該錯誤訊息之後，該第一中央伺服器係在方塊5552之處，經由取消的URL以將一個取消碼傳回給第二中央伺服器丨〇8a。若第一中央伺服器109判斷該“處方比較”XML文件是有效的，則該第一中央伺服器1〇9係起始一個通道掃描= 程5554。一般而言，該通道掃描過程5554係提示使用= 掃描一個與“新的”系通道（例如，泵通道1〇3a)相關之機器 157 200426656 可讀取的識別# ’並且判斷是否該掃描出的通道是可利用的（例如，未被指定給任何病患工丨2 ;被指定給目前的病患 1 12，但未在使用中；被指定給其他病患112並且被覆寫的（overwritten)，等等）。若該掃描出的通道不是可利用的，則該“給藥輸液，，動作係被取消。在此種事件中，該第一中央伺服109係經由取消的URL以將取消碼傳回第二中央伺服器1〇8a。若該掃描出的通道是可利用的，則一個新的通道-病患-藥物之關係係被產生。該通道掃描過程“Μ 係在以下參考第56圖更加詳細地被描述。若該通道掃描過程5554判斷該掃描出的通道是有效且可利用的，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5556之處使得數位助理11 8顯示一個晝面為提示使用者來規劃該泵通道。較佳地，該數位助理之顯示器U8a係包含一個‘‘比較，，按鈕以及一個‘‘取消”按鈕。若使用者按下該“取消，，按鈕，則第中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道-病患-藥物之關係，並且在方塊5552之處經由該取消的 URL以將取消碼傳回第二中央伺服器ι〇8&。若使用者按下該‘‘比較，，按鈕，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊556〇之處判斷與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。例如，若狀態資訊尚未在一段預先定義的期間之内從該通道被接收到時，第一中央伺服器109可以判斷出與該泵通道的通訊並未適當地運作。若與該泵通道的通訊並未適當地運作時，則第一中央伺服态1 09係在方塊5562之處使得數位助理i丨8顯示一 158 200426656 面為指出由於失去與該录通道的通訊，所以處方的比人二法被執仃。再者’數位助理之顯示器11 8a較佳地係包 3 :個“比車交，，按^丑以及一個“取消，，独。若使用者按下該“ 取’按鈕，則第-中央伺服器109係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道病患-藥物之關係，並且在方塊5552之處經一 /取/肖& URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央伺服器⑽&。若使用者按下該“比較，，按紐，則第__中央伺服器iG9係在鬼之處再人檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。若與該泵通道的通訊為適當地運作的，則第一中央伺艮1 09係在方塊5564之處判斷是否有缺少任何與此通道相關的資料。例>，若從該通道接收的狀態資訊有缺少一個預期的序號時，則第一中央伺服器1〇9可以判斷出與此通道相關的資料是有缺少的。若通道資料是有缺少的，則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5564之處使得數位助理 1 1 8顯示一個晝面為指出由於缺少通道資料，因此處方的比較無法被執行。再者’數位助理之顯示器118a較佳地是包含一個“比較”按鈕以及一個“取消，，按鈕。若使用者按下該“取消，，按鈕，則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5558之處抛棄該新的通道-病患-藥物之關係，並且在方塊5 5 5 2之處經由該取消的URL傳回该取消碼至第二中央祠服器i〇8a 。若使用者按下該‘‘比較’’按鈕時，則第一中央伺服器i 〇9 係在方塊5 5 6 0之處再次檢查與該栗通道的通訊是否為適當地運作的。 159 200426656At block 5544, the channels related to the failures ~ patient-drug relationship are discarded, and the channel_patient-drug relationship related to success is handed over to the database of the first central server 10 . These failures may be related to the first central server | § 108a and / or the first central server 丨 09. Therefore, when the first central server 109 returns the control right to the second central server by browsing to a pre-defined URL related to the second central server 〇〇 8a at block 5546. At 8a, the first central server 109 preferably passes a failure (eg, a failure of integrity) related to the first central server 109 back to the second central server 08a. 156 200426656 Return to block 5530. If automatic prescription comparison is selected, the first central server 108a sends a "prescription comparison" xml file to the first central server 1 at block 553 丨. 9. The "prescription comparison, the xml file contains the patient identifier (eg, wristband ID), drug identifier (eg, bag ID), completed URL, and cancelled URL. This is done using a network address if a prescription match is found. The canceled URL is a web address used if no prescription match is found. Once the first central server 1009 receives the "prescription comparison" XML file, the first central server 109 determines whether the "prescription comparison" XML file is valid at block 5548. For example, The first central server 109 can check whether any information normally expected in the "prescription comparison" XML file is received. The "prescription comparison" is missing from the XML file. If the first central server 109 judges The "prescription comparison" XML file is not valid, and the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 1 1 8 to display an error message at block 5550 to indicate to the user that the "prescription comparison action cannot be performed." This display may include a reason, for example, which information is missing from the "prescription comparison" XML file. After the user presses an "OK" button to recognize the error message, the first central server is at block 5552, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server via the canceled URL. 〇8a . If the first central server 109 determines that the "prescription comparison" XML file is valid, the first central server 109 starts a channel scan = process 5554. In general, the channel scanning process 5554 is a reminder to use = scan a machine associated with a "new" system channel (eg, pump channel 103a) 157 200426656 readable identification # 'and determine if it should be scanned out Access is available (eg, not assigned to any patient worker 2; assigned to current patient 1 12 but not in use; assigned to other patient 112 and overwritten, and many more). If the scanned channel is not available, the "administration infusion, and the action is cancelled. In such an event, the first central servo 109 transmits the cancellation code back to the second central via the cancelled URL. Server 108a. If the scanned channel is available, a new channel-patient-drug relationship is created. The channel scanning process "M is described in more detail below with reference to Figure 56 description. If the channel scanning process 5554 judges that the scanned channel is valid and available, the first central server 109 is at block 5556 so that the digital assistant 11 8 displays a daylight surface to prompt the user to plan the Pump channel. Preferably, the display U8a of the digital assistant includes a `` Compare, '' button and a `` Cancel '' button. If the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first central server 109 is in the box The new channel-patient-drug relationship is discarded at 5558, and the cancellation code is passed back to the second central server via the cancelled URL at block 5552. If the user presses the 'comparison ,,' button, the first central server 109 is judged at block 5560 to determine whether the communication with the pump channel is operating properly. For example, if the status information has not been received from the channel within a predefined period, the first central server 109 may determine that the communication with the pump channel is not functioning properly. If the communication with the pump channel does not work properly, the first central servo state 1 09 is at block 5562, so that the digital assistant i8 shows a 158 200426656. It indicates that the communication with the recording channel is lost because Therefore, the prescription method is enforced. Furthermore, the display 11 8a of the digital assistant is preferably bundled with a package of 3: "Than the car, press ugly, and" Cancel, "alone. If the user presses the "take" button, the -th central server 109 discards the new channel patient-drug relationship at block 5558, and passes a / take / Xiao & at block 5552 The URL returns the cancellation code to the second central server ⑽ &. If the user presses the "compare, button, then the __ central server iG9 is in a ghost place and then checks the communication with the pump channel Whether it works properly. If the communication with the pump channel is properly functioning, the first central server 1009 judges at block 5564 whether there is any missing information related to the channel. For example, if the status information received from the channel is missing an expected serial number, the first central server 109 can determine that the data related to the channel is missing. If the channel information is missing, the first central server 109 at block 5564 causes the digital assistant 1 1 8 to display a daylight surface to indicate that the comparison of the prescription cannot be performed due to the lack of channel data. Furthermore, the display 118a of the 'digital assistant' preferably includes a "Compare" button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first central server 109 is located at block 5558. The new channel-patient-medicine relationship is discarded everywhere, and the cancellation code is returned to the second central temple server 008a via the cancelled URL at block 5 5 5 2. If the user presses the 'comparison' button, the first central server i 009 checks again at block 5 5 60 whether the communication with the chestnut channel is working properly. 159 200426656

若沒有缺少通道資料’則第—中央伺服器ι〇9係在方塊5568之處判斷該通道是否已經在運行。例如，第一中央飼服器1G9可以藉由讀取從該通道接收的狀態資訊來判辦《通道是^運行。若㈣道已經在運行，則第一中央伺服器1G9係、在方塊557〇之處使得數位助理⑴顯示 -個晝面為指出因為該通道已經在運行，戶斤以處方的比較無㈣執行。#出處方的比較無法被執行的數位助理之顯不器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第42圖中。該數位助理之顯示器118a也可以指出使用者應該按下在該泵12〇之上的某-個按鍵(例如，開始）。再者，該數位助理之顯示器 118a較佳地係包含一個“比較”按紐以及—個“取消，，按紐。若使用者按下該“取消，，按鈕，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道_病患_藥物之關係，並且在方塊5552之處經由該取消的URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央伺服器108a。若使用者按下該“比較，，按鈕，則第一中央If there is no missing channel information ’, the first-central server ι09 determines at block 5568 whether the channel is already running. For example, the first central feeding device 1G9 can judge whether the channel is running by reading the status information received from the channel. If the tunnel is already running, the first central server 1G9 series makes the digital assistant ⑴ display at block 5570-a day surface indicates that because the channel is already running, the households will perform the prescription without comparison. An example of the display 118a of a digital assistant whose prescription cannot be performed is shown in Fig. 42. The digital assistant's display 118a may also indicate that the user should press a key (e.g., start) on the pump 120. Furthermore, the display 118a of the digital assistant preferably includes a "Compare" button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first central server 10 9 discards the new channel_patient_drug relationship at block 5558, and returns the cancellation code to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL at block 5552. If the user presses the "Compare," button, the first center

伺月U 109係、在方& 5572《處再次檢查與該果通道的通訊是否適當地運作。若與垓泵通道的通訊並未適當地運作時，則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5574之處使得數位助理118顯示— 個畫面為指出由於失去與該泵通道的通訊，所以處方的比較無法被執行。再者，數位助理之顯示器丨丨8a較佳地係包含一個“比較，，按鈕以及一個“取消，，按鈕。若使用者按下該“ 取消，，按鈕，則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道-病患-藥物之關係，並且在方塊5552之處經 160 200426656 由該取消的URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央祠服哭1〇8 右使用者按下該“比較按紐’則第一中央伺服哭〗f) Q y 、 W 9係在方塊5574之處再次檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。若與該泵通道的通訊係適當地運作，目彳楚 ,^ P…弟一中央伺服器109係在方塊5576之處執行該被請求之處方的比較。Waiting for the month U 109, at Fang & 5572, once again check whether the communication with the channel is working properly. If the communication with the pump channel is not functioning properly, the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 118 to display at block 5574 — a screen showing comparison of prescriptions due to loss of communication with the pump channel Cannot be executed. Furthermore, the digital assistant's display 8a preferably includes a "Compare," button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first central server 109 discards the new channel-patient-drug relationship at block 5558, and cancels it at 16055, block 26552 URL returns the cancellation code to the second central temple service crying 108 Right user presses the "comparison button" then the first central server crying f) Q y, W 9 check again at block 5574 Whether communication with the pump channel is working properly. If the communication with the pump channel is operating properly, it is clear that the central server 109 performs a comparison of the requested place at block 5576.

請回到方塊5568，若該通道未在運行時，則第一中^ 伺服器109係在方塊5578之處判斷該泵通道是否準備免要傳送速率資訊。若該泵通道並未準備好要傳送速率資寄時，則第一中央伺服器！09係在方塊558〇之處使得數^ 助理U8顯示一個晝面為指出因為該通道並未傳送速率養訊，所以處方的比較無法被執行。指出處方的比較無法福執行的數位助理之顯示器U8a的—個例子係被描繪在第 1 圖中。該數位助理之顯示器118a也可以指出使用者應 «亥按下在該泵12〇之上的某一個按鍵（例如，速率）。再者，數位助理之顯示器-118a較佳地係包含一個“比較,,按紐以及一個“取消。，按紐。若使用者按下該“取消，，按姜丑，則第一 I央伺服盗;[09係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道-病患_ 勿之關係，並且在方塊5552之處經由該取消的URL·傳 Y，/取’肖碼至第二中央伺服器1 〇8a。若使用者按下該“比較按紐時，則楚—. 、弟一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊5572之處再 ""一〃 °亥泵通迢的通訊是否適當地運作。若該泵通道係準備好要傳送速率資訊，則第一中央飼服器、ι〇9係在方塊 5576之處執行該被請求之處方的比較。方的比較之部分，第一中央伺服器1 09係使用 161 200426656 藉由该通道掃描過程$ # 所獲得的通道識別符以乃+ 二中央祠服器108a所值、^ U別付U及由第查詢一個藥物識別符（<θ 以在a亥貝枓庫中礼 + (或疋右主要的藥物124以及小敕梦筚物1 24兩者都盥此诵、蓄知日日| 年人衣条白兮WL * I 4，則為兩個藥物識別符）。來描出的^ a人^才係接者在方塊5582之處與該掃才田出的（或疋人工輪入的）荦 ’永物識別付相比較。若來自該資料庫的藥物識別符中 _ 、曰個樂物識別符並不相符該掃描出的（或是人工輸入的）筚物塒斤 …Please return to block 5568. If the channel is not running, the first middle server 109 judges at block 5578 whether the pump channel is ready to transmit rate information. If the pump channel is not ready to send rate data, the first central server! The 09 series at the block 5580 causes the assistant U8 to display a daylight surface to indicate that the comparison of the prescription cannot be performed because the channel does not transmit rate information. An example of a digital assistant's display U8a, which points out that prescription comparisons cannot be performed, is depicted in Figure 1. The digital assistant's display 118a may also indicate that the user should press a key (e.g., rate) on the pump 12o. Furthermore, the Digital Assistant's Display-118a preferably includes a "Compare, Button, and" Cancel ". , Press the button. If the user presses the "Cancel, press Jiang Ug, then the first central server steals; [09 is discarded the new channel-patient_be relationship at box 5558, and passes at box 5552. The canceled URL · pass Y, / take the 'Xiao code' to the second central server 1 08a. If the user presses the "comparison button, then Chu-., Brother one central server 丨〇9 At block 5572, "whether communication is working properly?" If the pump channel is ready to transmit rate information, the first central feeder, ι09 performs the comparison of the requested party at block 5576. In the comparison part of the square, the first central server 1 09 uses 161 200426656. The channel identifier obtained by the channel scanning process is $ # + the value of the two central temple servers 108a, ^ U Do n’t pay U, and The first query is a drug identifier (< θ to ritualize in a haibei library + (or the main drug 124 and the small nightmare 1 24), both of which are recited and stored. White strips WL * I 4 are two drug identifiers.) The ^ a person ^ described is the person who connected with the sweeper (or 轮 manual rotation) 荦 'at block 5582. Compare the permanent object identification. If the drug identifier from the database _, said a musical object identifier does not match, the scanned (or manually entered) object ...

W条物4別符時，第一中央伺服器1〇9 糸在方塊5584之處使得數位助㊣118顯示—個無效的藥勿通知。例如’該數位助理""以顯示一個訊息為該掃描出麵124並未與該掃描出的通道相關，並且指出實際被指定給該掃描出的通道之㈣124(若可適用的話，為主要以及小軟袋兩者)。再者，數位助理之顯示器"Μ較佳地係包含一個‘‘比較，，按鈕以及一個‘‘取消，，按鈕。若使用者按下該“取消，，按鈕，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊When the W item is 4 characters, the first central server 109 will cause the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid medicine at block 5584. Do not notify. For example, 'the digital assistant " displays a message that the scanned face 124 is not related to the scanned channel, and indicates that ㈣124 (if applicable, the main one is actually assigned to the scanned channel) As well as small soft bags). Furthermore, the display of the digital assistant " M preferably includes a '' Compare, 'button and a' 'Cancel,' button. If the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first central server 1009 is in the box

5558之處拋棄該新的通道〜病患·藥物之關係，並且在方塊 5 5 5 2之處經由該取消的URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央伺服器1 08a。若使用者按下該“比較，，按鈕時，則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5572之處再次檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。作為處方的比較之額外的部分，該第一中央祠服器 1 〇 9係使用藉由該通道掃描過程5 5 5 4所獲得的通道識別符以及由該第二中央伺服器1 〇8a所傳送的病患識別符，以在該資料庫中查詢一個藥物速率。來自該資料庫的藥物速率 162 200426656 係接著在方塊5584之處與實際從該泵通道所接收的速率相比較。若來自該資料庫的藥物速率並不相符實際從該泵通道所接收的速率時，則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊 5586之處使得該數位助理118顯示一個速率不相符的通知。具有不相符的通知之數位助理之顯示器U8a的一個例子係被描繪在第40圖中。例如，該數位助理118可以顯示一個訊息為該通道的速率應該被調整，並且指出正確的值。再者，數位助理之顯示器丨丨以較佳地係包含一個“比較，，按鈕以及一個“取消，，按鈕。若使用者按下該“取消”按鈕，則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道-病患-藥物之關係，並且在方塊5552之處經由該取消的 URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央伺服器l〇8a。若使用者按下該‘‘比較，，按鈕時，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊乃”之處再次檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。此外，該數位助理之顯示器118&可以包含一個‘‘接受不相符”按鈕。若使用者按下該“接受不相符，，按鈕，則第一中央祠服器、109係在方塊5588之處，經由該完成的卩社來傳回-個不相符碼以及該不相符的速率至第二中央伺服 l〇8a。右在方塊5584之處，來自該資料庫的藥物速率確實相符實際從該泵通道所接收的速率時，則第一中央伺服斋109係在方塊559〇之處使得數位助理ιΐ8顯示一個相符通知。具有相符通知的數位助理之顯示器1 1 h的一個例f係被描繪在第39目中。—旦使用者接受該相符通知的訊息後，該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5588之處， 163 200426656 經由該完成的URL來傳回一個相, 第二中央伺服器108a。付瑪以及該相符的速率至通道掃描過程（用於給藥輪液過矛。）第56圖係說明在以上表考程奶4的-個例子。一般而言5圖所用之通道掃描過揾醒佶田土㈡^ %通道掃描過程5554係徒_使用者知杬一個與泵通道相，並且剌斷兮俨扮山A 機态可讀取的識別符 I儿判WN亥知描出的通道是否发认目前沾广虫u 马可利用的（例如，被指定、、、口目則的病患112，但未在使用 ^The new channel ~ patient-drug relationship is discarded at 5558, and the cancellation code is returned to the second central server 1 08a via the canceled URL at block 5 5 5 2. If the user presses the "comparison," button, the first central server 109 checks again at block 5572 whether the communication with the pump channel is working properly. As an additional part of the prescription comparison, the first A central temple server 1 09 uses the channel identifier obtained by the channel scanning process 5 5 5 4 and the patient identifier transmitted by the second central server 1 08a to store in the database. Query a drug rate. The drug rate from the database 162 200426656 is then compared with the actual rate received from the pump channel at block 5584. If the drug rate from the database does not match the actual rate from the pump When the rate received by the channel, the first central server at 9586 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a notification that the speed does not match. An example of the display U8a of the digital assistant with the notification that does not match is It is depicted in Figure 40. For example, the digital assistant 118 may display a message that the speed of the channel should be adjusted and indicate the correct value. Furthermore, the digital The assistant's display preferably includes a "Compare," button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "Cancel" button, the first central server 109 is discarded at block 5558 The new channel-patient-drug relationship, and the cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the canceled URL at block 5552. If the user presses the `` compare, button, At that time, the first central server 109 is in the square block, and again checks whether the communication with the pump channel is operating properly. In addition, the digital assistant's display 118 & may include an "accept disagree" button. If the user presses the "accept disagree," button, the first central temple server, 109 is at block 5588, A non-compliance code and the non-compliance rate are returned to the second central servo 108a through the completed club. Right at block 5584, when the drug rate from the database does match the actual rate received from the pump channel, the first central server 109 at block 5590 causes the digital assistant 8 to display a compliance notification. An example f of a display 11 h with a digital assistant with a matching notification is depicted in heading 39. -Once the user receives the message of the compliance notification, the first central server 1009 is located at block 5588, and 163 200426656 returns a phase to the second central server 108a via the completed URL. Fuma and the matching rate-to-channel scanning process (used to administer liquid fluid to pass the spear.) Figure 56 illustrates an example of test milk 4 in the above table. Generally speaking, the channel used in Figure 5 has been scanned.% ㈡田土㈡ ^% Channel scanning process 5554 is an apprentice _ user knows a phase identifier that is related to the pump channel, and it is readable. I judged whether the passage described by WN Haizhi identified the currently available horses (for example, the designated patient 112, but is not in use) ^

η ^ , ) 右该掃描出的通道不，哕篦^ , 係被取消。在此種事件中 4弟一中央伺服器1〇9 消碼5笛士山田孩取々的URL傳回一個取咱碼至弟二中央伺服器1〇8a。的，目彳^ „ 右5亥知描出的通道是可利用則一個新的通道-病患-藥物之關係將被產生。更明確地說，該舉例的通道掃摇仍ίσ ς -中央飼服器⑽係在方塊二:…係開始於第 f 在方鬼5602之處使得數位助理118η ^,) Right, the scanned channels are not, 哕篦 ^, are cancelled. In this kind of event, the 4th central server 1109 cancels the code 5 Di Shishan Tian Hao's URL and returns a fetch code to the 2nd central server 108a. , 彳 ^ „The right-lined channel is available, then a new channel-patient-drug relationship will be created. More specifically, the channel sweep of this example is still σσ-central feeding The device is attached to the second box: ... begins at the fth place. At the side of the ghost 5602, the digital assistant 118

或是小二面為提示使用者選擇—個次通道(例如，主要的气別々/^且掃描—個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的 =:提示使用者掃描-個與該通道相關之機器可讀取 0灯之數位助理之顯示器U8a的-個例子係被描繪在器來圖I。例如’使用者可以使用數位助理118的掃描可V田一個與該通道相關之條碼標籤。或者是，使用者。、人工地輪入該通道識別符至該數位助理1 1 8中。此外，使用者可以、登徑&、 1 、擇略過該掃描過程，此將會造成經由該完可n 而回到該第二中央伺服器l〇8a、或者是使用者口、擇取'肖该掃描，此將會造成經由該取消的URL而回 164 200426656 到該第二中央伺服器l〇8a。該通道識別符係接著在方塊5604之處被傳送至該第一中央伺服器109用於驗證。該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係接著壽試來在該資料庫中查詢該通道識別符。若該通道識別符在4資料庫中並未存在為一個有效的通道識別符（例如，未被適當地格式化、未在第一中央伺服器丨〇9中被組態設定、等等）時，則該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊56〇6之處使得數位助理11 8顯示一個無效的通道通知。例如，該數位助理U 8可以顯示一個訊息為該通道並未在該第一中央伺服叩1 0 9中被組恶设定，並且其係包含按紐以容許使用者重新掃描该通道識別符或是取消該動作。若使用者選擇取消該動作，則第一中央伺服器1〇9較佳地是在方塊56〇8 之處，經由该取消的URL傳送一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器 108a 。一旦獲得一個有效的通道識別符之後，第一中央伺服裔109係使用該通道識別符來在該資料庫中查詢一個病患麵| 識別符。該第一中央伺服器1〇9係接著在方塊561〇之處比較來自該資料庫的病患識別符與該掃描出的（或是人工輸入的）病患識別符。若一個有效的病患識別符存在於該資料庫中，但该兩個病患識別符並不相符（亦即，該通道係被指疋給不同的病患112)時，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊 5612之處檢查該資料庫，以查看該通道是否在運行（在主要的以及/或是小軟袋模式中）。右3通道是在運行’則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊 165 200426656 自4之處使侍數位助理ιΐ8顯示一個“無法覆寫，，的錯誤訊息’其係指出—位不同的病患' "2係與該掃描出的通道相關，亚且該通道目前正在運行。該錯誤訊息也可以包含資料為指出與該掃描出的通道相關之病4 112(例如，病患的名稱)、主要的藥4勿124以及/或是小軟袋藥物124。較佳地 ’使用者係被給予選擇權以取消或是重新掃描。若使用者Or the small second side is to prompt the user to choose-a secondary channel (for example, the main gas is not 々 / ^ and scan)-a machine readable related to the channel =: prompt the user to scan-a channel related An example of the digital assistant's display U8a with machine-readable 0 lights is depicted in Figure I. For example, 'users can use digital assistant 118's scan to field a barcode label associated with the channel. Or , User. Manually rotate the channel identifier to the digital assistant 1 1 8. In addition, the user can, log on &, 1, and choose to skip the scanning process, which will cause the n and return to the second central server 108a, or the user's mouth, select 'Xiao should scan', this will result in 164 200426656 to the second central server 1088a via the canceled URL The channel identifier is then transmitted to the first central server 109 for verification at block 5604. The first central server 09 is then used to query the channel identifier in the database. If the channel identifier is in the 4 database When there is no valid channel identifier (for example, it is not properly formatted, it is not configured in the first central server, etc., etc.), the first central server 109 is At block 5606, the digital assistant 11 8 displays an invalid channel notification. For example, the digital assistant U 8 can display a message that the channel is not set up in the first central servo unit 109. And it includes a button to allow the user to rescan the channel identifier or cancel the action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 109 is preferably at block 5608 , Send a cancellation code to the second central server 108a via the canceled URL. Once a valid channel identifier is obtained, the first central server 109 uses the channel identifier to query a database in the database. Patient Face | Identifier. The first central server 109 then compares the patient identifier from the database with the scanned (or manually entered) patient identifier at block 5610. If When a valid patient identifier exists in the database, but the two patient identifiers do not match (that is, the channel is assigned to a different patient 112), the first central server 109 checks the database at block 5612 to see if the channel is running (in the main and / or small soft bag mode). The right 3 channels are running. 'The first central server 丨〇9 causes the assistant digital assistant ι 自 8 to display an error message "Cannot be overwritten" at box 165 200426656 from place 4 " 2 is related to the scanned channel, The channel is currently running. The error message may also contain information indicating the disease 4 112 (eg, the patient's name), the main medicine 4 and 124, and / or a small soft bag associated with the scanned channel. Drug 124. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel or rescan. If the user

選擇取消該動作，P丨丨笛 V 一卞貝丨弟一中央伺服器109係在方塊5608 处、工由D亥取肩的URL傳送一個取消碼至第二中央祠服器108a。若使用者選擇重新掃描，則第-中央祠服器109 係在方塊5 6 0 2之虛祐彡日垂i 之處使侍數位助理118顯示該畫面為提示使用者選擇一個次诵洁^丨丄 ^ ^ 人通道（例如，主要的或是小軟袋），並且掃描-個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。右口亥通道未正在運行時，則第一中央祠服器⑽係在鬼之處使知數位助理11 8顯示一個“繼續覆寫，，的警告 δίΐ 息為指出'一 yC fsl ΛΑ ^ ^ 5勺病心11 2係與該掃描出的通道相關’但是該通道目前沛本— — J I未在運仃。較佳地，該警告訊息係指出該繼續將會覆寫現有的資料(例如，消除與另一位病患 112的關連）°該警告訊息也可以包含資料_示與該掃描出的通道相關之病4112(例如，病患的名稱）、主要的藥物1 2 4以及/或是小敕势Μ礼1 〇 a . 衣条物124。較佳地，使用者係被給予選擇權來取消、重新掃描或是繼續。若使用者選擇取消該動作，則第-中央伺服器⑽係在方塊56〇8之處，經由該取消 1 URL傳送一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器购。若使用者選擇重新掃描時，則第-中央伺服H 109係在 166 200426656 方塊5 6 0 2之處佶思奴 …二理118顯示該晝面為提示使用者邊擇-個次通道(例如， q权丁使用一個與該通道相關之檣、5疋、人袋），並且掃描、相關之機杰可讀取的識別符。描一個與該通道相關之擔_ * 便用者知 ,§ - 〇, 118 Λ 栈益可讀取的識別符之數位助理之顯不？§ 1 1 8a的一個彻>, 们例子係被描繪在第38圖選擇繼續’則第一中麥朽服，ΛΛ〆+ 右便用者央伺服益109係在方塊5618之處杳生一個新的通道-病患_華 ^虫— 条物之關係，亚且儲存該新的通道_ 病心-樂物之關係在目前的“網路會談，，中。若此新的通道_ 病患-藥物之關係最終會被保存時，則第一中央伺服哭1〇9 係將該新的通道〜病患…藥物之關係交給第一中央祠服器 109:資料庫(如上詳細所述之第55圖的方塊554〇)。 —右在方塊5620之處，一個有效的病患識別符係存在於孩貝料庫中，並且該兩個病患識別符確實相符（亦即，該通迢係被私定給此病患i i 2)時，則第一中央伺服器工係在方塊5622之處檢查該資料庫以查看該次通道是否為空的。換言之，若在方塊5602中選擇主要的次通道，則第一中央伺服器1 09係檢查是否沒有與此通道相關之主要的輸液並且若在方塊5602中選擇小軟袋次通道時，其係檢查是否沒有與此通道相關之小軟袋輸液。若該次通道是空的’則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊56 1 8之處產生一個新的通道-病患-藥物之關係，並且儲存該新的通道-病患-藥物之關係在目前的“網路會談，，中。若該次通道不是空的，則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊5624之處檢查該資料庫以查看該次通道是否在運行（在主要的以及/或是小軟袋模 167 200426656 式中）。若該次通道正在運行，則第-中央飼服器109係在方鬼之處使付數位助理11 8顯示—個“無法覆寫，，的錯誤If you choose to cancel the action, the central server 109 is located at block 5608, and the URL sent by Dhai sends a cancellation code to the second central temple server 108a. If the user chooses to re-scan, the first-central temple server 109 is located at the position of the imaginary imaginary sun at the block 5 6 0 2 to cause the digital assistant 118 to display this screen to prompt the user to choose a recitation ^ 丨丄 ^ ^ A human channel (for example, a main or small pouch), and scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. When the Youkouhai channel is not running, the first central temple server is at the ghost place so that the digital assistant 11 8 displays a warning "Continue to overwrite, and the warning δίΐ" indicates that '一 yC fsl ΛΑ ^ ^ 5 Spoon Heart 11 2 is related to the scanned channel 'but the channel is currently Peppa — JI is not running. Preferably, the warning message indicates that the continuation will overwrite existing data (eg, eliminate (Related to another patient 112) ° The warning message may also contain data_indicating the disease 4112 (eg, the patient's name), the main drug 1 2 4 and / or the minor related to the scanned channel Scenario M 10a. Cloth 124. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel, rescan, or continue. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first-central server At block 56〇8, a cancellation code is sent to the second central server via the cancel 1 URL. If the user chooses to rescan, the first-central servo H 109 is at 166 200426656 at block 5 6 0 2佶思奴 ... Erli 118 shows that the day surface is used as a reminder Side selection-a secondary channel (for example, q Quanding uses a 相关, 5 疋, person bag associated with the channel), and scans and correlates the readable identifier. Describe a burden related to the channel _ * The user knows, §-〇, 118 Λ Is the digital assistant's readable identifier visible? § 1 1 8a A complete > example is depicted in Figure 38 and choose to continue ' Then the first medium wheat rotten suit, ΛΛ〆 + right will use the central servo system 109 to generate a new channel at the place 5618-the patient_ 华 ^ 虫 — the relationship between the strips, and store the new Channel_Sickheart-music relationship in the current "Internet talks," China. If this new channel _ patient-medicine relationship will eventually be saved, the first central servo cry 1009 will the new channel ~ patient ... the drug relationship to the first central temple server 109: Database (block 5540 of Figure 55 as detailed above). —Right at block 5620, a valid patient identifier exists in the childcare database, and the two patient identifiers do match (ie, the general system is privately assigned to this patient ii 2), the first central server system checks the database at block 5622 to see if the secondary channel is empty. In other words, if the primary secondary channel is selected in block 5602, the first central server 109 checks whether there is no primary infusion related to this channel and if the small soft bag secondary channel is selected in block 5602, it checks Is there a small soft bag infusion associated with this channel? If the secondary channel is empty, then the first central server 099 creates a new channel-patient-drug relationship at block 56 1 8 and stores the new channel-patient-drug relationship. The relationship is in the current "Internet talks." If the secondary channel is not empty, the first central server will check the database at block 5624 to see if the secondary channel is running (in the main And / or small soft bag mold 167 200426656). If the channel is running, the first-central feeding device 109 will make the digital assistant 11 8 display at the side of the ghost-"Cannot be overwritten, ,mistake

讯息：其係指出此病患112已經與該掃描出的通道相關，並：該所選的次通道目前正在運行。該錯誤訊息也可以包含貝料為指出病患112(例如，病患的名稱）、主要的藥物物或是小軟袋藥物124。較佳地，使用者係被給予選擇權以取消或是重新掃描。若該使用者選擇取消該動作、:則第-中央伺服H 1G9係在方塊_之處，經由該取 4的URL來傳廷一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器1 。若使用者選擇重新掃描，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊 5602之處使得數位助㊣⑴顯示該晝面為提示該使用者來選擇一個次通道（例如，主要的或是小軟袋）並且掃描一個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。Message: It indicates that this patient 112 is already associated with the scanned channel, and that the selected secondary channel is currently running. The error message can also include shellfish to indicate patient 112 (e.g., the patient's name), the main drug, or a small pouch of drug 124. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel or rescan. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server H 1G9 is located at the block _, and a cancellation code is transmitted to the second central server 1 via the URL taken 4. If the user chooses to re-scan, the first central server 109 is located at block 5602 so that the digital assistant displays the day surface to prompt the user to select a secondary channel (for example, primary or small software). Bag) and scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel.

若該次通道未在運行時，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5628之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“繼續”訊息為指出此病患1 1 2係與該掃描出的通道相_，但是該所選的次通道目前未在運行。該訊息也可以包含資料為指出病患 112(例如，病患的名稱）、主要的藥物124以及/或是小二袋樂物1 24。較佳地，該使用者係被給予選擇權以取消、重新掃描或是繼續。若使用者選擇取消該動作，則第一中央伺服态109係在方塊56〇8之處，經由該取消的傳送一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器1〇8a。若使用者選擇重新掃描，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊56〇2之處使得數 168 200426656 位助理顯示該晝面為提示該使用者來選 Γ.主要:嫩小軟袋)並且择描-個與該通道相S :可視取的識別付。若使用者選擇繼續H中央飼服If the secondary channel is not running, the first central server 1009 is located at block 5628 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a "continue" message to indicate that the patient 1 1 2 is related to the scanned channel. _, But the selected secondary channel is not currently running. The message may also include information to identify patient 112 (eg, the patient's name), the main medication 124, and / or the small two bag of fun 1 24. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel, rescan or continue. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central servo state 109 is at block 5608, and a cancellation code is transmitted to the second central server 108a via the cancellation. If the user chooses to re-scan, the first central server 109 is at the box 5602 so that the number 168 200426656 assistants display the day surface as a reminder for the user to choose Γ. Main: Tender small soft bag) And select a picture with the channel S: visual recognition. If the user chooses to continue H Central Feeding

器109係在方塊561 8之處產生_個 N 似新的通道-病患、筚物關係，並且儲存該新的通道〜病患 ’、物之關彳；τ、在目前的“網路會談”中。當使用者再次按下繼續只吋，忒弟一中央伺服哭 109係傳回控制權給目前的動作口口助作（例如，給藥輸液）。改變泵通道的過程The device 109 generates _N-like new channels at the place of block 561-patient-patient-physical relationship, and stores the new channel ~ patient ', the relationship between things; τ, in the current "Internet talks "in. When the user presses Continue again for a while, the uncle's central servo cry 109 returns control to the current action. Oral assistance (eg, infusion). The process of changing the pump channel

第57A圖係說明改變系通道的過程57〇〇之一個例子。該改變泵通道的過程测可以被使用（例如，被護士使用）來改變輸液從-個泵通道至另_個1通道，@Figure 57A illustrates an example of the process of changing the channel 5700. The process of changing the pump channel can be used (for example, by a nurse) to change the infusion from one pump channel to another 1 channel, @

該資料庫中之通道—病患·藥物的關係。一般而言，該改變 f通道的過程5700係從一個例如是數位助理ιΐ8的電子裝置接收輸入，該電子裝置係包含指出將被執行之改變泵通道的過程之資訊、指明哪位將受到影響的病患ιΐ2之資訊（例如，病患ID)以及指明用於該將受到影響的病患ιΐ2 之藥物124的資訊（例如，Rx ID)。該過程57〇〇係接著傳送此資訊至第一中央伺服器1〇9,該第一中央伺服器1〇9 係確涊通道識別資訊是否符合該改變泵通道的指令資訊。更明確地說’該舉例之改變泵通道的過程57〇〇係開始於第二中央伺服器108a在方塊5702之處使得數位助理 Π8顯示一個病患表列以供選擇。顯示一個病患表列的數位助理之顯示器丨丨8a的一個例子係被描繪在第24圖中。。亥病患表列較佳地是限於與在該時間登錄到該數位助理 169 200426656 n8的使用者（例如，醫護人M 116)相關之病患。一旦該使用者選擇-位病患112之後’指明該選擇以及/或是：：患 in的資訊係從該數位助理118被傳回到第二中央伺：： 108a。介於該數位助理118以及第二中央伺服器⑽&之; 的通訊可以經由例如是上述的無線/有、線的料⑻之任二適當的通訊通道。該第二中央伺服器1G8a係接著在方塊 5704之處使得該數位助理118顯示—個動作表列。顯示」個動作表列的數位助理之顯示器！ i 8 a的—個例子係被描絡在第25 中。該動作表列較佳地是限於與該 : Π 2相關之動作。例如， ^ θ j如右一項與此病患⑴相關的輸液疋目刚被列在該第二中央伺服器1〇8a的資料庫中時，則將只有“改變泵通道，，動作是可利用的。當使用者從該動作表列選擇“改變泵通道，，動作時，指明所選的動作之資訊係被傳送至第二中央飼服器U)8a。作 ^回應地，該第二中央健器购係在方塊测之處使付數位助《 118顯示—個晝面為提示該使料掃描一個盘 =到此^文變果通道，，動作的影響之藥甘勿m相關之機器了 °貝取的識別符。提示該使用者掃描-個與該藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符的數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例t係被描緣在第34圖中。《者可以使用數位㈣118 的：描器來掃描在—個藥物124袋之上的藥物的標藏 1 2 4 a (例如，在一個輪们輸液袋之上的條碼）。或者是，該使用 '以亡工地輸入該藥物識別符到數位助理ιΐ8中。及樂物㈣符係接著在方塊5708之處被傳送至該第二 170 200426656 中央伺服益108a用於驗證。該第二中央飼服器i 〇8a係嘗式在°亥貝料庫中查珣该藥物識別符。若該藥物識別符(例如，袋Π))並未在„料庫中存在為_個有效的藥物識別符時’則該第二中央飼服器1〇8a係在方塊571〇之處使得該數位助理118顯示一個無效的物品通知。一旦該使用者應答該無效的物品通知（或是該通知暫停）時，數位助理丨“ 係在方塊，5706之處再次顯示該晝面以提示使用者來掃描 -個與將受到此“改變泵通道，，動作的影響之藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符。右在方塊5708之處’該藥物識別符（例如，袋id)確實在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別符時，則第二中央伺服器108a係傳送一個“改變泵通道”XMl文件至第一中央伺服器109。該“改變泵通道”χΜχ文件係包含病患識別符（例如，從方塊中的表列所選出者）、藥物識二符（例如，袋m)、完成的URL，以及取消的飢。該完成的URL是若嘗試該“改變泵通道，，動料所使用的一個網路位址。該取消的U R L是若該“改變粟通道，，動作失敗時所使用的一個網路位址。 -旦第-中央伺服器109接收到該“改變栗通道”XML 文件後’該第-中央祠服器1〇9係在方塊5724之處判斷該“改變泵通道’’xml文件是否為有效的。例如，該第一中央伺服器109可以檢查是否有通常在一個“改變泵通道 ’，X M L文件中預期會有的任何資料是所㈣的“改變豕通道 ”XML文件中所缺少的。若該第一中央伺服器ι〇9判斷該“ 171 200426656 件不是有效的，則第-中央飼服器 ‘ 5726之處使得數位助理118顯示—個錯誤訊 1出讓該使用者知道該“改變泵通道，，動作無法被執行〇此絲員示可以包含一 _审士由，例如疋該“改變泵通道，， t件缺少巧。在該使用者按下“〇κ”按鈕以應答該錯誤訊中央伺服器1G9係在方塊5728之處，細由該取消的飢傳回一個失敗碼至第二中央飼服器⑽ 0 B若第-中央伺服器⑽判斷該“改變㈣道”XML文件疋有效的，則該第一中央伺服器109係起始一個通道掃描 =程⑽。此通道掃描過程湖是與‘‘舊的”通道相關的（ '、即’使用者係嘗試從“舊的，，通道移到“新的，，通道）。—妒 :言，:該通道掃描過程5730係提示使用者掃描一個與該，‘ =的录通道相關之機器可讀取的識別#，並且判斷該掃描的通道是否與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關，即如以了參考帛58圖所更加詳述者。若該掃描出的通道並未〆、口亥病患識別符以及单妨7 士均々々n士条物4別付相關時，則該“改變泵通道 ’:動作係被取消、在此種事件中，該第一中央飼服器109係 =方塊5728之處，經由該取消的肌傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器l〇8a。若該掃描出的通道是與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關(亦即，舊的通道是有效的），則第—中央飼服器1〇9 係在方塊5732之處使得數位助理118顯示_個訊息為指出病患U2、主要的輪液之舊的通道以及小軟袋輸液之舊 172 200426656 的通道。較佳地，該數位助王里"8亦顯液(主要的以及小軟袋)係因為此動作：個:; 由該取消：。 RL傳回—個取消碼至第二中央伺服器108a :吏用者按下“繼續”按紐，則第一中央伺服器 =另-個通道掃描過程5734。此通道掃描過程與新的，，通道相關（亦即，該使用者係嘗試移到“新的，，通道）。一妒而士今、s、* 4 售勺通道移使用者來掃描一個:心㈣程5734係提示、別… u新的泵通道相關之機器可讀取的二2斷該掃描出的通道是否為可利用的（例如，未被“給任何病患、112;被指定給目前的病患"2,作未在使用中；被減給其他病患112並且被覆寫的，·等等）。若該掃描出的通道不是可利用的，則該“改變栗通道，，動作係被取消。在此種事件中，該第—中央飼服器1〇9係在 :塊5728之處，經由該取消的URL以將—個取消碼傳回弟二中央伺服器108a。該通道掃描過程5734係在以下參考第59圖更加詳細地被描述。夕若該掃描出的通道係與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關時（亦即，新的通道是有效的），則第一中央飼服界 ⑽係在方塊5736之處判斷是否有任何其它輸液目前是與該新的通道相關。若另-項輸液已經與該新的通道相關:、則第-中央词服器1〇9係在方塊5738之處使得數位助理 173 200426656 1 1 8顯示一個指出另一馆絡、、杰乂彳、 ^ ^項輸液目刖與该新的通道相關之訊息以及一個詢問該使用者是否相要霜耷 1 6〜晋復馬目刖的輸液之訊息。較佳地，此訊息係包含一個“是”按-、一個“否，，按纽以及一個“取消，，按鈕。若使用者按下該“取消，，按鈕，則第一中央伺服器1 0 9係在方持S 7 9 8 +走 Λ -Channels in this database—patient-drug relationships. Generally speaking, the process of changing the f channel 5700 receives input from an electronic device, such as a digital assistant, which includes information indicating the process of changing the pump channel to be performed, and which one will be affected. Information (e.g., Patient ID) for patient ι2 and information (eg, Rx ID) for the drug 124 used for the patient ii2 to be affected. The process 5700 then sends this information to the first central server 109, which determines whether the channel identification information conforms to the command information for changing the pump channel. More specifically, the process of changing the pump channel 5700 of this example starts at the second central server 108a at block 5702 and causes the digital assistant Π8 to display a patient list for selection. An example of a digital assistant display 8a showing a patient list is depicted in Figure 24. . The Hai patient list is preferably limited to patients related to a user (eg, the healthcare provider M 116) who is logged in to the digital assistant 169 200426656 n8 at that time. Once the user selects-patient 112, it indicates the choice and / or: the information of suffering from is transmitted from the digital assistant 118 to the second central server: 108a. The communication between the digital assistant 118 and the second central server ⑽ &; may be via any of the appropriate communication channels such as the wireless / wired and wired materials described above. The second central server 1G8a then causes the digital assistant 118 to display an action list at block 5704. A display of digital assistants showing "action lists"! An example of i 8 a is depicted in section 25. The action list is preferably limited to actions related to the: Π 2. For example, when ^ θ j is the item on the right related to this patient ’s infusion, when it was just listed in the database of the second central server 108a, there would only be "change the pump channel, the action is possible Utilized. When the user selects "change pump channel," from the action list, the information indicating the selected action is transmitted to the second central feeder (U) 8a. In response, the second central fitness equipment purchaser provided digital assistance at the place where the test was performed. “118 Display—A daytime surface reminds the agent to scan a disk.” Here, the effect of the action changes. The medicine is not related to the identification of the machine. An example t of the digital assistant's display 118a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the medication 124 is depicted in Figure 34. You can use the Digital 118: Scanner to scan the label of a drug on a bag of 124 drugs 1 2 4 a (for example, a bar code on a wheel infusion bag). Or, use 'Enter the drug identifier into the digital assistant 8' at the construction site. The musical note is then transmitted to the second 170 200426656 central servo 108a at block 5708 for verification. The second central feeding device i 08a is used to check the drug identifier in the Haibei magazine. If the drug identifier (e.g., bag Π) does not exist in the magazine when there are _ valid drug identifiers, then the second central feeder 108a is at block 5710 such that the The digital assistant 118 displays an invalid item notification. Once the user responds to the invalid item notification (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 丨 "is in the box, and the day surface is displayed again at 5706 to remind the user to come Scan-a machine-readable identifier associated with drug 124 that will be affected by this "change in pump channel, action. Right at box 5708 'the drug identifier (eg, bag id) is indeed in the profile When a valid drug identifier exists in the library, the second central server 108a sends a "change pump channel" XMl file to the first central server 109. The "change pump channel" χΜχ file contains the patient identification Character (for example, a person selected from a list in a box), a drug identification character (for example, bag m), a completed URL, and a canceled URL. The completed URL is if you try the "change pump channel, Material used A network address. The canceled URL is a network address used if the "Change Sui channel, the action fails.-Once the central server 109 receives the" change chestnut channel "XML file, the" the central temple " The server 109 judges at block 5724 whether the "change pump channel" xml file is valid. For example, the first central server 109 may check whether there is any information normally expected in an "change pump channel", XML file that is missing from the "change channel" XML file. If the first A central server ι09 judges that the "171 200426656 pieces are not valid, then the" -central feeder "5726 makes the digital assistant 118 display an error message 1 to let the user know that" change the pump channel, The action could not be performed. This instruction can include a trial judge, for example, "The pump channel is changed, and t is missing." When the user presses the "〇κ" button to respond to the error message, the central server 1G9 is located at block 5728, and the canceled starvation returns a failure code to the second central feeder ⑽ 0 B 若第-The central server judges that the "change channel" XML file is valid, then the first central server 109 starts a channel scan = Cheng. This channel scan process is related to the "old" channel (the "user" is trying to move from the "old," channel to the "new ,," channel.)-Jealousy: word, the channel scan Process 5730 prompts the user to scan a machine-readable identification # related to the recording channel of '=, and determine whether the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier, that is, as a reference (See Figure 58 for more details. If the scanned channel is not identified, the patient ID of the mouth disease, and the single-bodied 7 shijun 々々n article article 4 is not relevant, then the "change pump channel" : The action system is canceled. In such an event, the first central feeding unit 109 is = block 5728, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the cancelled muscle. If the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier (that is, the old channel is valid), then the first central feeder 109 is tied to block 5732 so that the digital assistant 118 The message displayed indicates the old channel of the patient U2, the main fluid, and the old channel of the small soft bag infusion 172 200426656. Preferably, the digital assistant Wang's "8 also shows liquid (mainly and small soft bag) because of this action: a :; should be cancelled:. RL returns a cancellation code to the second central server 108a: if the user presses the "Continue" button, the first central server = another channel scanning process 5734. This channel scanning process is related to the new, channel (that is, the user is trying to move to the “new,” channel). One jealousy, s, * 4 channels are moved to scan the user to scan one: Cardiac process 5734 is a reminder, don't ... u The new pump channel is readable by the machine. 2 Whether the scanned channel is available (for example, "not given to any patient, 112; assigned to The current patient " 2, is not in use; reduced to 112 for other patients and overwritten, etc.). If the scanned channel is not available, the "change chestnut channel, the action system is canceled. In such an event, the first-central feeder 1109 is located at: Block 5728, via the The cancelled URL is transmitted to a second central server 108a with a cancellation code. The channel scanning process 5734 is described in more detail below with reference to Figure 59. Even if the scanned channel is identified by the patient And when the drug identifier is related (that is, the new channel is valid), the first central feeding community determines at block 5736 whether any other infusions are currently related to the new channel. If another- The term infusion has been associated with this new channel :, then the-central verbal server 1009 is located at block 5738 so that the digital assistant 173 200426656 1 1 8 shows one pointing to another library, jiejie, ^ ^ A message related to the infusion item and the new channel and a message asking the user if the user wants to frost 16 ~ Jinfu Mamu. Infusion. Preferably, this message contains a "Yes" button- , A "No, button, and a" . ,, cancellation button if the user presses the "Cancel, button, the first central server 109 in square-based holding down S 7 9 8 + Λ -

货'隹万塊5728之處，經由該取消的URL 傳回-個取消碼至第二中央伺服器108a。若使用者按下該 “否”按鈕，則第一中央伺服器109係起始另一通道掃描過程 5834 。At the place 5728, a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. If the user presses the "No" button, the first central server 109 starts another channel scanning process 5834.

若使用者按下該“否，，按紐，則第一中央飼服器⑽係在方塊5740之處嘗試移去在該資料庫中對於該新的通道之通道-病患-藥物之關係。若在方塊5742之處，在該資料庫中移去對於該新的通道之通道〜病患-藥物之關係的嘗試是不成功的，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5744之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“改變泵通道，，錯誤訊息為包含病患識別符、與未被移動之主要的輸液（若可適用的話）相關之藥物識別符、以及與未被移動之小軟袋輸液（若可適用的話）相關之藥物識別符。一旦使用者藉由按下一個“〇κ” 按鈕來應答該“改變泵通道，，錯誤訊息後，該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5746之處，經由該完成的URL傳回一個失敗碼至第二中央伺服器1 08a。若在方塊5 7 3 6之處’另一項輸液並未已經和該新的通道相關，或是在方塊5742之處，嘗試移去在該資料庫中對於該新的通道之通道-病患-藥物之關係是成功的，則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5748之處嘗試在該資料庫中 174 200426656 對於該主要的以及小軟袋輪液之通道·病患-藥物之關係，從舊的通道改為新的通道。若在方塊5 7 5 0之處，在該資料庫中將該通道-病患-藥物之關係從舊的通道移至新的通道之嘗試疋不成功的時候，則第一中央伺服器1 〇 9係使得數位助理11 8顯示該“改變泵通道，，錯誤訊息。若在方塊5750之處，在該資料庫中將該通道〜病患-藥If the user presses the "No, button," the first central feeder will attempt to remove the channel-patient-drug relationship for the new channel in the database at block 5740. If at block 5742, the attempt to remove the new channel-patient-drug relationship from the database is unsuccessful, the first central server 109 is at block 5744 Causes the digital assistant 118 to display a "change pump channel. The error message contains the patient identifier, the drug identifier associated with the main infusion (if applicable) that has not been moved, and a small soft bag that has not been moved. Drug identifier associated with the infusion (if applicable). Once the user responds to the "change pump channel" by pressing a "〇κ" button, after an error message, the first central server 109 is at block 5746 and returns a failure code via the completed URL Go to the second central server 1 08a. If at block 5 7 3 6 'Another infusion is not already associated with the new channel, or at block 5742, try removing the The new channel-patient-medicine relationship is successful, then the first central server 109 attempts at block 5748 in the database 174 200426656 for the primary and small soft bag liquid channel · The patient-drug relationship is changed from the old channel to the new channel. If at block 5 7 50, the channel-patient-drug relationship is moved from the old channel to the new one in the database. When the attempt of the channel is unsuccessful, the first central server 1009 causes the digital assistant 11 8 to display the "change pump channel," error message. If it is at block 5750, in the database, the channel ~ patient-medicine

物之關係從舊的通道移至新的通道之嘗試是成功的，則該第一中央伺服為1 09係在方塊5752之處使得數位助理1 1 8 顯示一個‘‘改變泵通道，，成功訊息，其包含病患識別符、與被移動之主要的輸液（若可適用的話）相關的藥物識別符，以及與被移動之小軟袋輸液（若可適用的話）相關的藥物識別付。較佳地，該顯示器亦包含一個訊息給使用者來將管子移到新的通道。一旦使用者藉由按下一個“〇κ，，按鈕來應答該“改變泵通道”成功訊息之後，第一中央伺服器' 1〇9係在方塊5746之處，經由該完成的軌傳回一個成功碼至苐二中央伺服器1 〇 8 a。The attempt to move the relationship between objects from the old channel to the new channel was successful. The first central servo is 1 09. At block 5752, the digital assistant 1 1 8 displays a `` change pump channel. Success message It contains the patient identifier, the drug identifier associated with the main infusion (if applicable) being moved, and the drug identification fee associated with the small soft bag infusion (if applicable) being moved. Preferably, the display also contains a message for the user to move the tube to a new channel. Once the user responds to the "change pump channel" success message by pressing a "〇κ," button, the first central server '109 is located at block 5746 and returns a via the completed track. Success code to the second central server 108a.

通道掃描過程 57圖所用之通道掃描過第5 8圖係說明在以上參考第程5 7 3 0的一個例子一逼卸描過程5730 :示使用I掃描一個與一泵通道相關之機器可讀取的讀符’並且判斷該掃描出的通道;^否與該先前掃描出的病識別符以及藥物識別符相關。若該掃描出的通道並未襄病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關時， / 〜目則的動作（例女停止、中斷、恢復繼續、通道改變、秒云泵、等等）係相 175 200426656 消。Channel scanning process 57. The channel used in Figure 57 has been scanned. Figure 8 is an example of the process described above with reference to 5 7 3 0. A force unloading process 5730: shows that I can scan a machine related to a pump channel using I 'And read the scanned channel; ^ No is related to the previously scanned disease identifier and drug identifier. If the scanned channel is not related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier, / ~ the intended action (eg female stop, interrupt, resume resume, channel change, second cloud pump, etc.) is 175 200426656 Disappear.

更明確地說，舉例的通道掃描過程5730係開始於第一中央㈣H 109在方塊58G2之處使得數位助理ιΐ8顯示 -個晝面為提示使用者掃描—個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別#。提不使用者掃描—個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之顯示器U8a的—個例子係被描嶋 18圖中。例如，使用者可以使用數位助理ιΐ8的掃描器來掃描-個與該通道相關的條碼標籤。或者是，使用者可以人工地輸入通道識別符至數位助理118中。To be more specific, the example channel scanning process 5730 starts at the first center ㈣H 109 at block 58G2 so that the digital assistant ιΐ8 displays-a daytime surface reminds the user to scan-a machine-readable machine associated with the channel Identify #. An example of a digital assistant's display U8a that is scanned by a user with a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel is depicted in Figure 18. For example, the user can use a digital assistant's scanner to scan a barcode label associated with the channel. Alternatively, the user may manually enter the channel identifier into the digital assistant 118.

該通道識別符係接著在方塊58〇4之處被傳送至第一央伺服态109用於驗證。該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係接著試來在該資料庫中查詢該通道識別符。若該通道識別符未在该貢料庫中存在為一個有效的通道識別符（例如，未; 適當地格式化、未在第一中央伺服器1〇9中被組態設定等等）時，則該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊58〇6之處/ 得數位助理118顯示一個無效的通道通知。例如，該數, 助理Π8可以顯示一個訊息為該通道並未在該第一中央伺服器109中被組態設定，並且其係包含按鈕以容許使用者重新掃描該通道識別符或是取消該動作。若使用者選擇取消該動作，則第一中央伺服器109較佳地是在方塊58〇8 之處、纟^由δ亥取消的URL傳送一^固取消碼至第二中央伺服器 1 0 8 a 〇一旦獲得一個有效的通道識別符之後，第一中央伺服器109係使用該通道識別符來在該資料庫中查詢一個病患 176 200426656 為別付。來自該貢料庫的病患識別符係接著在方塊58ι〇之處與4掃描出的(或是人工輸入的)病患識別符做比較。若該兩個病患識別符並不相符時，該第一中央伺服器係在方塊5812之處使得數位助理118顯示一個無效的病患通知。例如，該數位助理118可以顯示一個訊息為該掃 4田出的病患' 11 2 ϋ未與該掃描出的通道相目，並且指出實The channel identifier is then transmitted to the first central servo state 109 at block 5804 for verification. The first central server 099 then tries to query the channel identifier in the database. If the channel identifier does not exist as a valid channel identifier in the database (eg, not; properly formatted, not configured and set in the first central server 109, etc.), The first central server 109 is at block 5806 / the digital assistant 118 displays an invalid channel notification. For example, the number, the assistant UI8 may display a message that the channel is not configured in the first central server 109, and it includes a button to allow the user to rescan the channel identifier or cancel the action . If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 109 preferably sends a strong cancellation code to the second central server 108 at the URL 58008, which is canceled by the delta server. a 〇 Once a valid channel identifier is obtained, the first central server 109 uses the channel identifier to query a patient in the database 176 200426656 for no payment. The patient identifier from the tribune is then compared with the 4 scanned (or manually entered) patient identifier at box 58m0. If the two patient identifiers do not match, the first central server causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid patient notification at block 5812. For example, the digital assistant 118 may display a message for the patient '11 2 该 that is not in line with the scanned channel, and indicate the actual

際f指^給該掃描出的通道之病患U2。同樣地，該PDA 的"員不。。可以包含按鈕以容許使用者重新掃描該通道識別付或疋取消該動作。若使用者選擇取消該動作，則第一中央伺服器丨09較佳地是在方&测之處，經由該取消的 URL來傳送一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器108a。一旦一個有效的通道-病患之關係被建立之後，該第— 中央飼服！ 1G9係、使用該通道識別符以及病患識別符來在該資料庫中查詢一個藥物識別符(或是若主要的㈣124以Interval f refers to patient U2 for the scanned channel. Similarly, the "quote" of the PDA does not. . A button can be included to allow the user to rescan the channel identification or cancel or cancel the action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 09 preferably sends a cancellation code to the second central server 108a via the canceled URL at the test site. Once an effective channel-patient relationship is established, the first-central feeding! 1G9 series, use the channel identifier and patient identifier to look up a drug identifier in the database (or if the main

及小軟袋藥物124兩者都與此通道相關時，則為兩個藥識別符）。來自該資料庫的藥物識別符係接著在方塊Μ 之處與該掃描出的（或是人工輸入的）藥物識別符相比較若來自該資料庫的藥物識別符中之一個藥物識別符並不」符該掃描出的（或是人工輸入的）藥物識別符時，則第一央飼服器109係在方塊5816之處使得數位助王里ιΐ8顯；一個無效的藥物通知。例如，該數位助理1 1 8可以顯示個訊息為該掃描出的藥⑯124並未與該掃描出的通道二，並且指出實際被指定給該掃描出的通道之藥物124(若^ 適用的話，為主要以及小軟袋兩者)。再者，PM之二 177 200426656 =#包：按紐以容許使用者重新婦描該通道識別符或是取4该動作。若使用者選擇取消該動哭10Q ^ ^ W弟—中央伺服 ^ 09較佳地是在方塊测之處，經由該取消的磁來傳运一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器1〇〜。若—個有效的通道-病患-藥物之關係被建立 —中央伺服器1〇9係在58丨8之處、道掃圹P外4 万鬼礼出一個有效的通 …生，並且傳回控制權給目前的動作(例如，給藥 1τ止、中斷、恢復繼續、通道改And both the small soft bag drug 124 are associated with this channel, it is two drug identifiers). The drug identifier from the database is then compared with the scanned (or manually entered) drug identifier at block M if one of the drug identifiers from the database does not " When the scanned (or manually entered) drug identifier is followed, the first central feeding device 109 is displayed at block 5816 so that the digital assistant can display 8; an invalid drug notification. For example, the digital assistant 1 1 8 may display a message that the scanned medicine pill 124 is not the same as the scanned channel two, and indicate that the medicine 124 actually assigned to the scanned channel (if ^ is applicable, it is Both main and small soft bags). Furthermore, PM No. 2 177 200426656 = # package: button to allow the user to re-draw the channel identifier or take 4 the action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, 10Q ^ ^ W-central servo ^ 09 is preferably at the place where the block is measured, and a cancellation code is transmitted to the second central server 10 ~ via the canceled magnet. If—a valid channel-patient-drug relationship is established—the central server 1009 is located at 58 丨 8, and a valid pass is generated by 40,000 ghosts outside the road scan P and returned. Control over the current action (e.g. 1τ administration, interruption, resume resume, channel change

不發出額外沾弓5 -去夕栗、專等）’而 ^出頭外的顯不畫面給數位助理1丨8。通道掃描過程（新的通道）第59圖係說明在以上參考程57以从, 口所用之通道掃描過提、，例子。一般而言，該通道掃描過程5734係不使用者來掃描一個與一泵別篇，* R w β 、祁關之機為可讀取的識、亚且判蚜該掃描出的通道是否為γ m 指定給目前的病患⑴，，未用!的(例如，被Do n’t send extra dip bows 5-go to Yuuri, special, etc.) ’and ^ show the screen outside the head to the digital assistant 1 丨 8. Channel Scanning Process (New Channel) Figure 59 illustrates an example of the channel scanning used in the reference process 57 above. Generally speaking, the channel scanning process 5734 does not allow the user to scan a separate article from a pump. * R w β, Qi Guanzhi is a readable identifier, and whether the scanned channel is a gamma. m is assigned to the current patient, unused! (for example, by

道不是可利用的，則目前的=Γ 消。乍（例如’通道改變）係被取更明確地說，該舉例的 —中央伺服器⑽在方塊二道^過程5734係開始於第示-個晝面為提示使 p處使得數位助理⑴顯可讀取的識別符。二:用:描—個與該通道相關之機器器可讀取的識別符之數位助理::二個與該通道相關之機被描㈣38圖中。例：二⑽的-個例子係的掃描器來掃描-個與該通:::::使聽逼相關的條碼標籤。或者是， 178 200426656 使用者可以人工地輸入通道識別符至數位助理1 1 8中。 · °亥通道識別符係接著在方塊5904之處被傳送至第一中央伺服态1 09用於驗證。該第一中央伺服器1 09係接著嘗試在該資料庫中查詢該通道識別符。若該通道識別符並耒在該貧料庫中存在為一個有效的通道識別符時（例如，未被 L菖也秸式化、未在第一中央伺服器1 〇 9中被組態設定、等等）日守，則该第一中央伺服器1 〇9係在方塊5 900之處使付數位助理U 8顯示一個無效的通道通知。例如，該數位助理11 8可以顯示一個訊息為該通道並未在該第—中央# 藝服叩109中被組怨設定，並且其係包含按紐以容許使用者重新掃描該通道識別符或是取消該動作。若使用者選擇取消該動作，則該第-中央飼服器1G9較佳地是在方塊59〇8 之處，經由該取消的URL傳送一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器 108a 〇一旦獲得一個有效的通道識別符之後，第一中央伺服器109係使用該通道識別符來在該資料庫中查詢一個病患識別符。該第-中央伺服器1()9係接著在方塊591〇之纟比較來自該資料庫的病患識別符與該掃描出的（或是人工輸入的）病患識別符。若-個有效的病患識別符係存在於該資料庫中，但是該兩個病患識別符並不相符(亦即，該通道係被指定給-位不同的病患' 112)時’該第一中央伺服器1〇9 係在方塊5912之處檢查該資料庫以查看該通道是否正在運行（在主要的以及/或是小軟袋模式中）。若該通道是在運行中，則第一中央伺服器ι〇9係在方 179 200426656 鬼5914之處使仵數位助理118顯示一個“無法覆寫”的錯誤訊息’其係指出-位不同的病患112係與該掃描出的通道 =關’並且該通道目前正在運行。該錯誤訊息也可以包含貢料為指出與該掃描出的通道相關之病患ιΐ2(例如，病串、的名稱卜主要的藥物124以及/或是小軟袋藥物124。較：地，使用者係被給予選擇權以取消或是重新掃描。若使用者選擇取消該動作，則卜中央伺m9係在方塊测之處，經由該取㈣URL傳送—個取消碼至第二中央饲服器l〇8a。若使用者選擇重新掃描，則第係在方塊-之處使得數位…18顯示該畫面：提示9 使用讀描-個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。右口亥通道未正在運行時，則第一中央祠服器⑽係在方塊5916之處使得數位助理118顯示—個“繼續覆寫，，的警告訊息為指出-位不同的病| 112得'與該掃描出的通道相關但疋6亥通道目前並未在運行。較佳地，該警告訊息係指出該繼續將會覆寫現有的資料(例如，消除與另一位病患 1 ]一的關連)。3亥警告訊息也可以包含資料為指出與該掃描出的通道相關之病患、i 12(例如’病患的名稱）、主要的藥初1ζ4 μ汉/取疋小軟袋藥物124。較佳地，使用者係被給，選擇權來取消、重新掃描或是繼續。若使用者選擇取消該動作’則第-中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊59〇8之處，經由=取消# URL傳送—個取消碼至第二中央伺服器若使用者达擇重新掃描，則第—中央伺服器^ 〇 9係在方塊5902之處使得數位助理118顯示該畫面為提示使用者 180 200426656 掃描一個與該通道相關母视_ * 杜：σσ可碩取的識別符。若使用者選擇繼續，則篥—由Α & π 、、5服為1 〇9係在方塊5918之處使付數位助理 1 1 8 ”、、、y、個訊息為指出使用該所選的通道是可以的。當使用者按、、k、、、，、日守，則第一中央伺服器109 係傳回控制權給目前的 ]動作（例如，給藥、通道改變、等等 )而不毛出頭外的顯不晝面給該數位助理⑴。If the track is not available, the current = Γ cancels. At first (for example, 'channel change') was taken more specifically, the example-the central server ⑽ in the second block of the ^ process 5734 starts at the first-a diurnal surface to prompt the p to make the digital assistant The identifier read. 2: Use: Draw a digital assistant that can be read by a machine-related identifier of the channel :: Two machines related to the channel are depicted in Figure 38. Example: An example of the scanner of Eryi is used to scan a barcode label related to the communication :::::. Alternatively, the user can manually enter the channel identifier into the digital assistant 1 1 8. The channel identifier is then transmitted to the first central servo state 1009 at block 5904 for verification. The first central server 109 then attempts to query the channel identifier in the database. If the channel identifier does not exist as a valid channel identifier in the lean library (for example, it is not formatted by L, it is not configured and set in the first central server 10, Etc.) Day guard, then the first central server 10 09 causes the digital assistant U 8 to display an invalid channel notification at block 5 900. For example, the digital assistant 11 can display a message that the channel is not set by the group in the # -central # 艺服叩 109, and it includes a button to allow the user to rescan the channel identifier or Cancel the action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first-central feeder 1G9 is preferably at block 5908, and a cancellation code is transmitted to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. Once a After a valid channel identifier, the first central server 109 uses the channel identifier to query a patient identifier in the database. The first-central server 1 () 9 then compares the patient identifier from the database with the scanned (or manually entered) patient identifier at block 5910. If a valid patient identifier exists in the database, but the two patient identifiers do not match (that is, the channel is assigned to a different patient-'112)' the The first central server 109 checks the database at block 5912 to see if the channel is running (in main and / or small pouch mode). If the channel is in operation, the first central server ι09 will cause the digital assistant 118 to display a "Cannot Overwrite" error message at the location of Fang 179 200426656 Ghost 5914 'It indicates that the disease is different Patient 112 is associated with the scanned channel = OFF 'and the channel is currently running. The error message may also include information to identify patients related to the scanned channel (e.g., the disease string, the name of the main drug 124, and / or the small soft bag of the drug 124.) Compare: The user The system is given the option to cancel or re-scan. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the central server m9 is at the block test location and sends a cancellation code to the second central feeder via the URL. 8a. If the user chooses to rescan, the system will display the screen at the place of digits ... 18: Prompt 9 Use Scanner-a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. When it is running, the first central temple server is attached to the block 5916 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a "Continue to overwrite," the warning message is pointing out-a different disease | 112 得 'and the scanned out The channel is related but the channel 6 is not currently running. Preferably, the warning message indicates that the continuation will overwrite the existing data (for example, eliminate the connection with another patient 1). 3 Hai Warning messages can also include data to indicate The patient associated with the scanned channel, i 12 (for example, 'name of the patient'), the main drug beginning 1 ζ 4 μ Han / take small soft bag medicine 124. Preferably, the user is given, select Right to cancel, re-scan or continue. If the user chooses to cancel the action, then the first-central server 1009 is located at block 5708, and sends a cancellation code to the second central via = cancel # URL If the user chooses to re-scan, the first-central server ^ 〇9 makes the digital assistant 118 display the screen at block 5902 to prompt the user 180 200426656 to scan a mother view associated with the channel _ * Du: σσ can be a distinguished identifier. If the user chooses to continue, then 篥 —by Α & π, ， 5 is 1 009, the digital assistant 1 1 8 ”,, y, a The message indicates that it is possible to use the selected channel. When the user presses ,, k ,,,,, and day guard, the first central server 109 returns control to the current] action (eg, drug administration , Channel changes, etc.) without showing off the daytime appearances to the digital Assistant ⑴.

…欠在方鬼5920之處’—個有效的病患識別符係存在於 β貝料庫中’亚且該兩個病患識別符確實相符（亦即，該通道係被指^給此病$ 112)時，則第—中央伺服器⑽係在方塊5922之處檢查該資料庫以查看該通道是否為空的⑼ 士’又有王要的或是小軟袋輸液與此通道相關）。若該通道是空的，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5918之處使得數位助理11 8顯不訊息為指出使用該所選的通道是可以的右口亥通道不疋空的，則第一中央祠服器⑽係在方塊 5924之處檢查該資料庫以查看該通道是否在運行（在主要的以及/或是小軟袋模式中）。… Owed to Fang Gui 5920 '-a valid patient identifier exists in the beta shell database and the two patient identifiers do match (ie, the channel is assigned to the disease $ 112), then the central server does not check the database at block 5922 to see if the channel is empty. There is a king's request or a small soft bag infusion related to this channel). If the channel is empty, the first central server 109 is at the block 5918 so that the digital assistant 11 8 displays a message indicating that the right channel is not empty when the selected channel is used. The first central temple server then checks the database at block 5924 to see if the channel is running (in the main and / or small soft bag mode).

若該通道是在運行，則第一中央飼服器1〇9係在方塊 5/26之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“無法覆寫，，的錯誤訊思，其係指出此病患Π 2已經與該掃描出的通道相關，並且該通道目前正在運行。該錯誤訊息也可以包含資料為指出該病患1 12(例如，病患的名稱）、主要的藥物124以及/ 或是小軟袋藥物124。較佳地，使用者係被給予選擇權以取消或是重新掃描。若使用者選擇取消該動作，則第一中央祠服器109係在方塊5908之處，經由該取消的URL傳 181 200426656 送-個取消碼至第二中央祠服器108a。若使用者選擇重新掃描’則第-巾央伺m9係在方塊_之處使得數位助理118顯示該晝面為提示使用者掃描一個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。右戎通道未在運行時，則第一中央伺服器丨09係在方塊5928之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“繼續，，訊息為指出此病心1 12係與,亥掃描出的通道相關，但是該通道目前並未在運行。該訊息也可以包含資料為指出該病I ιΐ2(例如If the channel is in operation, the first central feeding device 109 is located at block 5/26 so that the digital assistant 118 displays an error message of "Unable to overwrite," which indicates that the patient Π 2 Already associated with the scanned channel, and the channel is currently running. The error message may also contain information indicating the patient 1 12 (eg, the patient's name), the main medication 124, and / or a small soft bag Medicine 124. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel or rescan. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central temple server 109 is located at block 5908 and transmitted via the cancelled URL 181 200426656 sends a cancellation code to the second central temple server 108a. If the user chooses to rescan 'then-the central server m9 is in the box _, so that the digital assistant 118 displays the day surface to prompt the user to scan a The machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. When the Rongrong channel is not running, the first central server 丨 09 at block 5928 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a "Continue," the message indicates the disease. Heart 1 12 series with The channel scanned by Hai is related, but the channel is not currently running. The message may also contain information indicating the disease I ιΐ2 (e.g.

，病患的名稱）、主要的藥物124以及/或是小軟袋藥物m 。較佳地，使用者係被給予選擇權來取消、重新掃描或是繼績。若使用者選擇取消該動作，則第一中央饲服器⑽ 係^方塊5908之處，經由該取消的皿傳送一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器l08a。若使用者選擇重新掃描，則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊59〇2之處使得數位助理ιΐ8顯不孩晝面為提示使用者掃描一個與該通道相關之機器可讀, The name of the patient), the main drug 124 and / or the small soft bag of drug m. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel, rescan or continue. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central feeding device is at the place 5908, and a cancellation code is transmitted to the second central server 108a via the canceled dish. If the user chooses to re-scan, the first central server 109 is displayed at block 5902 to display the digital assistant ΐ 提示 8 in order to prompt the user to scan a machine readable related to the channel

取的識別#。若使用者選擇繼續，則第-中央伺服器1〇9 係在方塊5918之處使得數位助理118顯示一個訊息為指出使用該所選的通道是可以的。當使用者再次按下“繼續，，時，該第一中央伺服器1〇9係傳回控制權給目前的動作如，通逼改變），而不發出額外的顯示晝面給該數位助理 118。停止/中斷輸液過程第6〇圖係說明停止/中斷輸液過程6000的一個例子該停止/中斷輸液過程6000可以被利用來暫時停止（亦即 182 200426656 暫=)-個輸液過程或是完全地中斷（亦即，結束）一個輸液過程。一般而言，該停止/中斷輸液過程6000係從一個例如是數位助王里118的電子裝置接收輸入，言亥電子裝置係包含有關將被執行的停止或是中斷之資訊、指明將受到影響的病患1 12之資訊（例如，病患m)以及指明將被停止或是中斷的用於δ玄病患i i 2的藥物【24之資訊（例如，叫。二ϋ転6000係接著傳送此資訊至第_中央祠服器1 ，該第:中央伺服器109係確認通道識別資訊是否符合該停止/ 中斷指令資訊，並且綠認正確的輸液是否被停止或是中斷〇更明確地說，該舉例的停止/中斷輸液過程咖係開始於該第二—中央伺服器108a在方塊6002之處使得數位助理1 1_8。顯不一個病患表列。展示—個病患表列的數位助理、丁 m 1 1 8a的一個例子係被描繪在第24圖中。該病患表列較佳地是限於與在該時間登錄到該數位⑽ns的^ 2⑼如’醫護人M i 16)相關的病患。—旦該使用者選次Γ位病患112之後’指明該選擇以及/或是該病患m的竭糸從該數位助理118被傳回到第二中央飼服器⑽a。 =於該數位助理"…第二中央伺服器施之間的通訊 :乂經由例如是上述的無線/有線的網⑬1〇2之任何適當的卢2Γ道5亥弟一中央飼服器1〇8a係接著在方塊6_之 :=數位助理118顯示-個動作表列。顯示-個動作 25二數位助理之顯示器' _的-個例子係被描纷在第。该動作表列較佳地是限於與該所選的病患ιΐ2相 183 關之動作。例如，一 ,A 右頁與此病患112相關的輸液仃白、狀態中時，則將只有“停止月1j 液，，動作是可利用的。動作以及中斷輪入，虽使用者從該動作表列選擇“停止輸液” α 輸液”動作時，# 或疋中斷 “明所選的動作之資訊係被傳送至第… 伺服器108a。作Α π^ ^、芏弟_中央作為回應地，該第二方塊6006之處使楫Ί服口口 l〇8a係在之蜒使侍數位助理118顯示一個書於該病患1 12之所右！ —士一面為列出用 . 有運仃中的輪液，並且提示該使用去浐描一個與將被停止戋是 ^ λΛ ^ 忒中畊的樂物丨24相關之機哭可技 Μ別符。提示該使用者掃描_個與該藥物124相^ …取的識別符的數位助理之顯示器描t’「峨m袋之上的藥物的標籤叫個和液袋之上的條碼）。或者是’該使用者可以人工地輛入該藥物識別符到數位助理ιΐ8中。該藥物識別符係接莫/ 士 ^ , Λ 你接者在方塊6008之處被傳送至該第二中央飼服器刚3用於驗證。該第二中央飼服器⑽3係營 _資料庫中查詢該藥物識別符。若該藥物識別符(例二，袋m)並未在該資料庫中存在為—個有效的藥物識別符時，則該第二中央飼服器職係在方塊_之處使得該二位助理118異員示一個無效的物品通知。一旦該使用者應 ^ 疋该通知暫停）時，數位助理118 係、在方塊6006之處再次顯示該畫面以提示使用者來掃描 -個與將破停止或是中斷的藥物124相關之機器可讀取的 184 200426656 識別符。Take the identification #. If the user chooses to continue, the -th central server 109 at block 5918 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a message indicating that it is possible to use the selected channel. When the user presses "Continue," again, the first central server 109 returns control to the current action (such as through-force change) without sending an additional display day to the digital assistant 118. The stop / interruption of the infusion process Figure 60 illustrates an example of the stop / interruption of the infusion process 6000. The stop / interruption of the infusion process 6000 can be used to temporarily stop (ie 182 200426656 temporarily =)-an infusion process or completely Interrupting (ie, ending) an infusion process. Generally speaking, the stop / interruption infusion process 6000 receives input from an electronic device, such as Digital Helper 118, which includes information about the stop to be performed. Or discontinued information, information indicating patients 1 to 12 that will be affected (for example, patient m), and drugs that are to be discontinued or discontinued for patients with delta myocardial disease II 2 [24 information (for example, Called. The Erjian 6000 Department then sent this information to the _Central Temple Server 1, which: the 109 Central Server confirms whether the channel identification information matches the stop / interrupt command information and the green recognition is correct Whether the infusion was stopped or interrupted. More specifically, the example of the stop / interruption of the infusion process begins with the second-the central server 108a makes the digital assistant 1 1-8 at block 6002. A patient list is displayed. An example of the digital assistant Ding M 1 1 8a shown in a patient list is depicted in Figure 24. The patient list is preferably limited to those registered with the digital ⑽ns at that time. ^ 2 For example, 'Medical Caregiver M i 16) related patients.-Once the user selects Γ patient 112' indicates that the selection and / or exhaustion of the patient m is passed from the digital assistant 118 Return to the second central feeding device ⑽a. = Communication between the digital assistant " ... the second central server device: 乂 via any suitable radio channel such as the wireless / wired network 上述 102 described above. 5 Haidi a central feeding device 108a is then displayed in block 6_: = Digital Assistant 118-an action list. Display-an action 25 2 Digital Assistant's display-an example is described The first. The action list is preferably limited to actions related to the selected patient 183. For example, when the infusion solution associated with this patient 112 on the right and right side of the patient is white and in the state, there will be only "stop month 1j fluid", and the action is available. The action and interruption turn. Although the user selects the "stop infusion" α infusion "action from the action list, the # or 疋 interruption" information about the selected action is transmitted to the ... server 108a. As A π ^ ^, my brother _ the center as a response place, the second square 6006 makes the Fu service mouth 108a tied to it, so that the assistant digital assistant 118 displays a book at the patient 1 12 right! —The person's side is for the purpose of listing. There is a roulette in operation, and it is suggested to use it to describe a machine that will be stopped. ^ ΛΛ ^ 忒耕物物 24 24 is related to the machine. . Prompt the user to scan a digital assistant ’s display with an identifier corresponding to the drug 124 ^… t ’“ The label of the drug on the bag is called a bar code on the liquid bag) or “ The user can manually load the drug identifier into the digital assistant ιΐ8. The drug identifier is connected to Mo / Shi ^, Λ your receiver is transmitted to the second central feeder at block 6008. It is used for verification. The second central feeding device ⑽3 series _ database queries the drug identifier. If the drug identifier (example 2, bag m) does not exist in the database as a valid drug When the identifier is displayed, the second central feeder grade is at the square box so that the two assistants 118 show an invalid item notification. Once the user should ^ 疋 the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 The screen is displayed again at block 6006 to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable 184 200426656 identifier associated with the drug 124 that is to be stopped or discontinued.

”若在方塊6008之處’該藥物識別符(例如，袋奉 :在該資料庫中存在為—個有效的藥物識別符時，則第二中央飼服器馳係在方塊⑷2之處使得數位助理"8顯 Γ個晝面為提示使用者掃描-個與該病患 ' U2相關之機為可頃取的識別符。提示使用者掃描—個與該病患相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之顯示器心的一個例子係被描繪在第36圖中。使用者可以使用數位助理ιι8 :射嶋掃描在一個病患腕帶"&上的條碼標鐵”戈疋，使用者可以人工地輸入該病患識別符至數位助理 ⑴中。該病患識別符係接著在方塊㈣之處被傳送至該弟二中央伺服器-108a用於驗證。該第二中央伺服器⑽& 係接著嘗試在該資料庫中查詢該病患識別符。若該病患識別符（例如，腕帶ID)並未在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時，則第二中央伺服器1〇8a係在方塊咖6之處使得數位助王里118顯示一個無效的病患通知。—旦使用者應答該無效的病患通知後（或是該通知暫停時），該數位助理118係在方塊6G12之處再次顯示該晝面為提示使用者掃描一個與該病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符。右在方塊6014之處，該病患識別符（例如，腕帶ι〇) 確貫在該貢料庫中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時，則第一中央伺服器1 〇8a也可以提示使用者來提供一個碼以指示 “停止輸液，，動作或是‘‘中斷輸液，，動作的理由。若此理由碼未被提供時，該系統較佳地是顯示—個訊息給該使用者為 185 200426656 :個理由碼必須被提供。此外，該第二中央伺服器108a可以時間截記（tlmestamp)該指♦以及/或是提示該使用者來提供何時該動作將會發生之時間。再者，該第二中央飼服器 :〇8a較佳地係檢查該輸液指令的狀態，以判斷該輸液指令是否為有效的或是中斷的。若該輸液指令是有效的，則第二中央伺服器i〇8a係在方塊6018之處，根據來自方塊6〇〇4的使用者選擇以判斷使用者是否正在嘗試發出“停止輸液，，動作或是“中斷輪液，，動作。右使用者正在嘗試發出“停止輸液，，動作時，則第二，中央伺服器l〇8a係在方塊6020之處設定在“停止輸液 ’’xml文件巾的“DCFlag”為“FALSE，，。若使用者嘗試發出“ 中斷輸液”動作時，則第二中央伺服器1Q8a係在方塊⑽^ 之處設定在該“停止輸液”XML文件中的“dcfi叫，，為丁RUE 。當然，任何眾所週知的指出一個變數的狀態之方法都可以被使用。包含病患識別符（例如，腕帶ID)、藥物識別符（例如，袋、完成的URL、取消的URL以及DCFlag(指出停止或是中斷）的“停止輸液” XML文件係接著被傳送至第一中央伺服器109。該完成的URL是若該輸液成功地被停止或是中斷時所用的一個網路位址。該取消的UR]l是若該‘‘停止輸液”動作或是“中斷輸液，，動作失敗或是被取消時所用的一個網路位址。一旦第一中央伺服器1 〇9接收到“停止輸液，，XML·文件之後，該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊6〇24之處判斷該“ 186 200426656 停止輸液，，XML文件B丕焱古4认又件疋否為有效的。例如，該第一中央服器1 09可以檢查是否任何通當右疋舍任何通吊在停止輸液，，XML文件中預期會有的資料是所接收到的“停止輪液”職文件中缺少 ?。若第一中央伺服器109判斷該“停止輸液”XML文件不 Γ有效的，則第—中央伺服器、1〇9係在方塊6026之處使二數位助理U8顯卜個錯誤訊息為指出讓使用者知道該“ 丁止輸液，動作或是“中斷輸液，，動作 ^ ^ …、忒破執仃。此顯示晝。以包含一個理由為例如明 3 ^ »VA/rT ^ , U貝枓疋该“停止輸液 ^^所缺少的。在使用者按下—個“〇K”按紐以應答之後’該第一中央祠服器109係在方塊6028 之處，經由該取消的UR]L傳回一個器108a。夭敗碼至弟二中央祠服若第一中央伺服器-109判斷該“停止輸液” XML文件是的，則該第一中央伺服器'109係起始-個通道掃描過 =般而言，該通道掃描過程5730係提示使用者 “描-個與目前執行將被停止或是中斷之輪液的泵通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符’並且判斷該掃描出的通道是否與该病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關(即％以上參考第 ΓΛ!羊細所述者）。若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及樂物識別符不相關時，則該“停止輸液，，動作或是“中斷輸 =力作係被取消。在此種事件中，該第—中央伺服器1〇9 二方=_，。處，經由該取消的url傳回—個取消碼至弟一中央伺服Is 108a。若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相 187 200426656 關時(亦即’該通道是有效的）’則第-中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6032之處使得數位助理118顯示一個訊息為指出該病患112以及被停止的輸液，其包含將被停止的藥物二之細節以及該藥物124所在的通道。較佳地，pDA的貝示旦面亦匕έ個繼續’’按紐以及一個“取消，，按|丑。以此種方式’使用者可以人工地停止所指出的輸液，並且接者按下該“繼續”按鈕以通知第一中央伺服器1〇9來檢查正確的輸液實際上是否被停止或是中斷。或者是，使用^可以按下該“取消，，按鈕，在此時的第一中央飼服器1〇9係在方塊6028之處，經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器108a。若使用者知:下δ亥繼續”按知，則第一中央伺服器上〇 9 係在方塊6034之處，藉由讀取由泵12〇傳送至該第一中央伺服器109的狀態資訊來判斷該輸液是否被停止。若該泵1 20不能夠與第一中央伺服器丨〇9通訊時，則該第一中央伺服器109係針對該通道產生一個失去通訊事件。若失去與一個通道的通訊時，在該通道上之輸液的狀態無法被改為“停止的，，或是“中斷的，，，直到與該通道的通訊恢復為止。若通訊是適當地作用的，但是該輸液未被停止時，則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6036之處使得數位助理118 顯不一個警告訊息為指出該輸液未被停止，並且指出該病患11 2以及將被停止的輸液。較佳地，該顯示器亦包含一個“OK”按翻以及一個“取消，，按鈕。若使用者按下該“〇κ，，按紐貝丨弟中央祠服斋1 〇9係在方塊6034之處再次檢查 188 200426656 以查看正確的輸液實際上是否被停止或是中斷。若使用者按下該“取消，，按紐，則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6028 ，處，經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服為 1 0 8 a 〇若在方塊6 〇 3 4之處，該輸液被停止時，則第一中央伺月^器109係在方塊6〇38之處檢查此係為“停止輪液，，動作或疋‘中斷輸液”動作。例如，第一中央伺服器109可以檢查一個藉由方塊6020或是方塊6022所設定的例如是DcFlag ’、才不的狀恶。若此為“停止輸液”動作（亦即，暫停輪液），則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6〇44之處，經由該完成的URL傳回一個成功碼以及DCFlag = FALSE至第二中央伺服器108a。若此係為“中斷輸液，，動作時（亦即，結束輸液），則第一中央伺服器1 09較佳地係在方塊6〇4()之處嘗試對於主要的輸液或是小軟袋輸液（但較佳地非為兩者）移去在病患識別符、藥物識別符，以及通道識別符之間的資料庫關= 。若該使用者希望停止或是中斷在一個通道上運行之主要的輸液以及小軟袋輸液兩者時，使用者可以執行該“停止輸液動作或是“中斷輸液”動作兩次，對於每個輸液各執行一次。若第一中央祠服器109在方塊6〇42之處移除該資料庫關連是不成功的，則該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊 6028之處，經由該取消的URL傳回一個失敗碼至第二中央伺服器108a。若第一中央伺服器1〇9在方塊6〇42之處移除該資料庫關連是成功的，則該第一中央伺服器1 係 189 200426656 在方塊6044之處，經由該完成的URL傳回一個成功碼以及DCFlag = TRUE至第二中央伺服器1〇8a。若只有“中斷輸液”動作是成功的，則第一中央伺服器 1〇9係對於所選的輸液移除在病患識別符、藥物識別符以及通道識別符之間的關連。否則，該關連係被維持。例如 ’若“停止輸液”動作是成功的 ’則在病患識別符、藥物識別連係被維持。類似地，該第二，一中央伺服器109接收到一個態為“被停止的，，或是“被中斷的取消碼或是失敗碼）都使得第二液在其先别的狀態中。較佳地時點，使用者都有選擇權以取斷過程可以被利用來記錄該輸重新開始。或是“中斷輸液，，動作失敗時符以及通道識別符之間的關中央伺服器108a只有在從第成功碼時’才更新輸液之狀任何其它的結果（例如，中央伺服器108a保持該輸，在該過程6000中之任何消該過程6000。該停止/中夜是為了 MAR之目的而被"If the drug identifier is at block 6008 (for example, if the bag identifier: a valid drug identifier exists in the database, then the second central feeder is located at block 2 to make a digit The assistant " 8 displays a daytime surface to prompt the user to scan-an identifier related to the patient's U2 is a desirable identifier. The user is prompted to scan-a machine-readable device related to the patient An example of the display core of the digital assistant of the identifier is depicted in Figure 36. The user can use the digital assistant 8: to scan the barcode on a patient's wristband " & The user can manually enter the patient identifier into the digital assistant card. The patient identifier is then transmitted to the second central server-108a for verification at the box ㈣. The second central server ⑽ & then attempts to query the patient identifier in the database. If the patient identifier (eg, wristband ID) does not exist as a valid patient identifier in the database, the first Two central servers 108a are connected to 6 Make the digital assistant Wang 118 display an invalid patient notification.-Once the user responds to the invalid patient notification (or when the notification is paused), the digital assistant 118 displays the day and night again at block 6G12. To prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112. Right at block 6014, the patient identifier (eg, a wristband) is indeed present in the arsenal When it is a valid patient identifier, the first central server 108a may also prompt the user to provide a code to indicate "stop infusion, action, or" interruption of infusion, reason for action. If this When no reason code is provided, the system preferably displays a message to the user as 185 200426656: a reason code must be provided. In addition, the second central server 108a can tlmestamp the finger ♦ and / or prompt the user to provide the time when the action will take place. Furthermore, the second central feeding device: 08a is preferably to check the status of the infusion instruction to determine whether the infusion instruction Valid or interrupted. If the infusion command is valid, the second central server i0a is at block 6018, and it is determined whether the user is trying to issue according to the user's selection from box 6004. "Stop infusion, action or" interruption of fluid, "action. Right user is trying to issue" Stop infusion, when in action, then second, the central server 108a is set to "stop at block 6020" The "DCFlag" of the "infusion" xml file towel is "FALSE". If the user attempts to issue an "infusion interruption" action, the second central server 1Q8a is set in the "stop infusion" XML at the box ⑽ ^ "Dcfi" in the file is called Ding RUE. Of course, any well-known method of indicating the state of a variable can be used. A "stop infusion" XML file containing a patient identifier (eg, wristband ID), a drug identifier (eg, bag, completed URL, canceled URL, and DCFlag (indicating stop or interruption) is then transmitted to the A central server 109. The completed URL is a network address used if the infusion was successfully stopped or interrupted. The cancelled UR] is if the "stop infusion" action or "interrupt the infusion" , A network address used when the action failed or was canceled. Once the first central server 109 receives the "stop infusion, XML · file, the first central server 丨〇9 is in the box It is judged at 6024 that the "186 200426656 stopped infusion, and the XML file B is recognized as valid. For example, the first central server 1 09 can check whether any When the infusion is stopped, the expected data in the XML file is missing from the received "stop fluid" job file. If the first central server 109 determines that the "stop infusion" XML file is not valid , The first-the central server The device, 109, causes the digital assistant U8 to display an error message at block 6026, pointing out to let the user know the "infusion, action or" interruption of infusion, action ^ ^ ...... " .This display day. To include a reason for example 3 ^ »VA / rT ^, U Bei 枓疋 what the" stop infusion ^ ^ is missing. After the user presses a "〇K" button to respond 'The first central temple server 109 is located at block 6028, and a device 108a is returned via the cancelled URL]. The failure code is to the second central temple server. If the first central server -109 judges the "stop "Infusion" XML file Yes, then the first central server '109 is the first channel to be scanned = In general, the channel scanning process 5730 is to prompt the user to "trace-the current execution will be stopped or The machine-readable identifier of the pump channel of the discontinued wheel fluid 'and determine whether the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier (that is, the above refers to those described in section ΓΛ! 羊细) If the scanned channel is not the same as the patient identifier and the musical object identifier When relevant, the "stopped infusion, action, or" interrupted infusion = force work system is canceled. In such an event, the first-central server 1109 two parties = _ ,. ", via the cancelled URL Returns a cancellation code to Brother One Central Servo Is 108a. If the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and drug identifier 187 200426656 (that is, 'the channel is valid)' then the first-center The server 109 is located at block 6032 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a message indicating the patient 112 and the stopped infusion, which contains details of the second drug to be stopped and the channel where the drug 124 is located. Preferably, the Besdan face of pDA also continues with a "button" and a "cancel, press | ugly. In this way, the user can manually stop the indicated infusion, and the receiver presses The "Continue" button informs the first central server 1009 to check whether the correct infusion is actually stopped or interrupted. Alternatively, the "Cancel" button can be pressed using ^ at this time. The central feeding device 109 is located at block 6028, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. If the user knows: "Continue to the next δHai" and press "Know", the 09 on the first central server is located at the block 6034, and the status information transmitted from the pump 12 to the first central server 109 is read. Determine whether the infusion is stopped. If the pump 120 cannot communicate with the first central server 09, the first central server 109 generates a loss of communication event for the channel. If the communication with the channel is lost, During communication, the status of the infusion on the channel cannot be changed to "stopped, or" interrupted, "until communication with the channel resumes. If communication is working properly, but the infusion is not When stopped, the first central server 109 is at block 6036 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a warning message indicating that the infusion has not been stopped, and that the patient 11 2 and the infusion to be stopped. Preferably The display also includes an "OK" button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the “〇κ, press Newbey ’s younger brother ’s central priest ’s service 1 009 at block 6034 and double check 188 200426656 to see if the correct infusion was actually stopped or interrupted. If the user Press the "Cancel, button, then the first central server 109 is located at block 6028. At this point, a cancellation code is returned to the second central server through the cancelled URL to 108 8 a. If it is in the block, At 403, when the infusion is stopped, the first central station 109 is checked at block 6038 to see that the system is "stop fluid, stop or stop the infusion" action. For example, the first central server 109 may check an evil character set by block 6020 or block 6022, such as DcFlag '. If this is the "stop infusion" action (that is, suspend liquid injection), the first central server 1009 is located at block 6044, and returns a success code and DCFlag = FALSE to the completed URL. The second central server 108a. If this is "interrupted infusion, and when it is in action (that is, to end the infusion), the first central server 1 09 is preferably tied to the block 604 () to try the main infusion or a small soft bag The infusion (but preferably not both) removes the database between patient identifiers, drug identifiers, and channel identifiers. If the user wishes to stop or interrupt the operation on a channel For both the main infusion and the small soft bag infusion, the user can perform the "stop infusion action" or "interruption infusion" action twice, once for each infusion. If the first central server 109 was unsuccessful in removing the database connection at block 6042, then the first central server 9 is at block 6028 and returned via the cancelled URL A failure code is sent to the second central server 108a. If the first central server 1109 removes the database connection successfully at block 6042, the first central server 1 189 200426656 returns at block 6044 via the completed URL A success code and DCFlag = TRUE to the second central server 108a. If only the "interruption of infusion" action is successful, the first central server 109 removes the association between the patient identifier, the drug identifier, and the channel identifier for the selected infusion. Otherwise, the relationship is maintained. For example, "if the" stop infusion "action is successful", the patient identifier and drug identification link is maintained. Similarly, the second, a central server 109 receives a status of "Stopped, or" Interrupted Cancel Code or Failure Code "so that the second liquid is in its previous state. Preferably, at the point of time, the user has a choice so that the interrupt process can be used to record the input and restart. Or "the interruption of the infusion, the failure between the action failure and the channel identifier between the central server 108a only updates the status of the infusion only from the first success code (for example, the central server 108a maintains the infusion Any cancellation of the process 6000 in the process 6000. The stop / midnight is being used for MAR purposes

恢復繼續輸液過程第6 1圖係說明恢復繼續輸液過程6 1 的一個例子。錢復繼_輸液過冑61⑻可以被利用來重新開始一個停。的（亦即’暫停的）輸液過程。然而，該恢復繼續輸液過程6100無法被利用來重新開始一個中斷的（亦即，結束的）輪液過程。—般而言，該恢復繼續輸液過g 61GG係從-個例如疋數位助理118的電子裝置接收輸入，t亥電子裝置 5私出個將被執行的恢復繼續過程之資訊、指明將曰勺病w 11 2之資訊（例如，病患ID)以及指明將被 190 200426656 恢復繼續用於該病患112的藥物m之資訊（例如，RxID) =過程簡係接著傳送此f訊至第—中央伺服器1〇9, 二:士中央伺服a 1G9係確認通道識別資訊是否符合該恢 —a扎7貝。κ ,亚且確認正確的輪液是否被恢復繼續。 ^ *隹也α兒。亥舉例的恢復繼續輸液過程6 1 00係開始於該第二中央飼服器108a在方塊61〇2之處使得數位助理 1 1 8顯示一個病φ矣丨一届〜表列。顯不一個病患表列的數位助理之 U8a的一個例子係被描綠在第24圖中。該病患表歹1 乂佳地是限於與在該時間登錄到該數位助理的使用例如’醫護人員116)相關的病患。—旦該使用者選擇一位病患112之後，指明該選擇以及/或是該病患112的資讯係從該數位助理118被傳回到第二中央餘器购。介於該數位助理118以及第二中央飼服器i〇8a之間的通訊可以仏由例如是上述的無線/有線的網路ι〇2之任何適當的通訊通道。該第二中央飼服器1〇8a係接著在方塊6ι〇4之處使得該數位㈣118顯示—個動作表列。顯示-個動作表列的數位助理之顯不器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第Μ 圖中。該動作表列較佳地是限於與該所選的病患、ιΐ2相關 ’若一項與此病患112相關的輸液是目前在 ^的狀態中時，則將只有“恢復繼續輪液，，動作是可利用的。當使用者從該動作表列選擇“恢復繼續輸液，，動作時， ^日月所選的動作之資訊係被傳送至第二中央伺服器麻。作為回應地’該第二中央伺服器職係在方塊嶋之處 191 200426656 使得數位助理！！ 8顯示一你收、木 #、個旦面為耗不該使用者掃描一個與將被恢復繼續的藥物124 坦—）仲钺夯可％取的識別符。徒示該使用者掃描一個盥該单 λα ^ 一 /条物124相關之機器可讀取的 =:的數位助理之顯示器仙的_個例子係被描’ 7圖中。該使用者可以使用數位助理118的掃描器來掃描 =-個藥物m袋之上的藥物的標藏ma(例如，在一個 :夜袋之上的條碼)。或者是，該使用者可以人工地輸入該藥物識別符到數位助理1 1 8中。該藥物識別符係接著在方塊㈣8之處被傳送至該第二 ^央伺服器l〇8a用於驗證。該第二中央飼服器}斷係嘗。式在.亥貝料庫中查詢該藥物識別符。若該藥物識別符（例如衣ID)亚未在，亥貝料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別符時，則該第二中央飼服器施係在方塊6U0之處使得該，位助理118顯示一個無效的物品通知。一旦該使用者應合該無效的物品通知（或是該通知暫停）時，數位助理^ U 係在方塊61〇6之處再次顯示該晝面以提示使用者來掃描 :個趣恢復繼續的藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符。若使用者掃描一個與被恢復繼續的藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符’但是該藥物124已經被中斷時，則第二中央伺服器108a較佳地係使得數位助理118顯示一個訊息給該使用者，其係指出由於該藥物124之中斷的狀態，所以該藥物1 24無法被恢復繼續。若在方塊6108之處，該藥物識別符（例如，袋1〇)確貝在该資料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別符，並且尚未 192 200426656 ，甲斷~ ’則第二中央飼服器、1 〇8a係在方塊6112之處使付，位助理U 8顯示一個畫面為提示使用者婦描一個與該病心/12才目關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示使用者掃描-亥病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之頁不益1 1 8a的一個例子係被描繪在第％圖中。使用者可、用數位助理1 1 8的掃描器來掃描在一個病患腕帶 :上Γ条碼標鐵。或者是，使用者可以人工地輸入該病患 5S別符至數位助理118中。該病患識別符係接著在方塊 :14之處被傳送至該第二中央飼服器购用於驗證。該弟-中央舰器H)8a係接著f試在該資料庫中查詢該病患識別符。若該病患識別符（例如，腕帶m)並未在該資料庫中存在為-個有效的病患識別符時’則第二中央伺服器 a係在方塊6H6之處使得數位助理m顯示—個無效的病患通知。一旦使用者應答該無效的病患通知後(或是該通知暫停時），該數位助理118係在方塊6112之處再次顯不该晝面為提示使用者掃描—個與該病患ιΐ2相關之機器可讀取的識別符。右在方塊6 1 14之處，古女、法忠J^丨々〜病心識別付（例如，腕帶ID) 確實在該資料庫中存在為—個有效的病患識別符時，則第 -中央伺服器論也可以提示使用者來提供—個碼以指示恢復繼續輸液，，動作的理由。若此理由碼未被提供時，該糸統較佳地是顯示一個訊息給該使用者為一個理由碼必須 :提供。此，該第二中央飼服器⑽可以時間戳記該指 7以及/或是提不該使用者來提供何時該動作將會發生的時 193 200426656 Z再^，該第二中央伺服器l〇8a較佳地係檢查該輸液指、#、〜]^判斷该輸液指令是否為有效的或是中斷的。、、，右13亥輮液指令是有效的，則第二中央伺服器丨08a係傳运“個—恢復繼續輸液”XML文件至第-中央伺服器109。 j U復、’麈,犏液XML文件係包含病患識別符（例如，腕 T ID)、樂物識別符（例如，袋ID)、完成的肌以及取消、亥凡成的URL是若該輸液成功地被恢復繼續時The process of resuming the continuous infusion Fig. 61 is an example illustrating the process of resuming the continuous infusion 6 1. Qian Fuji _61 infusion can be used to restart a stop. (I.e., 'paused') infusion process. However, the resume continuation infusion process 6100 cannot be used to restart an interrupted (i.e., ended) fluid cycle. In general, the recovery continues to be infused. The 61GG receives input from an electronic device, such as a digital assistant 118. The electronic device 5 sends out information about the recovery process to be performed, indicating the disease. w 11 2 information (for example, patient ID) and information (eg, RxID) indicating that 190 200426656 will continue to be used for the patient 112 (for example, RxID) = the process is simply to send this f message to the first-central Device 109, 2: The taxi central servo a 1G9 system confirms whether the channel identification information conforms to this recovery-a 7B. κ, ya, and confirm whether the correct alternation is resumed. ^ * 隹也 α 儿. The recovery of the example is continued with the infusion process 6 1 00. The second central feeding device 108a at block 6102 causes the digital assistant 1 1 8 to display a disease φ 矣〜 to the list. An example of U8a, a digital assistant that shows a patient list, is shown in green in Figure 24. The patient list (1) is preferably limited to patients related to the use of the digital assistant logged in at that time (e.g., 'medical staff 116). -Once the user selects a patient 112, the information indicating that the selection and / or the patient 112 is transmitted from the digital assistant 118 to the second central container purchase. The communication between the digital assistant 118 and the second central feeding device 108a may be through any suitable communication channel such as the wireless / wired network 2 described above. The second central feeding device 108a then causes the digital display 118 to display an action list at 6104. An example of a digital assistant display 118a that displays an action list is depicted in Figure M. The action list is preferably limited to the selected patient, ιΐ2. 'If an infusion related to this patient 112 is currently in the state, there will only be "resumption to continue fluid injection ,, Actions are available. When the user selects "Resume to continue the infusion from the action list, when the action is taken, the information of the action selected by the sun and the moon is transmitted to the second central server." In response, the second central server grade is in the box 191 200426656, making it a digital assistant! !! 8 shows one you receive, wood #, and one face for the user should not scan one with a drug that will be resumed. 124 tan —) Zhong Xun can be a good identifier. The user is shown scanning an item λα ^ a / item 124 related to the machine-readable =: digital assistant's display. An example of the fairy is depicted in FIG. 7. The user can use the scanner of the digital assistant 118 to scan the mark ma (for example, a bar code above a night bag) of the drug on the = -medicine m bag. Alternatively, the user may manually enter the drug identifier into the digital assistant 1 1 8. The drug identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 108a at block 8 for verification. The second central feeder is broken. Query the drug identifier in the .Haibei database. If the drug identifier (such as clothing ID) is not present, and there is a valid drug identifier in the Haibei magazine, then the second central feeding device is placed at the block 6U0 so that the assistant 118 Display an invalid item notification. Once the user responds to the notification of the invalid item (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant ^ U displays the day and time again at block 61106 to prompt the user to scan: a drug to resume resume 124 The associated machine-readable identifier. If the user scans a machine-readable identifier 'relevant to the resumed drug 124' but the drug 124 has been interrupted, the second central server 108a preferably causes the digital assistant 118 to display a message to The user pointed out that due to the interrupted state of the drug 124, the drug 1 24 could not be resumed. If at block 6108, the drug identifier (for example, bag 10) does exist in the database as a valid drug identifier, and has not been 192 200426656, a broken ~ 'then the second central feeder 1,08a is paid at the block 6112, and the assistant U 8 displays a screen to prompt the user to trace a machine-readable identifier related to the sick heart / 12. An example of a page 1 1 8a of a digital assistant prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112 is depicted in the first figure. The user can use a digital assistant's 1 1 8 scanner to scan a patient's wristband: Γ bar code marking iron. Alternatively, the user can manually enter the patient's 5S tag into the digital assistant 118. The patient identifier is then transmitted to the second central feeder for verification at block 14. The Brother-Central Warship 850a series then tried to query the patient identifier in the database. If the patient identifier (for example, wristband m) does not exist as a valid patient identifier in the database, then the second central server a is located at block 6H6 and the digital assistant m displays — An invalid patient notification. Once the user responds to the invalid patient notification (or when the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 displays the day and again at block 6112 to prompt the user to scan—a related to the patient 2 Machine-readable identifier. Right at the box 6 1 14, the ancient woman, Fazhong J ^ 丨々 ~ sick heart identification (for example, wristband ID) does exist in the database as a valid patient identifier, then the first -The central server theory can also prompt the user to provide a code to indicate the reason for resuming the continued infusion, action. If this reason code is not provided, the system preferably displays a message to the user as a reason code must: provide. Therefore, the second central feeding device can time-stamp the finger 7 and / or mention the user to provide when the action will occur 193 200426656 Z again ^, the second central server 108a Preferably, the infusion finger, #, ~] ^ are checked to determine whether the infusion instruction is valid or interrupted. The 13th, right, and 13th fluid instruction is valid, then the second central server 08a transmits the "a-resume infusion" XML file to the first central server 109. j 复, '麈, 犏液 XML file contains a patient identifier (for example, wrist T ID), a beast identifier (for example, a bag ID), a completed muscle, and a cancellation. The URL of Hai Fancheng is When the infusion is successfully resumed

所，用的-個網路位址。該取消的狐是若該“恢復繼續輸夜動作失敗或疋被取消時所用的一個網路位址。 55 一第中央伺服器109接收到該“恢復繼續輸液 XML文件之後，該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊。24之 0,Ησ , 該第：中央伺服器109可以檢查是否任何通常在“恢復繼續輸液XML文件中預期會有的資料是所接收到的“恢復繼續輸液’’XML文件中戶斤姑l φ % ^ ^ 仟〒所缺夕的。若第一中央伺服器109判斷該“恢復繼續輸液”XML幻牛不是有效的，則該第—中央飼Therefore, a network address is used. The canceled fox is a network address used if the "resumption of continuing to infuse the night" failed or was cancelled. The device 109 is tied in a box. 24 of 0, Ησ, the first: The central server 109 can check whether any of the information normally expected in the "Resume Continuation Infusion XML File" is received in the "Resume Continuation Infusion" XML file. Φ % ^ ^ What's missing. If the first central server 109 determines that the "resumption to continue infusion" XML magic cow is not valid, the first

錯誤訊息為#出給使用者知道該“恢復繼續輪液，，動作無被執行。此顯示晝面可以包含_個理由為例如是該“恢復續輸液，，XML文件缺少哪個資料。在使用者按下“〇κ”按以應答該錯誤訊息之後，該第—中央伺服器、⑽係在方 6128之處，經由該取消的URL傳回一個失敗碼至第二央伺服器108a。服器，係在方塊⑽之處使得數位助s u8顯示一個若第一中央飼服為1 09判斷該“恢復繼續輸液，，XML文 194 200426656 件,有效的’則該第-中央飼服胃109係起始該通道掃描過私573G。-般而言，該通道掃描過程η%係提示使用者來掃描-個與目前關於將被恢復繼續之輪液的泵通道相關之機器可讀取的識別# ’並且判斷該掃描出的通道是否與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關（即如以上參考第Μ 圖詳細所述者）。若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符不相關時，則該“恢復繼續輸液，，動作係被取消。在此種事件中，該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6128之處’經由該取消的URL傳回-個取消碼至第二中央祠服器 1 08a 〇若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符關t (亦即，4通道是有效的），則第一中央伺服器工在方塊6132之處使得數位助理118顯示一個訊息為指該病患112以及被恢復繼續的輸液。較佳地，pDA的顯示晝面亦包含一個“繼續，，按鈕以及一個“取消，，按鈕。以此種The error message is #out to the user who knows that the "resumption of resumption of fluids continued, but the action was not performed. This display can contain _ reasons for the" resumption of resumption of fluids, "which XML file is missing. After the user presses the "〇κ" button to answer the error message, the first-central server, which is at the place 6128, returns a failure code to the second central server 108a via the canceled URL. The server is located at the place of the square so that the digital assistant s u8 displays a judgment if the first central feeding is 1 09 to "restore and continue the infusion," XML document 194 200426656 pieces, valid 'then the central feeding stomach 109 started scanning 573G of the channel. Generally speaking, the channel scanning process η% prompts the user to scan-a machine-readable machine that is related to the pump channel of the liquid that will be resumed and resumed. Identify # 'and determine whether the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier (ie, as described in detail above with reference to Figure M). If the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug When the identifiers are not relevant, the "resumption of infusion is resumed, and the action system is cancelled. In such an event, the first central server 1009 is located at the block 6128 'via the canceled URL and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 1 08a. If the scanned channel and The patient identifier and the drug identifier are off (that is, channel 4 is valid), then the first central server causes the digital assistant 118 to display a message at block 6132 indicating that the patient 112 and the recovered Continue the infusion. Preferably, the pDA display also includes a "Continue," button and a "Cancel," button. In this way

方式，使用者可以人工地恢復繼續所指出的輸液，並且接者按下該“繼續”按鈕以通知第一中央伺服器1〇9來檢查正確的輸液實際上是否被恢復繼續。或者是，使用者可以按下該“取消，，按鈕，在此時的第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊 6 1 28之處，經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器1 0 8 a。若使用者按下該“繼續，，按鈕，則第一中央伺服器工㈣係在方塊6134之處，藉由讀取由泵12〇傳送至該第一中央伺服器1 09的狀態資訊來判斷該輸液是否被恢復繼續。 195 200426656In this manner, the user can resume the indicated infusion manually, and the user presses the "continue" button to notify the first central server 109 to check whether the correct infusion is actually resumed and continued. Or, the user can press the "Cancel," button. At this time, the first central server 1009 is located at the block 6 1 28, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server via the cancelled URL Server 1 0 8 a. If the user presses the "Continue," button, the first central server is located at block 6134, and is transmitted to the first central server by reading from the pump 120. 1 09 status information to determine whether the infusion was resumed. 195 200426656

若該泵1 20不能夠與第一中央伺服器丨〇9通訊時，則該第一中央伺服器109係針對該通道產生一個失去通訊事件。若失去與一個通道的通訊時，在該通道上之輸液的狀態便無法被改為“恢復繼續的”，直到與該通道的通訊恢復為止。若通訊是適當地作用的，但是該輸液未被恢復繼續時，則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6136之處使得數位助理 118顯示一個警告訊息為指出該輸液未被恢復繼續，並且指出該病患112以及將被恢復繼續的輸液。較佳地，該顯示器亦包含一個“〇κ”按鈕以及一個“取消，，按鈕。若使用者按下該“οκ”按鈕，則第一中央伺服器ι〇9係在方塊6134 =處再次檢查以查看正確的輸液實際上是否被恢復繼續。若使用者按下該“取消，，按鈕，則第一中央伺服器ι〇9係在方鬼6 1 28之處，經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器l〇8a。 —队丨，八ί又砸頌吋，則弟一 tIf the pump 120 cannot communicate with the first central server 109, the first central server 109 generates a communication loss event for the channel. If communication with a channel is lost, the status of the infusion on that channel cannot be changed to "Resume Continue" until communication with the channel is restored. If communication is functioning properly, but the infusion is not resumed, the first central server 109 at block 6136 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a warning message indicating that the infusion has not resumed and indicates that the infusion has not resumed. Patient 112 and the infusion will be resumed. Preferably, the display also includes a "〇κ" button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "οκ" button, the first central server ι〇9 checks again at block 6134 = To see if the correct infusion was actually resumed and continued. If the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first central server ι09 is located at Fang Gui 6 1 28 and returned via the cancelled URL A cancellation code is sent to the second central server 108a. —Team 丨, eight liters hit another song, then younger one t

5服η。109係在方塊6丨44之處，經由該完成的^ -個成功碼至第二中央伺服器、丨，。該第一中央伺用 109係對於所選的輸液維持病患識別符、藥物識別^ :道識別符之間的關連。該第二中央飼服器施只“ ‘央飼服器'109接收到一個成功碼時，才更輸 = 運行的，，。任何其它的結果（例如，取消碼或是多能？使得第二中央伺服器108a保持該輸液在其先㈣心。較佳地’若使用者希望恢復繼續運行在-個通ϋ 主要的輸液以及小軟袋輸液兩者，則該使用者可以彰 196 200426656 =繼續輪液，，動作兩次，對於每個輪液執行-次。該 T _程可以被利用來記錄該輸液是為了 MAR之目的而被重新開始。移去泵過程乐62圖係說明移去录過程62⑽的— : = …被利用來終止在該第-中央飼服器⑽ 4庫中之一個通道_病患_藥物之關係、，5 clothing η. 109 is at block 6 丨 44, and the completed ^-success code is passed to the second central server, 丨,. The first central server 109 maintains the relationship between the patient identifier and the drug identifier ^: the channel identifier for the selected infusion. The second central feeder only applies if the 'central feeder' 109 receives a success code and loses more = running, any other result (for example, cancellation code or how versatile? Makes the second The central server 108a keeps this infusion at its forefront. Preferably, if the user wishes to resume operation on both the main infusion and the small soft bag infusion, the user can appoint 196 200426656 = continue Rotational fluid, action twice, performed once per circulation fluid. The T_ process can be used to record that the infusion is restarted for the purpose of MAR. Removing the pump process. Process 62: —: =… is used to terminate one of the channels in the 4th central feeder _ patient_ drug relationship ,,

局的資料庫中之中斷輸液指令無_，並且不需透過上述的 =止/中斷輸液過程6_。一般而言，該移去栗過程篇個例如是數位助们18的電子裝置接收輸入，該電日叙置係包含指出一個將被執行的移去泵過程之資訊、指 :又到办4的病患1 1 2之資訊（例如，病患ID)以及指明用於該將受到影響之病患112的藥物124之資訊（例如，出）。該過程6200係接著傳送此資訊至第一中央伺服器，该弟一中央伺服器109係確認通道識別資訊是否符 D "亥私去泵指令貢訊，並且確認正確的泵丨2()是否被移去There is no _ instruction for interrupting the infusion in the database of the bureau, and it is not necessary to pass through the above = stop / interrupt the infusion process 6_. Generally speaking, the removal process is, for example, an electronic device of the digital assistant 18 receiving input, and the electric day system contains information indicating that a removal pump process is to be performed. Patient 1 12 information (eg, patient ID) and information (eg, out) indicating the medication 124 for the patient 112 that will be affected. In this process, the 6200 series then sends this information to the first central server. The central server 109 confirms whether the channel identification information conforms to the D " Hai private pump instruction command and confirms whether the correct pump 2 () is Removed

〜更明確地說，該舉例的移去泵過程6200係開始於該第二中央伺服器108a在方塊62〇2之處使得數位助理ιΐ8顯示一個病患表列以供選擇。顯示一個病患表列的數位助理之顯不裔11 8a的一個例子係被描繪在第24圖中。該病患表列較佳地是限於與在該時間登錄到該數位助理118的使用者（例如，醫瘦人員Π 6)相關的病患。一旦該使用者選擇一位病患112之後，指明該選擇以及/或是該病患112的 197 200426656 二:Γ數位助理118被傳回到第二中央飼服器―。 ;=位助理118以及第二中央飼服器屬之間籍由例如是上述的無線/有線的網路丨 4 —中央飼服器1()8a係接著在方塊6204之數位助理118顯示一個動作表列。顯示一個動作 ^圖中之顯示器U8a的—個例子係被描緣在第圖中。該動作表列較佳地是限於與該所To be more specific, the example pump removal process 6200 begins with the second central server 108a at block 62202 causing the digital assistant 8 to display a patient list for selection. An example of a digital assistant 11a showing a patient listing is depicted in Figure 24. The patient list is preferably limited to patients associated with a user (e.g., a medical staff member 6) logged into the digital assistant 118 at that time. Once the user selects a patient 112, the 197 200426656 2: Γ digital assistant 118 indicating the selection and / or the patient 112 is passed back to the second central feeder. ; = Between the assistant 118 and the second central feeding device, for example, the wireless / wired network described above 4—the central feeding device 1 () 8a is then displayed on the digital assistant 118 at block 6204 Table Column. Show an action ^ An example of the display U8a in the figure is depicted in the figure. The action list is preferably limited to

=:Γ若一項與此病患"2相關的輸液是目前弟一中央伺服器1〇9的資料庫中時，則將果動作是可利用的。 1該使用者從該動作表㈣擇“移去泵，，動作時，指明所：的動作：資訊係被傳送至第二中央飼服器跡。作為 :應地’该弟二中央伺服器108a係在方塊6206之處使得 ^助理118顯示-個晝面為提示該使用者掃描一個盥將去㈣作影響的藥…關之機器可讀取：=: Γ If an infusion related to this patient " 2 is currently in the database of the central server 1109, then the action will be available. 1 The user selects "remove the pump from the action table, and when it is in motion, specifies the action: the information is transmitted to the second central feeding track. As: should be 'the brother two central server 108a At block 6206, ^ assistant 118 is displayed-a diurnal surface prompts the user to scan a medicine that will be affected ... The machine can read it:

二二t用者掃描一個與該藥物124相關之機器 =取的識別符的心助理之顯w的-個例子係被 “W在弟34圖中。該使用者可以使用數 :器她“-個藥物1…的藥物的…二土一個輸液袋之上的條碼）。或者是，該使用者可以人工地輸入該藥物識別符到數位助理u8中。該藥物識別符係接著在方塊62〇8之處被 2飼服器-用於驗證。該第二中央伺服器二數位助理118)係檢杳、疋一疋否接收到一個適當地格式化的藥物 198 200426656 =符。較佳地’第二中央飼服請a並不需要檢查該率物識別符是否符合在該第二中央伺服器购的資料庫中^ 们目則的輸液，因為該“移去菜，，動作之目的是從該第— 中央伺服器109的資料庫中妒车六μ ^ ^ y 一 * 十車中私去在弟二中央伺服器108a的貢料庫中不具有對應的輸液之關連。An example of the user ’s scan of a heart assistant who scans a machine = identifier associated with the drug 124 is an example of "W in brother 34. The user can use the number: Each drug 1 ... the drug's ... the second bar code above an infusion bag). Alternatively, the user may manually input the drug identifier into the digital assistant u8. The drug identifier is then used by the 2 feeders at block 6208-for verification. The second central server (two digital assistants 118) checks to see if a properly formatted medication has been received. Preferably, the second central feeding service does not need to check whether the rate identifier matches the infusion in the database purchased by the second central server, because the "remove dishes, action The purpose is to envy the car six μ ^ ^ y a * from the database of the first-central server 109 to the private car of the ten-second central server 108a without the corresponding infusion connection in the tribute store of the second central server 108a.

f該藥物識別符(例如’们D)並未被適當地格式化時則弟-中央伺服器l08a係在方塊621〇之處使得數位助理118顯示一個無效的物品通知。一旦使用者應娜效的物品通知（或是該通知暫停）時’該數位助理118係在方塊6206之處再次顯示該晝面為提示使用者择描一個盘將被恢:复繼續的藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符。f When the drug identifier (e.g., 'men D') is not properly formatted, the brother-central server 108a causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid item notification at block 6210. Once the user is notified of the effect of the item (or the notification is suspended) 'the digital assistant 118 is again displaying the day surface at block 6206 to prompt the user to choose a disk to be restored: resuming medicine 124 The relevant machine-readable identifier.

右在方塊6208之處，該藥物識別符（例如，袋ID)是適當地被格式化時，則第二中央祠服器跡係在方塊咖之處使得數位助理118顯示—個晝面為提示該使用者知描-個與該病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示使用者掃描個與該病患、112相關之機器可讀取的識別符 :數位助理之顯示器U8a的_個例子係被描繪在第％圖。使用者可以使用數位助理"8的掃描器來掃描在一個網患腕帶U2a之上的條碼標籤。或者是，使用者可以人工地輪入該病患識別符至數位助理118巾。該病患識別符係接著在方塊6214之處被傳送至該第二中央飼服器勵用 :檢查是否接收到—個適當地格式化的病患識別符。較佳土 ’第二中央飼服器108a並不需要檢查該病患識別符是否 199 200426656 、、—在亥弟_中央伺服态1 〇 8 a的資料庫中之一個目前的輸 '广口為5亥移去泵’’動作之目的是從該第一中央伺服器 - 1 09的貝料庫中移去在第二中央伺服器丨〇8&的資料庫中不 ^有對應的輸液之關連。然而，該第二中央伺服器1 或疋數位助理丨丨8)可以檢查該病患識別符是否符合在方塊 6202中所選的病患1 12。右该病患識別符（例如，腕帶ID)並未被適當地格式化日守或疋该病患識別符並不相符在方塊6202中所選的病、守弟一中央伺服器1 〇 8 a係在方塊6 21 ό之處使得毫瞻數位助理i i 8顯示一個無效的病患通知。一旦使用者應答該無效的病患通知（或是該通知暫停）時，該數位助理Π8 係在方塊62丨2之處再次顯示該晝面為提示該使用者掃描個與该病患1 12相關之機器可讀取的識別符。右在方塊6214之處，該病患識別符（例如，腕帶1〇) 疋適田地被格式化並且符合在方塊62〇2中所選的病患m 犄，則第二中央伺服器1〇8a係在方塊6217之處傳送一個“ 停止警報指定路由”XML文件至第一中央伺服器1〇9。該“ * 仔止％•報指定路由”XML文件係包含病患識別符（例如，腕帶⑴）、藥物識別符（例如，袋iD)、完成的URL以及取消的URL °亥兀成的URL是若該泵12〇被成功地移除時所用的一個網路位址。該取消的URL是若該“移去泵，，動作失敗或疋被取消時所用的一個網路位址。一旦第一中央伺服器1〇9接收到該“停止警報指定路由 ”XML文件後，該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6224之處 200 200426656 判斷該“停止I初社a 1丁止吕報指定路由，，XML文，該第一中央伺服哭否為有效的。例如警報指定路由、文件中預期；常在“停止停止警報指定路由”XML文件所、。若::接收到的“ ，則第-中央飼二:: 观文件不是有效的、]服叩109係在方塊6226之理118顯示—個錯誤訊息為指出讓該使用者m寸立助刼4t a a 衣必使用者知道該“停丨卩邈Right at the block 6208, when the drug identifier (for example, the bag ID) is properly formatted, the second central temple server is tied to the box so that the digital assistant 118 displays-a day surface is a reminder The user knows a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112. Prompt The user scans a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient, 112: An example of the digital assistant's display U8a is depicted in the figure%. The user can use the digital assistant's scanner to scan the bar code label on a network patient wristband U2a. Alternatively, the user may manually rotate the patient identifier to the digital assistant 118 towels. The patient identifier is then transmitted to the second central feeder at block 6214: check if a properly formatted patient identifier is received. Better soil 'The second central feeding device 108a does not need to check whether the patient identifier is 199 200426656, one of the current losers in the database of Haidi_Central Servo State 1 08a' is The purpose of the `` 5 remove pump '' action is to remove from the shell library of the first central server-09, there is no corresponding infusion connection in the database of the second central server-08 & . However, the second central server 1 or the digital assistant 8) may check whether the patient identifier matches the patient 1 12 selected in block 6202. Right The patient identifier (eg, wristband ID) is not formatted properly or the patient identifier does not match the disease selected in block 6202, Sister-Central Server 1 08 a is at box 6 21, so that the Digital Assistant II 8 shows an invalid patient notification. Once the user responds to the invalid patient notification (or the notification is paused), the digital assistant Π8 displays the day and time again at block 62 丨 2 to prompt the user to scan a patient related to the patient 1 12 Machine-readable identifier. Right at block 6214, the patient identifier (eg, wristband 10) 疋 the field is formatted and matches the patient m 所选 selected at block 62〇2, then the second central server 1〇 8a sends a "Stop Alarm Designated Routing" XML file to the first central server 109 at block 6217. The "* 仔止% • 报 designated routing" XML file contains a patient identifier (for example, wristband ⑴), a drug identifier (for example, bag iD), a completed URL, and a cancelled URL. This is the network address used if the pump 120 was successfully removed. The canceled URL is a network address used if the "pump is removed, the action fails, or is cancelled." Once the first central server 109 receives the "Stop Alarm Designated Routing" XML file, The first central server 1009 is located at the block 6224 200 200426656. It is determined whether the "stopped the first agency a 1 Ding Zhi Lu Bao specified routing, XML text, whether the first central server is valid. For example, the alarm specified route is expected in the file; it is often found in the "Stop Stop Alarm Specified Route" XML file. If :: received ", then-Central Feeder 2 :: The viewing file is not valid,] service 109 is displayed on the principle of box 6226, 118-an error message indicates that the user is allowed to stand by 4t aa Yibi users know the "Stop 丨卩邈

==止警報指定路由，，鳳文件缺少資料。在該使按鈕以應答該錯誤訊息之後，該第-中央伺的109係在万塊6228之處，經由該取消的傳回二固失敗碼至第二中央伺服器1 〇8a。 ”若第一中央伺服器109判斷該‘‘停止警報指定路由、X、MLg文件是有效的，則該第一中央伺服器109係起始該，迢知描過程5730。一般而言，該通道掃描過程W儿係提示使用者來掃描一個與目前相關於將被移除的泵12〇之== Stop alarm specified routing, Feng file is missing information. After the enable button is used to respond to the error message, the 109th of the first central server is located at the block 6228, and the second failure code is returned to the second central server 108a via the cancellation. "If the first central server 109 judges that the" stop alarm designated route, X, MLg file is valid, then the first central server 109 starts the process, and knows the description process 5730. Generally speaking, the channel The scanning process prompts the user to scan one of the 12 pumps currently associated with the pump to be removed.

泵通道相關之機器可讀取的識別#，並且判斷該掃描出的通道疋否與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關（即如以上參 4第5 8圖咩細所述者）。若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及樂物識別符不相關時，則該“移去泵，，動作係被取消。在此種事件中，該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6228 之處，經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器 1 0 8 a。若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相 201 200426656 “(亦ϋ亥通道疋有效的），則第-中央伺服器1 09係在方塊6232之處使得數位助理ιΐ8 •顯示一個訊息為指出该病患1 1 2以及愈〇. VyU L . 一一動作相關的輸液。較佳地，pda的顯示晝面亦包含一個“繼病七 ▲,按鈕U及一個“取消，，按鈕。以此種方式，使用者可Λ 也停止所指出的輸液，並且接著按下該“繼續，，按鈕以i甬知穿 ,^ y 通知弟一中央伺服器109纟檢查正確的輸液實際上是否被停止。吱、、” A者疋，使用者可以按下該“取消”按紐，在此時的第一中在^ ^ ^ 丁六利服态109係在方塊6228之處，經由該取消的URT俏η ^ π , L傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器 10 8a。口口若使用者按下該“繼續，，接 ^ 貝妆鈕，该乐一中央伺服器109 係在方塊6234之處，藉由讀取由i i2Q傳送至該第一中央伺服器109的狀態資訊來判斷該輸液輸液未被停止時，則第一中央伺右及丁犬1J服态109係在方塊6236 之處使得數位助理1 1 8顯千一細敬& , ^ 、_ '' 吕σ说心為指出該輸液未被停止。較佳地，贫盟士 d頒不為亦包含一個“繼續，，按鈕以及一個取消’’按鈕。若使用者按 q取涓按4丑，則第一中央伺服109係在方播 “ 8之處，經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器l08a。若使用者按下該“繼續，，按钮，貝牧紐，則弟一中央伺服器丨〇9 較佳地係在方塊6240之虛奢4^ ^ 、兀芡處旨武對於主要的輪液或是小軟袋輸液（但較佳地非為兩者以嘗）私去在病患識別符、藥物識別付’以及通道識別符之間的資丄曰]貝枓庫關連。若該使用者希望停止與在一個通道上運扞夕士仃之主要的輪液以及小軟袋輸液兩 202 200426656 者相關之警報指定路由肖，使用者可以執行該‘‘移去泵，，重力作兩次，對於每個輸液各執行一次。若第一中央伺服器 109在方塊6242之處移除該資料庫關連是不成功的，則該第-中央伺服H 1()9係在方塊6228之處，經由該取消的 URL傳回一個失敗碼至第二中央伺服器1〇8a。若該第一中央伺服器109在方塊6242之處移除該資料庫關連是成功的，則該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6244之處，經由該完成的URL傳回一個成功碼至第二中央伺服器1〇心。只有在“移去泵，，動作是成功時，該第一中央伺服器 _ 109才會對於所選的輸液移除在病患識別符、藥物識別符以及通道識別符之間的關連。否則，該關連係被維持。在從第一中央伺服器1 〇9接收到一個成功碼之際，該第二中央饲服器108a並不需要更新該“被移去的，，輸液之狀態。安全的通訊過程如上所述’該系統可以包含在一個有線或是無線網路上通訊之複數個數位助理丨丨8以及複數個醫療器材（例如，輸液泵1 20)。因為某些被傳送的資料是機密的醫療資料，囊| 因此該資料較佳地是被加密的，並且在開放的環境中只被傳送至被授權的使用者及裝置。為了設定一個新的數位助理1 1 8或是醫療器材丨2〇，該確認過程的一個委任 (commissioning)階段可以被執行。每次一個被委任的裝置被開機時，較佳地是執行一個確認過程，以便於驗證是否正在和一個被授權的裝置以及/或是使用者通訊。一旦一個裝置以及/或是使用者被確認後，保密的單向以及/或是雙 203 200426656 向的通訊可以產生，以便於在數位助s、醫療器材以及/或疋伺服器之間傳遞參數、指令、資料、警報、狀態資訊以及任何其它類型的資訊。The machine can read the identification # related to the pump channel, and determine whether the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier (that is, as described above in detail in Figure 4 and Figure 5-8). If the scanned channel is not related to the patient identifier and the musical object identifier, the "remove the pump and the action is cancelled. In such an event, the first central server 109 is in the box At 6228, a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 1 0 8 a via the cancelled URL. If the scanned channel is in accordance with the patient identifier and the drug identifier 201 200426656 "(also the Haihai channel (Effective), the first central server 1 09 is located at the block 6232 so that the digital assistant 8 is displayed. • A message is displayed indicating the patient 1 12 and Yu 0. VyU L. Action-related infusion. Preferably, the daytime display of the pda also includes a "Following Disease Seven ▲," button U and a "Cancel," button. In this way, the user can also stop the indicated infusion, and then press the "continue, the button will go through i, know the central server 109, check whether the correct infusion is actually Stop. Squeeze, "A", the user can press the "Cancel" button. At this time, the 109 in Dinglili's state of service 109 is at block 6228. URT η ^ π, L returns a cancellation code to the second central server 108a. If the user presses the "continue, and then accesses the makeup button, the Leyi central server 109 is located at block 6234, and reads the status transmitted from i i2Q to the first central server 109. Information to determine that the infusion was not stopped, then the first central service right and Ding dog 1J service state 109 is at block 6236, so that the digital assistant 1 1 8 shows great respect &, ^, _ '' Lu σ said that the infusion was not stopped. Preferably, the Poor League d award also includes a "Continue," button, and a Cancel button. If the user presses q to select and press 4 to hide, the first central server 109 is located at the side of the broadcaster "8" and returns a cancellation code to the second central server 108a via the canceled URL. If the user presses "Continue, button, Bei Mu New, then a central server 丨〇9 is preferably tied to the box 6240 of the luxury 4 ^ ^, Vulture at the military for the main liquid or small soft bag infusion ( However, it is better not to use the two to privately) deprive the information between the patient identifier, the drug identifier, and the channel identifier. If the user wishes to stop the designated route of the alarm related to the main vehicle fluid and the small soft bag infusion that are transported on one channel to protect the two, 2004 2004656, the user can execute the `` remove pump, gravity Do this twice, once for each infusion. If the first central server 109 was unsuccessful in removing the database association at block 6242, then the first central server H 1 () 9 is at block 6228 and a failure is returned via the canceled URL Code to the second central server 108a. If the first central server 109 is successful in removing the database connection at block 6242, the first central server 109 is at block 6244 and returns a success code to the first URL via the completed URL. Two central servers with 10 hearts. Only when "the pump is removed and the action is successful, the first central server_109 will remove the association between the patient identifier, the drug identifier, and the channel identifier for the selected infusion. Otherwise, The relationship is maintained. Upon receiving a success code from the first central server 1009, the second central feeder 108a does not need to update the status of the "removed, infusion". Safe communication process As described above, the system may include a plurality of digital assistants communicating on a wired or wireless network and a plurality of medical equipment (for example, an infusion pump 120). Since some of the transmitted data is confidential medical information, it is preferred that the data be encrypted and only transmitted to authorized users and devices in an open environment. To set up a new digital assistant 1 18 or medical device 20, a commissioning phase of the confirmation process can be performed. Each time a commissioned device is powered on, it is preferred to perform a confirmation process to verify that it is communicating with an authorized device and / or user. Once a device and / or user has been identified, confidential unidirectional and / or dual 203 200426656 communication can be generated to facilitate the transfer of parameters between digital assistants, medical devices, and / or krypton servers, Commands, data, alerts, status information, and any other type of information.

請參考第63圖，安全的通訊過程6300的數位助理委任階段（亦即，伺服器的登記階段）係開始在方塊63〇2之處 :當第-中央词服器、109產生—個數位助理的使用者帳戶時。例如，該數位助理使用者帳戶可以用眾所週知的方式，利用微軟公司的動態目錄而被建立。該第_中央饲服器 1〇9係接者在方塊63〇4之處產生—個數位憑證給該數位助理118。該數位憑證可以用任何方式而被產生。例如，該數位憑證可以在該第一中車栩日β哭、】^ 、乐甲天仴服态丨〇9之處用眾所週知的方式’利用微軟公司的數位憑證服務而被產生。該數位憑證車父佳地係包含利用該第一中枣^ — ^ Y兴仴服态的私有岔餘來數位Please refer to Figure 63. The secure communication process of the 6300 digital assistant commissioning phase (ie, the registration phase of the server) begins at block 63002: when the -th central server, 109 generates-a digital assistant User account. For example, the digital assistant user account can be created in a well-known manner using Microsoft's Active Directory. The 109th central feeder 1009 connector generates a digital voucher for the digital assistant 118 at block 6304. The digital voucher can be generated in any way. For example, the digital voucher may be generated in the first CRRC with a day crying β, ^^, and Lejia Tianyi service status 9 in a well-known manner 'using the digital voucher service of Microsoft Corporation. The digital voucher Chevrolet includes a private digital account using the first Chinese jujube ^ — ^ Y Xingyi serving state.

簽章之數位助理的公開密鑰。換言之，該第一中央伺服器 10 9係作用為肢該數位助理的數位憑證的認證中心（c人) …旦該數位憑證被產生後，該第_中央伺服器109係在方塊6306之處將該數位憑證對映至該使用者帳戶。該數位助理的數位憑證以及數位助理的私有密錄係接著在方塊6308之處藉由該第一中央伺服器1〇9傳送至在方塊6310之處的數位助理118。較佳地’該數位助理的數 , 7私有么鑰係經由安全的連線而被傳送至數位助理118。例如’未連接至任何其它裝置的RS_ 232電境線可以被使用。此夕卜，該第—中央伺服器的數位憑證係在方塊6312之處藉由該第一中央伺服器1〇"皮傳 204 200426656 达至在方塊6314之處的數位助理118。同樣地，該第一中央伺服器的數位憑證較佳地是經由例如是未連接至任何其它裝置的RS-232電纜線之安全的連線而被傳送至該數位助理U8。在此時，該數位助理Π8係被委任（亦即，向該伺服器登記）。當然，任何與數位助理丨丨8通訊的方法都可以被使用在個例子中’數位助理的私有密鑰可以在該數位助理 11 8被製造之際，被儲存在一個與該數位助理11 8相關的口己L、體中（例如，EPROM)。此外，每個數位助理j丨8可以 ”有相同的私有岔餘，而帶有不同的識別碼以被用來在數位助理11 8之間做區別。每次一個被委任的數位助理118開機時，該數位助理 1 1 8以及第一中央伺服器丨〇9必須執行一個確認過程，以便方、彳足不女全的無線連線移到安全的無線連線。在所舉的例子中，數位助理丨丨8係在方塊63 i6以及方塊6318之處建立與第一中央伺服器1〇9不安全的802.1 1 (無線乙太網路 )連線。當然，任何類型的連線都可以被使用，例如，有線的連線或是利用其它協定的連線。現在轉而致到第64圖，在方塊64〇2之處，該數位助理1 1 8係傳送一項請求給第一中央伺服器〗〇9以建立安全的連線。該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊64〇4之處接收忒數位助理的建立安全的連線之請求。該第一中央伺服器 1 〇9係在方塊6406之處，藉由在不安全的連線上傳送一份第中央伺服裔的數位憑證至數位助理11 8來回應於該建 205 200426656 立安全的連線之請求。該數位助理118係在方塊6408之 · 處接收該第一中央祠服器的數位憑證。 - 該數位助理1 1 8係在方塊64 1 0之處使用該第一中央伺服器的數位憑證以確認該第一中央伺服器1〇9。此外，在方塊6412之處，該數位助理118係使用該第一中央伺服态的數位憑證以擷取一個與該第一中央伺服器丨〇9相關之内肷的通用資源位標（URL)。當該數位助理丨丨8知道其正在f真正的第一中央伺服斋丨〇9交談時，於是可以從該擷取到的URL請求資料及服務。瞻接著，在方塊6414之處，該第厂中央伺服器1〇9係傳达一項請求給數位助理i丨8以建立另外一半之安全的連線。該數位助理118係在方塊6416之處接收該第一中央伺服器的請求。該數位助理118係在方塊6418之處，藉由傳送一份數位助理的數位憑證至第一中央伺服器1〇9來回 4八4建立女全的連線之請求。該第一中央伺服器1 係在方塊6420之處接收該數位助理的數位憑證。該第-中央伺服器109係在方塊6422之處使用該數位馨助理的數位憑證來確認該數位助王里^ ^ 8。當第一中央飼服口口丨υ9在知迫其正在和一個被委任的數位助理1 μ交談後二於是J以和該數位㈣118通訊。此外，現在轉而談到第65圖，5亥第一中央伺服器、1 〇9係在方塊6502之處，藉由將用方“亥數位助理的使用者帳戶之會談對映至一個動態目錄來建立哪些檔案是此數位助理被授權可存取的。既……亥數位助理〗丨8係與第一中央伺服器丨在安全 206 200426656 ㈣線上通訊’並且該數位助理118係被准予來存取在該第中央伺服益109之上的某些標案，於是在方塊之處’該數位助理118可以藉由存取從該第一中央伺服器的數位憑證所操取之URL，和該第—中央伺服器、⑽建立起安全的通訊會談。該第一中央伺服器1〇9亦在方塊65〇6 之處建立起安全的通訊會談。此外，在該第一中央伺服器 109之上的-個應用程式係在方塊6细之處確認該數位助理118是否屬於適當的動態目錄。The public key of the signed digital assistant. In other words, the first central server 109 acts as an authentication center (c-person) for the digital certificate of the digital assistant ... Once the digital certificate is generated, the first central server 109 is placed at block 6306. The digital certificate is mapped to the user account. The digital certificate of the digital assistant and the private secret record of the digital assistant are then transmitted by the first central server 109 at block 6308 to the digital assistant 118 at block 6310. Preferably, the number of the digital assistant, the 7 private key is transmitted to the digital assistant 118 via a secure connection. For example, an RS_232 electrical line that is not connected to any other device can be used. In addition, the digital certificate of the first central server is reached at block 6312 by the first central server 10 " Picture 204 200426656 to the digital assistant 118 at block 6314. Likewise, the digital certificate of the first central server is preferably transmitted to the digital assistant U8 via a secure connection such as an RS-232 cable that is not connected to any other device. At this time, the digital assistant UI8 was appointed (ie, registered with the server). Of course, any method of communicating with the digital assistant 丨丨 8 can be used in the example. 'The digital assistant's private key can be stored at a time related to the digital assistant 11 8 when the digital assistant 11 8 is manufactured. In the mouth, L, body (for example, EPROM). In addition, each digital assistant j8 can have the same private balance and carry a different identification code to be used to distinguish between the digital assistants 11 and 8. Each time an appointed digital assistant 118 is turned on The digital assistant 118 and the first central server 109 must perform a confirmation process in order to move the wireless connection between the incomplete and complete wireless connection to a secure wireless connection. In the example given, the digital The assistant 丨丨 8 establishes an 802.1 1 (wireless Ethernet) connection to the first central server 109 at blocks 63 i6 and 6318. Of course, any type of connection can be used For example, a wired connection or a connection using another protocol. Now turn to Figure 64. At block 642, the digital assistant 1 1 8 sends a request to the first central server. 〖09 to establish a secure connection. The first central server 109 receives a digital assistant's request to establish a secure connection at block 6404. The first central server 109 At block 6406, by sending over an insecure connection Copy of the digital certificate of the first central server to the digital assistant 118 to respond to the request for a secure connection to the 205 200426656. The digital assistant 118 received the digital certificate of the first central temple server at block 6408 -The digital assistant 1 1 8 uses the digital certificate of the first central server at block 64 1 0 to confirm the first central server 1 09. In addition, at block 6412, the digital assistant 118 It uses the digital certificate of the first central server state to retrieve a universal resource tag (URL) related to the first central server. When the digital assistant knows that it is real When talking to the first central server Ziao 09, you can then request data and services from the retrieved URL. At block 6414, the central server 109 of the first plant transmits a request Give the digital assistant i8 to establish the other half of the secure connection. The digital assistant 118 receives the request from the first central server at block 6416. The digital assistant 118 is at block 6418 by sending A digital assistant's Request for digital voucher to connect to the first central server 1009 back and forth to establish a women's all-rounder. The first central server 1 receives the digital voucher of the digital assistant at block 6420. The first-central server The device 109 uses the digital certificate of the digital assistant at block 6422 to confirm the digital assistant Wang ^ 8. When the first central feeding service mouth υ9 knew it was working with an appointed digital assistant 1 After μ talks, J then communicates with the digital ㈣118. In addition, now turning to Figure 65, the first central server of 5H, 109 is located at block 6502. The assistant's user account talks to a dynamic directory to create which files the digital assistant is authorized to access. Both ... Hai Digital Assistant 丨 8 series and the first central server 丨 on the security 206 200426656 ㈣ online communication 'and the digital assistant 118 series is allowed to access certain bids on the first central server 109 Then, in the box, 'the digital assistant 118 can establish a secure communication session with the first central server and the server by accessing the URL manipulated from the digital certificate of the first central server. The first central server 109 also establishes a secure communication session at block 6506. In addition, an application on the first central server 109 confirms whether the digital assistant 118 belongs to the appropriate dynamic directory at the details of block 6.

L g σ亥數位助理丨丨8現在是可被確認的，但是第一中央伺服器109仍然不知道使用該數位助理118之使用者的身刀Ltc重要白勺，因4某些使用者可能有矛口其他使用者同9存取權並且某些警報以及其它的資料只有被傳送至4寸疋的使用者。於是，在該第—中央伺服器1⑽之上的個應用知式可能會在方塊65 ! 〇之處請求該數位助理川的使用者提供使用者名稱及密碼。一旦該數位助理US在方塊6512之處接收到對於使用者名稱及密碼之請求後，該數位_ 118係在方塊⑹4之處，經由在該數位助理之顯不裔118&之上的提示以從該使用者擷取使用者名稱以及從碼。該使用者名稱及密碼係接著在方塊MM之處藉由該數位助理118被傳送，並且在方請8之處被該第曰 -中央伺服器109所接收。在該第一中央伺服器ι〇9之上的應用程式於是可以在方塊6520之處確認該使用者。一旦該使用者在一個伺服器上（例如，該第一中央伺服 9)被確…後，則该些確認的憑據（credential)可被利用 207 200426656 來自動地在另—個伺服器之上(例如，第二中央伺服哭 ⑽a)確認該數位助理118。在—個例子中，只有當使用：在該第-中央伺服器109以及第二中央伺服器购上都被確認時，該使用者才會被確認。於是，該使用者名稱及穷碼較佳地是每當使用者名稱或是密碼被產生或是修改時: 其都在該第一中央伺服器109以及第二中央伺服器108a之間同步進行。在確認該使用者之後’該第一中央伺服器交佳地是傳回-個代符⑽en)，該代符將會是該使用者以及第— 中央伺服器、109之間的會談所特有的。此會談代符係隨著對於第-中央伺服器⑽所做的每個請求―起被傳送（例如 ’在HTTP標題中或是作為小型文字檔作為— 種確認該請求的來源以及因此4認回應之目的地之手段。 -旦此代符是在適當位置處’數位助自118可以從一個無線存取，點1 14㈣隙地漫遊至另—個無線存取點。現在轉而談到第66圖，該過程6之醫療器材的委任階段(亦即’伺服器的登記階段)係開始在方塊66〇2之處，當第-中央伺服器、1G9產生_個醫療器材的使用者帳戶時。例如，該醫療器材使用者帳戶可以用眾所週知的方式，利用微軟公司的動態目錄而被建立。該第一中央伺服器 1 〇9係接者在方塊6604之處產生—個數位憑證給該醫療哭材⑽。該數位憑證可以用任何方式而被產生。例如，該數位憑證可以在該第一中央伺服器' 1〇9之處用眾所週知的方式’利用微軟公司的數位憑證服務而被產生。該數位憑 208 200426656 證較佳地係包含利用該第一中央伺服器的私有密鑰來數位簽章之醫療器材的公開密鑰。換言之，該第一中央伺服器 109係作用為用於該醫療器材的數位憑證的認證中心（ca) 。-旦該數位憑證被產生後，該第一中央伺服$ ι〇9係在方塊6606之處將該數位憑證對映至該使用者帳戶。該醫療器材的數位憑證以及醫療器材的私有密餘係接著在方塊6608之處藉由該第一中央伺服器1〇9傳送至方L g σ Hai Digital Assistant 丨 8 can be confirmed now, but the first central server 109 still does not know the important Ltc of the user ’s body using the digital assistant 118, because some users may have Other users have the same access rights, and certain alarms and other information are only transmitted to 4 inch users. Therefore, the application knowledge above the first central server 1⑽ may request the user of the digital assistant Chuan to provide a user name and password at block 65! 0. Once the digital assistant US receives a request for a username and password at block 6512, the digital_118 is at box ⑹4, and the prompt above the digital assistant's 118 & The user retrieves the username and the secondary code. The username and password are then transmitted by the digital assistant 118 at block MM, and are received by the first-central server 109 at block 8. The application on the first central server ι09 can then confirm the user at block 6520. Once the user is confirmed on one server (for example, the first central server 9), the confirmed credentials can be automatically used on another server using 207 200426656 ( For example, the second central servo cries a) confirms the digital assistant 118. In one example, the user will only be confirmed if: both the first-central server 109 and the second-central server are confirmed for use. Therefore, the user name and the poor code are preferably performed whenever the user name or the password is generated or modified: they are synchronized between the first central server 109 and the second central server 108a. After confirming the user, 'the first central server returns a-a token (⑽en), the token will be unique to the user and the conversation between the first-central server, 109 . This meeting token is transmitted with every request made to the-central server (for example, 'in an HTTP header or as a small text file — a way to confirm the source of the request and therefore acknowledge it. The means of destination.-Once this symbol is in place, the digital assistant 118 can roam from one wireless access point 1 to 14 wireless access points. Now turn to Figure 66. , The process 6 of the medical equipment commissioning phase (ie, the 'server registration phase') starts at block 6602, when the-central server, 1G9 generates _ medical device user accounts. For example The medical device user account can be established in a well-known manner using Microsoft Corporation's dynamic directory. The first central server 1009 connector generates a digital voucher for the medical crying material at block 6604. A. The digital voucher can be generated in any way. For example, the digital voucher can be used at the first central server '109 in a well-known manner' using Microsoft's digital voucher service and Generated. The digital certificate 208 200426656 preferably includes the public key of the medical device digitally signed using the private key of the first central server. In other words, the first central server 109 is used for At the certificate authority (ca) of the digital certificate of the medical device.-Once the digital certificate is generated, the first central server $ 609 maps the digital certificate to the user account at block 6606. The digital certificate of the medical device and the private secret of the medical device are then transmitted to the party through the first central server 109 at block 6608.

請〇之處的醫療器材120。較佳地，該醫療器材的數位憑證以及醫療器材的私有密絲經由例如是未連接至任何 :它裝置# RS-232電纜線之安全的連線而被傳送至醫療器材 120。此外，該第一中麥伺服哭如甲兴钊服為的數位憑證係在方塊 6 6 1 2之處藉由該第一中央祠服哭 J服口口 109被傳送至方塊6614 之處的醫療器材120。同樣地，哕輦,^ 』俅也σ亥弟—中央伺服器的數位證較佳地是經由例如是未連接至任何其它I置的RS_232 電瘦線之安全的連線而被傳送至該醫療器1才12〇。在此時，該醫療器材120係被委任（亦即，Please 〇 place of medical equipment 120. Preferably, the digital certificate of the medical device and the private dense wire of the medical device are transmitted to the medical device 120 via, for example, a secure connection that is not connected to any: # RS-232 cable. In addition, the digital certificate of the first Zhongmai servo crying like Jia Xingzhao's clothing is sent to the medical treatment at block 6 6 1 2 through the first central temple clothing crying J service mouth 109 to block 6614 Equipment 120. Similarly, 哕辇, ^ ′ 俅 is also σ 亥 —the digital certificate of the central server is preferably transmitted to the medical care via a secure connection that is not connected to any other RS_232 electrical thin line.器 1 was only 12〇. At this time, the medical device 120 was appointed (ie,

, 丨向戎伺服器登記）。當然，任何與醫療器材12〇。/ 一#w, 1 A的方法都可以被使用在们例子中’醫療器材的私有宓钤 120姑告丨1 虿在鑰可以在該醫療器材之際，被儲存在一個與該醫療器材120相關的呂己憶體中（例如，EPR〇M)。此、呈右相此外，母個醫療器材120可以具有相冋的私有密鑰，而帶有 # 19π 」的减別碼以被用來在醫僚态材120之間做區別。 Ρ Ω 每次—個被委任的醫療器材12〇 120以乃笛^ ^ ^ 開钱日可，该醫療器材 ιζυ以及弟一中央伺服器1〇9必貝執仃一個確認過程，以 209 200426656 便於從不安全的無線連線移到安全的無線連線。在第67 - 圖所舉的例子中，醫療器材120係在方塊67〇2以及方塊 · 6704之處建立與第一中央伺服器1〇9不安全的8〇211(無線乙太網路）連線。當然，任何類型的連線都可以被使用，例如，有線的連線或是利用其它協定的連線。接著’在方塊6 7 0 6之處’該醫療器材1 2 〇係傳送一項請求給第一中央伺服器丨〇9以建立安全的連線。該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6708之處接收該醫療器材的建立女全的連線之請求。該第一中央伺服器1 〇9係在方塊67 1 ο β瞻之處，藉由在不安全的連線上傳送一份第一中央伺服器的數位憑證至醫療器材120來回應於該建立安全的連線之請求。該醫療器材120係在方塊67 12之處接收該第一中央伺服器的數位憑證。該醫療器材120係在方塊6714之處使用該第一中央伺服器的數位憑證以確認該第一中央伺服器1 〇9。此外，在方塊6716之處，該醫療器材12〇係使用該第一中央伺服器的數位憑證以擷取一個與該第一中央伺服器1〇9相關之 H 内嵌的通用資源位標（URL)。當醫療器材120知道其正在和真正的第一中央伺服器109交談時，於是可以從該擷取到的URL請求資料及服務。接著’在方塊671 8之處，該第一中央伺服器i 〇9係傳迗一項請求給醫療器材丨2〇以建立另外一半之安全的連線。該醫療器材120係在方塊6720之處接收該第一中央伺服裔的請求。該醫療器材120係在方塊6722之處，藉由 210 200426656 傳送一份醫療器材的數位憑證至第一中央伺服器1〇9來回 C方'。亥建立安全的連線之請求。該第一中央伺服器1 〇 9係在方塊6 7 2 4之處接收該醫療器材的數位憑證。現在轉而談到第68圖，該第一中央伺服器} 〇9係在方塊6802之處使用該醫療器材的數位憑證來確認該醫療器材120。當第一中央伺服器1〇9在知道其正在和一個被委任的西療為材1 20父談後，於是可以和該醫療器材丨2〇通訊。此外，該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊68〇4之處，藉由將用於該醫療器材的使用者帳戶之會談對映至一個動態目錄來建立哪些檔案是此醫療器材12〇被授權可存取的〇既然該醫療器材120係與第一中央伺服器1〇9在安全的連線上通訊，並且該醫療器材12〇係被准予來存取在該第中央伺服裔1〇9之上的某些檔案，於是在方塊68〇6 之處，該醫療器材1 20可以藉由存取從該第一中央伺服器的數位憑證所擷取之URL，和該第一中央伺服器1〇9建立起安全的通訊會談。該第一中央伺服器1〇9亦在方塊68〇8 之處建立起安全的通訊會談。此外，在該第一中央伺服器 1 0 9之上的一個應用程式係在方塊6 8 1 〇之處確認該醫療器材1 20是否屬於適當的動態目錄。儘管该醫療裔材12 0現在是可被確認的，但是第一中央伺服器1 09仍然不知道使用該醫療器材丨2〇之使用者的身分。在許多情形中，沒有使用者會與醫療器材12〇相關。在某些應用程式中，這可能是重要的，因為某些使用者 211 200426656 可能擁有和其他使用者不同的存取權。此外，一個醫療器材可以具有不同的‘‘角色’’。例如，一個醫療器材可以具有“ 單向的通訊，，角色或是“雙向的通訊’，角色。以此種方式，一個能夠進行雙向的通訊之醫療器材12 0可以被設置在一個預期只有單向的通訊裝置之系統中。類似地，一個能夠處理單向的通訊裝置以及雙向的通訊裝置之系統可能需要被告知其所連接的裝置類型。於是，在該第一中央伺服器109之上的一個應用程式可能會在方塊6812之處請求該醫療器材12〇的使用者提供使用者名稱及密碼。一旦該醫療器材12〇在方塊6814 之處接收到對於使用者名稱及密碼之請求後，該醫療器材 120係在方塊6816之處，經由在該醫療器材12〇或是一個關聯的數位助理之顯不器1丨8a之上的提示以從該使用者擷取使用者名％以及密碼。該使用者名稱及密碼係接著在第 69圖的方塊6902之處藉由該醫療器材12〇(或是其它裝置）而被傳送，並且在方塊69〇4之處被該第一中央伺服器109 所接收。在該第一中央伺服器、1〇9之上的應用程式於是可以在方塊6 9 0 6之處確認該使用者。 σ 一旦該使用者在一個伺服器上（例如，該第一中央伺服 ..1 09)被確⑽後，則該些相的憑據可被利用來自動地在另一個伺服器之上（例如，笼— 弟一中央伺服器108a)確認該使用者。在一個例子中，σ古a ，、有當使用者在該第一中央伺服器 1 〇 9以及第二中央伺服哭口口 1 〇8a上都被確認時，該使用者才會被確認。於是，該使用文用者名稱及密碼較佳地是每當使用 212 200426656 者士稱或是密碼被產生或是修改時’其都在該第—中央㈤服器109以及第二中央伺服器1〇8&之間同步進行。、 ’ 在確認該使用者之後’該第一中央伺服器1〇9較佳地 ’ 是㈣一個代符，該代符將會是該使用者以及第一中央伺服為109之間的會談所特有的。此會談代符係隨著對於第一中央伺服器1G9所做的每個請求—起被傳送（例如，'在 HTTP標題中或是作為小型文字槽），作為—種確認該請求的來源以及因此確認回應之目的地之手段。安全之單向的通訊於是可從該醫療器材12〇被傳送至 · 該數位助理118。例如，該醫療器材12〇可以報告設定、座生警報、等#。在所舉的例子中，該醫療器材12〇係在方塊6908之處決定要經由該第一中央伺服器1〇9而被傳达至該數位助理118的資料。此資料係接著在方塊691〇之處被傳送至該第一中央伺服器1〇9，並且在方塊6912之處藉由該第一中央伺服器109加以接收。該第一中央伺服态109於是可以在方塊6914之處判斷哪些使用者是被授權來接收此資料的、以及在方塊6 91 ό之處判斷哪些數位痛· 助理（s)l 18是目前與該些使用者相關的。例如，一個儲存在$亥弟一中央刊服為1 〇 9的資料庫中之查詢表可以被使用〇該第一中央伺服器109係接著在方塊6918之處傳送該資料至適當的數位助理Π 8，並且該些數位助理11 8係在方塊6920之處接收並且顯示該資料。此外，安全之雙向的通訊可以被達成。例如，數位助理丨〗8以及/或是第一中 213 426656 、5服益109可以傳送資料、命令、設定資訊、或是任何其它類型的資訊至醫療器材12〇。二應予以強調的是本發明之上述的實施例，尤其是任何“ 較佳的’’實施例都是可行的實施例，其僅是為了能夠清楚瞭 I月的原理而被闡述。在實質上不脫離本發明的精神與原理下，可以對士於、本^明之上述的實施例完成許多種變化及修，。所有此類的修改都欲被内含在此揭露内容及本發明的範田哥之內，郝曰且由以下的申請專利範圍加以保護。 _ 【圖式簡單說明】 (一）圖式部分心二二是一種病患照顧系統之簡化的圖形表示。該病 '〜、顧系統係包含藥局電腦、中央系統以之數位助理；你化縻位置處第圖疋代表第1圖的藥局電數位助理之電腦糸站αα 天糸、，先以及/或是 ..^ 糸、'先的方塊圖。該電腦系統係包含_ % & 統或是-部份的輪液系統；〜輪液糸第 3 圖异楚^ 1 表示；目的病患照顧系統的部份之簡化的圖形塊圖…是展示第1圖的病患照顧系統之功能组件的方的r二5::晝用:實施第1圖的病患照顧系統之各種功能第6圖是展示第 / 。其功能皱件尤…請液糸統之功能組件的方塊圖疋包含用於設定輸液系統參數、輸液指 214, 丨 Register with Rong server). Of course, anything related to medical equipment 120. / 一 #w, 1 A method can be used in our example 'private medical equipment 宓钤 120 丨 1 虿 1 虿 key can be stored on the occasion of the medical device, stored in a related to the medical device 120 Lu Jiyi body (for example, EPROM). In this case, the medical devices 120 can have a private key, and a subtractive code with # 19π is used to distinguish between the medical personnel 120. Ρ Ω each time—one commissioned medical device 12 〇 120 乃笛 ^ ^ ^ Money is available, the medical device ιζυ and the younger one central server 109 will perform a confirmation process to 209 200426656 Move from an insecure wireless connection to a secure wireless connection. In the example shown in Figure 67-, the medical device 120 establishes a connection with the first central server 109, which is 8021 (wireless Ethernet), at the blocks 67〇2 and 6704. line. Of course, any type of connection can be used, such as a wired connection or a connection using other protocols. Then 'at block 6 7 0 6', the medical device 120 sends a request to the first central server 09 to establish a secure connection. The first central server 109 receives a request to establish a women's full connection of the medical equipment at block 6708. The first central server 1 009 is located at the block 67 1 ο β, and responds to the establishment of the security by transmitting a digital certificate of the first central server to the medical device 120 over an insecure connection. Request for connection. The medical device 120 receives the digital certificate of the first central server at block 6712. The medical device 120 uses the digital certificate of the first central server at block 6714 to confirm the first central server 109. In addition, at block 6716, the medical device 120 uses the digital certificate of the first central server to retrieve a universal resource identifier (URL) embedded in the H associated with the first central server 109. ). When the medical device 120 knows that it is talking to the real first central server 109, it can request data and services from the retrieved URL. Then, at block 6718, the first central server i 09 sends a request to the medical device 20 to establish the other half of the secure connection. The medical device 120 receives a request from the first central server at block 6720. The medical device 120 is located at block 6722, and a digital certificate of the medical device is transmitted to the first central server 109 by way of 210 200426656. Request to establish a secure connection. The first central server 10 09 receives the digital certificate of the medical device at the block 6 7 2 4. Turning now to Figure 68, the first central server} 09 uses the digital credentials of the medical device at block 6802 to confirm the medical device 120. After the first central server 109 knew that it was talking to an appointed western medicine father 120, it could then communicate with the medical device 20. In addition, the first central server 109 is located at block 6804, and maps the user account for the medical device to a dynamic directory to establish which files are authorized for the medical device 12 Accessible. Since the medical device 120 is in a secure connection with the first central server 109, and the medical device 120 is granted access to the first central server 1109 Some of the files on it are then at block 6608, the medical device 120 can access the URL retrieved from the digital certificate of the first central server, and the first central server 1〇 9 Establish secure communications talks. The first central server 109 also establishes a secure communication session at block 6808. In addition, an application program on the first central server 10 09 confirms at block 6 8 10 whether the medical device 120 belongs to an appropriate dynamic directory. Although the medical origin 120 is now identifiable, the first central server 109 still does not know the identity of the user who uses the medical device №20. In many cases, no user will be associated with the medical device 120. In some applications, this may be important because some users 211 200426656 may have different access rights than others. In addition, a medical device may have different '' roles ''. For example, a medical device can have a "one-way communication," or a "two-way communication," a role. In this way, a medical device 120 capable of two-way communication can be set up in a system which is expected to have only one-way communication devices. Similarly, a system capable of handling one-way communication devices and two-way communication devices may need to be informed of the type of device it is connected to. Thus, an application on the first central server 109 may request the user of the medical device 120 to provide a username and password at block 6812. Once the medical device 120 receives a request for a username and password at block 6814, the medical device 120 is located at block 6816, via the display of the medical device 120 or an associated digital assistant. Note 1-8a to retrieve the username% and password from the user. The username and password are then transmitted by the medical device 120 (or other device) at block 6902 in FIG. 69, and by the first central server 109 at block 6904. Received. The application on the first central server, 109, can then confirm the user at box 6906. σ Once the user is confirmed on one server (for example, the first central servo .. 09), the credentials of the phases can be used to automatically be on another server (for example, Cage-Brother Central Server 108a) confirms the user. In one example, σ a is only confirmed when the user is confirmed on both the first central server 109 and the second central server 10a. Therefore, the user name and password are preferably used whenever the 212 200426656 person ’s name or password is generated or modified, which are both in the first-central server 109 and the second central server 1 〇8 & "After confirming the user, 'the first central server 1009 is better' is a token, which will be unique to the conversation between the user and the first central server for 109 of. This meeting token is transmitted with every request made to the first central server 1G9 (for example, 'in an HTTP header or as a small text slot) as a way to confirm the origin of the request and therefore Means of confirming the destination of the response. Secure one-way communication can then be transmitted from the medical device 120 to the digital assistant 118. For example, the medical device 120 may report settings, birth alerts, etc. #. In the example given, the medical device 12 is determined at block 6908 to be transmitted to the digital assistant 118 via the first central server 1009. This data is then transmitted to the first central server 1009 at block 6910 and received by the first central server 109 at block 6912. The first central servo state 109 can then determine which users are authorized to receive this data at block 6914 and which digital pains are determined at block 6 91. Assistant (s) 18 is currently associated with the Related to some users. For example, a look-up table stored in a database that is centrally published as 109 may be used. The first central server 109 then sends the information to the appropriate digital assistant at block 6918. 8, and the digital assistants 11 8 receive and display the information at block 6920. In addition, secure two-way communication can be achieved. For example, the digital assistant 8 and / or the first middle school 213 426656, 5 service 109 can send data, commands, setting information, or any other type of information to the medical device 120. It should be emphasized that the above-mentioned embodiments of the present invention, in particular, any "preferred" embodiment is a feasible embodiment, which is explained only to clarify the principle of January. Without departing from the spirit and principle of the present invention, many variations and modifications can be made to the above-mentioned embodiments of Shi Yu and Ben Ming. All such modifications are intended to be included herein and disclosed by Fan Tian Brother, Hao Yue is protected by the scope of the following patent applications. _ [Simplified illustration of the diagram] (1) The schematic part of the diagram is a simplified graphical representation of a patient care system. The disease '~, Gu The system includes a pharmacy computer and a digital assistant in the central system; the map at your location (the first figure) represents the computer of the pharmacy electronic digital assistant at the first figure, the station αα, the first, and / or the .. ^ "The first block diagram. The computer system contains _% & system or-part of the Rotary Liquid System; ~ Rotary Liquid 糸 Figure 3 is different ^ 1 indicates; the purpose of the simplified part of the patient care system The graphic block diagram ... is the patient shown in Figure 1 The functional components of the system are described in Section 2: 5: Day Use: Implement the various functions of the patient care system in Figure 1. Figure 6 shows the /. Its functional wrinkles are especially ... please refer to the functional components of the system Block diagram 疋 contains parameters for setting the infusion system, infusion finger 214

ZUVHZOODO 令產生、輸液指令準備、值、、，巧樂、輸液指令修改、以及訊自傳迗之方塊；乂汉口扎心 jjj 方人卜卜弟6圖的輸液系統參數的設定之功弟7圖是展示能組件的方塊圖；第8圖是展示用於的方塊圖；弟6圖的輸液指令產生之功能組件第9圖是展示用於筮（门的方塊圖； 1 6圖的輸液指令準備之功能組件 6圖的給藥之功能組件的方塊第10圖是展示用於第圖第"圖是展示用於第指令修改以及訊氣僂读, m 7文件δ己錄、輸液卜 ^k之功能組件的方塊圖； :12圖是描績緊急情況通知系統的通訊之圖；第1 3圖係從通知方圖，其係描繪由該主、又’Λ之緊急情況通知介面的的較佳通知選項;“况通知系統提供給通知方可利用弟14圖是從目士* Α 圖，直係描絡由目Λ角又來看之緊急情況通知介面的 '、橾方所接收到的較佳緊急情況的資％ · 實施：；5圖是警報/警告之提昇警訊過程的流程圖二個第16Α圖是警報/警告介面晝面之圖·，第16Β圖是警報/警告介面晝面之另一圖；第17圖是警報/警告介面畫面之另一圖；弟18圖是來自醫護人員的手持式裝置之一個介面晝面 215 200426656 之圖；第19圖是登錄過程的一個介面畫面之圖；第20圖是第19圖的登錄過程之另一個介面晝面之圖第21圖是一個單位選擇介面畫面之圖；第22圖是一個輪班選擇介面晝面之圖；第23圖是一個病患查看介面晝面之圖；第24圖是一個病患選擇介面晝面之圖；ZUVHZOODO order generation, infusion instruction preparation, value ,,, clever music, infusion instruction modification, and autobiography. The block; 乂 Hankou Zhaxin jjj Fang Ren Bu Di 6 Figure of the infusion system parameter setting method 7 Figure is Figure 8 shows the block diagram of the energy components; Figure 8 is a block diagram showing the use; Figure 6 shows the functional components generated by the infusion command Figure 9 is a block diagram showing the use of the 筮 (gate); Figure 16 shows the preparation of the infusion instruction Figure 6 is a block diagram of the functional components of drug administration. Figure 10 is used to display the figure. Figure 10 is used to modify the order and to read the information. Block diagram of the functional components; Figure 12 is a diagram depicting the communication of the emergency notification system; Figure 13 is a diagram from the notification side, which depicts the better of the emergency notification interface of the main and 'Λ Notification options; "The notification system provides notification parties with the ability to use the map. Figure 14 is from the head of the head * Α, directly depicting the emergency notification interface from the angle Λ angle, and the comparison received by the party. % Of best emergency resources · Implementation: 5 The flow chart of the process of raising the alarm by warning / warning. The second diagram 16A is the diagram of the day of the alarm / warning interface. The diagram 16B is another diagram of the day of the alarm / warning interface. Figure 17 is the alarm / warning interface. Another picture of the screen; younger figure 18 is a diagram of an interface 215 200426656 from a handheld device of a medical staff; FIG. 19 is a diagram of an interface screen of a login process; FIG. 20 is a diagram of a login process of FIG. 19 Figure of the other interface Day view Figure 21 is a view of the unit selection interface screen; Figure 22 is a shift selection interface day view; Figure 23 is a patient viewing interface day view; Figure 24 Is a map of the patient's choice interface;

第25圖是一個病患資訊項目單介面晝面之圖；第25 A圖是一個過敏以及身高/體重介面晝面之圖；第25B圖是一個用藥歷史介面晝面之圖；第25C圖是一個實驗室結果介面晝面之圖；第26圖是一個藥物傳送計劃表介面晝面之圖；第26A圖是第26圖的藥物傳送計劃表過程之介面晝面之另一圖；第27A圖是工作流程的輸液停止之一個介面晝面之圖第27B圖是工作流程的輸液停止之一個介面畫面之另一圖；第27C圖是恢復繼續輸液的工作流程之一個介面晝面之圖；第27D圖是恢復繼續輸液的工作流程之一個介面畫面之另一圖；第28圖是第26圖的藥物傳送計劃表過程之一個介面 216 200426656 晝面之另一圖；第29圖是一個遺忘的藥物介面畫面之圖；第30圖是第29圖的介面晝面之另一圖；第31圖是第29圖的介面畫面之另一圖；第32圖是一個計劃表介面晝面之圖；第33圖是一個藥物介面晝面之圖； . 第34圖是一個掃描介面晝面之圖；第3 5圖是另一個掃描介面畫面之圖；Figure 25 is a day view of a single interface of a patient information item; Figure 25 A is a day view of an allergy and height / weight interface; Figure 25B is a day view of a medication history interface; Figure 25C is Day view of a laboratory results interface; Figure 26 is a day view of a drug delivery schedule interface; Figure 26A is another day view of the interface of a drug delivery schedule process of Figure 26; Figure 27A Figure 27B is a diagram of an interface of the infusion stop of the work flow. Figure 27B is another diagram of an interface screen of the infusion stop of the work flow. Figure 27C is a day view of an interface of the workflow to resume infusion. Figure 27D is another view of an interface screen of the workflow for restoring continued infusion; Figure 28 is another interface of the drug delivery schedule process of Figure 26 216 200426656 Day view; Figure 29 is a forgotten Figure of the drug interface screen; Figure 30 is another view of the interface day of Figure 29; Figure 31 is another view of the interface screen of Figure 29; Figure 32 is a day view of the schedule interface; Figure 33 is a FIG day of the interface surface thereof;. FIG. 34 is a graph of the scanning plane interface day; FIG. 35 is a diagram of another screen of the scan interface;

第36圖是一個給藥介面畫面之圖；第37圖是一個途徑確認介面晝面之圖；第3 8圖是一個掃描泵通道介面晝面之圖；第38A圖是另一個掃描泵通道介面畫面之圖；第39圖是一個比較介面晝面之圖；第39A圖是一個比較介面晝面之另一圖；第40圖是一個比較介面晝面之另一圖；第41圖是一個比較介面晝面之另一圖；Fig. 36 is a diagram of a drug-supply interface screen; Fig. 37 is a diagram of a channel confirmation interface daytime diagram; Fig. 38 is a diagram of a scan pump channel interface daytime diagram; Fig. 38A is another scan pump channel interface Picture of the screen; Figure 39 is a diagram of the daylight surface of the comparison interface; Figure 39A is another picture of the daylight surface of the comparison interface; Figure 40 is another picture of the daylight surface of the comparison interface; Figure 41 is a comparison Another picture of the daytime interface;

第42圖是一個比較介面畫面之另一圖；第43圖是一個泵狀態介面晝面之圖；第44圖是一個流速歷史介面畫面之圖；第45 A圖是一個失去通訊介面晝面之圖；第45B圖是一個失去通訊介面畫面之圖；第46圖是一個低電量介面晝面之圖；第47圖是一個集線器之圖；第48圖是在該些介面晝面中所利用的各種圖像之圖； 217 200426656 第49圖是一個記錄給藥結果介面晝面之圖；第50圖是一個具有監視參數連結的用藥指令之圖；第50A圖疋一個監視參數輸入介面晝面之圖；第5 1圖是一個週期計數介面晝面之圖；第5 2圖是一個指令比較過程之流程圖；第5 3圖疋一種流量控制系統之概要圖，其中微型電機系統（MEMS)元件係連接至一線組；Fig. 42 is another picture of a comparison interface screen; Fig. 43 is a diagram of a pump state interface day view; Fig. 44 is a diagram of a flow rate history interface screen; Fig. 45 A is a day face of a communication loss interface Figure 45B is a picture of the interface without communication; Figure 46 is a picture of a low-power interface day; Figure 47 is a diagram of a hub; Figure 48 is used in the daylight of these interfaces Diagrams of various images; 217 200426656 Figure 49 is a diagram showing the daytime surface of the drug administration interface; Figure 50 is a diagram showing the medication instructions with monitoring parameter links; Figure 50A: a daytime surface of a monitoring parameter input interface Figure 51 is a diagram of the day count of a cycle counting interface; Figure 52 is a flowchart of a command comparison process; Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of a flow control system, in which micro-motor system (MEMS) components Connected to the first line group;

第54圖疋載入到第3圖的第一中央電腦之上的軟體組件之簡化的方塊圖；第55A圖-第55C圖是一個範例的給藥輸液過程之流程圖，第5 6圖是一個範例的通道掃描過程之流程圖；第57A圖—第57B圖是一個範例的改變泵通道過程之流程圖；第5 8圖是另一個範例的通道掃描過程之流程圖；第59圖是又一個範例的通道掃描過程之流程圖；Figure 54: Simplified block diagram of the software components loaded on the first central computer in Figure 3; Figures 55A-55C are flowcharts of an exemplary drug infusion process, and Figures 5 and 6 are A flowchart of an exemplary channel scanning process; Figure 57A-Figure 57B is a flowchart of an example of changing the pump channel; Figure 5 8 is a flowchart of another example of the channel scanning process; Figure 59 is again A flowchart of an example channel scanning process;

第60圖疋一個範例的停止/中斷輸液過程之流程圖；第61圖是一個範例的恢復繼續輸液過程之流程圖；第圖是一個範例的移去泵過程之流程圖；以及第6 3圖〜第6 9圖是一個範例的確認過程之流程圖。 (二）元件代表符號 100病患照顧系統 1 〇 2網路 103通訊系統 218 200426656Figure 60 is a flowchart of an example of stopping / interrupting the infusion process; Figure 61 is a flowchart of an example of continuing the infusion process; Figure is a flowchart of an example removing the pump process; and Figure 6 3 ~ Figures 6 to 9 are flowcharts of an example confirmation process. (II) Symbols for components 100 Patient care system 1 02 Network 103 Communication system 218 200426656

104藥局電腦 1 0 4 a處理單元 104b鍵盤 104c視訊顯示器 104d印表機 104e條碼閱讀機 104f滑鼠 105傳輸介質 106治療位置 1 0 6 a治療病床 107集線器（介面） 108中央系統 108a第二中央伺服器 108b資料庫 1 0 8 c視訊顯示器 109第一中央伺服器104 Pharmacy computer 1 0 4 a processing unit 104b keyboard 104c video display 104d printer 104e barcode reader 104f mouse 105 transmission medium 106 treatment position 1 0 6 a treatment bed 107 hub (interface) 108 central system 108a second central Server 108b database 1 0 8 c video display 109 first central server

109a伺服器 1 1 0電纟覽線通訊糸統 1 1 2病患 1 12a腕帶 1 1 4存取點 I 1 6醫護人員 II 6 a醫護人員徽章 1 18數位助理（使用者介面） 219 200426656 1 18a顯示器 1 20醫療器材（輸液泵） 120a泵唧單元 120b小型鍵盤 120c顯示器109a server 1 1 0 electrical line communication system 1 1 2 patient 1 12a wristband 1 1 4 access point I 1 6 medical staff II 6 a medical staff badge 1 18 digital assistant (user interface) 219 200426656 1 18a display 1 20 medical equipment (infusion pump) 120a pump unit 120b small keyboard 120c display

120d輸液泵ID 120e天線 121通道120d infusion pump ID 120e antenna 121 channels

124藥物 124a藥物的標籤 126第一通訊路徑 128無線通訊路徑（鏈路） 1 3 0靜脈管路 132治療推車 132a藥物儲存區域 13 2b顯示器124 drug 124a drug label 126 first communication path 128 wireless communication path (link) 1 3 0 venous line 132 treatment cart 132a drug storage area 13 2b display

200電腦 202處理器 204記憶體 206 I/O裝置 208本地的介面 2 1 0輸液系統 2 1 2作業系統 302藥物管理模組 220 200426656 304處方產生模組 306處方啟動模組 308處方授權模組 310入院、出院及轉院（ADT)介面 3 1 2開帳單介面 3 1 4實驗室介面 316藥局介面 3 1 8第一份複印文本200 computer 202 processor 204 memory 206 I / O device 208 local interface 2 1 0 infusion system 2 1 2 operating system 302 drug management module 220 200426656 304 prescription generation module 306 prescription activation module 308 prescription authorization module 310 Admission, discharge and transfer (ADT) interface 3 1 2 Billing interface 3 1 4 Laboratory interface 316 Pharmacy interface 3 1 8 First copy of text

320第二份複印文本 322第三份複印文本 324處方輸入模組 326貼標籤模組 328貼標籤模組 330無線裝置 332醫療器材 334視覺上的確認320 second copy text 322 third copy text 324 prescription input module 326 labeling module 328 labeling module 330 wireless device 332 medical equipment 334 visual confirmation

336處方修改模組 3 3 8掃描器 400電腦晝面 402處理區域 404搜尋區域 406藥物資訊區域 408滴定/減量標準區域 4 1 0指令及注意事項區域 221 200426656 4 1 1泵埠指示器 4 1 2計劃的溶液成分區域 4 1 3失去無線信號指示器 4 1 5低電量指示器 4 1 7警告靜音按鍵 4 1 9開/關按鍵及指示器 421充電指示器336 Prescription Modification Module 3 3 8 Scanner 400 Computer Day Surface 402 Processing Area 404 Search Area 406 Drug Information Area 408 Titration / Decrement Standard Area 4 1 0 Commands and Precautions Area 221 200426656 4 1 1 Pump Port Indicator 4 1 2 Planned solution composition area 4 1 3 Lost wireless signal indicator 4 1 5 Low battery indicator 4 1 7 Warning mute button 4 1 9 On / off button and indicator 421 Charge indicator

502設定系統參數 504輸液指令產生 506輸液指令準備 506a準備位置 506b掃描成分 506c袋持續期間之檢查 506d條碼列印 508藥局授權502 Set system parameters 504 Infusion instruction generation 506 Infusion instruction preparation 506a Preparation position 506b Scanning component 506c Inspection of bag duration 506d Bar code printing 508 Authorization by Pharmacy

5 1 0醫師授權 5 1 2給藥 5 12a讀取藥物條碼 5 12b讀取病患條碼 5 12c執行有效日期的檢查 5 1 2 d提供用滴定法的通知 5 1 2e提供流速至點滴速率的顯示 51 2f提供“如所需的”輸液之起始 512g下載操作參數 222 200426656 5 12h時間監視 5 1 4輸液指令修改 5 1 6停止指令 5 1 8存貨與開帳單 520訊息傳送 522 、 524 、 526 、 528 、 530 、 532 542設定容限 542a淨藥物量容限 542b流速容限 542c給藥時間容限 542d給藥系統持續期間 542e藥物持續期間容限 542f部位改變容限 544設定預設值 544a藥物稀釋液的預設值 544b稀釋液量的預設值 5 4 4 c劑量的預設值 5 4 4 d量測的單位之預設值 546建立資料庫 546a準備區域 5 4 6b添加物資訊 546c溶液 546d預製混合物定義 546e喜愛事項、534、536、538 路徑5 1 0 Physician's authorization 5 1 2 Dosing 5 12a Read drug barcode 5 12b Read patient barcode 5 12c Perform effective date check 5 1 2 d Provide notification by titration 5 1 2e Provide display of flow rate to drip rate 51 2f Provide "as needed" initial 512g download operating parameters 222 200426656 5 12h time monitoring 5 1 4 infusion instruction modification 5 1 6 stop instruction 5 1 8 inventory and billing 520 message transmission 522, 524, 526 , 528, 530, 532 542 Set tolerance 542a Net drug volume tolerance 542b Flow rate tolerance 542c Dosing time tolerance 542d Dosing system duration 542e Drug duration tolerance 542f Site change tolerance 544 Set preset value 544a Drug Preset value of the diluent 544b Preset value of the diluent volume 5 4 4 c Preset value of the dose 5 4 4 d Preset value of the measurement unit 546 Create a database 546a Preparation area 5 4 6b Additive information 546c Solution 546d prefabricated mixture defines 546e favorite items, 534, 536, 538 paths

223 200426656 546f時序之撤銷理由 5 4 6 g流速之撤銷理由 5 4 6 h轉換表 546i流速說明 5 4 6 j設備及指定路由資訊 546k訊息觸發誘因 548定義函數 548a準備區域的函數223 200426656 546f Reason for revocation timing 5 4 6g Reason for revocation of flow rate 5 4 6h Conversion table 546i Flow rate description 5 4 6j Equipment and designated routing information 546k Message trigger trigger 548 Definition function 548a Preparation area function

548b袋持續期間的函數 5 4 8 c驗證撤銷請求的函數 5 4 8d持續期間至容量的函數 548e持續期間至流速的函數 548f流速至點滴速率的函數 550決定系統的設定 550a撤銷授權 5 5 0b流速精確度Function of 548b bag duration 5 4 8 c Function of verification revocation request 5 4 8d Duration to capacity function 548e Duration to flow rate function 548f Flow rate to drip rate function 550 Decide system setting 550a Revoke authorization 5 5 0b Flow rate Accuracy

550c容量精確度 550d時間精確度 5 60輸入資訊 560a識別指令類型 5 60b識別藥物 5 60c識別劑量 5 60d識別稀釋液 5 6 0 e決定流速 224 200426656 560f識別輸液部位 562計算 562a袋量的計算 562b轉換的計算 562c持續期間至容量的計算 562d流速至點滴速率的計算 5 6 4檢查550c capacity accuracy 550d time accuracy 5 60 input information 560a identification instruction type 5 60b identification drug 5 60c identification dose 5 60d identification dilution 5 6 0 e determines the flow rate 224 200426656 560f identification of the infusion site 562 calculation 562a bag calculation 562b conversion Calculation of 562c duration to capacity calculation 562d flow rate to drip rate calculation 5 6 4 check

564a淨濃度的檢查 564b流速的檢查 564c給藥時間的檢查 564d持續期間的檢查 5 6 4 e輸液部位的檢查 5 6 6撤銷 568a淨濃度的撤銷 5 6 8 b流速的撤銷 568c給藥時間的撤銷564a net concentration check 564b flow rate check 564c administration time check 564d duration check 5 6 4 e infusion site check 5 6 6 withdrawal 568a net concentration withdrawal 5 6 8 b withdrawal of flow rate 568c withdrawal of drug time

568d持續期間的撤銷 5 6 8 e輸液部位的撤銷 5 6 8 f撤銷的理由 572、574、576、580、582 路徑 7 0 2輸液指令 704輸液計劃表 1002修改的改變 1002a修改持續期間 225 200426656 1002b修改流速 1002c使用新的輸液部位 1002d指明修改的理由 1002e指明一個輸液袋的容量 1002f處理停止指令 1 004所有可利用之下指令的選項 1 0 0 6再次檢查 1006a淨濃度Cancellation period of 568d 5 6 8 e Cancellation of infusion site 5 6 8 f Reason for cancellation 572, 574, 576, 580, 582 Path 7 0 2 Infusion instruction 704 Infusion schedule 1002 Modification changes 1002a Modification duration 225 200426656 1002b Modify the flow rate 1002c Use the new infusion site 1002d to indicate the reason for the modification 1002e Specify the capacity of an infusion bag 1002f Process stop instruction 1 004 All available options under the instruction 1 0 0 6 Check the net concentration of 1006a again

1006b流速 1006c給藥時間 1006e持續期間 1006f輸液部位 1008再次檢查的撤銷 1 0 0 8 b流速的撤銷 1008f顯示的理由 1 0 1 0新的流速至新的點滴速率之顯示1006b flow rate 1006c administration time 1006e duration 1006f infusion site 1008 re-examination 1 0 0 8 b revocation of flow rate 1008f reason for display 1 0 1 0 display of new flow rate to new drip rate

1 0 1 2文件記錄 1012a持續期間的改變 1012b流速的改變 1012c容量的改變 10 12d輸液部位的改變 1012e多個輸液 1200緊急情況通知系統 1 2 1 0通知方 226 2004266561 0 1 2 File records 1012a Change in duration 1012b Flow rate change 1012c Capacity change 12 12d Infusion site change 1012e Multiple infusions 1200 Emergency notification system 1 2 1 0 Notify party 226 200426656

1220通訊網路 1230目標方 1240通訊模式 13 00通知介面 1330項目單 1340選項 1350熱鍵 1400接收介面 1420晝面 1460熱鍵 15 00警報/警告之提昇警訊過程 1662警報/警告表列介面 1662a警報/警告介面表列晝面 1662b介面晝面 1664 “病患一 ”有警報情況 1666 “病患二”有警報情況1220 communication network 1230 target 1240 communication mode 13 00 notification interface 1330 item list 1340 option 1350 hot key 1400 receiving interface 1420 day surface 1460 hot key 15 00 alarm / warning promotion warning process 1662 alarm / warning list interface 1662a alarm / Warning interface lists day 1662b interface day 1664 "Patient 1" has an alarm condition 1666 "Patient 2" has an alarm condition

1668 “病患三”有警告情況 1765病患警報/警告介面 1 867警報/警告介面 1 903登錄晝面 2005登錄晝面 2105單位選擇介面晝面 2107單位選擇介面晝面 2211選擇輪班晝面介面 227 200426656 2255區域 23 13觀看病患介面畫面 23 15“加入更多病患”按鈕 2350可組態設定的資訊 2417病患選擇介面晝面 2419按鍵 2521病患資訊項目單介面晝面 2521a過敏及Ht/Wt介面畫面 2521b用藥歷史介面晝面 2521c實驗結果介面晝面 2623輸液計劃表介面晝面 2625用於硫酸嗎啡的指令 2627用藥指令介面晝面 2629治療參數 263 1警語 2 6 3 3連結至額外的資訊之功能 2727a中斷輸液介面晝面 2727b介面晝面 272 7c恢復繼續輸液介面畫面 2727d介面 2835病患簡檔輸液計劃表介面 2839硫酸嗎啡輸液指令 2941遺忘的用藥晝面 2943理由畫面1668 "Patient 3" has a warning situation 1765 Patient alarm / warning interface 1 867 Alarm / warning interface 1 903 Log in to daytime 2005 Log in to daytime 2105 Unit selection interface Daytime 2107 Unit selection interface Daytime interface 2211 Select shift daytime interface 227 200426656 2255 area 23 13 Watch the patient interface screen 23 15 "Add more patients" button 2350 Configurable information 2417 Patient selection interface Day surface 2419 Button 2521 Patient information item single interface Day surface 2521a Allergy and Ht / Wt interface screen 2521b medication history interface day surface 2521c experimental result interface day surface 2623 infusion plan interface interface day surface 2525 instructions for morphine sulfate 2627 medication instruction interface day surface 2629 treatment parameters 263 1 warning 2 6 3 3 link to additional Function of information 2727a Interruption of infusion interface Day surface 2727b Interface day surface 272 7c Recovery resume infusion interface screen 2727d interface 2835 Patient profile infusion plan interface 2839 Morphine sulfate infusion instruction 2941 Forgotten medication day surface 2943 Reason screen

228 200426656 2945 盒 3045“不需要的”理由 3047介面畫面 3135輸液計劃表晝面 3225指令 3235計劃表介面晝面 3249 “取得物品”按鍵 3351藥物介面畫面228 200426656 2945 box 3045 "unwanted" reason 3047 interface screen 3135 infusion schedule day surface 3225 instruction 3235 schedule surface interface day surface 3249 "Get Item" button 3351 drug interface screen

3353 “掃描儲藏處”圖像 3 3 55 “略過掃描儲藏處”按鍵 3465掃描晝面 3467處方 3569掃描錯誤晝面 3657介面畫面 3659理由 3 661選擇病患3353 "Scan Store" image 3 3 55 "Skip Scan Store" button 3465 Scan day view 3467 Prescription 3569 Scan error day view 3657 Interface screen 3659 Reason 3 661 Select patient

3663 “廢棄/退還”選擇按鍵 3771途徑確認介面晝面 3773途徑 3775管線 3777部位 3778藥物治療 388 1泵通道模式介面晝面 3882療法 229 200426656 3883小軟袋治療 3884主要的治療 3 8 85泵通道掃描介面晝面 3986比較介面晝面 3987比較介面畫面 4087不相符的比較介面畫面 4187比較介面畫面 4287介面晝面 4391泵狀態介面晝面 4493流速歷史介面晝面 4501失去通訊介面晝面 4603介面晝面 4 8 0 1病患表列按4丑 4803返回按鈕 4805 OK按鈕 4 8 0 7輸液執行指示器 4809按鍵 4811輸液停止指示器 4 8 1 3中斷的輸液 48 1 5醫師的注意事項指示器 4817比較按鈕 4819更新按鈕 4821離開按鈕 4 8 2 3比較相符指示器 200426656 4825不相符的圖像 4827無法比較指示器 4833失去通訊指示器 4835無線模組低電量警告指示器 4837“遺忘的用藥”圖像 4857“不需要的”圖像 4872泵警報/警告指示器 4874警報/警告靜音按鈕3663 "Discard / Return" selection button 3771 Path confirmation interface Day 3377 Path 3775 Pipeline 3777 Site 3778 Drug treatment 388 1 Pump channel mode interface Day surface 3882 Therapy 229 200426656 3883 Small soft bag treatment 3884 Main treatment 3 8 85 Interface day interface 3986 comparison interface day interface 3987 comparison interface screen 4087 non-conforming comparison interface screen 4187 comparison interface screen 4287 interface day interface 4391 pump status interface day interface 4493 flow rate history interface day 4501 loss of communication interface day interface 4603 interface day interface 4 8 0 1 patient list press 4 ug 4803 return button 4805 OK button 4 8 0 7 infusion execution indicator 4809 button 4811 infusion stop indicator 4 8 1 3 interrupted infusion 48 1 5 physician's note indicator 4817 comparison button 4819 update button 4821 leave button 4 8 2 3 compare match indicator 200426656 4825 mismatched image 4827 cannot compare indicator 4833 lose communication indicator 4835 wireless module low battery warning indicator 4837 "forgotten medication" image 4857 " Unwanted "Image 4872 Pump Alarm / Warning Indicator 4874 Alarm / Warning Mute Button

4937記錄給藥結果介面畫面 5001連結 5 003監視參數輸入介面畫面 5 1 0 1週期計數介面畫面 5200比較過程 5312 管 5314 MEMS 泵 5320 IV 袋4937 Interface screen for recording dosing results 5001 Link 5 003 Monitoring parameter input interface screen 5 1 0 1 Cycle count interface screen 5200 Comparison process 5312 Tube 5314 MEMS pump 5320 IV bag

5324進入裝置 5332 MEMS電子元件 53 3 8 MEMS控制器 5412第一中央電腦之上的應用程式 5414作業系統 5416.NET 架構 5418動態目錄網域服務 5420 SQL伺服器 231 2004266565324 Entry Device 5332 MEMS Electronic Components 53 3 8 MEMS Controller 5412 Application on First Central Computer 5414 Operating System 5416.NET Framework 5418 Active Directory Domain Services 5420 SQL Server 231 200426656

5422網際網路資訊伺服器 5 5 00給藥輸液過程 5 5 54通道掃描過程 5 700改變泵通道的過程 5730通道掃描過程 5734通道掃描過程 6000停止/中斷輸液過程 6100恢復繼續輸液過程 6200移去泵過程 63 00安全的通訊過程5422 Internet information server 5 5 00 Drug infusion process 5 5 54 channel scan process 5 700 pump channel change process 5730 channel scan process 5734 channel scan process 6000 stop / interrupt infusion process 6100 resume infusion process 6200 remove pump Process 63 00 secure communication process

232232

Claims

200426656 拾、申請專利範圍： 1 ·種用於一個提供治療的設施之醫療保健系統，其係包括：一個使用者介面；個第中央電腦，其係具有一個第一資料庫以及 :與該醫療器材以及使用者介面有關的資料及功能相關200426656 The scope of patent application: 1 A medical care system for a facility that provides treatment, which includes: a user interface; a second central computer, which has a first database, and: And user interface related data and functions.

^功能特徵集，其中該醫療器材以及使用者介面係直和第一中央電腦通訊； :個第:中央電腦’其係具有一個第二資料庫以及们乐一功此特徵集，复由該第一電腦… 電腦係安全地連接乐一电細，其中該醫療器該第二中央雷腦^ 仗用者介面並未直接第一中枣帝心之用者）丨面可以透過弟中央心，以從相關於該第二中、域集之第二資料庫來接收資料。…’弟一功能. 2·如申請專利範圍帛1項之^ Functional feature set, in which the medical equipment and user interface communicate directly with the first central computer; the first: the central computer 'has a second database and the feature set, which is shared by the first A computer ... The computer is securely connected to Leyi Electronics, in which the medical device is the second central thunder brain. ^ The user interface is not directly used by the first Zhongzao Emperor ’s Heart. Receiving data from a second database related to the second set of domains. … ’Brief function. 2. If the scope of patent application is 帛 1

:功能特徵集係包括-個定量輸液系特：=，其中該: 泵特徵中之至少一個特徵。寸铽以汉一個注射： …如申凊專利範圍第〗項夕殿 -功能特徵集係包括—個改燦：、西療保健系統，其中該J 特徵、-個停止或是又:，通道特徵、-個給藥輪兑 ^ 疋r断輪液特徵、! 域、以及一個移去泵特徵、個恢復繼續輸液半 _ :·如申請專利範圍帛丨項之ζ:個特徵。 —功能特徵集係包括— w -保健系統，其中該第们病患管理特徵、一個項目管理特 233 徵、—個設施管理特徵、一個訊自告特徵、-個開帳單介面特徵、特徵、-個警報/警實驗結果介面特徵、一個存貨追2處方介面特徵、-個，政、-個指令輪入特徵〜人員給 "面特徵、-個使用者介面盘醫,J?特破、-個使用者定量輪液粟特徵、以及一個二=的關連特徵、-個徵。式栗特徵中之至少一個特 5 ·如申睛專利範圍第丨項之一資料庙A A 、療保健糸統，1中兮笙令資料、臀續人口 — 、貝科、泵次通道資料、指西4人貝貧料、病患資療器材資料、隼後哭：欠祖. 便用者彡丨面貧料、醫料、提… 滴定資料、比較資料、罄報資 k汁警訊資料、集線器。報貝警報資料、以及Μ相Μ 一 ' i吕報貧料、通道科卩及警報歷史資料中之至少一個資料。一”二申請專利觸1項之醫療保健系統，…第資料、…科、項目f理資料、設施管理貝讯息傳送資料、警報/邀止資個段,,α 。S。貝枓、存貨追蹤資料、一 ^ Γ給藥Μ、指令輸人Μ、使用者介面與醫護人貝的關連資料中之至少一個資料。面疫 ’·如申洧專利範圍帛^項之醫療保健系統，豆中 :::電腦係透過-條專用…-固接的連線連：' ::且低延遲之虛擬私有網路、以及一個利用加密而 :::、光纖連線、一 ·連線、或是一個高速無線連線之公it痞菩j£闽从# △次疋/、用的基礎結構中之至少一個而地連接至該第二電腦。 234 200426656 8·如申請專利範圍第1項之醫療保健系統，其中該第、一中央電腦係以一種第一標準的協定傳送來自該第二資料 _ 庫的資料至該第一中央電腦，並且該第一中央電腦係以一種第二標準的協定傳送該資料至該使用者介面。 9·如申請專利範圍第1項之醫療保健系統，其中該第中央笔細係傳送來自該第二資料庫的第二資料至該第一中央電腦，其中該第一中央電腦係結合該第二資料與來自。亥第一貧料庫的第一資料，並且其中該第一中央電腦係傳达該組合的第一與第二資料至該使用者介面用於顯示在該儀_ 使用者介面的一個顯示器之上。 ι〇·如申請專利範圍第丨項之醫療保健系統，其更包括複數個無線存取點，該醫療器材以及使用者介面係透過该些無線存取點與該第一中央電腦通訊。 U·如申請專利範圍帛1項之醫療保健系統，其中該第 I中央電腦係從該第二中央電腦中的第二資料庫接收第二貧料以用於一個確認程序。 1 2 ·如申請專利蘇圖 _ _ 軌圍弟1 1項之醫療保健系統，其中該確涊程序係包括接收— 一 νΆ/ΓΤ ^ ^ 個人ML文仵以及判斷預期會從該幻牛接收到的資料是否被接收到的步驟。 1 ：> ·如申請專利筋图圍弟1項之醫療保健系統，其中該第一中央電腦係從該使用 ^ 接收資料，並且立係判^/面以及醫療器材中之至少-個以便於致能該第-中接收到的資料是否為有效的，甲央電腦來執行進一步的步驟。 235 200426656 14.如申請專利範圍帛！一中央雷腦在俏、、，+ 酉I保健糸統，其中該第至少」二=自該第1料庫以及第二資料庫中之材的動2科庫的動作資料至該醫療器材以用於該醫療器 1 5 .—種用於在申嗜直士丨# m 運作之方法m; ㉟圍第1項之醫療保健系統内忐5亥方法係包括步驟有： :備直接攸—個醫療器材接收醫療資料； =備直接從該使用者介面接收使用者資料；準備從在該第二中央全的連線接收第二資料；的弟―負料庫並且從該安準備從一個在今楚 » 一資料；以及μ -、電腦中的第-資料庫擷取第第-資：：用j固弟—功能特徵集以處理該第-資料以及弟一貝科中之至少—個資料。乂及 16·如申請專利範 ^ , 圍弟15項之方法，其中該醫療哭铋以及使用者介面並未吉 I态材直接和该弟二中央電腦通訊。 1 7.如申請專利範圍笼 ^ m ^ 1 15項之方法，其更包括準口亥乐一中央電腦傳送哕次爾攸 μ弟一貝枓至该使用者介面的步 1 8. —種用於一個。係包括· 口 k供治療的設施之醫療保健***，其一個醫療器材；一個使用者介面；中央確心兔腦，其係具有一個確認資料庫以及個與該醫療哭刼α a 及~ '、°σ 使用者介面有關的資料及功能相關之 236 200426656 第功肖b特徵集，其中該醫療器材以及使用者介面係直接且安全地和該中央確認電腦通訊；一個第二中央電腦，其係具有一個第二資料庫以及一個第二功能特徵集，其中該使用者介面可以透過該中央確 …迅腦而從相關於該第二中央電腦的第二功能特徵集之第二資料庫接收資料。 1 9·如申請專利範圍第丨8項之醫療保健系統，其中該中央確認電腦係安全地連接至該第二電腦。 ^ 2〇·如申請專利範圍第18項之醫療保健系統，其中該醫療器材以及使用者介面並未直接和該第二中央電腦通訊 •如甲請專利範圍 :央；電腦係從在該第二中央電腦中的第：；料= 程：以用於-個藉由該中央確認電腦所執行帽 22·如申請專利範圍第21項之醫療保健確認程序係包括i ^ 糸、、先，其中該亍匕括接收一個XML文件以及刹 XML·文件接收糾a ^ j _預期會從該接收到的賁料是否被接收到的步驟。 2夂如曱請專利範圍帛2"員之醫療保健中央確認電腦# # 4 ，其中該甩肠％攸,亥使用者介面以及醫個接收第一資料， °。材中之至少一貝寸十並且其中該確認程序係白資料是否符合該第—次u 、匕括判斷該第一必弟一賁料的步驟。 24·—種用於—個提供治療的設施之係包括：療保健系統，其 237 200426656 一個醫療器材；一個使用者介面； —個中央電腦的一個中央確認部份，該中央確認部份係具有一個資料庫的一個確認部份以及一個與該醫療器= 以及使用者介面有關的資料及功能相關之第一功能特徵隹，其中該醫療器材以及使用者介面係直接且安全地和央電腦的中央確認部份通訊；The functional feature set includes a quantitative infusion system: =, where the at least one of the pump features. An injection of Cunyi Yihan:… as in the scope of the patent application, the Xidian Temple-the functional feature set includes a Gaichan :, a western health care system, where the J feature, a stop or another :, channel features 、给药轮轮轮轮 broken fluid characteristics,! Domain, and a removal pump feature, a resume to continue the infusion of a half _: such as the application for patent scope 帛 item ζ: a feature. The functional feature set includes a health care system, in which the patient management features, a project management feature, a facility management feature, a self-notice feature, a billing interface feature, features, -An alarm / alarm experiment result interface feature, an inventory tracking 2 prescription interface feature,-an administration feature,-an instruction turn-in feature ~ personnel give " face feature,-a user interface disk doctor, J? -A user quantifies the characteristics of liquid millet, and a related feature of two =,-a sign. At least one of the characteristics of the chestnuts is as follows: • One of the items in the patent scope of Shenjing: AA, health care system, 1 Xi Shengling data, hip buttocks population—, Beco, pump channel information, instructions 4 people in the West, poor materials, information on medical equipment for patients, crying afterwards: owe to the ancestors. Those who use them will face poor materials, medical materials, mention ... titration data, comparison data, over-reported information, warning information, Hub. Report the alarm data, and at least one of the data of the phase, the channel, and the alarm history. "One" and two patent applications apply to the health care system of one item, ... section, ... section, project management information, facility management information transmission information, alarms / invitation, paragraphs, α.S. Shell, inventory tracking Information, at least one of the information on the administration of M, the instruction to enter M, the user interface and the connection data of the medical staff. Face disease '· If you apply for a health care system under the scope of patent application 帛 ^, Douzhong: :: The computer is connected through a dedicated line --- a fixed connection: ':: and a low-latency virtual private network, and one that uses encryption and :::, an optical fiber connection, a connection, or a The high-speed wireless connection is connected to the second computer from at least one of the basic structures used. 234 200426656 8. If the first scope of the patent application for medical care System, wherein the first and first central computers transmit data from the second database to the first central computer using a first standard protocol, and the first central computer transmits the second central computer using a second standard protocol Data to the user interface. 9 · For example, for the medical care system of the first scope of patent application, the first central computer sends the second data from the second database to the first central computer, and the first central computer is a combination of the second data and The first data from the first poor material library, and wherein the first central computer system transmits the first and second data of the combination to the user interface for displaying a display on the instrument_user interface Ι〇 · If the medical care system with the scope of patent application No. 丨 further includes a plurality of wireless access points, the medical equipment and the user interface communicate with the first central computer through the wireless access points. U. For example, the medical care system with a scope of 1 in the patent application, wherein the first central computer receives the second lean material from the second database in the second central computer for a confirmation process. 1 2 Apply for a patent Sutu _ _ Weiweidi item 11 of the health care system, where the confirmation process includes receiving-a νΆ / ΓΤ ^ ^ personal ML text and judgments expected to be received from the magic cow Steps to check whether the materials are received. 1: ： > · If you apply for a patent for the medical care system of item 1, where the first central computer system receives data from the use ^, and determine the ^ / face and medical treatment In order to enable at least one of the equipment to enable whether the information received in this paragraph is valid, the central computer performs further steps. 235 200426656 14. If the scope of the patent application is not enough! , + 酉 I health system, where the at least "second" = movement data from the first library and the second database of the materials to the medical equipment for the medical device 1 5. —A method for operating in Zhizhi Zhishi 丨 # m; within the health care system of the first item of the ㉟ Waihai method, the method includes the following steps: Prepare the medical device to receive medical information; Receive user data directly from the user interface; prepare to receive second data from the connection at the second central center; brother-negative library and prepare a data from Jinan Chu from Gaian; and μ- -Database Extraction in Computer Take the first-data: use j-diode-feature feature set to process the first-data and at least one data in the first-beco. (1) According to the method of applying for patents, the 15th method of the younger brother, in which the medical bismuth and the user interface do not communicate with the central computer of the younger brother directly. 1 7. If the method of applying for a patent covers ^ m ^ 1 15 items, it further includes the step of transferring the user's interface to the user interface. In one. Department of health care system including facilities for treatment, a medical device; a user interface; a central rabbit heart, which has a confirmation database and a medical cry αα and ~ ', ° σ User interface related data and functions related 236 200426656 Feature set b, in which the medical device and user interface communicate directly and securely with the central confirmation computer; a second central computer, which has A second database and a second functional feature set, wherein the user interface can receive data from the second database of the second functional feature set related to the second central computer through the central confirmation ... 19. The medical care system according to item 8 of the patent application, wherein the central confirmation computer is securely connected to the second computer. ^ 20 · If the medical care system with the scope of patent application No. 18, in which the medical equipment and user interface do not directly communicate with the second central computer. Number: in the central computer: material: process: used for a cap executed by the central confirmation computer22. If the patent application scope of the 21st item of health care confirmation procedure includes i ^ 糸 ,, first, where the The steps include receiving an XML file and receiving the XML file. It is expected that the received data will be received from the receiver. 2 If you ask for patent coverage, please refer to the "Careers of the Central Committee" # 4, in which the intestines are rejected, the user interface, and the medical staff receive the first information. At least one of the materials is 10 inches, and the confirmation procedure is a step for determining whether the first time must be judged by the first time. 24 · —A system for providing treatment facilities includes: a health care system, which is 237 200426656 a medical device; a user interface; a central confirmation part of a central computer, the central confirmation part has A confirmation part of a database and a first functional feature related to the medical device and the data and functions related to the user interface, where the medical device and the user interface are directly and securely verified by a central computer Partial communication

〇該中央電腦的-個第二未確認部份，肖第二未確認部份係具有肖資料庫的一個第二未確認部#以及—個第二功能特徵集，其中該使用者介面可以透過該中央電腦的中央確認部份而從相關於該中央電腦的第二未確認部份之第二功能特徵集之資料庫的第二未確認部份接收資料。 — 25.如申請專利範圍帛24項之醫療保健系統，其中噹中$電腦的中央確認部份係運作在執行一個第一作業系2 的第-環境中’並且該中央電腦的第二未確認部份係運作在執行一個第二作業系統的第二環境中。〇The second unconfirmed part of the central computer, the second unconfirmed part of the Xiao computer is a second unconfirmed part # and a second feature set of the Xiao database, in which the user interface can pass through the central computer And receiving data from the second unconfirmed portion of the database of the second functional feature set of the second unconfirmed portion of the central computer. — 25. If the scope of the patent application is 24 items, the central confirmation part of the computer is operating in the first environment of the first operation system 2 and the second unidentified part of the central computer Duties operate in a second environment running a second operating system.

其中該其中該第'^ 中央 26. 如申請專利範圍第25項之醫療保健系絲與第一作業系統係藉由一個防火牆加以隔開 27. 如申請專利範圍第24項之醫療保健系麵電腦是單一伺服器。如肀請專利範圍第24 j百十較a , , 斤Z4項之醫療保健系統，其中央電腦係包括一個第一伺服 1J版态以及一個第二個別的卡器，該第一與第二伺服器係係稭由一個防火牆加以隔開，中該中央電腦的中央確認邱^ & 士丄隹'口p份係存在於該第一伺服器q 238 200426656 並且其中該中央電腦的第二未確認部份係存在於該第二伺服器之上。拾壹、圖式：如次頁Among them, the "^ Central" 26. If the medical application department of the scope of patent application No. 25 and the first operating system are separated by a firewall 27. Such as the patent application scope of the scope 24 medical computer Is a single server. For example, if the patent scope of the medical care system of item 24, one hundred and ten, item Z4, the central computer system includes a first servo 1J version and a second individual card reader, the first and second servos. The server system is separated by a firewall, and the central computer of the central computer confirms the existence of the Q &A; the server is located in the first server q 238 200426656 and the second unconfirmed part of the central computer Copies exist on the second server. Pick up, schema: as the next page

239239